The URL can be used to link to this page

IFB 7493 - SPECIFICATIONS - McKenna Park Improvements Project Manual PROJECT MANUAL FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF McKenna Park Improvements IFB 7493 Chris Watts Todd Hileman Mayor City Manager Rebecca Diviney, P.E. City Engineer Gary Packan Director, Parks and Recreation Prepared for The City of Denton September 2020 City of Denton Standard Construction Specification Documents 00 00 00 - 1 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 00 00 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division 00 - General Conditions 00 05 10 Construction Contract Ordinance 00 05 15 Addenda 00 11 13 Invitation to Bidders 00 21 13 Instructions to Bidders 00 35 13 Conflict of Interest Affidavit 00 41 00 Bid Form 00 42 43 Proposal Form Unit Price 00 43 13 Bid Bond 00 43 36 Proposed Subcontractors Form 00 43 37 Vendor Compliance to State Law Nonresident Bidder 00 45 13 Bidder’s Minimum Qualification Statement 00 45 26 Contractor Compliance with Workers' Compensation Law 00 45 43 Corporate Resolution of Authorizing Signatories 00 52 43 Agreement 00 61 13 Performance Bond 00 61 14 Payment Bond 00 61 19 Maintenance Bond 00 61 25 Certificate of Insurance 00 72 00 General Conditions 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions 00 73 73 Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties Division 01 - General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work 01 25 00 Substitution Procedures 01 31 19 Preconstruction Meeting 01 32 16 Construction Progress Schedule 01 32 33 Preconstruction Video 01 33 00 Submittals 01 35 13 Special Project Procedures 01 45 23 Testing and Inspection Services 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 57 13 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 01 58 13 Temporary Project Signage 01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling Requirements 01 70 00 Mobilization and Remobilization 01 71 23 Construction Staking and Survey 01 74 23 Cleaning 01 77 19 Closeout Requirements 01 78 23 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 78 39 Project Record Documents 00 00 00 - 2 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Division 02 – Existing Conditions 02 41 13 Selective Site Demolition 02 41 14 Utility Removal/Abandonment 02 41 15 Paving Removal Division 03 – Concrete 03 00 00 Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete 03 34 13 Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures Division 31 – Earthwork 31 10 00 Site Clearing 31 23 16 Unclassified Excavation 31 24 00 Embankment 31 25 14 Erosion and Sediment Control 31 34 19 Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement Division 32 – Exterior Improvements 32 01 17 Flexible Paving Repair 32 01 29 Concrete Repair 32 05 16 Aggregates for Exterior Improvements 32 11 23 Flexible Base Courses 32 11 29 Lime Treated Base Courses 32 11 33 Cement Treated Base Courses 32 12 16 Asphalt Paving 32 12 73 Asphalt Paving Crack Sealants 32 13 13 Concrete Paving 32 13 16 Decorative Concrete Paving 32 13 73 Concrete Paving Joint Sealants 32 16 00 Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 32 17 23 Pavement Markings 32 31 00 Fences and Gates 32 32 00 Retaining Walls 32 84 00 Irrigation Installation and Restoration 32 93 00 Plantings Division 33 – Utilities 33 01 50 Adjusting Manholes, Inlets, Valve Boxes, and Other Structures to Grade Division 34 – Transportation 34 71 13 Traffic Control Division 41 – Bulk Material Processing Equipment 41 14 00 Batching Equipment [Appendix to be included for all projects] 00 00 00 - 3 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Appendix END OF SECTION 00 05 10 - 1 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ORDINANCE Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 05 10 1 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT ORDINANCE 2 3 4 5 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with the approved 6 Construction Contract Ordinance for the award of the project. Ordinance insert shall be on blue 7 paper.] 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 END OF SECTION 25 00 05 15 - 1 ADDENDA Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 05 15 1 ADDENDA 2 3 4 5 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with any addenda 6 issued during bidding.] 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 00 11 13 - 1 INVITATION TO BIDDERS Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 11 13 1 INVITATION TO BIDDERS 2 3 RECEIPT OF BIDS 4 Sealed bids for the construction of McKenna Park Improvements will be received by the City of 5 Denton Purchasing Office as outlined on 6 http://dentontx.ionwave.net/CurrentSourcingEvents.aspx 7 8 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK 9 The major work will consist of the (approximate) following: Installation of 4000 linear feet of 10 10 foot wide mixed use pathway around the park, installation of a 1300 square yard parking lot, and 11 the grading of 6000 cubic yards of dirt to create a level playing field in the park. 12 13 DOCUMENT EXAMINATION AND PROCUREMENTS 14 The Solicitation and Contract Documents may be examined or obtained on-line by logging in the 15 City of Denton’s Purchasing Division solicitation website at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. The 16 Contract Documents may be downloaded, viewed, and printed by interested contractors and/or 17 suppliers. The contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 18 1295 and the form must be submitted to the Project Manager before the contract will be 19 presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at 20 https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm . 21 22 PREBID CONFERENCE 23 A virtual prebid conference may be held as described in Section 00 21 13 – INSTRUCTIONS TO 24 BIDDERS as outlined in the City’s solicitation website. To view prebid invitation login to your 25 account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the ‘Activities’ tab of this solicitation. 26 27 CITY'S RIGHT TO ACCEPT OR REJECT BIDS 28 City reserves the right to waive irregularities and to accept or reject bids. 29 30 INQUIRIES 31 All inquiries relative to this procurement should be addressed in the City’s solicitations website. 32 To submit and view questions log-in to your account at http://dentontx.ionwave.net, and click the 33 ‘Questions’ tab of this solicitation. 34 35 END OF SECTION 36 00 21 13 - 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 1 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 21 13 1 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 2 3 1. Defined Terms 4 5 1.1. Terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, which are defined in Section 00 72 6 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS. 7 8 1.2. Certain additional terms used in these INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS have the 9 meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. 10 11 1.2.1. Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or corporation acting 12 directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a bid for performing 13 the work contemplated under the Contract Documents. 14 15 1.2.2. Nonresident Bidder: Any person, firm, partnership, company, association, or 16 corporation acting directly through a duly authorized representative, submitting a 17 bid for performing the work contemplated under the Contract Documents whose 18 principal place of business is not in the State of Texas. 19 20 1.2.3. Successful Bidder: The lowest responsible and responsive Bidder to whom City 21 (on the basis of City's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. 22 23 1.2.4. Purchasing Agent: City designated representative to assist in solicitation of bids 24 from vendors for City contracts. 25 26 2. Copies of Bidding Documents 27 28 2.1. Neither City nor Engineer shall assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations 29 resulting from the Bidders use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 30 31 2.2. City and Engineer in making Bidding Documents available do so only for the purpose of 32 obtaining bids for the Work and do not authorize or confer a license or grant for any 33 other use. 34 35 3. Minimum Qualifications 36 37 3.1. The following minimum requirements must be demonstrated in order for the submission 38 to be considered responsive. The form can be found in Section 00 45 13 – Bidder’s 39 Minimum Qualification Statement. 40 41 3.1.1. Bidder shall provide documentation demonstrating three (3) years minimum 42 experience providing services similar to those indicated in Section 00 11 13 – 43 Invitation to Bidders. 44 45 3.1.2. Bidder shall provide documentation of three (3) references from governmental 46 entities for which Bidder has performed similar services to those indicated in 47 Section 00 11 13 – Invitation to Bidders. 48 49 00 21 13 - 2 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 2 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1 3.1.3. Bidder shall fill out provided safety record questionnaire. 2 3 4. Examination of Bidding and Contract Documents, Other Related Data, and Site 4 5 4.1. Before submitting a bid, each Bidder shall: 6 7 4.1.1. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents and other related data 8 identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical data" referred to in 9 Paragraph 4.2. below). No information given by City or any representative of the 10 City other than that contained in the Contract Documents and officially 11 promulgated addenda thereto, shall be binding upon the City. 12 13 4.1.2. Visit the site to become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, local and 14 site conditions that may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the 15 Work. 16 17 4.1.3. Consider federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, 18 progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 19 20 4.1.4. Study all: (i) reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or 21 contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions relating to existing 22 surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities) that 23 have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing reliable "technical 24 data" and (ii) reports and drawings of Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, 25 at the Site that have been identified in the Contract Documents as containing 26 reliable "technical data." 27 28 4.1.5. Be advised that the Contract Documents on file with the City shall constitute all of 29 the information which the City will furnish. All additional information and data 30 which the City will supply after promulgation of the formal Contract Documents 31 shall be issued in the form of written addenda and shall become part of the Contract 32 Documents just as though such addenda were actually written into the original 33 Contract Documents. No information given by the City other than that contained in 34 the Contract Documents and officially promulgated addenda thereto, shall be 35 binding upon the City. 36 37 4.1.6. Perform independent research, investigations, tests, borings, and such other means 38 as may be necessary to gain a complete knowledge of the conditions which will be 39 encountered during the construction of the project. On request, City may provide 40 each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, 41 explorations, tests and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a 42 bid. Bidder must fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former 43 conditions upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests and studies. 44 45 00 21 13 - 3 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 3 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 4.1.7. Determine the difficulties of the Work and all attending circumstances affecting the 1 cost of doing the Work, time required for its completion, and obtain all information 2 required to make a bid. Bidders shall rely exclusively and solely upon their own 3 estimates, investigation, research, tests, explorations, and other data which are 4 necessary for full and complete information upon which the bid is to be based. It is 5 understood that the submission of a bid is prima-facie evidence that the Bidder has 6 made the investigation, examinations and tests herein required. Claims for 7 additional compensation due to variations between conditions actually encountered 8 in construction and as indicated in the Contract Documents will not be allowed. 9 10 4.1.8. Promptly notify City of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities or discrepancies in or 11 between the Contract Documents and such other related documents. The Contractor 12 shall not take advantage of any gross error or omission in the Contract Documents, 13 and the City shall be permitted to make such corrections or interpretations as may 14 be deemed necessary for fulfillment of the intent of the Contract Documents. 15 16 4.2. Reference is made to Section 00 73 00 – Supplementary Conditions for identification of: 17 18 4.2.1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to 19 the site which have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 20 The logs of Soil Borings, if any, on the plans are for general information only. 21 Neither the City nor the Engineer guarantee that the data shown is representative of 22 conditions which actually exist. 23 24 4.2.2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and 25 subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to 26 the site that have been utilized by City in preparation of the Contract Documents. 27 28 4.2.3. copies of such reports and drawings will be made available by City to any Bidder 29 on request. Those reports and drawings may not be part of the Contract 30 Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled 31 to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02. of the General Conditions has been identified 32 and established in Paragraph SC 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is 33 responsible for any interpretation or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or 34 any other data, interpretations, opinions or information. 35 36 4.3. The submission of a bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder (i) 37 that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4, (ii) that without 38 exception the bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the 39 Contract Documents and applying the specific means, methods, techniques, sequences or 40 procedures of construction (if any) that may be shown or indicated or expressly required 41 by the Contract Documents, (iii) that Bidder has given City written notice of all 42 conflicts, errors, ambiguities and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the 43 written resolutions thereof by City are acceptable to Bidder, and when said conflicts, 44 etc., have not been resolved through the interpretations by City as described in 45 Paragraph 6., and (iv) that the Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate 46 and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the 47 Work. 48 49 00 21 13 - 4 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 4 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 4.4. The provisions of this Paragraph 4, inclusive, do not apply to Asbestos, Polychlorinated 1 biphenyls (PCBs), Petroleum, Hazardous Waste or Radioactive Material covered by 2 Paragraph 4.06. of the General Conditions, unless specifically identified in the Contract 3 Documents. 4 5 4.5. The Bidder acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 6 Ordinance No. 18-157. 7 8 5. Availability of Lands for Work, Etc. 9 10 5.1. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for 11 access thereto and other lands designated for use by Contractor in performing the Work 12 are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto 13 required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment or storage of 14 materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for 15 by Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing 16 facilities are to be obtained and paid for by City unless otherwise provided in the 17 Contract Documents. 18 19 5.2. Outstanding right-of-way, easements, and/or permits to be acquired by the City are listed 20 in Paragraph SC 4.01 of the Supplementary Conditions. In the event the necessary right-21 of-way, easements, and/or permits are not obtained, the City reserves the right to cancel 22 the award of contract at any time before the Bidder begins any construction work on the 23 project. 24 25 5.3. The Bidder shall be prepared to commence construction without all executed right-of-26 way, easements, and/or permits, and shall submit a schedule to the City of how 27 construction will proceed in the other areas of the project that do not require permits 28 and/or easements. 29 30 6. Interpretations and Addenda 31 32 6.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be directed to 33 City in writing on or before the deadline advertised on this solicitation’s page at 34 http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Questions received after this day WILL NOT be 35 responded to. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by City in response 36 to such questions will be issued by Addenda delivered to all parties recorded by City as 37 having received the Bidding Documents or by responding to individual questions via this 38 solicitation’s page in dentontx.ionwave.net. Only questions answered by formal written 39 Addenda or via ionwave.net will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or 40 clarifications will be without legal effect. 41 42 Address questions in this solicitation’s IONWAVE page at http://dentontx.ionwave.net. 43 44 Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by 45 City. 46 47 6.2. Addenda or clarifications may be posted via the City’s online hosting site, which can be 48 located by visiting and logging-in the City of Denton’s Purchasing solicitation website at 49 http://dentontx.ionwave.net and clicking on this solicitation’s link. 50 51 00 21 13 - 5 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 5 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 6.3. A prebid conference may be held at the time and place indicated in the Advertisement or 1 INVITATION TO BIDDERS. Representatives of City will be present to discuss the 2 Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. City will 3 transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as City considers necessary 4 in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied 5 upon and will not be binding or legally effective. 6 7 7. Bid Security 8 9 7.1. Each bid for projects over $100,000, must be accompanied by Bid Bond made payable to 10 City in an amount of five (5) percent of Bidder's maximum Bid price on form attached, 11 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 of the General 12 Conditions, and in accordance with Texas Local Government Code 262.032. 13 14 7.2. The Bid Bond of all Bidders will be retained until the conditions of the Notice of Award 15 have been satisfied. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the complete 16 Agreement within 10 days after the Notice of Award, City may consider Bidder to be in 17 default, rescind the Notice of Award, and the Bid Bond of that Bidder will be forfeited. 18 Such forfeiture shall be City's exclusive remedy if Bidder defaults. The Bid Bond of all 19 other Bidders whom City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award 20 will be retained by City until final contract execution. 21 22 8. Contract Times 23 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, Milestones are to be achieved in 24 accordance with the General Requirements and the Work is to be completed and ready for 25 Final Acceptance is set forth in the Agreement or incorporated therein by reference to the 26 attached Bid Form. 27 28 9. Liquidated Damages 29 Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 30 31 10. Substitute and "Or-Equal" Items 32 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment described in the 33 Bidding Documents without consideration of possible substitute or "or-equal" items. 34 Whenever it is indicated or specified in the Bidding Documents that a "substitute" or "or-35 equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by Contractor if acceptable to 36 City, application for such acceptance will not be considered by City until after the Effective 37 Date of the Agreement. The procedure for submission of any such application by Contractor 38 and consideration by City is set forth in Paragraphs 6.05A., 6.05B. and 6.05C. of the General 39 Conditions and is supplemented in Section 01 25 00 of the General Requirements. 40 41 11. Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others 42 43 11.1. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, other person 44 or organization against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. 45 46 12. Bid Form 47 48 12.1. The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents; additional copies may be 49 obtained from the City. 50 51 00 21 13 - 6 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 6 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 12.2. All blanks on the Bid Form must be completed and the Bid Form signed. Erasures or 1 alterations shall be initialed by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be 2 indicated for each Bid item, alternative, and unit price item listed therein. In the case 3 of optional alternatives, the words "No Bid," "No Change," or "Not Applicable" may 4 be entered. Bidder shall state the prices, in both words and numerals, for which the 5 Bidder proposes to do the work contemplated or furnish materials required. If 6 handwritten, all prices shall be written legibly. In case of discrepancy between price 7 in written/typed words and the price in written/typed numerals, the price in 8 written/typed words shall govern. 9 10 12.3. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a 11 vice-president or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to 12 sign, as provided herein, Section 00 45 43 – Corporate Resolution of Authorizing 13 Signatories. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below 14 the signature. 15 16 12.4. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a 17 partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of 18 authority to sign. The official address of the partnership shall be shown below the 19 signature. 20 21 12.5. Bids by limited liability companies shall be executed in the name of the firm by a 22 member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The state of formation of 23 the firm and the official address of the firm shall be shown. 24 25 12.6. Bids by individuals shall show the Bidder's name and official address. 26 27 12.7. Bids by joint ventures shall be executed by each joint venturer in the manner 28 indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the joint venture shall be shown. 29 30 12.8. All names shall be typed below the signature. 31 32 12.9. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of 33 which shall be filled in on the Bid Form. 34 35 12.10. Postal and e-mail addresses and telephone number for communications regarding the 36 Bid shall be shown. 37 38 12.11. Evidence of authority to conduct business as a Nonresident Bidder in the state of 39 Texas shall be provided in accordance with Section 00 43 37 – Vendor Compliance 40 to State Law Non Resident Bidder. 41 42 13. Submission of Bids 43 44 13.1. Bids may be submitted electronically. Electronic submittals must be submitted using 45 this solicitation’s page in http://dentontx.ionwave.net. Electronic submittals will not 46 be accepted via email. 47 48 13.2. Hard copies of bid bonds shall be submitted. Bonds must be submitted in a sealed 49 envelope before the due date and time to the address indicated in this solicitation’s 50 IONWAVE page, attributes tab (901B Texas St., Denton, TX 76209). 51 00 21 13 - 7 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 7 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1 13.3. Bids shall be submitted on the prescribed Bid Form, provided with the Bidding 2 Documents, at the time indicated in the Advertisement or INVITATION TO 3 BIDDERS. All bids must be submitted in IONWAVE (no emails or hard copies 4 allowed). All required documents, as indicated in Section 00 41 00 – Bid Form, must 5 be attached and submitted via IONWAVE, with the exception of the Bid Bond. Bid 6 Bond must be submitted by the deadline to the address indicated in this solicitation’s 7 IONWAVE page, attributes tab. 8 9 00 21 13 - 8 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 8 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 14. Modification and Withdrawal of Bids 1 2 14.1. Bids addressed to the Purchasing Agent and filed with the Purchasing Division may 3 be withdrawn prior to the time set for the opening. A request for withdrawal must be 4 made in writing by an appropriate document duly executed in the manner that a Bid 5 must be executed and delivered to the place where Bid are to be submitted at any 6 time prior to the opening of Bids. After all Bids not requested for withdrawal are 7 opened and publicly read aloud, the Bids for which a withdrawal request has been 8 properly filed may, at the option of the City, be returned unopened. 9 10 14.2. Bidders may modify their Bids by electronic communication at any time prior to the 11 time set for the closing of solicitation. 12 13 15. Opening of Bids 14 Bids will be opened and read aloud publicly in a virtual meeting as indicated in this 15 solicitation’s IONWAVE page. 16 17 16. Bids to Remain Subject to Acceptance 18 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for the time period specified for Notice of Award 19 and execution and delivery of a complete Agreement by Successful Bidder. City may, at 20 City's sole discretion, release any Bids and nullify the Bid security prior to that date. 21 22 17. Evaluation of Bids and Award of Contract 23 24 17.1. City reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, including without limitation the rights 25 to reject any or all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids 26 and to reject the Bids of any Bidder if City believes that it would not be in the best 27 interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bids is 28 not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to 29 meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by City. City also reserves 30 the right to waive informalities not involving price, contract time or changes in the 31 Work with the Successful Bidder. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units 32 of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies 33 between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will 34 be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures 35 will be resolved in favor of the words. 36 37 17.1.1. Any or all Bids will be rejected if City has reason to believe that collusion exists 38 among the Bidders, Bidder is an interested party to any litigation against City, 39 City or Bidder may have a claim against the other or be engaged in litigation, 40 Bidder is in arrears on any existing contract or has defaulted on a previous 41 contract, Bidder has performed a prior contract in an unsatisfactory manner, or 42 Bidder has uncompleted work which in the judgment of the City will prevent or 43 hinder the prompt completion of additional work if awarded. 44 45 00 21 13 - 9 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 9 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 17.2. City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and 1 other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which 2 the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations must 3 be submitted as provided in the Contract Documents or upon the request of the City. 4 City also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance 5 data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for 6 incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the 7 Notice of Award. 8 9 17.3. City may conduct such investigations as City deems necessary to assist in the 10 evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial 11 ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and 12 organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract 13 Documents to City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 14 15 17.4. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 16 35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. 17 Contractor shall complete and submit Section 00 43 36 – Proposed Subcontractors 18 Form. 19 20 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded as outline in IonWave 21 http://dentontx.ionwave.net and click the “Attributes” tab of this solicitation. 22 23 17.6. Pursuant to Texas Government Code Chapter 2252.001, the City will not award 24 contract to a Nonresident Bidder unless the Nonresident Bidder’s bid is lower than 25 the lowest bid submitted by a responsible Texas Bidder by the same amount that a 26 Texas resident bidder would be required to underbid a Nonresident Bidder to obtain a 27 comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident’s principal place of 28 business is located. 29 30 17.7. A contract is not awarded until formal City Council authorization. If the Contract is 31 to be awarded, City will award the Contract within 120 days after the day of the Bid 32 opening unless extended in writing. No other act of City or others will constitute 33 acceptance of a Bid. Upon the contractor award a Notice of Award will be issued by 34 the City. 35 36 17.8. Failure or refusal to comply with the requirements may result in rejection of bids. 37 38 17.9. Contractor is required to fill out the Certificate of Interested Parties Form 1295 and 39 the form must be submitted to the City Project Manager before the contract will be 40 presented to the City Council. The form can be obtained at 41 https://www.ethics.state.tx.us/tec/1295-Info.htm. 42 43 44 00 21 13 - 10 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 10 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 18. Signing of Agreement 1 When City issues a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the 2 required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement. Within 14 days thereafter 3 Contractor shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement to 4 City with the required Bonds, Certificates of Insurance, and all other required documentation. 5 City shall thereafter deliver one fully signed counterpart to Contractor. 6 7 END OF SECTION 8 00 35 13 - 1 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 35 13 1 CONFLICT OF INTEREST AFFIDAVIT 2 END OF SECTION 3 CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE - FORM CIQ For vendor or other person doing business with local governmental entity This questionnaire reflects changes made to the law by H.B. 23, 84th Leg., Regular Session. This questionnaire is being filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets requirements under Section 176.006(a). By law this questionnaire must be filed with the records administrator of the local government entity not later than the 7th business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of facts that require the statement to be filed. See Section 176.006(a-1), Local Government Code. A vendor commits an offense if the vendor knowingly violates Section 176.006, Local Government Code. An offense under this section is a misdemeanor. 1 Name of vendor who has a business relationship with local governmental entity. 2 Check this box if you are filing an update to a previously filed questionnaire. (The law requires that you file an updated completed questionnaire with the appropriate filing authority not later than the 7th business day after the date on which you became aware that the originally filed questionnaire was incomplete or inaccurate.) 3 Name of local government officer about whom the information in this section is being disclosed. Name of Officer This section, (item 3 including subparts A, B, C & D), must be completed for each officer with whom the vendor has an employment or other business relationship as defined by Section 176.001(1-a), Local Government Code. Attach additional pages to this Form CIQ as necessary. A. Is the local government officer named in this section receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from the vendor? Yes No B. Is the vendor receiving or likely to receive taxable income, other than investment income, from or at the direction of the local government officer named in this section AND the taxable income is not received from the local governmental entity? Yes No C. Is the filer of this questionnaire employed by a corporation or other business entity with respect to which the local government officer serves as an officer or director, or holds an ownership of one percent or more? Yes No D. Describe each employment or business and family relationship with the local government officer named in this section. 4 I have no Conflict of Interest to disclose. 5 Signature of vendor doing business with the governmental entity Date 00 41 00 - 1 BID FORM Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 41 00 1 BID FORM 2 TO: Laura Hermosillo 3 c/o: Purchasing Division 4 901-B Texas Street 5 Denton, Texas 76209 6 7 FOR: McKenna Park Improvements 8 9 1 Enter Into Agreement 10 11 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement 12 with City in the form included in the Bidding Documents to perform and furnish all Work as 13 specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the Bid Price and within the Contract Time 14 indicated in this solicitation and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract 15 Documents. 16 17 2 BIDDER Acknowledgements and Certification 18 19 2.1 In submitting this bid, Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the INVITATION 20 TO BIDDERS and INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including without limitation those 21 dealing with the disposition of Bid Bond. 22 2.2 Bidder is aware of all costs to provide the required insurance, will do so pending contract 23 award, and will provide a valid insurance certificate meeting all requirements within 14 24 days of notification of award. 25 2.3 Bidder certifies that this bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any 26 undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any collusive 27 agreement or rules of any group, association, organization, or corporation. 28 2.4 Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false 29 or sham bid. 30 2.5 Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual or entity to refrain from bidding. 31 2.6 Bidder has not engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing 32 for the Contract. For the purposes of this Paragraph: 33 a. "corrupt practice" means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting of any thing 34 of value likely to influence the action of a public official in the bidding process. 35 36 b. "fraudulent practice" means an intentional misrepresentation of facts made (a) to 37 influence the bidding process to the detriment of City (b) to establish Bid prices 38 at artificial non-competitive levels, or (c) to deprive City of the benefits of free 39 and open competition. 40 41 c. "collusive practice" means a scheme or arrangement between two or more 42 Bidders, with or without the knowledge of City, a purpose of which is to 43 establish Bid prices at artificial, non-competitive levels. 44 45 d. "coercive practice" means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly, 46 persons or their property to influence their participation in the bidding process or 47 affect the execution of the Contract. 48 49 00 41 00 - 2 BID FORM Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 2.7 The Bidder acknowledges and agrees to comply with the requirements of City Ethics 1 Ordinance No. 18-757. 2 3 3 Time of Completion 4 5 3.1 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 180 calendar days after the date 6 when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General 7 Conditions. 8 3.2 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of 9 failure to complete the Work {and/or achievement of Milestones} within the times 10 specified in the Agreement. 11 12 4 Attached to this Bid 13 14 The following documents are attached to and made a part of this Bid: 15 a. This Bid Form 16 b. Required Bid Bond, Section 00 43 13 issued by a surety meeting the requirements of 17 Paragraph 5.01 of the General Conditions. Hard copy required – must submit prior to 18 deadline. 19 c. Bid Form Section – Electronic Copy (either included in the Bid, or submitted 20 prior to bid opening via http://dentontx.ionwave.net) 21 d. Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Bidder, Section 00 43 37 22 e. Conflict of Interest Affidavit, Section 00 35 13 23 f. Proposed Subcontractors Form, Section 00 43 36 24 g. Bidders Minimum Qualification Statement, Section 00 45 13 25 h. Corporate Resolution of Authorized Signatories, Section 00 45 43 26 i. Any additional documents that may be required by Section 12 of the Instructions to 27 Bidders 28 29 5 Total Bid Amount 30 31 5.1 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for the 32 following bid amount. In the space provided below, please enter the total bid amount for 33 this project. Only this figure will be read publicly by the City at the bid opening. 34 5.2 It is understood and agreed by the Bidder in signing this bid that the total bid amount 35 entered below is subject to verification and/or modification by multiplying the unit bid 36 prices for each pay item by the respective estimated quantities shown in this bid and then 37 totaling all of the extended amounts. 38 39 40 Base Bid Amount: $____________________________ 41 Bid Amount with Alternate A: $____________________________ 42 Bid Amount with Alternate B: $____________________________ 43 Bid Amount with Alternates A & B: $____________________________ 44 45 46 00 41 00 - 3 BID FORM Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 6 Bid Submittal 1 2 This bid is submitted on _____________________________, 20___ by the entity named below. 3 4 5 Respectfully submitted, 6 7 By: ______________________________ 8 (Signature) 9 10 _________________________________ 11 (Printed Name) 12 13 Title: _____________________________ 14 15 Company: _________________________ 16 17 Address: __________________________ 18 ___________________________ 19 State of Incorporation: _______________ 20 Email: ____________________________ 21 Phone: ____________________________ 22 Receipt is acknowledged of the following Addenda: Initial Addendum No. 1: Addendum No. 2: Addendum No. 3: Addendum No. 4: From:ENTER Contractor Name ENTER Street Address ENTER City, ST ZIP ENTER Contact McKenna Park Improvements Project ENTER Phone 7493 ENTER Email N/A 00 42 43 PROPOSAL FORM Item NO.Spec. Section No.Description of work UOM BID QTY Unit Price Extended Price 1 01 70 00 Mobilization LS 1 $0.00 2 01 57 1331 25 14 SWPPP ≥ 1 acre LS 1 $0.00 3 31 10 00 Tree Removal (at existing entrance off Thomas)EA 12 $0.00 4 31 10 00 Tree Trimming as needed LS 1 $0.00 5 02 41 15 Remove Gravel or Millings SY 660 $0.00 6 02 41 13 Remove Pipe Fencing & Gates (2)LF 185 $0.00 7 02 41 13 Remove Sign Panel and Posts EA 4 $0.00 8 02 41 15 Remove Concrete Curb & Gutter LF 84 $0.00 9 02 41 15 Remove Concrete Sidewalks SF 5950 $0.00 10 34 71 13 Traffic Cntl, Barricades, Barriers, Warning & Detour Signs…MO 2 $0.00 11 34 71 13 Relocate Stop Sign EA 1 $0.00 12 34 71 13 Installation ONLY Signage EA 5 $0.00 13 31 23 16 CUT Onsite Material (use for FILL Material Item 15) CY 6367 $0.00 14 31 24 00 FILL (material provided by City-Item 14)CY 5054 $0.00 15 NON STANDARD FURNISH & INSTALL Corregated HDPE 6"x 20' (drainage)EA 1 $0.00 16 NON STANDARD FURNISH & INSTALL (slope protection) LF 720 $0.00 17 32 16 00 Concrete Curb & Gutter LF 1190 $0.00 18 32 16 00 Concrete Drive Approach SY 78 $0.00 19 32 16 00 6" Conc Sidewalk/Mixed Use Path - 8 foot SY 213 $0.00 20 32 16 00 6" Conc Sidewalk/Mixed Use Path - 10 foot SY 4093 $0.00 21 32 16 00 City of Denton ADA Ramp Type 1A EA 5 $0.00 22 32 11 23 2" Flexible Base Course SY 150 $0.00 23 32 11 29 Lime Treatment SY 1277 $0.00 24 32 12 16 HMAC (Type B) (4") Fire Lane & Parking SY 1277 $0.00 25 32 12 16 HMAC (Type C) (2")Fire Lane & Parking SY 1277 $0.00 26 32 17 23 ADA Access Isle -cross-hatch 4" (BL) non-water based EA 1 $0.00 27 32 17 23 ADA Space Stencil/Legend - non-water based EA 2 $0.00 28 32 17 23 4" Pvmt Marking (WH) non-water based (parking spaces) LF 260 $0.00 29 32 17 23 Type VA Ped. Cross walk - 24"x10' (W) non water based EA 1 $0.00 30 32 17 23 Striping - Fire Lane (curb areas west of crosswalk) Red w white stencil NO PARKING - FIRE LANE EA 1 $0.00 31 32 17 23 4" Pvmt Marking (YL) non-water based (FIRE LANE RADIUS) EA 1 $0.00 32 32 93 00 Block Sod Placement (varied - sun vs shade)SY 2000 $0.00 33 32 93 00 Hydromulch with seed SY 53635 $0.00 34 NON STANDARD Soil Treatment - DYNO LITE (City of Denton Product)CY 1500 $0.00 35 NON STANDARD Permeable Pavement with Markings SY 1277 $0.00 36 32 93 00 Block Sod Placement (varied - sun vs shade)SY 53635 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 $0.00 McKenna Park Improvements Project BID AMOUNT w/ ALTERNATE A-PERMEABLE PAVEMENT (Items 1-22, 32-35) ENTER Contractor Name BID AMOUNT w/ ALTERNATE B - BLOCK SOD COMPLETE (Items 1-32,34,36) BID AMOUNT w/ ALTERNATES A & B (Items 1-22, 32,34,35,36) IFB: CIP/ENG: BIDDERS APPLICATION - UNIT PRICE BID END BID ITEMS BASE BID AMOUNT (Items 1-34) ALTERNATE A - PERMEABLE PAVEMENT (replaces Items 23-31) ALTERNATE B - BLOCK SOD COMPLETE (replaces Item 34) PROPOSAL FORM: City of Denton - Capital Projects 901-A Texas Street Denton, TX 76209 Attn: Laura Hermosillo/Purchasing Dept. 00 43 13 - 1 BID BOND Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 43 13 1 BID BOND 2 3 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 4 That we, (Bidder Name)___________________________________________________, 5 known as “Principal” herein, and (Surety Name)_____________________________________, a 6 corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as “Surety” herein, 7 are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a municipal corporation created pursuant to 8 the laws of Texas, known as “City” herein, in the penal sum of five percent (5%) of Bidder’s 9 maximum bid price, in lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton County, 10 Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, 11 executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. 12 WHEREAS, the Principal has submitted a proposal to perform work for the following 13 project designated as 14 McKenna Park Improvements 15 16 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the City shall 17 award the Contract for the foregoing project to the Principal, and the Principal shall satisfy all 18 requirements and conditions required for the execution of the Contract and shall enter into the 19 Contract in writing with the City in accordance with the terms of such same, then this obligation 20 shall be and become null and void. If, however, the Principal fails to execute such Contract in 21 accordance with the terms of same or fails to satisfy all requirements and conditions required for 22 the execution of the Contract, this bond shall become the property of the City, without recourse of 23 the Principal and/or Surety, not to exceed the penalty hereof, and shall be used to compensate 24 City for the difference between Principal’s total bid amount and the next selected bidder’s total 25 bid amount. 26 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 27 Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, 28 Sherman Division. 29 30 00 43 13 - 2 BID BOND Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED 1 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _______ day of 2 ____________________, 20___. 3 4 5 By: ___________________________________________________________________________ 6 (Principal Name) 7 8 ______________________________________________________________________________ 9 (Signature and Title of Principal) 10 11 *By: __________________________________________________________________________ 12 (Surety Name) 13 14 ______________________________________________________________________________ 15 (Signature of Attorney-in-Fact) 16 17 *Attach Power of Attorney (Surety) for Attorney-in-Fact 18 END OF SECTION 19 Impressed Surety Seal Only 00 43 36 - 1 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 43 36 1 PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS FORM 2 3 Each Bidder for a City procurement is required to complete the information below by identifying 4 the proposed subcontractors whom they intend to utilize and the approximate percentage of the 5 overall contract that will be allocated to each entity. Bidder is reminded that a minimum of 50% 6 of the Contract must be performed by Bidder’s company. 7 8 Company Name Type of Work to be Performed Overall Contract Percentage (%) General Contractor: Subcontractors: 9 10 The undersigned hereby certifies that the subcontractors described in the table above will 11 be utilized for this project at the approximate percentage levels indicated above. 12 13 BIDDER: 14 15 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 16 Company (Please Print) 17 18 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 19 Address 20 21 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 22 City/State/Zip (Please Print) 23 24 Date: __________________________________ 25 26 END OF SECTION 27 00 43 37 - 1 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 43 37 1 VENDOR COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW NON- RESIDENT BIDDER 2 3 Texas Government Code Chapter 2252 was adopted for the award of contracts to nonresident 4 bidders. This law provides that, in order to be awarded a contract as low bidder, nonresident 5 bidders (out-of-state contractors whose corporate offices or principal place of business are outside 6 the State of Texas) bid projects for construction, improvements, supplies or services in Texas at 7 an amount lower than the lowest Texas resident bidder by the same amount that a Texas resident 8 bidder would be required to underbid a nonresident bidder in order to obtain a comparable 9 contract in the State which the nonresident’s principal place of business is located. 10 The appropriate blanks in Section A must be filled out by all nonresident bidders in order for your 11 bid to meet specifications. The failure of nonresident bidders to do so will automatically 12 disqualify that bidder. Resident bidders must check the box in Section B. 13 A. Nonresident bidders in the State of ______________________, our principal place of 14 business, are required to be ________________ percent lower than resident bidders by State 15 Law. A copy of the statute is attached. 16 Nonresident bidders in the State of _____________________, our principal place of business, 17 are not required to underbid resident bidders. 18 B. The principal place of business of our company or our parent company or majority owner is 19 in the State of Texas. 20 21 BIDDER: 22 23 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 24 Company (Please Print) 25 26 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 27 Address 28 29 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 30 City/State/Zip (Please Print) 31 32 Date: __________________________________ 33 34 END OF SECTION 35 00 45 13 - 1 BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 1 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 45 13 1 BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT 2 3 List three (3) Government references, other than the City of Denton, who can verify the quality of service 4 your company provides. The City prefers customers of similar size and scope of work to this solicitation. 5 6 REFERENCE ONE 7 GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 8 LOCATION: 9 CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 10 TELEPHONE NUMBER: 11 SCOPE OF WORK: 12 CONTRACT PERIOD: 13 14 REFERENCE TWO 15 GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 16 LOCATION: 17 CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 18 TELEPHONE NUMBER: 19 SCOPE OF WORK: 20 CONTRACT PERIOD: 21 22 REFERENCE THREE 23 GOVERNMENT/COMPANY NAME: 24 LOCATION: 25 CONTACT PERSON AND TITLE: 26 TELEPHONE NUMBER: 27 SCOPE OF WORK: 28 CONTRACT PERIOD: 29 30 31 32 33 34 00 45 13 - 2 BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 2 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 1 2 Detail three (3) of the most recent projects Bidder’s firm has completed providing 3 services similar to this project: 4 5 Project #1 6 Name of Project: 7 8 Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 9 10 Original Contract Amount: 11 12 Final Contract Amount: 13 14 Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 15 16 Start Date for Project: 17 18 Final Completion Date for Project: 19 20 Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 21 22 23 Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 24 successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 25 26 _________________________________________________________________________________________27 _________________________________________________________________________________________28 _________________________________________________________________________________________29 _________________________________________________________________________________________30 _________________________________________________________________________________________31 _________________________________________________________________________________________32 _________________________________________________________________________________________33 _________________________________________________________________________________________34 _________________________________________________________________________________________35 _________________________________________________________________________________________36 _________________________________________________________________________________________37 _________________________________________________________________________________________ 38 39 00 45 13 - 3 BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 3 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1 PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 2 3 4 5 6 Project #2 7 Name of Project: 8 9 Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 10 11 Original Contract Amount: 12 13 Final Contract Amount: 14 15 Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 16 17 Start Date for Project: 18 19 Final Completion Date for Project: 20 21 Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 22 23 24 Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 25 successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 26 27 _________________________________________________________________________________________28 _________________________________________________________________________________________29 _________________________________________________________________________________________30 _________________________________________________________________________________________31 _________________________________________________________________________________________32 _________________________________________________________________________________________33 _________________________________________________________________________________________34 _________________________________________________________________________________________35 _________________________________________________________________________________________36 _________________________________________________________________________________________37 _________________________________________________________________________________________38 _________________________________________________________________________________________39 _________________________________________________________________________________________40 __ 41 42 00 45 13 - 4 BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 4 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1 PROJECT INFORMATION FORM 2 3 4 5 Project #3 6 Name of Project: 7 8 Project Owner Name, Address and Phone Number: 9 10 Original Contract Amount: 11 12 Final Contract Amount: 13 14 Contract Time Allotted (Calendar Days): 15 16 Start Date for Project: 17 18 Final Completion Date for Project: 19 20 Number of Days to complete (calendar days): 21 22 23 Detail the project, including size, length, and materials used. Also describe any known contractual issues, 24 successes, or potential problems and solutions encountered. 25 26 _________________________________________________________________________________________27 _________________________________________________________________________________________28 _________________________________________________________________________________________29 _________________________________________________________________________________________30 _________________________________________________________________________________________31 _________________________________________________________________________________________32 _________________________________________________________________________________________33 _________________________________________________________________________________________34 _________________________________________________________________________________________35 _________________________________________________________________________________________36 _________________________________________________________________________________________37 _________________________________________________________________________________________38 _________________________________________________________________________________________39 __ 40 41 00 45 13 - 5 BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 5 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE 1 2 The City of Denton desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local 3 Government Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to award of City 4 contracts. Pursuant to Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code, the City of Denton has 5 adopted the following written definition and criteria for accurately determining the safety record 6 of a respondent prior to awarding City contracts. 7 8 The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a respondent for this consideration 9 shall be: 10 11 The City of Denton shall consider the safety record of the respondent in determining the 12 responsibility thereof. The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or 13 safety of the citizens of the City of Denton, be it related or caused by environmental, 14 mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City 15 may consider, among other things: 16 A. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health 17 Review Commission (OSHRC), against the respondent for violations of OSHA 18 regulations within the past three (3) years. 19 B. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as 20 defined below) for violations within the past five (5) years. Environmental 21 Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army 22 Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the 23 Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on 24 Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource Conservation 25 Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of 26 Health (TDH), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural 27 Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies of local governments responsible for 28 enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or regulations, 29 and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations 30 include notices of violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of 31 state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal 32 complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final 33 orders, and judicial final judgments. 34 C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted in 35 bodily harm or death. 36 D. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in 37 determining the responsibility of the respondent and his or her ability to perform 38 the services or goods required by the solicitation documents in a safe 39 environment, both for the workers and other employees of respondent and the 40 citizens of the City of Denton. 41 42 In order to obtain proper information from respondents so that City of Denton may consider the 43 safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts, City of Denton 44 requires that respondents answer the following three (3) questions and submit them with their 45 submissions: 46 47 48 00 45 13 - 6 BIDDER'S MINIMUM QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Page 6 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 QUESTION ONE 1 2 Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the 3 respondent, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received 4 citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years? 5 6 YES NO 7 8 If the respondent has indicated YES for question number one above, the respondent must provide 9 to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such 10 citation: 11 12 Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of 13 offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 14 15 QUESTION TWO 16 17 Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the 18 respondent, or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received 19 citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations, of any kind or type, 20 within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement, 21 suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending 22 criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, 23 and judicial final judgments. 24 25 YES NO 26 27 If the respondent has indicated YES for question number two above, the respondent must provide 28 to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each such 29 conviction: 30 31 Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition 32 of offense, if any, and penalty assessed. 33 34 QUESTION THREE 35 36 Has the respondent, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by respondent, 37 or anyone acting for such firm, corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, 38 within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which resulted in serious bodily injury or 39 death? 40 41 YES NO 42 43 If the respondent has indicated YES for question number three above, the respondent must 44 provide to City of Denton, with its submission, the following information with respect to each 45 such conviction: 46 Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if 47 any, and penalty assessed. 48 END OF SECTION 49 00 45 26 - 1 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 45 26 1 CONTRACTOR COMPLIANCE WITH WORKER'S COMPENSATION LAW 2 3 Pursuant to Texas Labor Code Section 406.096(a), as amended, Contractor certifies that it 4 provides worker’s compensation insurance coverage for all of its employees employed on Robson 5 Tunnel. Contractor further certifies that, pursuant to Texas Labor Code, Section 406.096(b), as 6 amended, it will provide to City its subcontractor’s certificates of compliance with worker’s 7 compensation coverage. 8 9 CONTRACTOR: 10 11 _____________________________________ By: ___________________________________ 12 Company (Please Print) 13 14 _____________________________________ Signature: ______________________________ 15 Address 16 17 _____________________________________ Title: __________________________________ 18 City/State/Zip (Please Print) 19 20 21 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 22 23 COUNTY OF DENTON § 24 25 BEFORE ME, the undersigned authority, on this day personally appeared 26 ___________________________________, known to me to be the person whose name is 27 subscribed to the foregoing instrument, and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same as 28 the act and deed of ____________________________________ for the purposes and 29 consideration therein expressed and in the capacity therein stated. 30 31 GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE this ____________day of 32 _______________________, 20__. 33 34 35 __________________________________ 36 Notary Public in and for the State of Texas 37 38 END OF SECTION 39 40 00 45 43 - 1 CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 45 43 1 CORPORATE RESOLUTION AUTHORIZING SIGNATORIES 2 3 4 5 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with Bidder’s 6 corporate resolution authorizing signatories.] 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 00 52 43 - 1 Agreement Page 1 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 52 43 1 AGREEMENT 2 3 THIS AGREEMENT, authorized on ______________is made by and between the City of Denton, 4 a Texas home rule municipality, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager, (“City”), 5 and ______________________________________________________________, authorized to 6 do business in Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized representative, (“Contractor”). 7 City and Contractor, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: 8 Article 1. WORK 9 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents for the 10 Project identified herein. 11 Article 2. PROJECT 12 The project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is 13 generally described as follows: 14 Description of Project: Installation of approximately 4000 feet of 10-foot wide mixed use path, 15 construction of a 1300 square yard parking lot, and the grading of approximately 6000 cubic yard 16 of dirt in McKenna park. 17 Contract No: 18 Article 3. CONTRACT PRICE 19 City agrees to pay Contractor for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract 20 Documents an amount, in current funds, of __________________________________Dollars 21 ($___________________). 22 Article 4. CONTRACT TIME 23 4.1 Final Acceptance. 24 The Work will be complete for Final Acceptance within 180 days after the date when the 25 Contract Time commences to run, as provided in Paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions, 26 plus any extension thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. 27 4.2 Liquidated Damages 28 Contractor recognizes that time is of the essence for completion of Milestones, if any, and 29 to achieve Final Acceptance of the Work and City will suffer financial loss if the Work is 30 not completed within the time(s) specified in Paragraph 4.1 above. The Contractor also 31 recognizes the delays, expense and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding, 32 the actual loss suffered by the City if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, 33 instead of requiring any such proof, Contractor agrees that as liquidated damages for delay 34 (but not as a penalty), Contractor shall pay City Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00) for each 35 day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 4.1 for Final Acceptance until the 36 City issues the Final Letter of Acceptance. 37 00 52 43 - 2 Agreement Page 2 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 Article 5. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1 5.1 CONTENTS: 2 A. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between City and 3 Contractor concerning the Work consist of the following: 4 1. This Agreement. 5 2. Attachments to this Agreement: 6 a. Bid Form 7 1) Bid Form 8 2) Vendor Compliance to State Law Non-Resident Bidder 9 3) State and Federal documents (project specific) 10 b. Current Prevailing Wage Rate Table 11 c. Insurance ACORD Form(s) 12 d. Payment Bond 13 e. Performance Bond 14 f. Maintenance Bond 15 g. Power of Attorney for the Bonds 16 h. Worker’s Compensation Affidavit 17 i. Form 1295 – Certificate of Interested Parties 18 3. General Conditions. 19 4. Supplementary Conditions. 20 5. Specifications specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, 21 if not attached, as incorporated by reference and described in the Table of Contents 22 of the Project’s Contract Documents. 23 6. Drawings. 24 7. Addenda. 25 8. Documentation submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. 26 9. The following which may be delivered or issued after the Effective Date of the 27 Agreement and, if issued, become an incorporated part of the Contract Documents: 28 a. Notice to Proceed. 29 b. Field Orders. 30 c. Change Orders. 31 d. Letter of Final Acceptance. 32 33 34 00 52 43 - 3 Agreement Page 3 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 Article 6. INDEMNIFICATION 1 6.1 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own 2 expense, the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all 3 claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed 4 by the contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees 5 under this contract. This indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate 6 and be effective even if it is alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being 7 sought were caused, in whole or in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. 8 This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for any 9 and all costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the city in defending against such 10 claims and causes of actions. 11 12 6.2 Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, 13 the city, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss of, 14 damage to, or destruction of, property of the city, arising out of, or alleged to arise out 15 of, the work and services to be performed by the contractor, its officers, agents, 16 employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this contract. This 17 indemnification provision is specifically intended to operate and be effective even if it is 18 alleged or proven that all or some of the damages being sought were caused, in whole or 19 in part, by any act, omission or negligence of the city. 20 21 Article 7. MISCELLANEOUS 22 7.1 Terms. 23 Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will 24 have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 25 7.2 Assignment of Contract. 26 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents may not be assigned by the 27 Contractor without the advanced express written consent of the City. 28 7.3 Successors and Assigns. 29 City and Contractor each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal 30 representatives to the other party hereto, in respect to all covenants, agreements and 31 obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 32 7.4 Severability. 33 Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be unconstitutional, void or 34 unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction shall be deemed stricken, and all 35 remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon City and Contractor. 36 7.5 Governing Law and Venue. 37 This Agreement, including all of the Contract Documents is performable in the State of 38 Texas. Venue shall be Denton County, Texas, or the United States District Court for the 39 Eastern District of Texas, Sherman Division. 40 00 52 43 - 4 Agreement Page 4 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 7.6 Authority to Sign. 1 Contractor shall attach evidence of authority to sign Agreement if signed by someone other 2 than the duly authorized signatory of the Contractor. 3 4 7.7 Prohibition On Contracts With Companies Boycotting Israel. 5 Contractor acknowledges that in accordance with Chapter 2270 of the Texas Government 6 Code, the City is prohibited from entering into a contract with a company for goods or 7 services unless the contract contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) 8 does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. 9 The terms “boycott Israel” and “company” shall have the meanings ascribed to those terms 10 in Section 808.001 of the Texas Government Code. By signing this contract, Contractor 11 certifies that Contractor’s signature provides written verification to the City that 12 Contractor: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of 13 the contract. 14 15 7.8 Immigration Nationality Act. 16 Contractor shall verify the identity and employment eligibility of its employees who perform 17 work under this Agreement, including completing the Employment Eligibility Verification 18 Form (I-9). Upon request by City, Contractor shall provide City with copies of all I-9 forms 19 and supporting eligibility documentation for each employee who performs work under this 20 Agreement. Contractor shall adhere to all Federal and State laws as well as establish 21 appropriate procedures and controls so that no services will be performed by any Contractor 22 employee who is not legally eligible to perform such services. CONTRACTOR SHALL 23 INDEMNIFY CITY AND HOLD CITY HARMLESS FROM ANY PENALTIES, 24 LIABILITIES, OR LOSSES DUE TO VIOLATIONS OF THIS PARAGRAPH BY 25 CONTRACTOR, CONTRACTOR’S EMPLOYEES, SUBCONTRACTORS, 26 AGENTS, OR LICENSEES. City, upon written notice to Contractor, shall have the right 27 to immediately terminate this Agreement for violations of this provision by Contractor. 28 29 7.9 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. 30 This Agreement gives no rights or benefits to anyone other than the City and the Contractor 31 and there are no third-party beneficiaries. 32 33 34 00 52 43 - 5 Agreement Page 5 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 7.10 No Cause of Action Against Engineer. 1 Contractor, its subcontractors and equipment and materials suppliers on the Project or their 2 sureties, shall maintain no direct action against the Engineer, its officers, employees, and 3 subcontractors, for any claim arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from the engineering 4 services performed. Only the City will be the beneficiary of any undertaking by the Engineer. 5 The presence or duties of the Engineer's personnel at a construction site, whether as on-site 6 representatives or otherwise, do not make the Engineer or its personnel in any way 7 responsible for those duties that belong to the City and/or the City's Contractors or other 8 entities, and do not relieve the Contractors or any other entity of their obligations, duties, and 9 responsibilities, including, but not limited to, all construction methods, means, techniques, 10 sequences, and procedures necessary for coordinating and completing all portions of the 11 construction work in accordance with the Contract Documents and any health or safety 12 precautions required by such construction work. The Engineer and its personnel have no 13 authority to exercise any control over any construction contractor or other entity or their 14 employees in connection with their work or any health or safety precautions. 15 16 SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW 17 18 00 52 43 - 6 Agreement Page 6 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, City and Contractor have each executed this Agreement to be effective 1 as of the date subscribed by the City’s designated City Manager (“Effective Date”). 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 ATTEST: 37 JENNIFER WALTERS, CITY SECRETARY 38 39 40 _______________________________________ 41 42 43 APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: 44 AARON LEAL, CITY ATTORNEY 45 46 _______________________________________ 47 _______________________________________ CITY OF DENTON BY: ___________________________________ TITLE: _______________________________ ____________________ CONTRACTOR [CONTRACTOR’S CORPORATE NAME HERE] BY: ___________________________________ AUTHORIZED AGENT _______________________________________ NAME _______________________________________ TITLE _______________________________________ PHONE NUMBER _______________________________________ EMAIL ADDRESS 00 61 13 - 1 PERFORMANCE BOND Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 61 13 1 PERFORMANCE BOND 2 3 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5 COUNTY OF DENTON § 6 7 That we, _____________________________________________________, known as 8 “Principal” herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate 9 surety(sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10 “Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11 municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of Texas, known as “City” herein, in the penal 12 sum of, ___________________________________________ Dollars 13 ($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 14 County, Texas for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our 15 heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 16 presents. 17 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City 18 awarded the _____ day of ________________, 20___, which Contract is hereby referred to and 19 made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment 20 labor and other accessories defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work, including any Change 21 Orders, as provided for in said Contract designated as McKenna Park Improvements. 22 NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the said Principal 23 shall faithfully perform it obligations under the Contract and shall in all respects duly and 24 faithfully perform the Work, including Change Orders, under the Contract, according to the plans, 25 specifications, and contract documents therein referred to, and as well during any period of 26 extension of the Contract that may be granted on the part of the City, then this obligation shall be 27 and become null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. 28 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 29 Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, 30 Sherman Division. 31 00 61 13 - 2 PERFORMANCE BOND Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 1 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 2 accordance with the provisions of said statue. 3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have SIGNED and SEALED 4 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of 5 , 20 . 6 PRINCIPAL: 7 ____________________________________ 8 ____________________________________ 9 10 BY: ________________________________ 11 Signature 12 ATTEST: 13 14 ______________________________ ____________________________________ 15 (Principal) Secretary Name and Title 16 17 Address: ____________________________ 18 ____________________________ 19 ____________________________ 20 _____________________________ 21 Witness as to Principal 22 SURETY: 23 ____________________________________ 24 ____________________________________ 25 26 BY: ________________________________ 27 Signature 28 29 ____________________________________ 30 Name and Title 31 32 Address: ____________________________ 33 ____________________________ 34 ____________________________ 35 _____________________________ 36 Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 37 38 39 40 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 41 from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 42 Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 43 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 44 45 00 61 14 - 1 PAYMENT BOND Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 61 14 1 PAYMENT BOND 2 3 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5 COUNTY OF DENTON § 6 That we, _____________________________________________________, known as 7 “Principal” herein, and _________________________________________________________, a 8 corporate surety (sureties), duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 9 “Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 10 municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as “City” herein, 11 in the penal sum of___________________________________________ Dollars 12 ($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 13 County, Texas, for the payment of which sum well and truly be made, we bind ourselves, our 14 heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these 15 presents: 16 WHEREAS, Principal has entered into a certain written Contract with City, awarded the 17 _____ day of ______________________, 20_____, which Contract is hereby referred to and 18 made a part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all materials, equipment, 19 labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the Work as provided for in 20 said Contract and designated as McKenna Park Improvements. 21 NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if 22 Principal shall pay all monies owing to any (and all) payment bond beneficiary (as defined in 23 Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code, as amended) in the prosecution of the Work under 24 the Contract, then this obligation shall be and become null and void; otherwise to remain in full 25 force and effect. 26 This bond is made and executed in compliance with the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the 27 Texas Government Code, as amended, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in 28 accordance with the provisions of said statute. 29 30 00 61 14 - 2 PAYMENT BOND Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED 1 this instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the _________ day of 2 ___________________, 20_____. 3 4 PRINCIPAL: _________________________________ _________________________________ ATTEST: BY: _____________________________ Signature ___________________________________ _____________________________ (Principal) Secretary Name and Title Address: _________________________ _________________________ ___________________________________ _________________________ Witness as to Principal SURETY: _________________________________ _________________________________ ATTEST: BY: _____________________________ Signature __________________________________ _____________________________ (Surety) Secretary Name and Title Address: _________________________ _________________________ __________________________________ _________________________ Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ________________ 5 Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety, there must be on file a certified extract from the 6 bylaws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If Surety’s physical 7 address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 8 9 THE DATE OF THE BOND SHALL NOT BE PRIOR 10 TO THE DATE THE CONTRACT IS AWARDED. 11 END OF SECTION 12 13 00 61 19 - 1 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 61 19 1 MAINTENANCE BOND 2 3 THE STATE OF TEXAS § 4 § KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: 5 COUNTY OF TARRANT § 6 7 That we_____________________________________________________, known as 8 “Principal” herein and ____________________________________________, a corporate surety 9 (sureties, if more than one) duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, known as 10 “Surety” herein (whether one or more), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Denton, a 11 municipal corporation created pursuant to the laws of the State of Texas, known as “City” herein, 12 in the sum of_________________________________________ Dollars 13 ($_______________________), lawful money of the United States, to be paid in Denton, Denton 14 County, Texas, for payment of which sum well and truly be made unto the City and its 15 successors, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly 16 and severally, firmly by these presents. 17 18 WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the City awarded 19 the_____ day of , 20 , which Contract is hereby 20 referred to and a made part hereof for all purposes as if fully set forth herein, to furnish all 21 materials, equipment labor and other accessories as defined by law, in the prosecution of the 22 Work, including any Work resulting from a duly authorized Change Order (collectively herein, 23 the “Work”) as provided for in said contract and designated as McKenna Park Improvements; and 24 25 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to use such materials and to so construct the Work in 26 accordance with the plans, specifications and Contract Documents that the Work is and will 27 remain free from defects in materials or workmanship for and during the period of two (2) years 28 after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work by the City (“Maintenance Period”); and 29 30 WHEREAS, Principal binds itself to repair or reconstruct the Work in whole or in part 31 upon receiving notice from the City of the need therefor at any time within the Maintenance 32 Period. 33 34 00 61 19 - 2 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if Principal shall 1 remedy any defective Work, for which timely notice was provided by City, to a completion 2 satisfactory to the City, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise to remain in 3 full force and effect. 4 5 PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if Principal shall fail so to repair or reconstruct any timely 6 noticed defective Work, it is agreed that the City may cause any and all such defective Work to 7 be repaired and/or reconstructed with all associated costs thereof being borne by the Principal and 8 the Surety under this Maintenance bond; and 9 10 PROVIDED FURTHER, that if any legal action be filed on this Bond, venue shall lie in 11 Denton County, Texas or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, 12 Sherman Division; and 13 14 PROVIDED FURTHER, that this obligation shall be continuous in nature and 15 successive recoveries may be had hereon for successive breaches. 16 17 18 19 00 61 19 - 3 MAINTENANCE BOND Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have each SIGNED and SEALED this 1 instrument by duly authorized agents and officers on this the day of 2 , 20 __. 3 4 PRINCIPAL: 5 ____________________________________ 6 ____________________________________ 7 8 BY: ________________________________ 9 Signature 10 ATTEST: 11 12 ______________________________ ____________________________________ 13 (Principal) Secretary Name and Title 14 15 Address: ____________________________ 16 ____________________________ 17 ____________________________ 18 _____________________________ 19 Witness as to Principal 20 SURETY: 21 ____________________________________ 22 ____________________________________ 23 24 BY: ________________________________ 25 Signature 26 27 ____________________________________ 28 ATTEST: Name and Title 29 30 _____________________________ Address: ____________________________ 31 (Surety) Secretary ____________________________ 32 ____________________________ 33 _____________________________ 34 Witness as to Surety Telephone Number: ___________________ 35 36 *Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract 37 from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If 38 Surety’s physical address is different from its mailing address, both must be provided. 39 The date of the bond shall not be prior to the date the Contract is awarded. 40 41 00 61 25 - 1 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 61 25 1 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 2 3 4 5 [Assembler: For Contract Document execution, remove this page and replace with standard 6 ACORD Certificate of Insurance form.] 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Article 1 – Definitions and Terminology .......................................................................................................... 1 1.01 Defined Terms............................................................................................................................... 1 1.02 Terminology .................................................................................................................................. 6 Article 2 – Preliminary Matters ......................................................................................................................... 7 2.01 Copies of Documents .................................................................................................................... 7 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed ................................................................ 7 2.03 Starting the Work .......................................................................................................................... 7 2.04 Before Starting Construction ........................................................................................................ 7 2.05 Preconstruction Conference.......................................................................................................... 8 2.06 Public Meeting .............................................................................................................................. 8 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules.................................................................................................... 8 2.08 Electronic Submittals.................................................................................................................... 8 Article 3 – Contract Documents: Intent, Amending, Reuse ............................................................................ 8 3.01 Intent.............................................................................................................................................. 8 3.02 Reference Standards...................................................................................................................... 9 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies....................................................................................... 9 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents................................................................. 10 3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................................... 10 3.06 Electronic Data............................................................................................................................ 11 Article 4 – Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions; Reference Points........................................................................................................... 11 4.01 Availability of Lands .................................................................................................................. 11 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions .......................................................................................... 12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ............................................................................. 12 4.04 Underground Facilities ............................................................................................................... 13 4.05 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site .............................................................................. 14 Article 5 – Bonds and Insurance ..................................................................................................................... 15 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers ................................................................................................... 15 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds....................................................................... 15 5.03 Certificates of Insurance ............................................................................................................. 16 5.04 Contractor’s Insurance ................................................................................................................ 18 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace........................................................... 19 Article 6 – Contractor’s Responsibilities ........................................................................................................ 19 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence............................................................................................... 19 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 6.02 Labor; Working Hours ................................................................................................................ 19 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ........................................................................................... 20 6.04 Project Schedule.......................................................................................................................... 20 6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” ....................................................................................................... 21 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others.................................................................... 23 6.07 Wage Rates.................................................................................................................................. 24 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties ........................................................................................................... 25 6.09 Permits and Utilities.................................................................................................................... 26 6.10 Laws and Regulations ................................................................................................................. 26 6.11 Taxes ........................................................................................................................................... 27 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas ....................................................................................................... 27 6.13 Record Documents...................................................................................................................... 28 6.14 Safety and Protection .................................................................................................................. 29 6.15 Safety Representative.................................................................................................................. 29 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs ............................................................................................. 30 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification............................................................................................... 30 6.18 Submittals.................................................................................................................................... 30 6.19 Continuing the Work................................................................................................................... 31 6.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee .......................................................................... 32 6.21 Indemnification ......................................................................................................................... 32 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services .............................................................................. 33 6.23 Right to Audit.............................................................................................................................. 34 6.24 Nondiscrimination....................................................................................................................... 34 Article 7 – Other Work at the Site................................................................................................................... 34 7.01 Related Work at Site ................................................................................................................... 34 7.02 Coordination................................................................................................................................ 35 Article 8 – City’s Responsibilities................................................................................................................... 35 8.01 Communications to Contractor................................................................................................... 35 8.02 Furnish Data ................................................................................................................................ 35 8.03 Pay When Due ............................................................................................................................ 35 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests................................................................................... 36 8.05 Change Orders............................................................................................................................. 36 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals .............................................................................................. 36 8.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities ....................................................................................... 36 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition .................................................................... 36 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program............................................................................................... 36 Article 9 – City’s Observation Status During Construction ........................................................................... 36 9.01 City’s Project Manager ……...................................................................................................... 36 9.02 Visits to Site ................................................................................................................................ 37 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work .................................................................................................. 37 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work .......................................................................................................... 37 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed .......................................................................................... 37 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ..................... 38 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 Article 10 – Changes in the Work; Claims; Extra Work ................................................................................ 38 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ............................................................................................... 38 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................... 38 10.03 Execution of Change Orders....................................................................................................... 38 10.04 Extra Work .................................................................................................................................. 38 10.05 Notification to Surety.................................................................................................................. 39 10.06 Contract Claims Process ............................................................................................................. 39 Article 11 – Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work; Plans Quantity Measurement...................... 40 11.01 Cost of the Work ......................................................................................................................... 40 11.02 Allowances .................................................................................................................................. 43 11.03 Unit Price Work .......................................................................................................................... 43 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement ...................................................................................................... 45 Article 12 – Change of Contract Price; Change of Contract Time................................................................. 45 12.01 Change of Contract Price ............................................................................................................ 45 12.02 Change of Contract Time............................................................................................................ 46 12.03 Delays .......................................................................................................................................... 47 Article 13 – Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal or Acceptance of Defective Work ...................... 47 13.01 Notice of Defects ........................................................................................................................ 47 13.02 Access to Work ........................................................................................................................... 47 13.03 Tests and Inspections .................................................................................................................. 47 13.04 Uncovering Work........................................................................................................................ 49 13.05 City May Stop the Work ............................................................................................................. 49 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ................................................................................ 49 13.07 Correction Period ........................................................................................................................ 50 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work................................................................................................... 51 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work ............................................................................................. 51 Article 14 – Payments to Contractor and Completion .................................................................................... 52 14.01 Schedule of Values...................................................................................................................... 52 14.02 Progress Payments ...................................................................................................................... 52 14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title ................................................................................................... 54 14.04 Partial Utilization ........................................................................................................................ 54 14.05 Final Inspection ........................................................................................................................... 55 14.06 Final Acceptance......................................................................................................................... 55 14.07 Final Payment.............................................................................................................................. 55 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release ........................................................ 56 14.09 Waiver of Claims ........................................................................................................................ 56 Article 15 – Suspension of Work and Termination ........................................................................................ 57 15.01 City May Suspend Work............................................................................................................. 57 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause ................................................................................................... 57 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience ....................................................................................... 59 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 Article 16 – Dispute Resolution ...................................................................................................................... 61 16.01 Methods and Procedures ............................................................................................................. 61 Article 17 – Miscellaneous .............................................................................................................................. 62 17.01 Giving Notice .............................................................................................................................. 62 17.02 Computation of Times ................................................................................................................ 62 17.03 Cumulative Remedies ................................................................................................................. 62 17.04 Survival of Obligations ............................................................................................................... 63 17.05 Headings...................................................................................................................................... 63 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 ARTICLE 1 – DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in these General Conditions or in other Contract Documents, the terms listed below have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof, and words denoting gender shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter. Said terms are generally capitalized or written in italics, but not always. When used in a context consistent with the definition of a listed-defined term, the term shall have a meaning as defined below whether capitalized or italicized or otherwise. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda—Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement—The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between City and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Application for Payment—The form acceptable to City which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos—Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Award – Authorization by the City Council for the City to enter into an Agreement. 6. Bid—The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 7. Bidder—The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to City. 8. Bidding Documents—The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 9. Bidding Requirements—The advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 10. Business Day – A business day is defined as a day that the City conducts normal business, generally Monday through Friday, except for federal or state holidays observed by the City. 11. Calendar Day – A day consisting of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 12. Change Order—A document, which is prepared and approved by the City, which is signed by Contractor and City and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 13. City— The City of Denton is a Texas home-rule municipal corporation acting by its City Council through its City Manager or his designee. 14. City Attorney – The officially appointed City Attorney of the City of Denton, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 15. City Council - The duly elected and qualified governing body of the City of Denton, Texas. 16. City Manager – The officially appointed and authorized City Manager of the City of Denton, Texas, or his duly authorized representative. 17. Contract Claim—A demand or assertion by City or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Time, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Contract Claim. 18. Contract—The entire and integrated written document between the City and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract contains the Agreement and all Contract Documents and supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 19. Contract Documents—Those items so designated in the Agreement. All items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Submittals, other Contractor submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 20. Contract Price—The moneys payable by City to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 21. Contract Time—The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any and (ii) complete the Work so that it is ready for Final Acceptance. 22. Contractor—The individual or entity with whom City has entered into the Agreement. 23. Cost of the Work—See Paragraph 11.01 of these General Conditions for definition. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 3 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 24. Damage Claims – A demand for money or services arising from the Project or Site from a third party, City or Contractor exclusive of a Contract Claim. 25. Day or day – A day, unless otherwise defined, shall mean a Calendar Day. 26. Drawings—That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 27. Effective Date of the Agreement—The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 28. Engineer—The licensed professional engineer or engineering firm registered in the State of Texas performing professional services for the City. 29. Extra Work – Additional work made necessary by changes or alterations of the Contract Documents or quantities; or for other reasons for which no prices are provided in the Contract Documents. Extra work shall be part of the Work. 30. Field Order — A written order issued by City which requires changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price, Contract Time, or the intent of the Engineer. 31. Final Acceptance – The written notice given by the City to the Contractor that the Work specified in the Contract Documents has been completed to the satisfaction of the City. 32. Final Inspection – Inspection carried out by the City to verify that the Contractor has completed the Work, and each and every part or appurtenance thereof, fully, entirely, and in conformance with the Contract Documents. 33. General Requirements—Sections of Division 1 of the Contract Documents. 34. Hazardous Environmental Condition — The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, Radioactive Material, or other materials in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto. 35. Hazardous Waste—Hazardous waste is defined as any solid waste listed as hazardous or possesses one or more hazardous characteristics as defined in the federal waste regulations, as amended from time to time. 36. Incidental – Work items that the Contractor is not paid for directly, but costs for which are included under the various bid items of the Project. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 37. Laws and Regulations—Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 38. Liens—Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 39. Major Item – An Item of work included in the Contract Documents that has a total cost equal to or greater than 5% of the original Contract Price or $25,000 whichever is less. 40. Milestone—A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate Contract Time prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 41. Notice of Award—The written notice by City to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, City will sign and deliver the Agreement. 42. Notice to Proceed—A written notice given by City to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work specified in Contract Documents. 43. PCBs—Polychlorinated biphenyls. 44. Petroleum—Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 45. Plans – See definition of Drawings. 46. Project Schedule—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, in accordance with the General Requirements, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor’s plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Time. 47. Project—The Work to be performed under the Contract Documents. 48. Project Manager —The authorized representative of the City who will be assigned to the Project. 49. Project Manual – The documentary information prepared for bidding and furnishing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual is contained in its Table of Contents. 50. Public Meeting – An announced meeting conducted by the City to facilitate public participation and to assist the public in gaining an informed view of the Project. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 51. Radioactive Material—Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 52. Regular Working Hours – Excluding legal holidays, regular working hours shall be Monday thru Friday between 6:00 a.m. and 8:30 p.m. from June 1 to September 30 and between 7:00 a.m. and 8:30 p.m. from October 1 to May 31. 53. Samples—Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 54. Schedule of Submittals—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 55. Schedule of Values—A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment. 56. Site—Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by City upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of-way, permits, and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by City which are designated for the use of Contractor. 57. Specifications—That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. Specifications may be specifically made a part of the Contract Documents by attachment or, if not attached, may be incorporated by reference as indicated in the Table of Contents (Division 00 00 00) of each Project. 58. Subcontractor—An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 59. Submittals—All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 60. Subsidiary – See definition of Incidental. 61. Successful Bidder—The Bidder submitting the lowest and most responsive Bid to whom City makes an Award. 62. Superintendent – The representative of the Contractor who is available at all times and able to receive instructions from the City and to act for the Contractor. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 6 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 63. Supplementary Conditions—That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 64. Supplier—A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or Subcontractor. 65. Underground Facilities—All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including but not limited to, those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 66. Unit Price Work—See Paragraph 11.03 of these General Conditions for definition. 67. Weekend Working Hours – Hours between 8:00 a.m. and 8:30 p.m., Saturday, and between 1:00 p.m. and 8:30 p.m. Sunday or legal holiday, as approved in advance by the City. 68. Work—The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction including any Change Order or Field Order, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 69. Working Day – A working day is defined as a day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or legal holidays authorized by the City for contract purposes, in which weather or other conditions not under the control of the Contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work underway for a continuous period of not less than 7 hours between 7 a.m. and 8 p.m. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in Paragraph 1.02.B through E are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives: 1. The Contract Documents include the terms “as allowed,” “as approved,” “as ordered,” “as directed” or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of judgment by City. In addition, the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of City as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action, or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the information in the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 C. Defective: 1. The word “defective,” when modifying the word “Work,” refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents; or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. has been damaged prior to City’s written acceptance. D. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide: 1. The word “Furnish” or the word “Install” or the word “Perform” or the word “Provide” or the word “Supply,” or any combination or similar directive or usage thereof, shall mean furnishing and incorporating in the Work including all necessary labor, materials, equipment, and everything necessary to perform the Work indicated, unless specifically limited in the context used. E. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 – PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Copies of Documents City shall furnish to Contractor one (1) original executed copy and one (1) electronic copy of the Contract Documents, and three (3) additional copies of the Drawings. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.02 Commencement of Contract Time; Notice to Proceed The Contract Time will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 2.03 Starting the Work Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Time commences to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Time commences to run. 2.04 Before Starting Construction Baseline Schedules: Submit in accordance with the Contract Documents, and prior to starting the Work. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 8 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 2.05 Preconstruction Conference Before any Work at the Site is started, the Contractor shall attend a Preconstruction Conference as specified in the Contract Documents. 2.06 Public Meeting Contractor may not mobilize any equipment, materials or resources to the Site prior to Contractor attending the Public Meeting as scheduled by the City. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to City in accordance with the Schedule Specification as provided in the Contract Documents. 2.08 Electronic Submittals A. Except as otherwise stated elsewhere in the Contract, the City and Contractor may transmit, and shall accept, Project-related correspondence, text, data, documents, drawings, information, and graphics, including but not limited to Shop Drawings and other submittals, in electronic media or digital format. B. When transmitting items in electronic media or digital format, the transmitting party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of the items resulting from the recipient’s use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used in the drafting or transmittal of the items, or from those established in applicable transmittal protocols. ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that reasonably may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result will be provided whether or not specifically called for, at no additional cost to City. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by City. D. The Specifications may vary in form, format and style. Some Specification sections may be written in varying degrees of streamlined or declarative style and some sections may be 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 9 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 relatively narrative by comparison. Omission of such words and phrases as “the Contractor shall,” “in conformity with,” “as shown,” or “as specified” are intentional in streamlined sections. Omitted words and phrases shall be supplied by inference. Similar types of provisions may appear in various parts of a section or articles within a part depending on the format of the section. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any variation of form, format or style in making Contract Claims. E. The cross referencing of specification sections under the subparagraph heading “Related Sections include but are not necessarily limited to:” and elsewhere within each Specification section is provided as an aid and convenience to the Contractor. The Contractor shall not rely on the cross referencing provided and shall be responsible to coordinate the entire Work under the Contract Documents and provide a complete Project whether or not the cross referencing is provided in each section or whether or not the cross referencing is complete. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or any instruction of a Supplier, shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of City, Contractor, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to City, or any of its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein against all applicable field measurements and conditions. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to City any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor discovers, or has actual knowledge of, and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from City before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 10 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 within the Contract Documents, or between the Contract Documents and (a) any applicable Law or Regulation , (b) any standard, specification, manual, or code, or (c) any instruction of any Supplier, then Contractor shall promptly report it to City in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to City for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies: 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, or the instruction of any Supplier (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents). 2. In case of discrepancies, figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions, Drawings shall govern over Specifications, and Supplementary Conditions shall govern over General Conditions and Specifications. 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Change Order. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work not involving a change in Contract Price or Contract Time, may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. City’s review of a Submittal (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.18.C); or 3. City’s written interpretation or clarification. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of City and specific written 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 11 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 verification or adaptation by Engineer. B. The prohibitions of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Unless otherwise stated in the Supplementary Conditions, the data furnished by City or Engineer to Contractor, or by Contractor to City or Engineer, that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies included in the Contract Documents (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained or derived from such electronic files will be at the user’s sole risk. If there is a discrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data’s creator. ARTICLE 4 – AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. City shall furnish the Site. City shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. City will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. 1. The City has obtained or anticipates acquisition of and/or access to right-of-way, and/or easements. Any outstanding right-of-way and/or easements are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements. 2. The City has or anticipates removing and/or relocating utilities, and obstructions to the Site. Any outstanding removal or relocation of utilities or obstructions is anticipated in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated by others. B. Upon reasonable written request, City shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 12 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports known to City of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site; and 2. those drawings known to City of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site (except Underground Facilities). B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any “technical data” on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 13 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 subsurface or physical conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), notify City in writing about such condition. B. Possible Price and Time Adjustments Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to City with respect to Contract Price and Contract Time by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or 2. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of the examination of the Contract Documents or the Site; or 3. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to City or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. City and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data provided by others; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data; b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; c. coordination and adjustment of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including City, during construction; and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated: 1. If an Underground Facility which conflicts with the Work is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.17.A), 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 14 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give notice to that owner and to City. City will review the discovered Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change may be required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such discovered Underground Facility. 2. If City concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order may be issued to reflect and document such consequences. 3. Verification of existing utilities, structures, and service lines shall include notification of all utility companies a minimum of 48 hours in advance of construction including exploratory excavation if necessary. 4.05 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings known to City relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at the Site. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the “technical data” contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such “technical data” is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Contractor may not make any Contract Claim against City, or any of their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, or subcontractors with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor’s purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any “technical data” or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 15 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 Paragraph 6.17.A); and (iii) notify City (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). City may consider the necessity to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected area until after City has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered written notice to Contractor: (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered suitable for the resumption of Work; or (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such Work under such special conditions, then City may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. City may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by City’s own forces or others. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06.G shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual’s or entity’s own negligence. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 – BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Licensed Sureties and Insurers All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.02 Performance, Payment, and Maintenance Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 or successor statute, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor’s obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall furnish maintenance bonds in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 16 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 to protect the City against any defects in any portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents. Maintenance bonds shall remain in effect for two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance by the City. C. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the list of “Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies” as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent or attorney-in-fact must be accompanied by a sealed and dated power of attorney which shall show that it is effective on the date the agent or attorney-in-fact signed each bond. The bonds must be dated on, or after, the date of the Contract. D. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in the State of Texas or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 5.02.C, Contractor shall promptly notify City and shall, within 30 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02.C. 5.03 Certificates of Insurance A. Contractor shall deliver to City, with copies to each additional insured and loss payee identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by City or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. 1. The certificate of insurance shall document the City, and all identified entities named in the Supplementary Conditions as “Additional Insured” on all liability policies. 2. The Contractor’s general liability insurance shall include a, “per project” or “per location”, endorsement, which shall be identified in the certificate of insurance provided to the City. 3. The certificate shall be signed by an agent authorized to bind coverage on behalf of the insured, be complete in its entirety, and show complete insurance carrier names as listed in the current A.M. Best Property & Casualty Guide 4. The insurers for all policies must be licensed and/or approved to do business in the State of Texas. Except for workers’ compensation, all insurers must have a minimum rating of A-: VII in the current A. M. Best Key Rating Guide or have reasonably equivalent financial strength and solvency to the satisfaction of Risk Management. If the rating is below that required, written approval of City is required. 5. All applicable policies shall include a Waiver of Subrogation (Rights of Recovery) in favor of the City. In addition, the Contractor agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the Engineer (if applicable), and each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 17 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 6. Failure of the City to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure of the City to identify a deficiency from evidence that is provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor’s obligation to maintain such lines of insurance coverage. 7. If insurance policies are not written for specified coverage limits, an Umbrella or Excess Liability insurance for any differences is required. Excess Liability shall follow form of the primary coverage. 8. Unless otherwise stated, all required insurance shall be written on the “occurrence basis”. If coverage is underwritten on a claims-made basis, the retroactive date shall be coincident with or prior to the date of the effective date of the agreement and the certificate of insurance shall state that the coverage is claims-made and the retroactive date. The insurance coverage shall be maintained for the duration of the Contract and for three (3) years following Final Acceptance provided under the Contract Documents or for the warranty period, whichever is longer. An annual certificate of insurance submitted to the City shall evidence such insurance coverage. 9. Policies shall have no exclusions by endorsements, which, neither nullify or amend, the required lines of coverage, nor decrease the limits of said coverage unless such endorsements are approved in writing by the City. In the event a Contract has been bid or executed and the exclusions are determined to be unacceptable or the City desires additional insurance coverage, and the City desires the contractor/engineer to obtain such coverage, the contract price shall be adjusted by the cost of the premium for such additional coverage plus 10%. 10. Any self-insured retention (SIR), in excess of $25,000.00, affecting required insurance coverage shall be approved by the City in regards to asset value and stockholders' equity. In lieu of traditional insurance, alternative coverage maintained through insurance pools or risk retention groups, or self-funding, must also be approved by City. 11. Any deductible in excess of $5,000.00, for any policy that does not provide coverage on a first-dollar basis, must be acceptable to and approved by the City. 12. City, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to review the insurance requirements and to make reasonable adjustments to insurance coverage’s and their limits when deemed necessary and prudent by the City based upon the scope of the Work, changes in statutory law, court decision or the claims history of the industry as well as of the contracting party to the City. The City shall be required to provide prior notice of 90 days, and the insurance adjustments shall be incorporated into the Work by Change Order. 13. City shall be entitled, upon written request and without expense, to receive copies of policies and endorsements thereto and may make any reasonable requests for deletion or revision or modifications of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions necessary to conform the policy and endorsements to the requirements of the Contract. Deletions, revisions, or modifications shall not be required where policy provisions are established by 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 18 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 law or regulations binding upon either party or the underwriter on any such policies. 14. City shall not be responsible for the direct payment of insurance premium costs for Contractor’s insurance. 5.04 Contractor’s Insurance A. Workers Compensation and Employers’ Liability. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such insurance coverage with limits consistent with statutory benefits outlined in the Texas Workers’ Compensation Act (Texas Labor Code, Ch. 406, as amended), and minimum limits for Employers’ Liability as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees. B. Commercial General Liability. Coverage shall include but not be limited to covering liability (bodily injury or property damage) arising from: premises/operations, independent contractors, products/completed operations, personal injury, liability under an insured contract, and explosion/collapse/underground (where those exposures exist). Insurance shall be provided on an occurrence basis, and as comprehensive as the current Insurance Services Office (ISO) policy. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance with respect to any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the City. The Commercial General Liability policy, shall have no exclusions by endorsements that would alter of nullify premises/operations, products/completed operations, contractual, personal injury, or advertising injury, which are normally contained with the policy, unless the City approves such exclusions in writing. For construction projects that present a substantial completed operation exposure, the City may require the contractor to maintain completed operations coverage for a minimum of no less than three (3) years following the completion of the project (if identified in the Supplementary Conditions). C. Automobile Liability. A commercial business auto policy shall provide coverage on “any auto”, defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned and provide indemnity for claims for damages because bodily injury or death of any person and or property damage arising out of the work, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle by the Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 19 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 D. Railroad Protective Liability. If any of the work or any warranty work is within the limits of railroad right-of-way, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements identified in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Notification of Policy Cancellation: Contractor shall immediately notify City upon cancellation or other loss of insurance coverage. Contractor shall stop work until replacement insurance has been procured. There shall be no time credit for days not worked pursuant to this section. 5.05 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace If City has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the Contractor in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the City shall so notify the Contractor in writing within 10 Business Days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested). Contractor shall provide to the City such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the City may reasonably request. If Contractor does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents, the City shall notify the Contractor in writing of such failure prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. ARTICLE 6 – CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent Superintendent, who is proficient in English, and who shall not be replaced without written notice to City. If at any time the Superintendent is not satisfactory to the City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, replace the Superintendent with another satisfactory to City. C. Contractor shall notify the City 24 hours prior to moving areas during the sequence of construction. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during Regular Working Hours. Contractor will not permit the 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 20 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 performance of Work beyond Regular Working Hours or for Weekend Working Hours without City’s written consent (which will not be unreasonably withheld). Written request (by letter or electronic communication) to perform Work: 1. for beyond Regular Working Hours, request must be made by noon at least two (2) Business Days prior 2. for Weekend Working Hours, request must be made by noon of the preceding Wednesday 3. for legal holidays, request must be made by noon seven Days prior to the legal holiday. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, Contractor required testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not such items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of sufficient quality to complete the Work and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of City. If required by City, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. D. All items of standard equipment to be incorporated into the Work shall be the latest model at the time of bid, unless otherwise specified. 6.04 Project Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Project Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to City for acceptance (to the extent indicated in Paragraph 2.07 and the General Requirements) proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Time. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Contractor shall submit to City a monthly Project Schedule with a monthly progress payment 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 21 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 for the duration of the Contract in accordance with the schedule specification 01 32 16. 3. Proposed adjustments in the Project Schedule that will change the Contract Time shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Time may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and “Or-Equals” A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or “or-equal” item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to City for review under the circumstances described below. 1. “Or-Equal” Items: If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by City as an “or-equal” item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in City’s sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.05.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: a. the City determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole; and 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and 4) it is not objectionable to the City. b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the City or increase in Contract Time; and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items: a. If in City’s sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an “or-equal” item under Paragraph 6.05.A.1, it may be submitted as a 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 22 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow City to determine if the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefor. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by City from anyone other than Contractor. c. Contractor shall make written application to City for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application shall comply with Section 01 25 00 and: 1) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design; b) be similar in substance to that specified; c) be suited to the same use as that specified; and 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor’s achievement of final completion on time; b) whether use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City for other work on the Project) to adapt the design to the proposed substitute item; c) whether incorporation or use of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; and 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified; b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; and 4) shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and Damage Claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change. B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 23 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 of construction approved by City. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow City, in City’s sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make written application to City for review in the same manner as those provided in Paragraph 6.05.A.2. C. City’s Evaluation: City will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A and 6.05.B. City may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute. City will be the sole judge of acceptability. No “or-equal” or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until City’s review is complete, which will be evidenced by a Change Order in the case of a substitute and an accepted Submittal for an “or-equal.” City will advise Contractor in writing of its determination. D. Special Guarantee: City may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor’s expense a special performance guarantee, warranty, or other surety with respect to any substitute. Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City and anyone directly or indirectly employed by them from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses (including attorneys fees) arising out of the use of substituted materials or equipment. E. City’s Cost Reimbursement: City will record City’s costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.05.A.2 and 6.05.B. Whether or not City approves a substitute so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor may be required to reimburse City for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor may also be required to reimburse City for the charges for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with City) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. F. Contractor’s Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or “or-equal” at Contractor’s expense. G. City Substitute Reimbursement: Costs (savings or charges) attributable to acceptance of a substitute shall be incorporated to the Contract by Change Order. H. Time Extensions: No additional time will be granted for substitutions. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall perform with his own organization, work of a value not less than 35% of the value embraced on the Contract, unless otherwise approved by the City. B. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, against whom City may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection (excluding those acceptable to City as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.C). C. The City may from time to time require the use of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 24 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 individuals or entities on the project, and will provide such requirements in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor shall be fully responsible to City for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor’s own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between City and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity; nor 2. shall create any obligation on the part of City to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. E. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. F. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work shall communicate with City through Contractor. G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of City. 6.07 Wage Rates A. Duty to pay Prevailing Wage Rates. The Contractor shall comply with all requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code (as amended), including the payment of not less than the rates determined by the City Council of the City of Denton to be the prevailing wage rates in accordance with Chapter 2258. Such prevailing wage rates are included in these Contract Documents. B. Penalty for Violation. A Contractor or any Subcontractor who does not pay the prevailing wage shall, upon demand made by the City, pay to the City $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the prevailing wage rates stipulated in these contract documents. This penalty shall be retained by the City to offset its administrative costs, pursuant to Texas Government Code 2258.023. C. Complaints of Violations and City Determination of Good Cause. On receipt of information, including a complaint by a worker, concerning an alleged violation of 2258.023, Texas Government Code, by a Contractor or Subcontractor, the City shall make an initial determination, before the 31st day after the date the City receives the information, as to whether 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 25 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 good cause exists to believe that the violation occurred. The City shall notify in writing the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker of its initial determination. Upon the City’s determination that there is good cause to believe the Contractor or Subcontractor has violated Chapter 2258, the City shall retain the full amounts claimed by the claimant or claimants as the difference between wages paid and wages due under the prevailing wage rates, such amounts being subtracted from successive progress payments pending a final determination of the violation. D. Arbitration Required if Violation Not Resolved. An issue relating to an alleged violation of Section 2258.023, Texas Government Code, including a penalty owed to the City or an affected worker, shall be submitted to binding arbitration in accordance with the Texas General Arbitration Act (Article 224 et seq., Revised Statutes) if the Contractor or Subcontractor and any affected worker does not resolve the issue by agreement before the 15th day after the date the City makes its initial determination pursuant to Paragraph C above. If the persons required to arbitrate under this section do not agree on an arbitrator before the 11th day after the date that arbitration is required, a district court shall appoint an arbitrator on the petition of any of the persons. The City is not a party in the arbitration. The decision and award of the arbitrator is final and binding on all parties and may be enforced in any court of competent jurisdiction. E. Records to be Maintained. The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall, for a period of three (3) years following the date of acceptance of the work, maintain records that show (i) the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor in the construction of the Work provided for in this Contract; and (ii) the actual per diem wages paid to each worker. The records shall be open at all reasonable hours for inspection by the City. The provisions of Paragraph 6.23, Right to Audit, shall pertain to this inspection. F. Progress Payments. With each progress payment or payroll period, whichever is less, the Contractor shall submit an affidavit stating that the Contractor has complied with the requirements of Chapter 2258, Texas Government Code. G. Posting of Wage Rates. The Contractor shall post prevailing wage rates in a conspicuous place at all times. H. Subcontractor Compliance. The Contractor shall include in its subcontracts and/or shall otherwise require all of its Subcontractors to comply with Paragraphs A through G above. 6.08 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if, to the actual knowledge of City, its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by City in the Contract Documents. Failure of the City to disclose such information does not relieve the Contractor from its obligations to pay for the 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 26 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 use of said fees or royalties to others. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.09 Permits and Utilities A. Contractor obtained permits and licenses. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses except those provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. City shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement, except for permits provided by the City as specified in 6.09.B. City shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. B. City obtained permits and licenses. City will obtain and pay for all permits and licenses as provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or Contract Documents. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to carry out the provisions of the permit. If the Contractor initiates changes to the Contract and the City approves the changes, the Contractor is responsible for obtaining clearances and coordinating with the appropriate regulatory agency. The City will not reimburse the Contractor for any cost associated with these requirements of any City acquired permit. The following are permits the City will obtain if required: 1. Texas Department of Transportation Permits 2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Permits 3. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality Permits 4. Railroad Company Permits 5. Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation (TDLR) Permits C. Outstanding permits and licenses. The City anticipates acquisition of and/or access to permits and licenses. Any outstanding permits and licenses are anticipated to be acquired in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. The Project Schedule submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents must consider any outstanding permits and licenses. 6.10 Laws and Regulations 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 27 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, the City shall not be responsible for monitoring Contractor’s compliance with any Laws or Regulations. B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor’s responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor’s obligations under Paragraph 3.02. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time. 6.11 Taxes A. On a contract awarded by the City, an organization which qualifies for exemption pursuant to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H (as amended), the Contractor may purchase, rent or lease all materials, supplies and equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplier an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemption certificate to comply with State Comptroller’s Rulings applicable to Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H. Any such exemption certificate issued to the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to and shall comply with all applicable rulings pertaining to the Texas Tax Code, Subchapter H. B. Texas Tax permits and information may be obtained from: 1. Comptroller of Public Accounts Sales Tax Division Capitol Station Austin, TX 78711; or 2. http://www.window.state.tx.us/taxinfo/taxforms/93-forms.html 6.12 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 28 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. At any time when, in the judgment of the City, the Contractor has obstructed, closed, or is carrying on operations in a portion of a street, right-of-way, or easement greater than is necessary for proper execution of the Work, the City may require the Contractor to finish the section on which operations are in progress before work is commenced on any additional area of the Site. 3. Construction equipment, spoil materials, supplies, forms, buildings, labs, or equipment and supply storage buildings, or any other item that may be transported by flood flows, shall not be stored within existing federal floodways during the course of the Work. 4. Should any Damage Claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly attempt to resolve the Damage Claim. 5. Pursuant to Paragraph 6.21, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless City, from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against City. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Site Maintenance Cleaning: 24 hours after written notice is given to the Contractor that the clean-up on the job site is proceeding in a manner unsatisfactory to the City, if the Contractor fails to correct the unsatisfactory procedure, the City may take such direct action as the City deems appropriate to correct the clean-up deficiencies cited to the Contractor in the written notice (by letter or electronic communication), and the costs of such direct action, plus 25% of such costs, shall be deducted from the monies due or to become due to the Contractor. D. Final Site Cleaning: Prior to Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by City or adjacent property owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition or better all property disturbed by the Work. E. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.13 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site or in a place designated by the Contractor and approved by the City, one (1) record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 29 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all accepted Submittals will be available to City for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, any operation and maintenance manuals, and Submittals will be delivered to City prior to Final Inspection. Contractor shall include accurate locations for buried and embedded items. 6.14 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Such responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. Contractor shall comply with the applicable requirements of City’s safety programs, if any. D. Contractor shall inform City of the specific requirements of Contractor’s safety program, if any, with which City’s employees and representatives must comply while at the Site. E. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.14.A.2 or 6.14.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. F. Contractor’s duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and City has accepted the Work. 6.15 Safety Representative Contractor shall inform City in writing of Contractor’s designated safety representative at the Site. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 30 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 6.16 Hazard Communication Programs Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 6.17 Emergencies and/or Rectification A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give City prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If City determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Change Order may be issued. B. Should the Contractor fail to respond to a request from the City to rectify any discrepancies, omissions, or correction necessary to conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the City shall give the Contractor written notice that such work or changes are to be performed. The written notice shall direct attention to the discrepant condition and request the Contractor to take remedial action to correct the condition. In the event the Contractor does not take positive steps to fulfill this written request, or does not show just cause for not taking the proper action, within 24 hours, the City may take such remedial action with City resources or by contract. The City shall deduct an amount equal to the entire costs for such remedial action, plus 25%, from any funds due or become due the Contractor on the Project. 6.18 Submittals A. Contractor shall submit required Submittals to City for review and acceptance in accordance with the accepted Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as City may require. 1. Submit in accordance with the General Requirements. 2. Data shown on the Submittals will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data, to demonstrate to City the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide, and to enable City to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. 3. Submittals submitted as herein provided by Contractor and reviewed by City for conformance with the design concept shall be executed in conformity with the Contract Documents unless otherwise required by City. 4. When Submittals are submitted for the purpose of showing the installation in greater detail, their review shall not excuse Contractor from requirements shown on the Drawings and Specifications. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 31 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 5. For-Information-Only submittals upon which the City is not expected to conduct review or take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. 6. Submit required number of Samples specified in the Specifications. 7. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as City may require to enable City to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.18.C. B. Where a Submittal is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to City’s review and acceptance of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. City’s Review: 1. City will provide timely review of required Submittals in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to City. City’s review and acceptance will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. City’s review and acceptance will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and acceptance of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. 3. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Section 01 33 00 and City has given written acceptance of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Submittal. City’s review and acceptance shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.19 Continuing the Work Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Project Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with City. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as City and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 32 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 6.20 Contractor’s General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to City that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. City and its officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor’s warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor’s warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor’s obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor’s obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. observations by City; 2. recommendation or payment by City of any progress or final payment; 3. the issuance of a certificate of Final Acceptance by City or any payment related thereto by City; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by City; 5. any review and acceptance of a Submittal by City; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by City. D. The Contractor shall remedy any defects or damages in the Work and pay for any damage to other work or property resulting therefrom which shall appear within a period of two (2) years from the date of Final Acceptance of the Work unless a longer period is specified and shall furnish a good and sufficient maintenance bond, complying with the requirements of Article 5.02.B. The City will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 6.21 Indemnification A. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all claims arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licenses or invitees under this 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 33 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. This indemnity provision is intended to include, without limitation, indemnity for costs, expenses and legal fees incurred by the City in defending against such claims and causes of actions. B. Contractor covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, at its own expense, the City, its officers, servants and employees, from and against any and all loss, damage or destruction of property of the City, arising out of, or alleged to arise out of, the work and services to be performed by the Contractor, its officers, agents, employees, subcontractors, licensees or invitees under this Contract. THIS INDEMNIFICATION PROVISION IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO OPERATE AND BE EFFECTIVE EVEN IF IT IS ALLEGED OR PROVEN THAT ALL OR SOME OF THE DAMAGES BEING SOUGHT WERE CAUSED, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, BY ANY ACT, OMISSION OR NEGLIGENCE OF THE CITY. 6.22 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, City will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, and Submittals prepared by such professional. Submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to City. C. City shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided City has specified to Contractor performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.22, City’s review and acceptance of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. City’s review and acceptance of Submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.18.C. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 34 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 6.23 Right to Audit A. The City shall have the right to audit and make copies of the books, records and computations pertaining to the Contract. The Contractor shall retain such books, records, documents and other evidence pertaining to the Contract period and five years thereafter, except if an audit is in progress or audit findings are yet unresolved, in which case records shall be kept until all audit tasks are completed and resolved. These books, records, documents and other evidence shall be available, within ten (10) business days of written request. Further, the Contractor shall also require all Subcontractors, material suppliers, and other payees to retain all books, records, documents and other evidence pertaining to the Contract, and to allow the City similar access to those documents. All books and records will be made available within a 50 mile radius of the City. The cost of the audit will be borne by the City unless the audit reveals an overpayment of 1% or greater. If an overpayment of 1% or greater occurs, the reasonable cost of the audit, including any travel costs, must be borne by the Contractor which must be payable within five (5) business days of receipt of an invoice. B. Failure to comply with the provisions of this section shall be a material breach of the Contract and shall constitute, in the City’s sole discretion, grounds for termination thereof. Each of the terms “books”, “records”, “documents” and “other evidence”, as used above, shall be construed to include drafts and electronic files, even if such drafts or electronic files are subsequently used to generate or prepare a final printed document. 6.24 Nondiscrimination A. The City is responsible for operating Public Transportation Programs and implementing transit- related projects, which are funded in part with Federal financial assistance awarded by the U.S. Department of Transportation and the Federal Transit Administration (FTA), without discriminating against any person in the United States on the basis of race, color, or national origin. B. Title VI, Civil Rights Act of 1964 as amended: Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations as further defined in the Supplementary Conditions for any project receiving Federal assistance. ARTICLE 7 – OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. City may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with City’s employees, or other City contractors, or through other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner, and City, if City is performing other work with City’s employees or other City contractors, proper and safe access to the Site, provide a reasonable opportunity for the 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 35 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering such work; provided, however, that Contractor may cut or alter others' work with the written consent of City and the others whose work will be affected. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor’s Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to City in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor’s Work. Contractor’s failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor’s Work except for latent defects in the work provided by others. 7.02 Coordination A. If City intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall have authority for such coordination. ARTICLE 8 – CITY’S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor Except as otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, City shall issue all communications to Contractor. 8.02 Furnish Data City shall timely furnish the data required under the Contract Documents. 8.03 Pay When Due City shall make payments to Contractor in accordance with Article 14. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 36 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 8.04 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests City’s duties with respect to providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to City’s identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by City in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.05 Change Orders City shall execute Change Orders in accordance with Paragraph 10.03. 8.06 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals City’s responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03. 8.07 Limitations on City’s Responsibilities A. The City shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. City will not be responsible for Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. City will notify the Contractor of applicable safety plans pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. 8.08 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition City’s responsibility with respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. 8.09 Compliance with Safety Program While at the Site, City’s employees and representatives shall comply with the specific applicable requirements of Contractor’s safety programs of which City has been informed pursuant to Paragraph 6.14. ARTICLE 9 – CITY’S OBSERVATION STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 City’s Project Manager or Duly Authorized Representative City will provide a Project Manager or duly authorized representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of City’s Project Manager or duly appointed representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. City’s Project Manager for this Contract is as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. City will establish a duly authorized representative at the Preconstruction Meeting in accordance with Section 01 31 19. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 37 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 9.02 Visits to Site A. City will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as City deems necessary in order to observe the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor’s executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, City will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. City will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. City’s efforts will be directed toward providing City a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. B. City’s visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 8.07. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of City’s visits or observations of Contractor’s Work, City will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor’s means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Authorized Variations in Work City’s Project Manager or duly authorized representative may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on City and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. 9.04 Rejecting Defective Work City will have authority to reject Work which City’s Project Manager or duly authorized representative believes to be defective, or will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. City will have authority to conduct special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Article 13, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.05 Determinations for Work Performed Contractor will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Work performed. City’s Project Manager or duly authorized representative will review with Contractor the preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written recommendation. City’s written decision will be final (except as modified to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data). 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 38 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 9.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. City will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. B. City will render a written decision on any issue referred. C. City’s written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on the Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.06. ARTICLE 10 – CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS; EXTRA WORK 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, City may, at any time or from time to time, order Extra Work. Upon notice of such Extra Work, Contractor shall proceed with the Work involved only upon receiving written notice from City. Extra Work will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). Extra Work shall be memorialized by a Change Order which may or may not precede an order of Extra work. B. For minor changes of Work not requiring changes to Contract Time or Contract Price, a Field Order may be issued by the City. 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.17. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. City and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by City pursuant to Paragraph 10.01.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08 or City’s correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed. 10.04 Dispute of Extra Work A. Should a difference arise as to what does or does not constitute Extra Work, or as to the payment thereof, and the City insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written orders and shall keep accurate account of the actual 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 39 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 reasonable cost thereof. Contract Claims regarding Extra Work shall be made pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. B. The Contractor shall furnish the City such installation records of all deviations from the original Contract Documents as may be necessary to enable the City to prepare for permanent record a corrected set of plans showing the actual installation. C. The compensation agreed upon for Extra Work whether or not initiated by a Change Order shall be a full, complete and final payment for all costs Contractor incurs as a result or relating to the change or Extra Work, whether said costs are known, unknown, foreseen or unforeseen at that time, including without limitation, any costs for delay, extended overhead, ripple or impact cost, or any other effect on changed or unchanged work as a result of the change or Extra Work. 10.05 Notification to Surety If the provisions of any bond require notice to be given to a surety of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time), the giving of any such notice will be Contractor’s responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted by the Contractor to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.06 Contract Claims Process A. City’s Decision Required: All Contract Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the City for decision. A decision by City shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Contractor of any rights or remedies he may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Contract Claims. B. Notice: 1. Written notice stating the general nature of each Contract Claim shall be delivered by the Contractor to City no later than 15 days after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Contract Claim shall rest with the party making the Contract Claim. 2. Notice of the amount or extent of the Contract Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the City on or before 45 days from the start of the event giving rise thereto (unless the City allows additional time for Contractor to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Contract Claim). 3. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.01. 4. A Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 40 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 5. Each Contract Claim shall be accompanied by Contractor’s written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the Contractor believes it is entitled as a result of said event. 6. The City shall submit any response to the Contractor within 30 days after receipt of the claimant’s last submittal (unless Contract allows additional time). C. City’s Action: City will review each Contract Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the Contractor, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Contract Claim in whole or in part; 2. approve the Contract Claim; or 3. notify the Contractor that the City is unable to resolve the Contract Claim if, in the City’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the City to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Contract Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. City’s written action under Paragraph 10.06.C will be final and binding, unless City or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. E. No Contract Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.06. F. If the City fails to take any action pursuant to Paragraph 10.06 (C) the contract Claim is considered to have been denied by the City. ARTICLE 11 – COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK; PLANS QUANTITY MEASUREMENT 11.01 Cost of the Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.B, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work. Such costs shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.B, and shall include but not be limited to the following items: 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by City and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time on the Work. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include; 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 41 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 a. salaries and wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of Regular Working Hours, Weekend Working Hours, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by City. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers’ field services required in connection therewith. 3. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by City, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. 4. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by City, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to City and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to City, who will then determine, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor’s Cost of the Work and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor’s Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 5. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 6. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor’s employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable not covered under Paragraph 6.11, as imposed by Laws and Regulations. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 42 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 d. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. e. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work, provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such losses shall include settlements made with the written consent and approval of City. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor’s fee. f. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. g. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone and communication services at the Site, express and courier services, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. h. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor’s officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor’s principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.01.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.01.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor’s fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor’s principal and branch offices other than Contractor’s office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor’s capital expenses, including interest on Contractor’s capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 43 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 C. Contractor’s Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor’s fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.01.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.01.A and 11.01.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to City an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. Specified Allowance: It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to City. B. Cash Allowances: 1. Contractor agrees that: a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance: Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of City. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 44 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 City subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.05. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor’s overhead and profit for each separately identified item. Work described in the Contract Documents, or reasonably inferred as required for a functionally complete installation, but not identified in the listing of unit price items shall be considered incidental to unit price work listed and the cost of incidental work included as part of the unit price. D. City may make an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 12.01 if: 1. the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement; and 2. there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work. E. Increased or Decreased Quantities: The City reserves the right to order Extra Work in accordance with Paragraph 10.01. 1. If the changes in quantities or the alterations do not significantly change the character of work under the Contract Documents, the altered work will be paid for at the Contract unit price. 2. If the changes in quantities or alterations significantly change the character of work, the Contract will be amended by a Change Order. 3. If no unit prices exist, this will be considered Extra Work and the Contract will be amended by a Change Order in accordance with Article 12. 4. A significant change in the character of work occurs when: a. the character of work for any Item as altered differs materially in kind or nature from that in the Contract or b. a Major Item of work varies by more than 25% from the original Contract quantity. 5. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is more than 125% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price on the portion of the work that is above 125%. 6. When the quantity of work to be done under any Major Item of the Contract is less than 75% of the original quantity stated in the Contract, then either party to the Contract may request an adjustment to the unit price. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 45 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 11.04 Plans Quantity Measurement for Unclassified Excavation or Embankment A. Plans quantities may or may not represent the exact quantity of work performed or material moved, handled, or placed during the execution of the Contract. The estimated bid quantities are designated as final payment quantities, unless revised by the governing Section or this Article. B. If the quantity measured as outlined under “Price and Payment Procedures” varies by more than 25% (or as stipulated under “Price and Payment Procedures” for specific Items) from the total estimated quantity for an individual Item originally shown in the Contract Documents, an adjustment may be made to the quantity of authorized work done for payment purposes. The party to the Contract requesting the adjustment will provide field measurements and calculations showing the final quantity for which payment will be made. Payment for revised quantity will be made at the unit price bid for that Item, except as provided for in Article 10. C. When quantities are revised by a change in design approved by the City, by Change Order, or to correct an error, or to correct an error on the plans, the plans quantity will be increased or decreased by the amount involved in the change, and the 25% variance will apply to the new plans quantity. D. If the total Contract quantity multiplied by the unit price bid for an individual Item is less than $250 and the Item is not originally a plans quantity Item, then the Item may be paid as a plans quantity Item if the City and Contractor agree in writing to fix the final quantity as a plans quantity. E. For callout work or non-site specific Contracts, the plans quantity measurement requirements are not applicable. ARTICLE 12 – CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIME 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order will be determined as follows: 1. where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03); or 2. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a mutually agreed lump sum or unit price (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.01.C.2), and shall include the cost of any secondary impacts that are foreseeable at the time of pricing the cost of Extra Work; or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 46 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 and agreement to a lump sum or unit price is not reached under Paragraph 12.01.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor’s fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.01.C). C. Contractor’s Fee: The Contractor’s additional fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1, 11.01.A.2. and 11.01.A.3, the Contractor’s additional fee shall be 15 percent except for: 1) rental fees for Contractor’s own equipment using standard rental rates; 2) bonds and insurance; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.01.A.4 and 11.01.A.5, the Contractor’s fee shall be five percent (5%); 1) where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraphs 12.01.C.2.a and 12.01.C.2.b is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.01.A.1 and 11.01.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent (5%) of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor, however in no case shall the cumulative total of fees paid be in excess of 25%; c. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.01.A.6, and 11.01.B; d. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to City for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor’s fee by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of such net decrease. 12.02 Change of Contract Time A. The Contract Time may only be changed by a Change Order. B. No extension of the Contract Time will be allowed for Extra Work or for claimed delay unless the Extra Work contemplated or claimed delay is shown to be on the critical path of the Project Schedule or Contractor can show by Critical Path Method analysis how the Extra Work or claimed delay adversely affects the critical path. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 47 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is reasonably delayed in the performance or completion of any part of the Work within the Contract Time due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Contract Claim is made therefor. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by City, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph. B. If Contractor is delayed, City shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. C. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. D. The Contractor shall receive no compensation for delays or hindrances to the Work, except when direct and unavoidable extra cost to the Contractor is caused by the failure of the City to provide information or material, if any, which is to be furnished by the City. ARTICLE 13 – TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects Notice of all defective Work of which City has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. Defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. 13.02 Access to Work City, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspection, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor’s safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give City timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. If Contract Documents, Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 48 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 of the Work (or part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such independent inspections, tests, retests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish City the required certificates of inspection or approval; excepting, however, those fees specifically identified in the Supplementary Conditions or any Texas Department of Licensure and Regulation (TDLR) inspections, which shall be paid as described in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals required for City’s acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor’s purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, re-tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to City. D. City may arrange for the services of an independent testing laboratory (“Testing Lab”) to perform any inspections or tests (“Testing”) for any part of the Work, as determined solely by City. 1. City will coordinate such Testing to the extent possible, with Contractor; 2. Should any Testing under this Section 13.03 D result in a “fail”, “did not pass” or other similar negative result, the Contractor shall be responsible for paying for any and all retests. Contractor’s cancellation without cause of City initiated Testing shall be deemed a negative result and require a retest. 3. Any amounts owed for any retest under this Section 13.03 D shall be paid directly to the Testing Lab by Contractor. City will forward all invoices for retests to Contractor. 4. If Contractor fails to pay the Testing Lab, City will not issue Final Payment until the Testing Lab is paid. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of City, Contractor shall, if requested by City, uncover such Work for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor’s expense. G. Contractor shall have the right to make a Contract Claim regarding any retest or invoice issued under Section 13.03 D. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 49 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the Contract Documents or specific instructions by the City, it must, if requested by City, be uncovered for City’s observation and replaced at Contractor’s expense. B. If City considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by City or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at City’s request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as City may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. 1. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); or City shall be entitled to accept defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.08 in which case Contractor shall still be responsible for all costs associated with exposing, observing, and testing the defective Work. 2. If the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an extension of the Contract Time directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. 13.05 City May Stop the Work If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, City may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of City to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of City to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of written notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work pursuant to an acceptable schedule, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, additional testing, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). Failure to require the removal of any defective Work shall not constitute acceptance of such Work. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 50 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair City’s special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within two (2) years after the date of Final Acceptance (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents), any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor’s use by City or permitted by Laws and Regulations as contemplated in Paragraph 6.10.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to City and in accordance with City’s written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by City, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom. B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of City’s written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, City may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Acceptance of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Contract Documents. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work may be required to be extended for an additional period of one year after the end of the initial correction period. City shall provide 30 days written notice to Contractor should such additional warranty coverage be required. Contractor may dispute this requirement by filing a Contract Claim, pursuant to Paragraph 10.06. E. Contractor’s obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 51 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, City prefers to accept it, City may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to City’s evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work and for the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Final Acceptance, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. 13.09 City May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from City to correct defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by City in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, City may, after seven (7) days written notice to Contractor, correct, or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, City shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, City may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor’s services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment incorporated in the Work, stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow City, City’s representatives, agents, consultants, employees, and City’s other contractors, access to the Site to enable City to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by City in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and City shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of City’s rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 – PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values The Schedule of Values for lump sum contracts established as provided in Paragraph 2.07 will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 52 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 acceptable to City. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments: 1. Contractor is responsible for providing all information as required to become a vendor of the City. 2. At least 20 days before the date established in the General Requirements for each progress payment, Contractor shall submit to City for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 3. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that City has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate insurance or other arrangements to protect City’s interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to City. 4. Beginning with the second Application for Payment, each Application shall include an affidavit of Contractor stating that previous progress payments received on account of the Work have been applied on account to discharge Contractor’s legitimate obligations associated with prior Applications for Payment. 5. The amount of retainage with respect to progress payments will be as stipulated in the Contract Documents. B. Review of Applications: 1. City will, after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment or return the Application to Contractor indicating reasons for refusing payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. 2. City’s processing of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will be based on City’s observations of the executed Work, and on City’s review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of City’s knowledge: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Final Acceptance, 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 53 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, a final determination of quantities and classifications for Work performed under Paragraph 9.05, and any other qualifications stated in the recommendation). 3. Processing any such payment will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to City in the Contract Documents; or b. there may not be other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by City or entitle City to withhold payment to Contractor, or c. Contractor has complied with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor’s performance of the Work. 4. City may refuse to process the whole or any part of any payment because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, and revise or revoke any such payment previously made, to such extent as may be necessary to protect City from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or the completed Work has been damaged by the Contractor or his subcontractors, requiring correction or replacement; b. discrepancies in quantities contained in previous applications for payment; c. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; d. City has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or e. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Retainage: 1. For all contracts, retainage shall be five percent (5%). D. Liquidated Damages: For each calendar day that any work shall remain uncompleted after the time specified in the Contract Documents, the sum per day specified in the Agreement, will be deducted from the monies due the Contractor, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages suffered by the City. E. Payment: Contractor will be paid pursuant to the requirements of this Article 14 and payment will become due in accordance with the Contract Documents. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 54 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 F. Reduction in Payment: 1. City may refuse to make payment of the amount requested because: a. Claims have been made against City on account of Contractor’s performance or furnishing of the Work; b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to City to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling City to a set-off against the amount recommended; or d. City has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.4.a through 14.02.B.4.e or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If City refuses to make payment of the amount requested, City will give Contractor written notice stating the reasons for such action and pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. City shall pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by City and Contractor, when Contractor remedies the reasons for such action. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 55 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 14.03 Contractor’s Warranty of Title Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to City no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. 14.04 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Final Acceptance of all the Work, City may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which City, determines constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by City for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor’s performance of the remainder of the Work. City at any time may notify Contractor in writing to permit City to use or occupy any such part of the Work which City determines to be ready for its intended use, subject to the following conditions: 1. Contractor at any time may notify City in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use. 2. Within a reasonable time after notification as enumerated in Paragraph 14.05.A.1, City and Contractor shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If City does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, City will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. 3. Partial Utilization will not constitute Final Acceptance by City. 14.05 Final Inspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work is complete in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. City will promptly schedule a Final Inspection with Contractor. 2. City will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. B. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines that the entire Work is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection. 14.06 Final Acceptance Upon completion by Contractor to City’s satisfaction, of any additional Work identified in the Final Inspection, City will issue to Contractor a letter of Final Acceptance. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 56 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment: 1. Upon Final Acceptance, and in the opinion of City, Contractor may make an application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.03; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all pending or released Damage Claims against City that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. affidavits of payments and complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to City) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. B. Payment Becomes Due: 1. After City’s acceptance of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, requested by Contractor, less previous payments made and any sum City is entitled, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and payable. 2. After all Damage Claims have been resolved: a. directly by the Contractor or; b. Contractor provides evidence that the Damage Claim has been reported to Contractor’s insurance provider for resolution. 3. The making of the final payment by the City shall not relieve the Contractor of any guarantees or other requirements of the Contract Documents which specifically continue thereafter. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed and Partial Retainage Release A. If final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if City so confirms, City may, upon receipt of Contractor’s final Application for Payment, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by City for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in Paragraph 14.02.C, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.02, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to City with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 57 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Contract Claims. B. Partial Retainage Release. For a Contract that provides for a separate vegetative establishment and maintenance, and test and performance periods following the completion of all other construction in the Contract Documents for all Work locations, the City may release a portion of the amount retained provided that all other work is completed as determined by the City. Before the release, all submittals and final quantities must be completed and accepted for all other work. An amount sufficient to ensure Contract compliance will be retained. 14.09 Waiver of Claims The acceptance of final payment will constitute a release of the City from all claims or liabilities under the Contract for anything done or furnished or relating to the work under the Contract Documents or any act or neglect of City related to or connected with the Contract. ARTICLE 15 – SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 City May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, City may suspend the Work or any portion thereof by written notice to Contractor and which may fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. During temporary suspension of the Work covered by these Contract Documents, for any reason, the City will make no extra payment for stand-by time of construction equipment and/or construction crews. B. Should the Contractor not be able to complete a portion of the Project due to causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, and should it be determined by mutual consent of the Contractor and City that a solution to allow construction to proceed is not available within a reasonable period of time, Contractor may request an extension in Contract Time, directly attributable to any such suspension. C. If it should become necessary to suspend the Work for an indefinite period, the Contractor shall store all materials in such a manner that they will not obstruct or impede the public unnecessarily nor become damaged in any way, and he shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed; he shall provide suitable drainage about the work, and erect temporary structures where necessary. D. Contractor may be reimbursed for the cost of moving his equipment off the job and returning the necessary equipment to the job when it is determined by the City that construction may be resumed. Such reimbursement shall be based on actual cost to the Contractor of moving the equipment and no profit will be allowed. Reimbursement may not be allowed if the equipment is moved to another construction project for the City. 15.02 City May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events by way of example, but not of 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 58 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 limitation, may justify termination for cause: 1. Contractor’s persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, failure to adhere to the Project Schedule established under Paragraph 2.07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04. 2. Contractor’s disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor’s repeated disregard of the authority of City; or 4. Contractor’s violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents; or 5. Contractor’s failure to promptly make good any defect in materials or workmanship, or defects of any nature, the correction of which has been directed in writing by the City; or 6. Substantial indication that the Contractor has made an unauthorized assignment of the Contract or any funds due therefrom for the benefit of any creditor or for any other purpose; or 7. Substantial evidence that the Contractor has become insolvent or bankrupt, or otherwise financially unable to carry on the Work satisfactorily; or 8. Contractor commences legal action in a court of competent jurisdiction against the City. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02A. occur, City will provide written notice to Contractor and Surety to arrange a conference with Contractor and Surety to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. Conference shall be held not later than 15 days, after receipt of notice. 1. If the City, the Contractor, and the Surety do not agree to allow the Contractor to proceed to perform the construction Contract, the City may, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, declare a Contractor default and formally terminate the Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Contractor default shall not be declared earlier than 20 days after the Contractor and Surety have received notice of conference to address Contractor's failure to perform the Work. 2. If Contractor's services are terminated, Surety shall be obligated to take over and perform the Work. If Surety does not commence performance thereof within 15 consecutive calendar days after date of an additional written notice demanding Surety's performance of its obligations, then City, without process or action at law, may take over any portion of the Work and complete it as described below. a. If City completes the Work, City may exclude Contractor and Surety from the site and take possession of the Work, and all materials and equipment incorporated into the 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 59 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 Work stored at the Site or for which City has paid Contractor or Surety but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as City may deem expedient. 3. Whether City or Surety completes the Work, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by City arising out of or resulting from completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to City. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by City will be incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph, City shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. 4. Neither City, nor any of its respective consultants, agents, officers, directors or employees shall be in any way liable or accountable to Contractor or Surety for the method by which the completion of the said Work, or any portion thereof, may be accomplished or for the price paid therefor. 5. City, notwithstanding the method used in completing the Contract, shall not forfeit the right to recover damages from Contractor or Surety for Contractor's failure to timely complete the entire Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim on account of the method used by City in completing the Contract. 6. Maintenance of the Work shall continue to be Contractor's and Surety's responsibilities as provided for in the bond requirements of the Contract Documents or any special guarantees provided for under the Contract Documents or any other obligations otherwise prescribed by law. C. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B, Contractor’s services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. D. Where Contractor’s services have been so terminated by City, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of City against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by City will not release Contractor from liability. E. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph 5.02, the termination procedures of that bond shall not supersede the provisions of this Article. 15.03 City May Terminate For Convenience A. City may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of City, terminate the Contract. Any termination shall be effected by mailing a notice of the termination to the 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 60 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 Contractor specifying the extent to which performance of Work under the contract is terminated, and the date upon which such termination becomes effective. Receipt of the notice shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established when the letter is placed in the United States Postal Service Mail by the City. Further, it shall be deemed conclusively presumed and established that such termination is made with just cause as therein stated; and no proof in any claim, demand or suit shall be required of the City regarding such discretionary action. B. After receipt of a notice of termination, and except as otherwise directed by the City, the Contractor shall: 1. Stop work under the Contract on the date and to the extent specified in the notice of termination; 2. place no further orders or subcontracts for materials, services or facilities except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the Work under the Contract as is not terminated; 3. terminate all orders and subcontracts to the extent that they relate to the performance of the Work terminated by notice of termination; 4. transfer title to the City and deliver in the manner, at the times, and to the extent, if any, directed by the City: a. the fabricated or unfabricated parts, Work in progress, completed Work, supplies and other material produced as a part of, or acquired in connection with the performance of, the Work terminated by the notice of the termination; and b. the completed, or partially completed plans, drawings, information and other property which, if the Contract had been completed, would have been required to be furnished to the City. 5. complete performance of such Work as shall not have been terminated by the notice of termination; and 6. take such action as may be necessary, or as the City may direct, for the protection and preservation of the property related to its contract which is in the possession of the Contractor and in which the owner has or may acquire the rest. C. At a time not later than 30 days after the termination date specified in the notice of termination, the Contractor may submit to the City a list, certified as to quantity and quality, of any or all items of termination inventory not previously disposed of, exclusive of items the disposition of which has been directed or authorized by City. D. Not later than 15 days thereafter, the City shall accept title to such items provided, that the list 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 61 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 submitted shall be subject to verification by the City upon removal of the items or, if the items are stored, within 45 days from the date of submission of the list, and any necessary adjustments to correct the list as submitted, shall be made prior to final settlement. E. Not later than 60 days after the notice of termination, the Contractor shall submit his termination claim to the City in the form and with the certification prescribed by the City. Unless an extension is made in writing within such 60 day period by the Contractor, and granted by the City, any and all such claims shall be conclusively deemed waived. F. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): 1. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; and 3. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. G. In the event of the failure of the Contractor and City to agree upon the whole amount to be paid to the Contractor by reason of the termination of the Work, the City shall determine, on the basis of information available to it, the amount, if any, due to the Contractor by reason of the termination and shall pay to the Contractor the amounts determined. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. ARTICLE 16 – DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either City or Contractor may request mediation of any Contract Claim submitted for a decision under Paragraph 10.06 before such decision becomes final and binding. The request for mediation shall be submitted to the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph 10.06.E. B. City and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be commenced within 60 days of filing of the request. C. If the Contract Claim is not resolved by mediation, City’s action under Paragraph 10.06.C or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.06.C.3 or 10.06.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, City or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any other dispute resolution process provided for in the 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 62 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 Supplementary Conditions; or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Contract Claim to another dispute resolution process; or 3. gives written notice to the other party of the intent to submit the Contract Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 – MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended; or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 3. delivered by electronic means to or from the Project Manager. B. Business address changes must be promptly made in writing to the other party. C. Whenever the Contract Documents specifies giving notice by electronic means such electronic notice shall be deemed sufficient upon confirmation of receipt by the receiving party. 17.02 Computation of Times When any period of time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, it will be computed to exclude the first and include the last day of such period. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday the next Working Day shall become the last day of the period. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 00 72 00 - 1 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 63 of 63 CITY OF DENTON STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 17.04 Survival of Obligations All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Headings Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. 00 73 00 - 1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 73 00 1 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 2 TO 3 GENERAL CONDITIONS 4 5 Supplementary Conditions 6 7 These Supplementary Conditions modify and supplement Section 00 72 00 - General Conditions, and other 8 provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions of the General Conditions that are 9 modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect as so modified or supplemented. All provisions 10 of the General Conditions which are not so modified or supplemented remain in full force and effect. 11 12 Defined Terms 13 14 The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the 15 meaning assigned to them in the General Conditions, unless specifically noted herein. 16 17 Modifications and Supplements 18 19 The following are instructions that modify or supplement specific paragraphs in the General Conditions and 20 other Contract Documents. 21 22 SC-4.01A 23 24 Easement limits shown on the Drawing are approximate and were provided to establish a basis for bidding. 25 Upon receiving the final easements descriptions, Contractor shall compare them to the lines shown on the 26 Contract Drawings. 27 28 SC-4.01A.1., “Availability of Lands” 29 30 The following is a list of known outstanding right-of-way, and/or easements to be acquired, if any as of 31 September 21, 2020: 32 33 Outstanding Right-Of-Way, and/or Easements to Be Acquired 34 PARCEL NUMBER OWNER TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION None The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 35 and do not bind the City. 36 37 If Contractor considers the final easements provided to differ materially from the representations on the 38 Contract Drawings, Contractor shall within five (5) Business Days and before proceeding with the Work, 39 notify City in writing associated with the differing easement line locations. 40 41 SC-4.01A.2, “Availability of Lands” 42 43 Utilities or obstructions to be removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 44 45 The following is list of utilities and/or obstructions that have not been removed, adjusted, and/or relocated 46 as of September 21, 2020: 47 00 73 00 - 2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1 EXPECTED OWNER UTILITY AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF ADJUSTMENT None The Contractor understands and agrees that the dates listed above are estimates only, are not guaranteed, 2 and do not bind the City. 3 4 SC-4.02A., “Subsurface and Physical Conditions” 5 6 The following are reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: 7 8 None 9 10 The following are drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface 11 structures (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site of the Work: 12 13 None 14 15 SC-4.06A., “Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site” 16 17 The following are reports and drawings of existing hazardous environmental conditions known to the City: 18 19 None 20 21 SC-5.03A., “Certificates of Insurance” 22 23 The entities listed below are "additional insureds as their interest may appear" including their respective 24 officers, directors, agents and employees. 25 26 (1) City 27 (2) Consultant: None 28 (3) Other: None 29 30 31 SC-5.04A., “Contractor’s Insurance” 32 33 The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph GC-5.04 shall provide the following 34 coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws and regulations: 35 36 5.04A. Workers' Compensation, under Paragraph GC-5.04A. 37 38 Statutory limits 39 Employer's liability 40 $100,000 each accident/occurrence 41 $100,000 Disease - each employee 42 $500,000 Disease - policy limit 43 44 SC-5.04B., “Contractor’s Insurance” 45 46 5.04B. Commercial General Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04B. Contractor's Liability Insurance 47 under Paragraph GC-5.04B., which shall be on a per project basis covering the Contractor with 48 minimum limits of: 49 00 73 00 - 3 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1 $1,000,000 each occurrence 2 $2,000,000 aggregate limit 3 4 The policy must have an endorsement (Amendment – Aggregate Limits of Insurance) making the 5 General Aggregate Limits apply separately to each job site. 6 7 The Commercial General Liability Insurance policies shall provide “X”, “C”, and “U” coverage’s. 8 Verification of such coverage must be shown in the Remarks Article of the Certificate of Insurance. 9 10 SC 5.04C., “Contractor’s Insurance” 11 5.04C. Automobile Liability, under Paragraph GC-5.04C. Contractor’s Liability Insurance under 12 Paragraph GC-5.04C., which shall be in an amount not less than the following amounts: 13 14 (1) Automobile Liability - a commercial business policy shall provide coverage on "Any Auto", 15 defined as autos owned, hired and non-owned. 16 17 $1,000,000 each accident on a combined single limit basis. Split limits are acceptable if limits are at 18 least: 19 20 $250,000 Bodily Injury per person / 21 $500,000 Bodily Injury per accident / 22 $100,000 Property Damage 23 24 SC-5.04D., “Contractor’s Insurance” 25 26 The Contractor’s construction activities will require its employees, agents, subcontractors, equipment, and 27 material deliveries to cross railroad properties and tracks, or perform work within 25 feet of the center line 28 of tracks: None. 29 30 The Contractor shall conduct its operations on railroad properties in such a manner as not to interfere with, 31 hinder, or obstruct the railroad company in any manner whatsoever in the use or operation of its/their trains 32 or other property. Such operations on railroad properties may require that Contractor to execute a “Right of 33 Entry Agreement” with the particular railroad company or companies involved, and to this end the 34 Contractor should satisfy itself as to the requirements of each railroad company and be prepared to execute 35 the right-of-entry (if any) required by a railroad company. The requirements specified herein likewise relate 36 to the Contractor’s use of private and/or construction access roads crossing said railroad company’s 37 properties. 38 39 The Contractual Liability coverage required by Paragraph 5.04D of the General Conditions shall provide 40 coverage for not less than the following amounts, issued by companies satisfactory to the City and to the 41 Railroad Company for a term that continues for so long as the Contractor’s operations and work cross, 42 occupy, or touch railroad property: 43 44 (1) General Aggregate: 45 46 (2) Each Occurrence: 47 48 Required for this Contract x Not required for this Contract 49 50 With respect to the above outlined insurance requirements, the following shall govern: 51 52 1. Where a single railroad company is involved, the Contractor shall provide one insurance policy in 53 the name of the railroad company. However, if more than one grade separation or at-grade 54 00 73 00 - 4 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 crossing is affected by the Project at entirely separate locations on the line or lines of the same 1 railroad company, separate coverage may be required, each in the amount stated above. 2 3 2. Where more than one railroad company is operating on the same right-of-way or where several 4 railroad companies are involved and operated on their own separate rights-of-way, the Contractor 5 may be required to provide separate insurance policies in the name of each railroad company. 6 7 3. If, in addition to a grade separation or an at-grade crossing, other work or activity is proposed on a 8 railroad company’s right-of-way at a location entirely separate from the grade separation or at-9 grade crossing, insurance coverage for this work must be included in the policy covering the grade 10 separation. 11 12 4. If no grade separation is involved but other work is proposed on a railroad company’s right-of-13 way, all such other work may be covered in a single policy for that railroad, even though the work 14 may be at two or more separate locations. 15 16 No work or activities on a railroad company’s property to be performed by the Contractor shall be 17 commenced until the Contractor has furnished the City with an original policy or policies of the insurance 18 for each railroad company named, as required above. All such insurance must be approved by the City and 19 each affected Railroad Company prior to the Contractor’s beginning work. 20 21 The insurance specified above must be carried until all Work to be performed on the railroad right-of-way 22 has been completed and the grade crossing, if any, is no longer used by the Contractor. In addition, 23 insurance must be carried during all maintenance and/or repair work performed in the railroad right-of-way. 24 Such insurance must name the railroad company as the insured, together with any tenant or lessee of the 25 railroad company operating over tracks involved in the Project. 26 27 SC-6.09., “Permits and Utilities” 28 29 SC-6.09A., “Contractor obtained permits and licenses” 30 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the Contractor: 31 None 32 33 SC-6.09B. “City obtained permits and licenses” 34 The following are known permits and/or licenses required by the Contract to be acquired by the City: 35 None 36 37 SC-6.09C. “Outstanding permits and licenses” 38 The following is a list of known outstanding permits and/or licenses to be acquired, if any as of September 39 21, 2020: 40 41 Outstanding Permits and/or Licenses to Be Acquired 42 OWNER PERMIT OR LICENSE AND LOCATION TARGET DATE OF POSSESSION None 43 44 45 SC-7.02., “Coordination” 46 47 The individuals or entities listed below have contracts with the City for the performance of other work at 48 the Site: None 49 50 00 73 00 - 5 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 Vendor Scope of Work Coordination Authority 1 2 SC-8.01, “Communications to Contractor” 3 4 Contractor must notify City Inspector at least 72 hours in advance of commencing operations in TXDOT 5 right-of-way so Inspector has sufficient time to notify TXDOT according to permit requirements. 6 7 SC-9.01., “City’s Project Manager” 8 9 The City’s Project Manager for this Contract is Robin Davis, or his/her successor pursuant to written 10 notification from the City Engineer. 11 12 SC-13.03C., “Tests and Inspections” 13 14 None 15 16 SC-16.01C.1, “Methods and Procedures” 17 18 None 19 20 21 END OF SECTION Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 00 73 73 - 1 FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES Page 1 of 1 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 00 73 73 1 FORM 1295 - CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES 2 3 4 5 [Contractor: Replace this page with Form 1295 for this Contract, which can be obtained at 6 www.ethics.state.tx.us] 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 01 11 00 - 1 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 11 00 1 SUMMARY OF WORK 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Summary of Work to be performed in accordance with the Contract Documents 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 - General Requirements 11 12 SCOPE OF WORK 13 The project consists of the following: 14 a) Approximately 3760 feet of 8 and 10 foot wide concrete mixed use path 15 b) Approximately 1300 square yards of asphalt parking lot 16 c) Approximately 6000 cubic yards of grading work 17 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 21 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 22 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24 A. Work Covered by Contract Documents 25 1. Work is to include furnishing all labor, materials, and equipment, and performing 26 all Work necessary for this construction project as detailed in the Drawings and 27 Specifications. 28 B. Incidental Work 29 1. Any and all Work specifically governed by documentary requirements for the 30 project, such as conditions imposed by the Contract Documents in which no 31 specific item for bid has been provided for in the Bid, then the item shall be 32 considered as an incidental item of Work, the cost of which shall be included in the 33 price bid in the Bid for various bid items. 34 C. Use of Premises 35 1. Coordinate uses of premises under direction of the City. 36 01 11 00 - 2 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 2. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of materials and 1 equipment stored on the Site. 2 3. Use and occupy only portions of the public streets and alleys, or other public places 3 or other rights-of-way as provided for in the ordinances of the City, as shown in the 4 Contract Documents, or as may be specifically authorized in writing by the City. 5 a. A reasonable amount of tools, materials, and equipment for construction 6 purposes may be stored in such space, but no more than is necessary to avoid 7 delay in the construction operations. 8 b. Excavated and waste materials shall be stored in such a way as not to interfere 9 with the use of spaces that may be designated to be left free and unobstructed 10 and so as not to inconvenience occupants of adjacent property. 11 c. If the street is occupied by railroad tracks, the Work shall be carried on in such 12 manner as not to interfere with the operation of the railroad. 13 1) All Work shall be in accordance with railroad requirements set forth in 14 Division 0 as well as the railroad permit. 15 D. Work within Easements 16 1. Do not enter upon private property for any purpose without having previously 17 obtained permission from the owner of such property. 18 2. Do not store equipment or material on private property unless and until the 19 specified approval of the property owner has been secured in writing by the 20 Contractor and a copy furnished to the City. 21 3. Unless specifically provided otherwise, clear all rights-of-way or easements of 22 obstructions which must be removed to make possible proper prosecution of the 23 Work as a part of the project construction operations. 24 4. Preserve and use every precaution to prevent damage to, all trees, shrubbery, plants, 25 lawns, fences, culverts, curbing, and all other types of structures or improvements, 26 to all water, sewer, and gas lines, to all conduits, overhead pole lines, or 27 appurtenances thereof, including the construction of temporary fences and to all 28 other public or private property adjacent to the Work. 29 5. Notify the proper representatives of the owners or occupants of the public or private 30 lands of interest in lands which might be affected by the Work. 31 a. Such notice shall be made at least 48 hours in advance of the beginning of the 32 Work. 33 b. Notices shall be applicable to both public and private utility companies and any 34 corporation, company, individual, or other, either as owners or occupants, 35 whose land or interest in land might be affected by the Work. 36 c. Be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character resulting 37 from any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the manner or method or 38 execution of the Work, or at any time due to defective work, material, or 39 equipment. 40 6. Fence 41 a. Restore all fences encountered and removed during construction of the Project 42 to the original or a better than original condition. 43 b. Erect temporary fencing in place of the fencing removed whenever the Work is 44 not in progress and when the site is vacated overnight, and/or at all times to 45 provide site security. 46 01 11 00 - 3 SUMMARY OF WORK Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 c. The cost for all fence work within easements, including removal, temporary 1 closures and replacement, shall be incidental to the various items bid in the 2 project bid, unless a bid item is specifically provided in the bid. 3 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 5 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 6 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 8 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 9 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 10 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 13 END OF SECTION 14 15 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 16 01 25 00 - 1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 25 00 1 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. The procedure for requesting the approval of substitution of a product that is not 6 equivalent to a product which is specified by descriptive or performance criteria or 7 defined by reference to 1 or more of the following: 8 a. Name of manufacturer 9 b. Name of vendor 10 c. Trade name 11 d. Catalog number 12 2. Substitutions are not "or-equals". 13 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 14 1. None. 15 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 16 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 17 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 21 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 22 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 23 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 24 A. Request for Substitution - General 25 1. Within 30 days after award of Contract (unless noted otherwise), the City will 26 consider formal requests from Contractor for substitution of products in place of 27 those specified. 28 2. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in Specifications by 29 means of references to names of manufacturers and vendors, trade names, or 30 catalog numbers. 31 a. When this method of specifying is used, it is not intended to exclude from 32 consideration other products bearing other manufacturer's or vendor's names, 33 trade names, or catalog numbers, provided said products are "or-equals," as 34 determined by City. 35 3. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable substitutions 36 under the following conditions: 37 a. Or-equals are unavailable due to strike, discontinued production of products 38 meeting specified requirements, or other factors beyond control of Contractor; 39 or, 40 01 25 00 - 2 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 b. Contractor proposes a cost and/or time reduction incentive to the City. 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. See Request for Substitution Form (attached) 3 B. Procedure for Requesting Substitution 4 1. Substitution shall be considered only: 5 a. After award of Contract 6 b. Under the conditions stated herein 7 2. Submit one PDF copy via email to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 8 representative, including: 9 a. Documentation 10 1) Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with 11 Contract Documents 12 2) Data relating to changes in construction schedule, when a reduction is 13 proposed 14 3) Data relating to changes in cost 15 b. For products 16 1) Product identification 17 a) Manufacturer's name 18 b) Telephone number and representative contact name 19 c) Specification Section or Drawing reference of originally specified 20 product, including discrete name or tag number assigned to original 21 product in the Contract Documents 22 2) Manufacturer's literature clearly marked to show compliance of proposed 23 product with Contract Documents 24 3) Itemized comparison of original and proposed product addressing product 25 characteristics including, but not necessarily limited to: 26 a) Size 27 b) Composition or materials of construction 28 c) Weight 29 d) Electrical or mechanical requirements 30 4) Product experience 31 a) Location of past projects utilizing product 32 b) Name and telephone number of persons associated with referenced 33 projects knowledgeable concerning proposed product 34 c) Available field data and reports associated with proposed product 35 5) Samples 36 a) Provide at request of City. 37 b) Samples become the property of the City. 38 c. For construction methods: 39 1) Detailed description of proposed method 40 2) Illustration drawings 41 C. Approval or Rejection 42 1. Written approval or rejection of substitution given by the City 43 2. City reserves the right to require proposed product to comply with color and pattern 44 of specified product if necessary to secure design intent. 45 3. In the event the substitution is approved, the resulting cost and/or time reduction 46 will be documented by Change Order in accordance with the General Conditions. 47 01 25 00 - 3 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 4. No additional contract time will be given for substitution. 1 5. Substitution will be rejected if: 2 a. Submittal is not through the Contractor with his stamp of approval 3 b. Request is not made in accordance with this Specification Section 4 c. In the City’s opinion, acceptance will require substantial revision of the original 5 design 6 d. In the City’s opinion, substitution will not perform adequately the function 7 consistent with the design intent 8 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 A. In making request for substitution or in using an approved product, the Contractor 13 represents that the Contractor: 14 1. Has investigated proposed product, and has determined that it is adequate or 15 superior in all respects to that specified, and that it will perform function for which 16 it is intended 17 2. Will provide same guarantee for substitute item as for product specified 18 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into Work, to include building 19 modifications if necessary, making such changes as may be required for Work to be 20 complete in all respects 21 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which subsequently 22 arise 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 28 END OF SECTION 29 30 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 31 01 25 00 - 4 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 EXHIBIT A 1 REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FORM: 2 3 TO: 4 PROJECT: DATE: 5 We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item for 6 the above project: 7 SECTION PARAGRAPH SPECIFIED ITEM 8 9 10 Proposed Substitution: 11 Reason for Substitution: 12 Include complete information on changes to Drawings and/or Specifications which proposed 13 substitution will require for its proper installation. 14 15 Fill in Blanks Below: 16 A. Will the undersigned contractor pay for changes to the building design, including engineering 17 and detailing costs caused by the requested substitution? 18 19 20 B. What effect does substitution have on other trades? 21 22 23 C. Differences between proposed substitution and specified item? 24 25 26 D. Differences in product cost or product delivery time? 27 28 29 E. Manufacturer's guarantees of the proposed and specified items are: 30 31 Equal Better (explain on attachment) 32 The undersigned states that the function, appearance and quality are equivalent or superior to the 33 specified item. 34 Submitted By: For Use by City 35 36 Signature Recommended Recommended 37 as noted 38 39 Firm Not recommended Received late 40 Address By 41 Date 42 Date Remarks 43 Telephone 44 45 For Use by City: 46 47 Approved Rejected 48 City Date 49 01 31 19 - 1 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 31 19 1 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Provisions for the preconstruction meeting to be held prior to the start of Work to 6 clarify construction contract administration procedures 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Coordination 19 1. Attend preconstruction meeting. 20 2. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors and suppliers attending meetings 21 shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. 22 3. Meeting administered by City may be tape recorded. 23 a. If recorded, tapes will be used to prepare minutes and retained by City for 24 future reference. 25 4. Project Manager will establish their duly authorized representative(s) authorized to 26 make decisions as identified in the Contract Documents. 27 B. Preconstruction Meeting 28 1. A preconstruction meeting will be held within 14 days after the execution of the 29 Agreement and before Work is started. 30 a. The meeting will be scheduled and administered by the City. 31 2. The Project Manager will preside at the meeting, prepare the notes of the meeting 32 and distribute copies of same to all participants who so request by fully completing 33 the attendance form to be circulated at the beginning of the meeting. 34 3. Attendance shall include: 35 a. Project Manager 36 b. Project Manager’s duly authorized representative (if any) 37 c. Contractor's project manager 38 d. Contractor's superintendent 39 01 31 19 - 2 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 e. Any subcontractor or supplier representatives whom the Contractor may desire 1 to invite or the City may request 2 f. Other City representatives 3 g. Others as appropriate 4 4. Construction Schedule 5 a. Prepare baseline construction schedule in accordance with Section 01 32 16 and 6 provide at Preconstruction Meeting. 7 b. City will notify Contractor of any schedule changes upon Notice of 8 Preconstruction Meeting. 9 5. Preliminary Agenda may include: 10 a. Introduction of Project Personnel 11 b. General Description of Project 12 c. Status of right-of-way, utility clearances, easements or other pertinent permits 13 d. Contractor’s work plan and schedule 14 e. Contract Time 15 f. Notice to Proceed 16 g. Construction Staking 17 h. Progress Payments 18 i. Extra Work and Change Order Procedures 19 j. Field Orders 20 k. Disposal Site Letter for Waste Material 21 l. Insurance Renewals 22 m. Payroll Certification 23 n. Material Certifications and Quality Control Testing 24 o. Public Safety and Convenience 25 p. Documentation of Pre-Construction Conditions 26 q. Weekend Work Notification 27 r. Legal Holidays 28 s. Trench Safety Plans 29 t. Confined Space Entry Standards 30 u. Coordination with the City’s representative for operations of existing water 31 systems 32 v. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 33 w. Coordination with other Contractors 34 x. Early Warning System 35 y. Contractor Evaluation 36 z. Special Conditions applicable to the project 37 aa. Damages Claims 38 bb. Submittal Procedures 39 cc. Substitution Procedures 40 dd. Correspondence Routing 41 ee. Record Drawings 42 ff. Temporary construction facilities 43 gg. Final Acceptance 44 hh. Final Payment 45 ii. Communications Plan 46 jj. Questions or Comments 47 01 31 19 - 3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 6 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 01 32 16 - 1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 32 16 1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. General requirements for the preparation, submittal, updating, status reporting and 6 management of the Construction Progress Schedule 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Definitions 18 1. Baseline Schedule - Initial schedule submitted before work begins that will serve 19 as the baseline for measuring progress and departures from the schedule. 20 2. Progress Schedule - Monthly submittal of a progress schedule documenting 21 progress on the project and any changes anticipated. 22 3. Schedule Narrative - Concise narrative of the schedule including schedule 23 changes, expected delays, key schedule issues, critical path items, etc 24 B. Reference Standards 25 1. None 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 A. Baseline Schedule 28 1. General 29 a. Prepare a baseline Schedule using approved software and the Critical Path 30 Method (CPM). 31 b. Review the draft baseline Schedule with the City to demonstrate understanding 32 of the work to be performed and known issues and constraints related to the 33 schedule. 34 c. Designate an authorized representative (Project Scheduler) responsible for 35 developing and updating the schedule and preparing reports. 36 B. Progress Schedule 37 1. Update the progress Schedule monthly. 38 01 32 16 - 2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 2. Prepare the Schedule Narrative to accompany the monthly progress Schedule. 1 3. Change Orders 2 a. Incorporate approved change orders, resulting in a change of contract time, in 3 the baseline Schedule. 4 C. Responsibility for Schedule Compliance 5 1. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current progress Schedule and CPM Status 6 Report that delays to the critical path have resulted and the Contract completion 7 date will not be met, or when so directed by the City, make some or all of the 8 following actions at no additional cost to the City 9 a. Submit a Recovery Plan to the City for approval revised baseline Schedule 10 outlining: 11 1) A written statement of the steps intended to take to remove or arrest the 12 delay to the critical path in the approved schedule 13 2) Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as will 14 substantially eliminate the backlog of work and return current Schedule to 15 meet projected baseline completion dates 16 3) Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per day, working 17 days per week, the amount of construction equipment, or any combination 18 of the foregoing, sufficiently to substantially eliminate the backlog of work 19 4) Reschedule activities to achieve maximum practical concurrency of 20 accomplishment of activities, and comply with the revised schedule 21 2. If no written statement of the steps intended to take is submitted when so requested 22 by the City, the City may direct the Contractor to increase the level of effort in 23 manpower (trades), equipment and work schedule (overtime, weekend and holiday 24 work, etc.) to be employed by the Contractor in order to remove or arrest the delay 25 to the critical path in the approved schedule. 26 a. No additional cost for such work will be considered. 27 D. The Contract completion time will be adjusted only for causes specified in this 28 Contract. 29 a. Requests for an extension of any Contract completion date must be 30 supplemented with the following: 31 1) Furnish justification and supporting evidence as the City may deem 32 necessary to determine whether the requested extension of time is entitled 33 under the provisions of this Contract. 34 a) The City will, after receipt of such justification and supporting 35 evidence, make findings of fact and will advise the Contractor, in 36 writing thereof. 37 2) If the City finds that the requested extension of time is entitled, the City's 38 determination as to the total number of days allowed for the extensions 39 shall be based upon the approved total baseline schedule and on all data 40 relevant to the extension. 41 a) Such data shall be included in the next updating of the Progress 42 schedule. 43 b) Actual delays in activities which, according to the Baseline schedule, 44 do not affect any Contract completion date shown by the critical path in 45 the network will not be the basis for a change therein. 46 2. Submit each request for change in Contract completion date to the City within 30 47 days after the beginning of the delay for which a time extension is requested but 48 before the date of final payment under this Contract. 49 01 32 16 - 3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 a. No time extension will be granted for requests which are not submitted within 1 the foregoing time limit. 2 b. From time to time, it may be necessary for the Contract schedule or completion 3 time to be adjusted by the City to reflect the effects of job conditions, weather, 4 technical difficulties, strikes, unavoidable delays on the part of the City or its 5 representatives, and other unforeseeable conditions which may indicate 6 schedule adjustments or completion time extensions. 7 1) Under such conditions, the City will direct the Contractor to reschedule the 8 work or Contract completion time to reflect the changed conditions and the 9 Contractor shall revise his schedule accordingly. 10 a) No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for such 11 schedule changes except for unavoidable overall contract time 12 extensions beyond the actual completion of unaffected work, in which 13 case the Contractor shall take all possible action to minimize any time 14 extension and any additional cost to the City. 15 b) Available float time in the Baseline schedule may be used by the City 16 as well as by the Contractor. 17 3. Float or slack time is defined as the amount of time between the earliest start date 18 and the latest start date or between the earliest finish date and the latest finish date 19 of a chain of activities on the Baseline Schedule. 20 a. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the 21 Contractor or the City. 22 b. Proceed with work according to early start dates, and the City shall have the 23 right to reserve and apportion float time according to the needs of the project. 24 c. Acknowledge and agree that actual delays, affecting paths of activities 25 containing float time, will not have any effect upon contract completion times, 26 providing that the actual delay does not exceed the float time associated with 27 those activities. 28 E. Coordinating Schedule with Other Contract Schedules 29 1. Where work is to be performed under this Contract concurrently with or contingent 30 upon work performed on the same facilities or area under other contracts, the 31 Baseline Schedule shall be coordinated with the schedules of the other contracts. 32 a. Obtain the schedules of the other appropriate contracts from the City for the 33 preparation and updating of Baseline schedule and make the required changes 34 in his schedule when indicated by changes in corresponding schedules. 35 2. In case of interference between the operations of different contractors, the City will 36 determine the work priority of each contractor and the sequence of work necessary 37 to expedite the completion of the entire Project. 38 a. In such cases, the decision of the City shall be accepted as final. 39 b. The temporary delay of any work due to such circumstances shall not be 40 considered as justification for claims for additional compensation. 41 1.5 SUBMITTALS 42 A. Baseline Schedule 43 1. Submit Schedule in native file format and pdf format. 44 a. Native file format shall be: 45 1) Microsoft Project 46 2. Submit draft baseline Schedule to City prior to the pre-construction meeting and 47 bring in hard copy to the meeting for review and discussion. 48 01 32 16 - 4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 B. Progress Schedule 1 1. Submit progress Schedule in native file format and pdf format. 2 2. Submit progress Schedule monthly no later than the 25th day of the month or with 3 the prior month’s pay application. 4 C. Schedule Narrative 5 1. Submit the schedule narrative in pdf format. 6 2. Submit schedule narrative monthly no later than the 25th day of the month. 7 D. Submittal Process 8 1. 9 2. Contractor shall submit one (1) hard copy of documents to the Project Manager’s 10 duly appointed representative. 11 3. Contractor shall submit documents via email to the Project Manager and their duly 12 appointed representative. 13 4. Once the project has been completed and Final Acceptance has been issued by the 14 City, no further progress schedules are required. 15 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 17 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 19 A. The person preparing and revising the construction Progress Schedule shall be 20 experienced in the preparation of schedules of similar complexity. 21 B. Schedule and supporting documents addressed in this Specification shall be prepared, 22 updated and revised to accurately reflect the performance of the construction. 23 C. Contractor is responsible for the quality of all submittals in this section meeting the 24 standard of care for the construction industry for similar projects. 25 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 26 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 27 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 29 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 30 END OF SECTION 31 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 01 32 16 - 5 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1 01 32 33 - 1 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 32 33 1 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for: 6 a. Preconstruction Videos 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Preconstruction Video 19 1. Produce a preconstruction video of the site/alignment, including all areas in the 20 vicinity of and to be affected by construction. 21 a. Provide digital copy of video upon request by the City. 22 2. Retain a copy of the preconstruction video until the end of the maintenance surety 23 period. 24 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 28 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 29 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 30 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 31 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 32 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33 01 32 33 - 2 PRECONSTRUCTION VIDEO Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 01 33 00 - 1 SUBMITTALS Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 33 00 1 SUBMITTALS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. General methods and requirements of submissions applicable to the following 6 Work-related submittals: 7 a. Shop Drawings 8 b. Product Data (including Project Material Submittal Checklist submittals) 9 c. Samples 10 d. Mock Ups 11 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 12 1. None. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various items bid. 19 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22 A. Coordination 23 1. Notify the City in writing, at the time of submittal, of any deviations in the 24 submittals from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 25 2. Coordination of Submittal Times 26 a. Prepare, prioritize and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of 27 performing the related Work or other applicable activities, or within the time 28 specified in the individual Work Sections, of the Specifications. 29 b. Contractor is responsible such that the installation will not be delayed by 30 processing times including, but not limited to: 31 a) Disapproval and resubmittal (if required) 32 b) Coordination with other submittals 33 c) Testing 34 d) Purchasing 35 e) Fabrication 36 f) Delivery 37 g) Similar sequenced activities 38 c. No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to 39 transmit submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. 40 01 33 00 - 2 SUBMITTALS Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 d. Make submittals promptly in accordance with approved schedule, and in such 1 sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any other 2 contractor. 3 B. Submittal Numbering 4 1. When submitting shop drawings or samples, utilize a submittal cross-reference 5 identification numbering system in the following manner: 6 a. Use the applicable Specification Section Number. 7 b. For the next 2 digits number use numbers 01-99 to sequentially number each 8 initial separate item or drawing submitted under each specific Section number. 9 c. Last use a letter, A-Z, indicating the resubmission of the same drawing (i.e. 10 A=2nd submission, B=3rd submission, C=4th submission, etc.). A typical 11 submittal number would be as follows: 12 13 303-02-B 14 15 1) 303 is the Specification Section for Portland Cement Concrete Pavement 16 2) 02 is the second initial submittal under this Specification Section 17 3) B is the third submission (second resubmission) of that particular shop 18 drawing 19 C. Contractor Certification 20 1. Review shop drawings, product data and samples, including those by 21 subcontractors, prior to submission to determine and verify the following: 22 a. Field measurements 23 b. Field construction criteria 24 c. Catalog numbers and similar data 25 d. Conformance with the Contract Documents 26 2. Provide each shop drawing, sample and product data submitted by the Contractor 27 with a Certification Statement affixed including: 28 a. The Contractor's Company name 29 b. Signature of submittal reviewer 30 c. Certification Statement 31 1) “By this submittal, I hereby represent that I have determined and verified 32 field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, dimensions, 33 catalog numbers and similar data and I have checked and coordinated each 34 item with other applicable approved shop drawings." 35 D. Submittal Format 36 1. Fold shop drawings larger than 8 ½ inches x 11 inches to 8 ½ inches x 11inches. 37 2. Bind shop drawings and product data sheets together. 38 3. Order 39 a. Cover Sheet 40 1) Description of Packet 41 2) Contractor Certification 42 b. List of items / Table of Contents 43 c. Product Data /Shop Drawings/Samples /Calculations 44 E. Submittal Content 45 1. The date of submission and the dates of any previous submissions 46 2. The Project title and number 47 01 33 00 - 3 SUBMITTALS Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 3. Contractor identification 1 4. The names of: 2 a. Contractor 3 b. Supplier 4 c. Manufacturer 5 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number, page and 6 paragraph(s) 7 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such 8 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials 9 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers 10 9. Identification by highlighting of deviations from Contract Documents 11 10. Identification by highlighting of revisions on resubmittals 12 11. An 8-inch x 3-inch blank space for Contractor and City stamps 13 F. Shop Drawings 14 1. As specified in individual Work Sections includes, but is not necessarily limited to: 15 a. Custom-prepared data such as fabrication and erection/installation (working) 16 drawings 17 b. Scheduled information 18 c. Setting diagrams 19 d. Actual shopwork manufacturing instructions 20 e. Custom templates 21 f. Special wiring diagrams 22 g. Coordination drawings 23 h. Individual system or equipment inspection and test reports including: 24 1) Performance curves and certifications 25 i. As applicable to the Work 26 2. Details 27 a. Relation of the various parts to the main members and lines of the structure 28 b. Where correct fabrication of the Work depends upon field measurements 29 1) Provide such measurements and note on the drawings prior to submitting 30 for approval. 31 G. Product Data 32 1. For submittals of product data for products included on the City’s Product Material 33 Submittal Checklist, highlight each item selected for use on the Project. 34 2. For submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product 35 Material Submittal Checklist, submittal data may include, but is not necessarily 36 limited to: 37 a. Standard prepared data for manufactured products (sometimes referred to as 38 catalog data) 39 1) Such as the manufacturer's product specification and installation 40 instructions 41 2) Availability of colors and patterns 42 3) Manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability 43 4) Roughing-in diagrams and templates 44 5) Catalog cuts 45 6) Product photographs 46 7) Standard wiring diagrams 47 01 33 00 - 4 SUBMITTALS Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 8) Printed performance curves and operational-range diagrams 1 9) Production or quality control inspection and test reports and certifications 2 10) Mill reports 3 11) Product operating and maintenance instructions and recommended 4 spare-parts listing and printed product warranties 5 12) As applicable to the Work 6 3. Submittals of product data for products not included on the City’s Product Material 7 Submittal Checklist may be considered a Substitution in accordance with Section 8 01 25 00. 9 4. All deviations from City’s Product Material Submittal Checklist shall require 10 approval by the Engineer of Record for the Project. 11 H. Samples 12 1. As specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 a. Physical examples of the Work such as: 14 1) Sections of manufactured or fabricated Work 15 2) Small cuts or containers of materials 16 3) Complete units of repetitively used products color/texture/pattern swatches 17 and range sets 18 4) Specimens for coordination of visual effect 19 5) Graphic symbols and units of Work to be used by the City for independent 20 inspection and testing, as applicable to the Work 21 I. Do not start Work requiring a shop drawing, sample or product data nor any material to 22 be fabricated or installed prior to the approval or qualified approval of such item. 23 1. Fabrication performed, materials purchased or on-site construction accomplished 24 which does not conform to approved shop drawings and data is at the Contractor's 25 risk. 26 2. The City will not be liable for any expense or delay due to corrections or remedies 27 required to accomplish conformity. 28 3. Complete project Work, materials, fabrication, and installations in conformance 29 with approved shop drawings, applicable samples, and product data. 30 J. Submittal Distribution 31 1. Electronic Distribution 32 a. Provide all submittals in electronic form via email to Project Manager and their 33 duly appointed representative. 34 b. Shop Drawings 35 1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 36 2) Hard Copies 37 a) Not required 38 c. Product Data 39 1) Email submittal to Project Manager and their duly appointed representative. 40 2) Hard Copies 41 a) Not required 42 d. Samples 43 1) Distributed to the Project Manager 44 K. Submittal Review 45 1. The review of shop drawings, data and samples will be for general conformance 46 with the design concept and Contract Documents. This is not to be construed as: 47 01 33 00 - 5 SUBMITTALS Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 a. Permitting any departure from the Contract requirements 1 b. Relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including details, 2 dimensions, and materials 3 c. Approving departures from details furnished by the City, except as otherwise 4 provided herein 5 2. The review and approval of shop drawings, samples or product data by the City 6 does not relieve the Contractor from his/her responsibility with regard to the 7 fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. 8 a. All risks of error and omission are assumed by the Contractor, and the City will 9 have no responsibility therefore. 10 3. The Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the 11 Work with all other associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, 12 for techniques of assembly and for performing Work in a safe manner. 13 4. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations and show a 14 departure from the Contract requirements which City finds to be in the interest of 15 the City and to be so minor as not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for 16 performance, the City may return the reviewed drawings without noting an 17 exception. 18 5. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under 1 of the following codes: 19 a. Code 1 20 1) "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" is assigned when there are no notations or 21 comments on the submittal. 22 a) When returned under this code the Contractor may release the 23 equipment and/or material for manufacture. 24 b. Code 2 25 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED". This code is assigned when a confirmation of 26 the notations and comments IS NOT required by the Contractor. 27 a) The Contractor may release the equipment or material for manufacture; 28 however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the 29 final product. 30 c. Code 3 31 1) "EXCEPTIONS NOTED/RESUBMIT". This combination of codes is 32 assigned when notations and comments are extensive enough to require a 33 resubmittal of the package. 34 a) This resubmittal is to address all comments, omissions and 35 non-conforming items that were noted. 36 b) Resubmittal is to be received by the City within 15 Calendar Days of 37 the date of the City's transmittal requiring the resubmittal. 38 d. Code 4 39 1) "NOT APPROVED" is assigned when the submittal does not meet the 40 intent of the Contract Documents. 41 a) The Contractor must resubmit the entire package revised to bring the 42 submittal into conformance. 43 b) It may be necessary to resubmit using a different manufacturer/vendor 44 to meet the Contract Documents. 45 6. Resubmittals 46 a. Handled in the same manner as first submittals 47 1) Corrections other than requested by the City 48 2) Marked with revision triangle or other similar method 49 01 33 00 - 6 SUBMITTALS Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 a) At Contractor’s risk if not marked 1 b. Submittals for each item will be reviewed no more than twice at the City’s 2 expense. 3 1) All subsequent reviews will be performed at times convenient to the City 4 and at the Contractor's expense, based on the City's or City 5 Representative’s then prevailing rates. 6 2) Provide Contractor reimbursement to the City within 30 Calendar Days for 7 all such fees invoiced by the City. 8 c. The need for more than 1 resubmission or any other delay in obtaining City's 9 review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of Contract 10 Time. 11 7. Partial Submittals 12 a. City reserves the right to not review submittals deemed partial, at the City’s 13 discretion. 14 b. Submittals deemed by the City to be not complete will be returned to the 15 Contractor, and will be considered "Not Approved" until resubmitted. 16 c. The City may at its option provide a list or mark the submittal directing the 17 Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 18 8. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to 19 constitute a change to the Contract Documents, then written notice must be 20 provided thereof to the City at least 7 Calendar Days prior to release for 21 manufacture. 22 9. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the City, the 23 Contractor may carry out the construction in accordance therewith and no further 24 changes therein except upon written instructions from the City. 25 10. Each submittal, appropriately coded, will be returned within 30 Calendar Days 26 following receipt of submittal by the City. 27 L. Mock ups 28 1. Mock Up units as specified in individual Sections, include, but are not necessarily 29 limited to, complete units of the standard of acceptance for that type of Work to be 30 used on the Project. Remove at the completion of the Work or when directed. 31 M. Qualifications 32 1. If specifically required in other Sections of these Specifications, submit a P.E. 33 Certification for each item required. 34 N. Request for Information (RFI) 35 1. Contractor Request for additional information 36 a. Clarification or interpretation of the contract documents 37 b. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between Contract Documents 38 c. When the Contractor believes there is a conflict between the Drawings and 39 Specifications 40 1) Identify the conflict and request clarification 41 d. When the Contractor encounters an unknown condition in the field 42 2. Use the Request for Information (RFI) form provided by the City (attached). 43 3. Numbering of RFI 44 a. Prefix with “RFI” followed by series number, “-xxx”, beginning with “01” and 45 increasing sequentially with each additional transmittal. 46 01 33 00 - 7 SUBMITTALS Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 4. Sufficient information shall be attached to permit a written response without further 1 information. 2 5. The City will log each request and will review the request. 3 a. If review of the project information request indicates that a change to the 4 Contract Documents is required, the City will issue a Field Order or Change 5 Order, as appropriate. 6 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 7 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 12 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 13 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 16 END OF SECTION 17 18 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 19 20 01 33 00 - 8 SUBMITTALS Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION 1 2 Project: RFI #: Engineering Project No.: Date Sent: Sender: Receiver: Copies To: 3 Subject: Request: Sender’s Proposed Answer/Solution: 4 THE PROPOSED ANSWER/SOLUTION IS, IS NOT, INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT. 5 6 Receiver’s Response: 7 Response By: Company: Date: 8 DISTRIBUTION: 9 01 35 13 - 1 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 1 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 35 13 1 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. The procedures for special project circumstances that includes, but is not limited to: 6 a. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 7 b. Work near High Voltage Lines 8 c. Confined Space Entry Program 9 d. Excavation Protection 10 e. Air Pollution Watch Days 11 f. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 12 g. Water Utilities Notification 13 h. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 14 i. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers 15 j. Coordination within Railroad permits areas 16 k. Dust Control 17 l. Employee Parking 18 m. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments Clean 19 Construction Specification 20 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 21 1. None. 22 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 23 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 24 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 25 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26 A. Measurement and Payment 27 1. Coordination within Railroad permit areas 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measurement for this Item will be by lump sum. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 32 will be paid for at the lump sum price bid for Railroad Coordination. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Mobilization 35 2) Inspection 36 3) Safety training 37 4) Additional Insurance 38 5) Insurance Certificates 39 6) Other requirements associated with general coordination with Railroad, 40 including additional employees required to protect the right-of-way and 41 property of the Railroad from damage arising out of and/or from the 42 construction of the Project. 43 01 35 13 - 2 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 2 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 2. Railroad Flagmen 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measurement for this Item will be per working day. 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 5 will be paid for each working day that Railroad Flagmen are present at the 6 Site. 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) Coordination for scheduling flagmen 9 2) Flagmen 10 3) Other requirements associated with Railroad 11 3. Excavation Protection (Trench Safety) 12 a. Measurement 13 1) Measured per linear foot of excavation for all trenches that require trench 14 safety in accordance with OSHA excavation safety standards (29 CFR Part 15 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for Construction) 16 b. Payment 17 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19 price bid per linear foot of excavation to comply with OSHA excavation 20 safety standards (29 CFR Part 1926.650 Subpart P), including, but not 21 limited to, all submittals, labor and equipment. 22 4. All other items 23 a. Work associated with these Items is considered incidental to the various Items 24 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 25 1.3 REFERENCES 26 A. Reference Standards 27 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 28 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 29 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 30 2. Health and Safety Code, Title 9. Safety, Subtitle A. Public Safety, Chapter 752. 31 High Voltage Overhead Lines. 32 3. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) – Clean Construction 33 Specification 34 4. Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) Standards – 29 CFR Part 35 1910.146 – Permit-Required Confined Spaces 36 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 37 A. Coordination with the Texas Department of Transportation 38 1. When work in the right-of-way which is under the jurisdiction of the Texas 39 Department of Transportation (TxDOT): 40 a. Notify the Texas Department of Transportation prior to commencing any work 41 therein in accordance with the provisions of the permit 42 b. All work performed in the TxDOT right-of-way shall be performed in 43 compliance with and subject to approval from the Texas Department of 44 Transportation 45 B. Work near High Voltage Lines 46 01 35 13 - 3 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 3 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1. Regulatory Requirements 1 a. All Work near High Voltage Lines (more than 600 volts measured between 2 conductors or between a conductor and the ground) shall be in accordance with 3 Health and Safety Code, Title 9, Subtitle A, Chapter 752. 4 2. Warning sign 5 a. Provide sign of sufficient size meeting all OSHA requirements. 6 3. Equipment operating within 10 feet of high voltage lines will require the following 7 safety features 8 a. Insulating cage-type of guard about the boom or arm 9 b. Insulator links on the lift hook connections for back hoes or dippers 10 c. Equipment must meet the safety requirements as set forth by OSHA and the 11 safety requirements of the owner of the high voltage lines 12 4. Work within 6 feet of high voltage electric lines 13 a. Notification shall be given to: 14 1) The power company (example: Denton Municipal Electric) 15 a) Maintain an accurate log of all such calls to power company and record 16 action taken in each case. 17 b. Coordination with power company 18 1) After notification coordinate with the power company to: 19 a) Erect temporary mechanical barriers, de-energize the lines, or raise or 20 lower the lines 21 c. No personnel may work within 6 feet of a high voltage line before the above 22 requirements have been met. 23 C. Confined Space Entry Program 24 1. Provide and follow approved Confined Space Entry Program in accordance with 25 OSHA requirements. 26 2. Confined Spaces include: 27 a. Manholes 28 b. All other confined spaces in accordance with OSHA’s Permit Required for 29 Confined Spaces 30 D. Excavation Protection 31 1. Excavation protection shall be in strict compliance with OSHA excavation safety 32 standards (29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P Safety and Health regulations for 33 Construction). 34 2. Submit three (3) copies of a site-specific trench safety plan prepared by a licensed 35 Professional Engineer in the State of Texas to the City prior to construction in 36 accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37 a. The City will not review the submittal. Receipt of submittal is confirmation 38 that the Contractor has prepared a trench safety plan as required by state and 39 federal law. 40 b. The City assumes no responsibility for trench safety and shall be held harmless 41 under the indemnification clause of the General Conditions. 42 3. Any changes in the trench excavation plan after initiation of construction will not 43 be cause for an extension of time and will require a new submittal to the City. 44 4. The Contractor accepts sole responsibility for compliance with all applicable safety 45 requirements. 46 E. Air Pollution Watch Days 47 01 35 13 - 4 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 4 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1. General 1 a. Observe the following guidelines relating to working on City construction sites 2 on days designated as “AIR POLLUTION WATCH DAYS”. 3 b. Typical Ozone Season 4 1) May 1 through October 31. 5 c. Critical Emission Time 6 1) 6:00 a.m. to 10:00 a.m. 7 2. Watch Days 8 a. The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), in coordination 9 with the National Weather Service, will issue the Air Pollution Watch by 3:00 10 p.m. on the afternoon prior to the WATCH day. 11 b. Requirements 12 1) Begin work after 10:00 a.m. whenever construction phasing requires the 13 use of motorized equipment for periods in excess of 1 hour. 14 2) However, the Contractor may begin work prior to 10:00 a.m. if: 15 a) Use of motorized equipment is less than 1 hour, or 16 b) If equipment is new and certified by EPA as “Low Emitting“, or 17 equipment burns Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD), diesel emulsions, or 18 alternative fuels such as CNG. 19 F. TCEQ Air Permit 20 1. Obtain TCEQ Air Permit for construction activities per requirements of TCEQ. 21 G. Use of Explosives, Drop Weight, Etc. 22 1. When Contract Documents permit on the project the following will apply: 23 a. Public Notification 24 1) Submit notice to City and proof of adequate insurance coverage, 24 hours 25 prior to commencing. 26 2) Minimum 24-hour public notification in accordance with Section 01 31 13 27 H. Water Utilities Coordination 28 1. During the construction of this project, it may be necessary to deactivate, for a 29 period of time, existing lines. The Contractor shall be required to coordinate with 30 Water Utilities to determine the best times for deactivating and activating those 31 lines. 32 2. Coordinate any event that will require connecting to or the operation of an existing 33 City water line system with the City’s representative. 34 a. If needed, obtain a hydrant water meter from Water Utilities for use during the 35 life of named project. 36 b. In the event that a water valve on an existing live system be turned off and on 37 to accommodate the construction of the project is required, coordinate this 38 activity through the appropriate City representative. 39 1) Do not operate water line valves of existing water system. 40 a) Failure to comply will render the Contractor in violation of Texas Penal 41 Code Title 7, Chapter 28.03 (Criminal Mischief) and the Contractor 42 will be prosecuted to the full extent of the law. 43 b) In addition, the Contractor will assume all liabilities and 44 responsibilities as a result of these actions. 45 I. Public Notification Prior to Beginning Construction 46 01 35 13 - 5 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 5 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1. Prior to beginning construction on any block in the project, on a block-by-block 1 basis, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of the pending construction to the front 2 door of each residence or business that will be impacted by construction. The notice 3 shall be prepared as follows: 4 a. Post notice or flyer 7 days prior to beginning any construction activity on each 5 block in the project area. 6 1) Prepare flyer on the Contractor’s letterhead and include the following 7 information: 8 a) Name of Project 9 b) Engineering Project Number (EPN) 10 c) Scope of Project (i.e. type of construction activity) 11 d) Actual construction duration within the block 12 e) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 13 f) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 14 g) City’s after-hours phone number 15 2) A sample of the ‘pre-construction notification’ flyer is attached as Exhibit 16 A. 17 3) Submit schedule showing the construction start and finish time for each 18 block of the project to the inspector. 19 4) Deliver flyer to the City Inspector for review prior to distribution. 20 b. No construction will be allowed to begin on any block until the flyer is 21 delivered to all residents of the block. 22 J. Public Notification of Temporary Water Service Interruption during Construction 23 1. In the event it becomes necessary to temporarily shut down water service to 24 residents or businesses during construction, prepare and deliver a notice or flyer of 25 the pending interruption to the front door of each affected resident. 26 2. Prepared notice as follows: 27 a. The notification or flyer shall be posted 24 hours prior to the temporary 28 interruption. 29 b. Prepare flyer on the contractor’s letterhead and include the following 30 information: 31 1) Name of the project 32 2) Engineering Project Number (EPN) 33 3) Date of the interruption of service 34 4) Period the interruption will take place 35 5) Name of the contractor’s foreman and phone number 36 6) Name of the City’s inspector and phone number 37 c. A sample of the temporary water service interruption notification is attached as 38 Exhibit B. 39 d. Deliver a copy of the temporary interruption notification to the City inspector 40 for review prior to being distributed. 41 e. No interruption of water service can occur until the flyer has been delivered to 42 all affected residents and businesses. 43 f. Electronic versions of the sample flyers can be obtained from the Project 44 Construction Inspector. 45 K. Coordination with United States Army Corps of Engineers (USACE) 46 1. At locations in the Project where construction activities occur in areas where 47 USACE permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 48 permit. 49 01 35 13 - 6 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 6 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 L. Coordination within Railroad Permit Areas 1 1. At locations in the project where construction activities occur in areas where 2 railroad permits are required, meet all requirements set forth in each designated 3 railroad permit. This includes, but is not limited to, provisions for: 4 a. Flagmen 5 b. Inspectors 6 c. Safety training 7 d. Additional insurance 8 e. Insurance certificates 9 f. Other employees required to protect the right-of-way and property of the 10 Railroad Company from damage arising out of and/or from the construction of 11 the project. Proper utility clearance procedures shall be used in accordance 12 with the permit guidelines. 13 2. Obtain any supplemental information needed to comply with the railroad’s 14 requirements. 15 3. Railroad Flagmen 16 a. Submit receipts to City for verification of working days that railroad flagmen 17 were present on Site. 18 M. Dust Control 19 1. Use acceptable measures to control dust at the Site. 20 a. If water is used to control dust, capture and properly dispose of waste water. 21 b. If wet saw cutting is performed, capture and properly dispose of slurry. 22 N. Employee Parking 23 1. Provide parking for employees at locations approved by the City. 24 O. Coordination with North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Clean 25 Construction Specification 26 1. Equipment Requirements 27 a. All construction equipment being used to perform work on the Contract shall 28 meet EPA emissions standards of Tier 3 or equivalent, or cleaner. Model Form 29 A.14. Schedule for Phase-In of Tier 1-Tier 4 Non-Road Engines is included in 30 Appendix A. Compliance may be achieved through the use of equipment 31 powered by an EPA-certified engine, through engine repowers, or through the 32 use of retrofits which have been verified by the EPA and/or California Air 33 Resources Board. A list of available retrofits is available online at EPA’s 34 website “Verified Technologies List for Clean Diesel.” 35 b. Equipment that meets one or more of the following conditions may be exempt 36 from these requirements: 37 1) Equipment powered by an engine that is less than or equal to ten (10) years 38 old. 39 2) Equipment that must be used to fulfill use or reporting requirements for a 40 grant program or other clean air initiative. Documentation of such 41 obligations must be submitted to City for verification. 42 3) Equipment that is designated as low-use equipment, which is defined as 43 any piece of construction equipment which is used for less than ten (10) 44 hours per week on a single public works contract. A Low-Use Exemption 45 Weekly Reporting Form will be required for all equipment for which this 46 exemption is claimed. 47 01 35 13 - 7 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 7 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 4) Equipment that is being used to address a critical or emergency public 1 works need, including, but not limited to, broken water mains or sanitary 2 sewer lines. This exemption is limited to work performed in a situation in 3 which the procurement of construction services is performed on an 4 emergency basis, as provided for by State law. 5 2. Operational Requirements 6 a. All diesel fuel used to perform work on the public works contract shall be 7 Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel which also complies with Texas Low 8 Emission Diesel (TxLED) program requirements. This may include TxLED- 9 compliant Biodiesel blends. 10 b. The Contractor shall limit idling of equipment to no more than five (5) 11 minutes, unless the idling is applicable to one or more of the following 12 exceptions: 13 1) is being used for emergency response purposes; 14 2) is idling as a necessary component of mechanical operation, maintenance, 15 or diagnostic purposes; or 16 3) is idling for the health or safety of the equipment operator. 17 c. To the greatest extent possible, Contractor shall stage equipment away from, 18 and minimize operation near, sensitive receptors including, but not limited to, 19 fresh air intakes, hospitals, schools, licensed day care facilities, and residences. 20 3. Reporting Requirements 21 a. On or before the day construction activity commences, the Contractor shall 22 submit to the City an inventory report containing identifying data for each piece 23 of equipment to be used on the worksite. A form for submitting such 24 information will be provided by the City. This inventory may be used by the 25 City to conduct site inspections and/or verify compliance with specification 26 elements. 27 b. If additional equipment is brought on-site after construction begins, the 28 Contractor shall provide this same inventory information to the City for the new 29 equipment on or before the day it begins work on-site. 30 c. Reports shall be provided for all equipment used on-site. 31 4. Enforcement Requirements 32 a. All construction equipment used at the Site is subject to inspection by the City 33 at random. Contractor is responsible for ensuring that all subcontractors meet 34 the requirements of this specification. 35 1.5 SUBMITTALS 36 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 38 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 39 A. Construction Notice Flyer 40 B. Notice of Temporary Water Service Interruption 41 01 35 13 - 8 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 8 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 8 END OF SECTION 9 10 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11 01 35 13 - 9 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 9 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 EXHIBIT A 1 (To be printed on Contractor’s Letterhead) 2 3 4 5 Date: 6 7 EPN No.: 8 Project Name: 9 Limits of Construction: 10 11 12 13 14 15 THIS IS TO INFORM YOU THAT UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE CITY OF 16 DENTON, OUR COMPANY WILL WORK ON UTILITY LINES ON OR AROUND YOUR 17 PROPERTY. 18 19 CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN APPROXIMATELY SEVEN DAYS FROM THE DATE 20 OF THIS NOTICE. 21 22 IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT ACCESS, SECURITY, SAFETY OR ANY OTHER 23 ISSUE, PLEASE CALL: 24 25 26 <CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 27 28 OR 29 30 <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 31 32 33 PLEASE KEEP THIS FLYER HANDY WHEN YOU CALL 34 35 01 35 13 - 10 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES Page 10 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 EXHIBIT B 1 2 Date: 3 4 EPN No.: 5 6 Project Name:_____________________ 7 8 9 NOTICE OF 10 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE 11 INTERRUPTION 12 13 14 Due to utility improvements in your neighborhood, your water service will be 15 interrupted on ___________________________________________________ 16 between the hours of __________________ and _______________________. 17 18 19 IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS ABOUT THIS DISRUPTION, PLEASE CALL: 20 21 22 <CONTRACTOR’S SUPERINTENDENT> AT <TELEPHONE NO.> 23 24 OR 25 26 <CITY INSPECTOR> AT < TELEPHONE NO.> 27 28 THIS SERVICE INTERRUPTION WILL BE AS SHORT AS POSSIBLE 29 30 Thank you, 31 _________________________, Contractor 32 01 45 23 - 1 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 45 23 1 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Testing and inspection services procedures and coordination 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12 A. Measurement and Payment 13 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 14 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15 a. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, Contractor is 16 responsible for performing, coordinating, and payment of all inspections, tests, 17 re-tests, or approvals. 18 b. In accordance with Article 13 of the General Conditions, City is responsible for 19 performing and payment for first set additional independent testing chosen by 20 the City to be performed. 21 1) If the first independent test performed by the City fails, the Contractor is 22 responsible for payment of subsequent testing until a passing test occurs. 23 a) Final acceptance will not be issued by City until all required payments 24 for testing by Contractor have been paid in full. 25 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 26 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 27 A. Testing 28 1. Complete testing in accordance with the Contract Documents. 29 2. Coordination 30 a. When testing is required to be performed by the City, notify City, sufficiently 31 in advance, when testing is needed. 32 b. When testing is required to be completed by the Contractor, notify City, 33 sufficiently in advance, that testing will be performed. 34 3. Distribution of Testing Reports 35 a. Electronic Distribution 36 1) Provide all reports to Project Manager and their duly appointed 37 representative electronically via email. 38 4. Provide Project Manager’s duly appointed representative with trip tickets for each 39 delivered load of Concrete or Lime material including the following information: 40 01 45 23 - 2 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 a. Name of pit 1 b. Date of delivery 2 c. Material delivered 3 B. Inspection 4 1. Inspection or lack of inspection does not relieve the Contractor from obligation to 5 perform work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6 1.5 SUBMITTALS 7 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 8 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 9 A. Materials Testing Reports sealed by a Professional Engineer or Professional 10 Geoscientist licensed in the State of Texas. 11 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 15 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 16 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 17 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 19 20 01 45 23 - 3 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 END OF SECTION 1 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3 01 50 00 - 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 50 00 1 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Provide temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work including, but not 6 necessarily limited to: 7 a. Temporary utilities 8 b. Sanitary facilities 9 c. Storage Sheds and Buildings 10 d. Dust control 11 e. Temporary fencing of the construction site 12 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 15 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 16 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 20 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 21 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 22 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 23 A. Temporary Utilities 24 1. Obtaining Temporary Service 25 a. Make arrangements with utility service companies for temporary services. 26 b. Abide by rules and regulations of utility service companies or authorities 27 having jurisdiction. 28 c. Be responsible for utility service costs until Work is approved for Final 29 Acceptance. 30 1) Included are fuel, power, light, heat and other utility services necessary for 31 execution, completion, testing and initial operation of Work. 32 2. Water 33 a. Contractor to provide water required for and in connection with Work to be 34 performed and for specified tests of piping, equipment, devices or other use as 35 required for the completion of the Work. 36 b. Provide and maintain adequate supply of potable water for domestic 37 consumption by Contractor personnel and Project Manager and Project 38 Manager’s duly authorized representative. 39 c. Coordination 40 01 50 00 - 2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1) Contact City 1 week before water for construction is desired 1 d. Contractor Payment for Construction Water 2 1) Obtain construction water meter from City for payment as billed by City’s 3 established rates. 4 3. Electricity and Lighting 5 a. Provide and pay for electric powered service as required for Work, including 6 testing of Work. 7 1) Provide power for lighting, operation of equipment, or other use. 8 b. Electric power service includes temporary power service or generator to 9 maintain operations during scheduled shutdown. 10 4. Telephone 11 a. Provide emergency telephone service at Site for use by Contractor personnel 12 and others performing work or furnishing services at Site. 13 5. Temporary Heat and Ventilation 14 a. Provide temporary heat as necessary for protection or completion of Work. 15 b. Provide temporary heat and ventilation to assure safe working conditions. 16 B. Sanitary Facilities 17 1. Provide and maintain sanitary facilities for persons on Site. 18 a. Comply with regulations of State and local departments of health. 19 2. Enforce use of sanitary facilities by construction personnel at job site. 20 a. Enclose and anchor sanitary facilities. 21 b. No discharge will be allowed from these facilities. 22 c. Collect and store sewage and waste so as not to cause nuisance or health 23 problem. 24 d. Haul sewage and waste off-site at no less than weekly intervals and properly 25 dispose in accordance with applicable regulation. 26 3. Locate facilities near Work Site and keep clean and maintained throughout Project. 27 4. Remove facilities at completion of Project 28 C. Storage Sheds and Buildings 29 1. Provide adequately ventilated, watertight, weatherproof storage facilities with floor 30 above ground level for materials and equipment susceptible to weather damage. 31 2. Storage of materials not susceptible to weather damage may be on blocks off 32 ground. 33 3. Store materials in a neat and orderly manner. 34 a. Place materials and equipment to permit easy access for identification, 35 inspection and inventory. 36 4. Equip building with lockable doors and lighting, and provide electrical service for 37 equipment space heaters and heating or ventilation as necessary to provide storage 38 environments acceptable to specified manufacturers. 39 5. Fill and grade site for temporary structures to provide drainage away from 40 temporary and existing buildings. 41 6. Remove building from site prior to Final Acceptance. 42 D. Temporary Fencing 43 1. Provide and maintain for the duration or construction when required in contract 44 documents 45 01 50 00 - 3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 E. Dust Control 1 1. Contractor is responsible for maintaining dust control through the duration of the 2 project. 3 a. Contractor remains on-call at all times 4 b. Must respond in a timely manner 5 F. Temporary Protection of Construction 6 1. Contractor or subcontractors are responsible for protecting Work from damage due 7 to weather. 8 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 14 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 18 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 19 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 20 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 21 3.4 INSTALLATION 22 A. Temporary Facilities 23 1. Maintain all temporary facilities for duration of construction activities as needed. 24 01 50 00 - 4 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 3.5 [REPAIR] / [RESTORATION] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 2 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 7 A. Temporary Facilities 8 1. Remove all temporary facilities and restore area after completion of the Work, to a 9 condition equal to or better than prior to start of Work. 10 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 11 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 12 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 13 END OF SECTION 14 15 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 16 01 57 13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] SECTION 01 57 13 1 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Procedures for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plans and implementation of 6 erosion and sediment control measures. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8 1. Includes Section 31 25 14 Erosion and Sediment Control. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the 11 Contract 12 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13 3. 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sediment Control 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Construction Activities resulting in less than 1 acre of disturbance 17 a. Work associated with this Item is considered subsidiary to the various Items 18 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19 2. Construction Activities resulting in greater than 1 acre of disturbance 20 a. Measurement for this Item shall be by lump sum. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 23 Item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Storm Water Pollution 24 Prevention Plan”. 25 2) Partial payment of this lump sum shall be in four equal installments of the 26 total bid price. First 25% shall be paid with the first payment application. 27 Subsequent installments shall be paid whenever 25%, 50% and 75% of 28 total contract value has been reached. 29 c. The price bid shall include: 30 1) Preparation of Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 31 2) Erosion and Sediment Control Drawings 32 3) Implementation, installation, maintenance, replacement and removal of 33 erosion and sediment control measures 34 4) Permitting fees 35 1.3 REFERENCES 36 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 37 1. Notice of Intent: NOI 38 2. Notice of Termination: NOT 39 3. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan: SWPPP 40 01 57 13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] 4. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: TCEQ 1 5. Notice of Change: NOC 2 A. Reference Standards 3 1. Reference standards cited in this Specification refer to the current reference 4 standard published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this 5 Specification, unless a date is specifically cited. 6 2. Integrated Storm Management (iSWM) Technical Manual for Construction 7 Controls 8 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 9 A. General 10 1. Contractor is responsible for resolution and payment of any fines issued associated 11 with compliance to Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan. 12 2. As a condition of approval, applicants conducting land disturbing activities will 13 complete the online construction site survey. This survey can be found at 14 https://www.surveymonkey.com/r/HT2BDHZ 15 B. Construction Activities resulting in: 16 1. Less than 1 acre of disturbance 17 a. Erosion and Sediment Control Drawings 18 b. Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 19 2. 1 to less than 5 acres of disturbance 20 a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction 21 Permit is required 22 b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 23 1) TCEQ Small Construction Site Notice Required under general permit 24 TXR150000 25 a) Sign and post at job site 26 b) Prior to Preconstruction Meeting, send 1 copy to City Watershed 27 Protection Department, Joetta Dailey (940) 349-7153. 28 2) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 29 3. 5 acres or more of Disturbance 30 a. Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Construction 31 Permit is required 32 b. Complete SWPPP in accordance with TCEQ requirements 33 1) Prepare a TCEQ NOI form and submit to TCEQ along with required fee 34 a) Sign and post at job site 35 b) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Department, Joetta Dailey 36 (940) 349 7153. 37 2) TCEQ Notice of Change required if making changes or updates to NOI 38 3) Provide erosion and sediment control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 39 4) Once the project has been completed and all the closeout requirements of 40 TCEQ have been met a TCEQ Notice of Termination can be submitted. 41 a) Send copy to City Watershed Protection Department, Joetta Dailey 42 (940) 349-7153. 43 1.5 SUBMITTALS 44 A. SWPPP 45 01 57 13 STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] 1. Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, except as stated herein. 1 a. Prior to the Preconstruction Meeting, submit a draft copy of SWPPP to the City 2 as follows: 3 1) 1 copy to the Project Manager 4 a) Project Manager will forward to the City Watershed Protection 5 Department, Joetta Dailey (940) 349-7153 for review. 6 B. Modified SWPPP 7 1. If the SWPPP is revised during construction, resubmit modified SWPPP to the City 8 in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 14 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 18 END OF SECTION 19 20 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 21 01 58 13 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] SECTION 01 58 13 1 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Temporary Project Signage Requirements 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12 A. Measurement and Payment 13 1. Temporary Project Sign 14 a. Measurement 15 1) Measurement for this Item will be per each project sign installed. 16 b. Payment 17 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item 18 and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for at the 19 unit price bid per each “Temporary Project Sign.” 20 c. The price bid shall include: 21 1) Installation of Temporary Project Sign 22 2) Excavation 23 3) Hauling 24 4) Disposal of excess Materials 25 5) Maintenance and Repair of Signs During Construction 26 6) Removal and Disposal of Temporary Project Sign 27 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 28 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 29 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 34 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 35 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 36 01 58 13 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.2 EQUIPMENT, PRODUCT TYPES, AND MATERIALS 4 A. Design Criteria 5 1. Provide free standing Project Designation Sign as indicated below: 6 7 The flag shall resemble the Texas Flag. The background of 8 the stars and the “City of Denton” lettering shall be blue. 9 The lower bar of the flag shall be red, and the upper bar 10 shall be white. The dimensions, from the farthest ends, shall 11 be 12-inches vertically and 23.5-inches horizontally. The 12 flag shall appear in the dimensions shown. The contractor 13 may request a digital copy in either .jpg or .tif format. 14 15 2. The Project Designation Sign shall be placed at strategic points with lettering as 16 needed to adequately describe the work. 17 3. Signs shall be painted white with blue letters and symbols. Letter size shall conform 18 to dimensions shown on sign drawing. Exceptions or variations from the sign 19 shown above shall not be allowed. 20 B. Materials 21 1. Sign 22 a. Constructed of ¾-inch fir plywood, grade A-C (exterior) or better 23 01 58 13 TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 6 3.4 INSTALLATION 7 A. General 8 1. Provide vertical installation at extents of project. 9 2. Signs shall be placed prior to beginning the Work and maintained until the end of 10 the project. 11 3. Relocate sign as needed, upon request of the City. 12 B. Mounting options 13 a. Skids 14 b. Posts 15 c. Barricade 16 3.5 -- 3.12 [NOT USED] 17 3.6 MAINTENANCE 18 A. General 19 1. Maintenance will include painting and repairs as needed or directed by the City. 20 3.7 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 21 END OF SECTION 22 23 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 24 01 60 00 - 1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 60 00 1 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. References for Product Requirements and Product Material Submittal Checklist 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES [NOT USED] 12 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 13 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 14 A. A list of City approved products for use is located online as follows: 15 1. https://www.cityofdenton.com/CoD/media/City-of-16 Denton/Business/Development%20Review/Materials-List.pdf 17 B. Only products specifically included on City’s Product Material Submittal Checklist in 18 these Contract Documents shall be allowed for use on the Project. 19 1. Any subsequently approved products will only be allowed for use upon specific 20 approval by the City. 21 C. Any specific product requirements in the Contract Documents supersede similar 22 products included on the Product Material Submittal Checklist. 23 1. The City reserves the right to not allow products to be used for certain projects even 24 though the product is listed on the Product Material Submittal Checklist. 25 D. Although a specific product is included on Product Material Submittal Checklist, not all 26 products from that manufacturer are approved for use, including but not limited to, that 27 manufacturer’s standard product. 28 E. See Section 01 33 00 for submittal requirements of Product Data included on Product 29 Material Submittal Checklist. 30 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 33 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 34 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 35 01 60 00 - 2 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 5 END OF SECTION 6 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8 01 66 00 - 1 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 66 00 1 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Scheduling of product delivery 6 2. Packaging of products for delivery 7 3. Protection of products against damage from: 8 a. Handling 9 b. Exposure to elements or harsh environments 10 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 13 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 14 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 18 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 20 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 21 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26 1.10 DELIVERY AND HANDLING 27 A. Delivery Requirements 28 1. Schedule delivery of products or equipment as required to allow timely installation 29 and to avoid prolonged storage. 30 2. Provide appropriate personnel and equipment to receive deliveries. 31 3. Delivery trucks will not be permitted to wait extended periods of time on the Site 32 for personnel or equipment to receive the delivery. 33 4. Deliver products or equipment in manufacturer's original unbroken cartons or other 34 containers designed and constructed to protect the contents from physical or 35 environmental damage. 36 01 66 00 - 2 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 5. Clearly and fully mark and identify as to manufacturer, item and installation 1 location. 2 6. Provide manufacturer's instructions for storage and handling. 3 B. Handling Requirements 4 1. Handle products or equipment in accordance with these Contract Documents and 5 manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions. 6 C. Storage Requirements 7 1. Store materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and 8 requirements of these Specifications. 9 2. Make necessary provisions for safe storage of materials and equipment. 10 a. Place loose soil materials and materials to be incorporated into Work to prevent 11 damage to any part of Work or existing facilities and to maintain free access at 12 all times to all parts of Work and to utility service company installations in 13 vicinity of Work. 14 3. Keep materials and equipment neatly and compactly stored in locations that will 15 cause minimum inconvenience to other contractors, public travel, adjoining owners, 16 tenants and occupants. 17 a. Arrange storage to provide easy access for inspection. 18 4. Restrict storage to areas available on construction site for storage of material and 19 equipment as shown on Drawings, or approved by Project Manager or their duly 20 authorized representative. 21 5. Provide off-site storage and protection when on-site storage is not adequate. 22 a. Provide addresses of and access to off-site storage locations for inspection by 23 Project Manager or their duly authorized representative. 24 6. Do not use lawns, grass plots or other private property for storage purposes without 25 written permission of owner or other person in possession or control of premises. 26 7. Store in manufacturers’ unopened containers. 27 8. Neatly, safely and compactly stack materials delivered and stored along line of 28 Work to avoid inconvenience and damage to property owners and general public 29 and maintain at least 3 feet from fire hydrant. 30 9. Keep public and private driveways and street crossings open. 31 10. Repair or replace damaged lawns, sidewalks, streets or other improvements to 32 satisfaction of Project Manager or their duly authorized representative. 33 a. Total length which materials may be distributed along route of construction at 34 one time is 1,000 linear feet, unless otherwise approved in writing by Project 35 Manager. 36 01 66 00 - 3 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 -3.6 [NOT USED] 5 3.2 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 6 A. Tests and Inspections 7 1. Inspect all products or equipment delivered to the site prior to unloading. 8 B. Non-Conforming Work 9 1. Reject all products or equipment that are damaged, used or in any other way 10 unsatisfactory for use on the project. 11 3.3 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12 3.4 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13 3.5 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14 3.6 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15 3.7 PROTECTION 16 A. Protect all products or equipment in accordance with manufacturer's written directions. 17 B. Store products or equipment in location to avoid physical damage to items while in 18 storage. 19 C. Protect equipment from exposure to elements and keep thoroughly dry if required by 20 the manufacturer. 21 3.8 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23 END OF SECTION 24 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 25 01 70 00 - 1 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 1 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 70 00 1 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Mobilization and Demobilization 6 a. Mobilization 7 1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 8 to the Site 9 2) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 10 at the Site 11 3) Premiums paid for performance and payment bonds 12 4) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 13 to another location within the designated Site 14 5) Relocation of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s operation 15 from 1 location to another location on the Site. 16 b. Demobilization 17 1) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating supplies 18 away from the Site including disassembly 19 2) Site Clean-up 20 3) Removal of all buildings and/or other facilities assembled at the Site for this 21 Contract 22 c. Mobilization and Demobilization do not include activities for specific items of 23 work that are for which payment is provided elsewhere in the contract. 24 2. Remobilization 25 a. Remobilization for Suspension of Work specifically required in the Contract 26 Documents or as required by City includes: 27 1) Demobilization 28 a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 29 supplies from the Site including disassembly or temporarily securing 30 equipment, supplies, and other facilities as designated by the Contract 31 Documents necessary to suspend the Work. 32 b) Site Clean-up as designated in the Contract Documents 33 2) Remobilization 34 a) Transportation of Contractor’s personnel, equipment, and operating 35 supplies to the Site necessary to resume the Work. 36 b) Establishment of necessary general facilities for the Contractor’s 37 operation at the Site necessary to resume the Work. 38 3) No Payments will be made for: 39 a) Mobilization and Demobilization from one location to another on the 40 Site in the normal progress of performing the Work. 41 b) Stand-by or idle time 42 c) Lost profits 43 44 01 70 00 - 2 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 2 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 1 1. None. 2 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 3 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 4 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 5 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6 A. Measurement and Payment 7 1. Mobilization and Demobilization 8 a. Measurement 9 1) This Item will be measured by the lump sum as the work progresses. 10 b. Payment 11 1) For this Item, the adjusted Contract amount will be calculated as the total 12 Contract amount less the lump sum for mobilization. Mobilization shall be 13 made in partial payments as follows: 14 a) When 1% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 15 earned, 50% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. 16 b) When 5% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 17 earned, 75% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 18 payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 19 c) When 10% of the adjusted Contract amount for construction Items is 20 earned, 100% of the mobilization lump sum bid will be paid. Previous 21 payments under the Item will be deducted from this amount. 22 d) A bid containing a total for “Mobilization” in excess of 10% of total 23 contract shall be considered unbalanced and a cause for consideration 24 of rejection. 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Mobilization of equipment to Site 27 2) Performance Bond 28 3) Payment Bond 29 4) Maintenance Bond 30 5) Remobilization as identified in the Contract Documents 31 6) Demobilization 32 d. No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated this 33 Item. 34 2. Remobilization for suspension of Work not identified in the Contract Documents, 35 as required by City 36 a. Measurement and Payment 37 1) This shall be submitted as a Contract Claim in accordance with Article 10 38 of Section 00 72 00. 39 2) No payments will be made for standby, idle time, or lost profits associated 40 with this Item. 41 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 42 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 43 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 44 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 45 01 70 00 - 3 MOBILIZATION AND REMOBILIZATION Page 3 of 3 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 3 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 4 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 8 END OF SECTION 9 10 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 01 71 23 - 1 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 71 23 1 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Requirements for construction staking to be provided by the Contractor. 6 2. Requirements for coordination with City to allow performance of as-built survey at 7 the Site. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9 1. None 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Construction Staking 16 a. Measurement and Payment 17 1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items 18 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 19 2. As-Built Survey 20 a. Measurement and Payment 21 1) Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items 22 bid. No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 23 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submittals, if required, shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 28 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29 A. Certificates 30 1. Provide certificate certifying that elevations and locations of improvements are in 31 conformance or non-conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 32 a. Certificate must be sealed by a registered professional land surveyor in the 33 State of Texas. 34 B. Field Quality Control Submittals 35 1. Documentation verifying accuracy of field engineering work. 36 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37 01 71 23 - 2 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2 A. Construction Staking 3 1. Construction staking will be performed by the Contractor. 4 2. Coordination 5 a. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate staking such that construction 6 activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 7 3. General 8 a. Contractor is responsible for preserving and maintaining staking. 9 b. If in the opinion of the City, a sufficient number of stakes or markings have 10 been lost, destroyed or disturbed, by Contractor’s neglect, such that the 11 contracted Work cannot take place, then the Contractor will be required to re-12 stake the deficient areas. 13 B. As-built Survey 14 1. As-built Survey will be performed by the City. 15 2. Coordination 16 a. Contractor to verify that control data established in the design survey remains 17 intact. 18 b. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate As-built Survey such that 19 construction activities are not delayed or negatively impacted. 20 c. Contractor shall coordinate construction operations with City sufficiently in 21 advance and make provisions for City to perform as-built survey on various 22 items indicated in Paragraph B.3.b. 23 d. Contractor shall restore or replace all necessary control data damaged during 24 construction operations. 25 1) Contractor shall perform replacements and/or restorations. 26 3. General 27 a. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate 28 logs of control and survey work as it progresses for Project Records. 29 b. The Contractor will ensure coordination is maintained with the City to allow 30 performance of as-built survey to obtain construction features including, but not 31 limited to, the following: 32 1) All Utility Lines 33 a) Rim and flowline elevations and coordinates for each manhole or 34 junction structure 35 2) Water Lines 36 a) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for waterlines at the following 37 locations: 38 (1) Every 250 linear feet 39 (2) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. (All 40 Fittings) 41 (3) Cathodic protection test stations 42 (4) Sampling stations 43 (5) Meter boxes/vaults (All sizes) 44 (6) Fire lines 45 (7) Fire hydrants and valves 46 (8) Gate valves and Butterfly Valves 47 01 71 23 - 3 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 (9) Plugs, stubouts, dead-end lines 1 (10) Air Release valves (Manhole rim and vent pipe) 2 (11) Blow off valves (Manhole rim and valve lid) 3 (12) Pressure plane valves 4 (13) Cleaning wyes 5 (14) Casing pipe (each end) 6 b) Storm Sewer 7 (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates at the following locations: 8 (a) Every 250 linear feet 9 (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 10 c) Sanitary Sewer 11 (1) Top of pipe elevations and coordinates for sanitary sewer lines at 12 the following locations: 13 (a) Every 250 linear feet 14 (b) Horizontal and vertical points of inflection, curvature, etc. 15 (c) Cleanouts 16 c. As-built survey will be performed in order to maintain complete and accurate 17 logs of control and survey work associated with meeting or exceeding the line 18 and grade required by these Specifications. 19 d. The Contractor will ensure coordination is maintained with the City to allow 20 performance of as-built survey and verify control data including, but not limited 21 to, the following: 22 1) Verification that established benchmarks and control are accurate. 23 2) Use of Benchmarks to furnish and maintain all reference lines and grades 24 for tunneling. 25 3) Use of lines and grades to establish the location of the pipe. 26 4) Submit to the City copies of field notes, if requested, used to establish all 27 lines and grades and allow the City to check guidance system setup prior to 28 beginning each tunneling drive. 29 5) Provide access for the City, when requested, to verify the guidance system 30 and the line and grade of the carrier pipe on a daily basis. 31 6) The Contractor remains fully responsible for the accuracy of the work and 32 the correction of it, as required. 33 7) Monitor line and grade continuously during construction. 34 8) Record deviation with respect to design line and grade once at each pipe 35 joint and submit daily records to City. 36 9) If the installation does not meet the specified tolerances, immediately notify 37 the City and correct the installation in accordance with the Contract 38 Documents. 39 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 40 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 41 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 42 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 43 44 45 01 71 23 - 4 CONSTRUCTION STAKING AND SURVEY Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 4 3.4 APPLICATION 5 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 6 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 7 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL 8 A. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to maintain all stakes and control data in accordance 9 with this Specification. 10 B. Do not change or relocate stakes or control data without approval from the City. 11 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18 END OF SECTION 19 20 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8/31/2012 D. Johnson 21 01 74 23 - 1 CLEANING Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 74 23 1 CLEANING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Intermediate and final cleaning for Work not including special cleaning of closed 6 systems specified elsewhere 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 15 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 16 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 17 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 18 A. Scheduling 19 1. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants disturbed by 20 cleaning process will not fall on newly painted surfaces. 21 2. Schedule final cleaning upon completion of Work and immediately prior to final 22 inspection. 23 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30 1. Store cleaning products and cleaning wastes in containers specifically designed for 31 those materials. 32 01 74 23 - 2 CLEANING Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIEDPRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Cleaning Agents 6 1. Compatible with surface being cleaned 7 2. New and uncontaminated 8 3. For manufactured surfaces 9 a. Material recommended by manufacturer 10 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 11 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 12 PART 3 - EXECUTION 13 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 14 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 15 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 16 3.4 APPLICATION [NOT USED] 17 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 20 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 21 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 22 3.10 CLEANING 23 A. General 24 1. Prevent accumulation of wastes that create hazardous conditions. 25 2. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with laws and safety orders of 26 governing authorities. 27 3. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil or paint thinner in 28 storm or sanitary drains or sewers. 29 4. Dispose of degradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site. 30 5. Dispose of nondegradable debris at an approved solid waste disposal site or in an 31 alternate manner approved by City and regulatory agencies. 32 01 74 23 - 3 CLEANING Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 6. Transport and deposit vegetative material removed as a result of work operations 1 off-site at a legal site in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws 2 and regulations. 3 a. Removed vegetation will not be allowed to remain in piles or mounds on the 4 easement or surrounding property. 5 7. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible. 6 8. Thoroughly clean, sweep, wash and polish all Work and equipment associated with 7 this project. 8 9. Remove all signs of temporary construction and activities incidental to construction 9 of required permanent Work. 10 10. If project is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City, the City reserves the right to 11 have the cleaning completed at the expense of the Contractor. 12 11. Do not burn on-site. 13 B. Intermediate Cleaning during Construction 14 1. Keep Work areas clean so as not to hinder health, safety or convenience of 15 personnel in existing facility operations. 16 2. At maximum weekly intervals, dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish. 17 3. Confine construction debris daily in strategically located container(s): 18 a. Cover to prevent blowing by wind 19 b. Store debris away from construction or operational activities 20 c. Haul from site at a minimum of once per week 21 4. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting. 22 a. Continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis, until Final Acceptance. 23 5. Prior to storm events, thoroughly clean site of all loose or unsecured items, which 24 may become airborne or transported by flowing water during the storm. 25 C. Interior Final Cleaning 26 1. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains, fingerprints, labels and other 27 foreign materials from sight-exposed surfaces. 28 2. Wipe all lighting fixture reflectors, lenses, lamps and trims clean. 29 3. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors. 30 4. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine. 31 5. Ventilating systems 32 a. Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were operated 33 during construction. 34 b. Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters during 35 construction. 36 6. Replace all burned out lamps. 37 7. Broom clean process area floors. 38 8. Mop office and control room floors. 39 D. Exterior (Site or Right of Way) Final Cleaning 40 1. Remove trash and debris containers from site. 41 a. Re-seed areas disturbed by location of trash and debris containers. 42 2. Sweep roadway to remove all rocks, pieces of asphalt, concrete or any other object 43 that may hinder or disrupt the flow of traffic along the roadway. 44 01 74 23 - 4 CLEANING Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 3. Clean any interior areas including, but not limited to, vaults, manholes, structures, 1 junction boxes and inlets. 2 4. If no longer required for maintenance of erosion facilities, and upon approval by 3 City, remove erosion control from site. 4 5. Clean signs, lights, signals, etc. 5 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9 END OF SECTION 10 11 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12 01 77 19 - 1 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 77 19 1 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. The procedure for closing out a contract 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 9 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 10 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 11 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 12 A. Measurement and Payment 13 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 14 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 15 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 17 A. Guarantees, Bonds and Affidavits 18 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until all guarantees, bonds, 19 certificates, licenses and affidavits required for Work or equipment as specified are 20 satisfactorily filed with the City. 21 B. Release of Liens or Claims 22 1. No application for final payment will be accepted until satisfactory evidence of 23 release of liens has been submitted to the City. 24 1.5 SUBMITTALS 25 A. Submit all required documentation to Project Manager. 26 01 77 19 - 2 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 4 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 5 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 6 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 7 3.4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURE 8 A. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, submit: 9 1. Project Record Documents in accordance with Section 01 78 39 10 2. Operation and Maintenance Data, if required, in accordance with Section 01 78 23 11 B. Prior to requesting Final Inspection, perform final cleaning in accordance with Section 12 01 74 23. 13 C. Final Inspection 14 1. After final cleaning, provide notice to the Project Manager and their duly appointed 15 representative that the Work is completed. 16 a. City reserves the right to deny request for Final Inspection if City determines 17 that the entire Work is not sufficiently complete to warrant a Final Inspection 18 b. The City will make an initial Final Inspection with the Contractor present. 19 c. Upon completion of this inspection, the City will notify the Contractor, in 20 writing within 10 business days, of any particulars in which this inspection 21 reveals that the Work is defective or incomplete. 22 2. Upon receiving written notice from the City, immediately undertake the Work 23 required to remedy deficiencies and complete the Work to the satisfaction of the 24 City. 25 3. Upon completion of Work associated with the items listed in the City's written 26 notice, inform the City, that the required Work has been completed. Upon receipt 27 of this notice, the City, in the presence of the Contractor, will make a subsequent 28 Final Inspection of the project. 29 4. Provide all special accessories required to place each item of equipment in full 30 operation. These special accessory items include, but are not limited to: 31 a. Specified spare parts 32 b. Adequate oil and grease as required for the first lubrication of the equipment 33 c. Initial fill up of all chemical tanks and fuel tanks 34 d. Light bulbs 35 e. Fuses 36 f. Vault keys 37 g. Handwheels 38 h. Other expendable items as required for initial start-up and operation of all 39 equipment 40 01 77 19 - 3 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 D. Notice of Project Completion 1 1. Once the City Project Representative finds the Work subsequent to Final Inspection 2 to be satisfactory, the City will issue a Notice of Project Completion. 3 E. Supporting Documentation 4 1. Coordinate with the City Project Representative to complete the following 5 additional forms: 6 a. Final Payment Request 7 b. Statement of Contract Time 8 c. Affidavit of Payment and Release of Liens 9 d. Consent of Surety to Final Payment 10 F. Letter of Final Acceptance 11 1. Upon review and acceptance of Notice of Project Completion and Supporting 12 Documentation, in accordance with General Conditions, City will issue Letter of 13 Final Acceptance and release the Final Payment Request for payment. 14 G. Warranty Inspection for Wastewater Mains 15 1. A second television inspection conforming to the standards laid out in 16 NCTCOG Item 507.5.2 shall be started by the Contractor no sooner than 630 17 calendar days and finished no later than 690 calendar days after the date of 18 acceptance for the project by the City of Denton. 19 2. The second inspection shall include a complete televised inspection of each 20 manhole interior constructed or installed on the project (including cored 21 manholes). 22 a. Should the second inspection indicate repairs that need to be made, these will 23 be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 24 3. Failure of the Contractor to perform the second inspection or to make repairs 25 indicated by the second inspection shall be sufficient grounds for the City to take 26 action through the terms of the Maintenance Bond for the project to perform the 27 second inspection and make any repairs indicated. 28 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 29 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 30 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 35 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 36 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 37 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 38 END OF SECTION 39 01 77 19 - 4 CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 2 01 78 23 - 1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 78 23 1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Product data and related information appropriate for City's maintenance and 6 operation of products furnished under Contract 7 2. Such products may include, but are not limited to: 8 a. Traffic Controllers 9 b. Irrigation Controllers (to be operated by the City) 10 c. Butterfly Valves 11 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 12 1. None. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 14 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 15 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 16 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 17 A. Measurement and Payment 18 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 19 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 20 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 21 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 22 A. Schedule 23 1. Submit manuals in final form to the City within 30 calendar days of product 24 shipment to the project site. 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. All submittals shall be 27 approved by the City prior to delivery. 28 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29 A. Submittal Form 30 1. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by City personnel. 31 2. Format 32 a. Size: 8 ½ inches x 11 inches 33 b. Paper 34 1) 40 pound minimum, white, for typed pages 35 2) Holes reinforced with plastic, cloth or metal 36 c. Text: Manufacturer’s printed data, or neatly typewritten 37 01 78 23 - 2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 d. Drawings 1 1) Provide reinforced punched binder tab, bind in with text 2 2) Reduce larger drawings and fold to size of text pages. 3 e. Provide fly-leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating 4 equipment. 5 1) Provide typed description of product, and major component parts of 6 equipment. 7 2) Provide indexed tabs. 8 f. Cover 9 1) Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING AND 10 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS". 11 2) List: 12 a) Title of Project 13 b) Identity of separate structure as applicable 14 c) Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual 15 3. Binders 16 a. Commercial quality 3-ring binders with durable and cleanable plastic covers 17 b. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent 18 groupings. 19 4. If available, provide an electronic form of the O&M Manual. 20 B. Manual Content 21 1. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic order 22 a. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone number 23 b. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the volume 24 c. List, with each product: 25 1) The name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor or installer 26 2) A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of the 27 volume 28 3) Identify area of responsibility of each 29 4) Local source of supply for parts and replacement 30 d. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols as set 31 forth in Contract Documents. 32 2. Product Data 33 a. Include only those sheets which are pertinent to the specific product. 34 b. Annotate each sheet to: 35 1) Clearly identify specific product or part installed 36 2) Clearly identify data applicable to installation 37 3) Delete references to inapplicable information 38 3. Drawings 39 a. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly illustrate: 40 1) Relations of component parts of equipment and systems 41 2) Control and flow diagrams 42 b. Coordinate drawings with information in Project Record Documents to assure 43 correct illustration of completed installation. 44 c. Do not use Project Record Drawings as maintenance drawings. 45 4. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular installation: 46 a. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different procedures. 47 b. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. 48 01 78 23 - 3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 5. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued 1 a. Provide information sheet for City personnel giving: 2 1) Proper procedures in event of failure 3 2) Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds 4 C. Manual for Materials and Finishes 5 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 6 2. Content, for architectural products, applied materials and finishes: 7 a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 8 1) Catalog number, size, composition 9 2) Color and texture designations 10 3) Information required for reordering special manufactured products 11 b. Instructions for care and maintenance 12 1) Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods 13 2) Cautions against cleaning agents and methods which are detrimental to 14 product 15 3) Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance 16 3. Content, for moisture protection and weather exposure products: 17 a. Manufacturer's data, giving full information on products 18 1) Applicable standards 19 2) Chemical composition 20 3) Details of installation 21 b. Instructions for inspection, maintenance and repair 22 D. Manual for Equipment and Systems 23 1. Submit 5 copies of complete manual in final form. 24 2. Content, for each unit of equipment and system, as appropriate: 25 a. Description of unit and component parts 26 1) Function, normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions 27 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 28 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 29 b. Operating procedures 30 1) Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions 31 2) Regulation, control, stopping, shut-down and emergency instructions 32 3) Summer and winter operating instructions 33 4) Special operating instructions 34 c. Maintenance procedures 35 1) Routine operations 36 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 37 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 38 4) Alignment, adjusting and checking 39 d. Servicing and lubrication schedule 40 1) List of lubricants required 41 e. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 42 f. Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer 43 1) Predicted life of parts subject to wear 44 2) Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts 45 g. As installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer 46 h. Each contractor's coordination drawings 47 1) As installed color coded piping diagrams 48 01 78 23 - 4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 i. Charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve 1 j. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and 2 recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 3 k. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 4 3. Content, for each electric and electronic system, as appropriate: 5 a. Description of system and component parts 6 1) Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions 7 2) Performance curves, engineering data and tests 8 3) Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts 9 b. Circuit directories of panelboards 10 1) Electrical service 11 2) Controls 12 3) Communications 13 c. As installed color coded wiring diagrams 14 d. Operating procedures 15 1) Routine and normal operating instructions 16 2) Sequences required 17 3) Special operating instructions 18 e. Maintenance procedures 19 1) Routine operations 20 2) Guide to "trouble shooting" 21 3) Disassembly, repair and reassembly 22 4) Adjustment and checking 23 f. Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions 24 g. List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices, and 25 recommended quantities to be maintained in storage 26 h. Other data as required under pertinent Sections of Specifications 27 4. Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent 28 during instruction of City's personnel. 29 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 32 A. Provide operation and maintenance data by personnel with the following criteria: 33 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described products 34 2. Skilled as technical writer to the extent required to communicate essential data 35 3. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required drawings 36 01 78 23 - 5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 1 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 5 END OF SECTION 6 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8 01 78 39 - 1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 SECTION 01 78 39 1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Work associated with the documenting the project and recording changes to project 6 documents, including: 7 a. Record Drawings 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include, but are not necessarily limited to: 11 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms and Conditions of the Contract 12 2. Division 1 – General Requirements 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Work associated with this Item is considered incidental to the various Items bid. 16 No separate payment will be allowed for this Item. 17 1.3 REFERENCES [NOT USED] 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS 20 A. Prior to submitting a request for Final Inspection, deliver Project Record Documents to 21 Project Manager. 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 26 A. Accuracy of Records 27 1. Thoroughly coordinate changes within the Record Documents, making adequate 28 and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and 29 other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly. 30 2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future search for items shown in the Contract 31 Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project 32 Record Documents. 33 3. To facilitate accuracy of records, make entries within 24 hours after receipt of 34 information that the change has occurred. 35 01 78 39 - 2 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 4. Provide factual information regarding all aspects of the Work, both concealed and 1 visible, to enable future modification of the Work to proceed without lengthy and 2 expensive site measurement, investigation and examination. 3 1.10 STORAGE AND HANDLING 4 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 5 1. Maintain the job set of Record Documents, which shall include the Drawings and 6 the Project Manual, completely protected from deterioration and from loss and 7 damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final 8 Project Record Documents. 9 2. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data 10 to the City's approval. 11 a. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the 12 Contract Documents. 13 1.11 FIELD [SITE] CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16 2.1 OWNER-FURNISHED [OR] OWNER-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 2.2 RECORD DOCUMENTS 18 A. Job set 19 1. Promptly following receipt of the Notice to Proceed, secure from the City, at no 20 charge to the Contractor, 1 complete set of all Documents comprising the Contract. 21 B. Final Record Documents 22 1. At a time nearing the completion of the Work and prior to Final Inspection, provide 23 the City 1 complete set of all Final Record Drawings in the Contract. 24 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 25 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 26 PART 3 - EXECUTION 27 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 28 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 29 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 30 3.4 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTS 31 A. Maintenance of Job Set 32 1. Immediately upon receipt of the job set, identify each of the Documents with the 33 title, "RECORD DOCUMENTS - JOB SET". The Job set shall include the 34 Drawings and the Project Manual. 35 01 78 39 - 3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 2. Preservation 1 a. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions 2 upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, 3 and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a 4 suitable method for protecting the job set. 5 b. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review 6 by the City, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents. 7 c. Maintain the job set at the site of work. 8 3. Coordination with Construction Survey 9 a. At a minimum, in accordance with the intervals set forth in Section 01 71 23, 10 clearly mark any deviations from Contract Documents associated with 11 installation of the infrastructure. 12 4. Making entries on Drawings and Specifications 13 a. Record any deviations from Contract Documents on Drawings and in the 14 Specifications if applicable. 15 b. Use an erasable colored pencil (not ink or indelible pencil), clearly describe the 16 change by graphic line and note as required. 17 c. Date all entries. 18 d. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected. 19 e. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors for the overlapping 20 changes. 21 5. Conversion of schematic layouts 22 a. In some cases on the Drawings, arrangements of conduits, circuits, piping, 23 ducts, and similar items, are shown schematically and are not intended to 24 portray precise physical layout. 25 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 26 City's approval. 27 2) However, design of future modifications of the facility may require 28 accurate information as to the final physical layout of items which are 29 shown only schematically on the Drawings. 30 b. Show on the job set of Record Drawings, by dimension accurate to within 1 31 inch, the centerline of each run of items. 32 1) Final physical arrangement is determined by the Contractor, subject to the 33 City's approval. 34 2) Show, by symbol or note, the vertical location of the Item ("under slab", "in 35 ceiling plenum", "exposed", and the like). 36 3) Make all identification sufficiently descriptive that it may be related 37 reliably to the Specifications. 38 c. The City may waive the requirements for conversion of schematic layouts 39 where, in the City's judgment, conversion serves no useful purpose. However, 40 do not rely upon waivers being issued except as specifically issued in writing 41 by the City. 42 B. Final Project Record Documents 43 1. Transfer of data to Drawings and Specifications 44 a. Carefully transfer change data shown on the job set of Record Drawings and 45 Project Manual if applicable, to the corresponding final documents, 46 coordinating the changes as required. 47 b. Clearly indicate at each affected detail and other Drawing a full description of 48 changes made during construction, and the actual location of items. 49 01 78 39 - 4 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised September 20, 2018 c. Call attention to each entry by drawing a "cloud" around the area or areas 1 affected. 2 d. Make changes neatly, consistently and with the proper media to assure 3 longevity and clear reproduction. 4 2. Transfer of data to other Documents 5 a. If the Documents, other than Drawings, have been kept clean during progress of 6 the Work, and if entries thereon have been orderly to the approval of the City, 7 the job set of those Documents, other than Drawings, will be accepted as final 8 Record Documents. 9 b. If any such Document is not so approved by the City, secure a new copy of that 10 Document from the City at the City's usual charge for reproduction and 11 handling, and carefully transfer the change data to the new copy to the approval 12 of the City. 13 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION [NOT USED] 14 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 15 3.7 FIELD [OR] SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 17 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 18 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 19 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 20 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 21 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 22 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 23 END OF SECTION 24 25 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 26 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 02 41 13 1 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Removal and disposal of: 6 a. Steps 7 b. Fence 8 c. Guardrail 9 d. Mailbox 10 e. Riprap 11 f. Stormwater Structure 12 g. Retaining Walls Less Than 4 Feet 13 h. Retaining Walls Greater Than 4 Feet 14 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15 1. None. 16 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18 Contract. 19 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20 3. Section 02 41 14 – Utility Removal/Abandonment. 21 4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Removal of Stairs 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured per square foot of horizontal surfaces only of Removal of Stairs. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per square foot of horizontal surfaces only for Removal of Stairs. 31 c. The price bid shall include: 32 1) Removal of stairs constructed of any material (i.e. concrete, wood, metal, 33 etc) 34 2) Sawing 35 3) Loading 36 4) Unloading 37 5) Storing 38 6) Hauling 39 7) Disposal 40 8) Clean-up 41 9) Repair adjacent sidewalk or pavement damaged by the removal of steps 42 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Removal of Fence 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Fence. 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6 price bid per linear foot for Removal of Fence. 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) Removal of all post types 9 2) Removal of all fence types 10 3) Removal of all gate types 11 4) Removal of post foundations 12 5) Loading 13 6) Unloading 14 7) Storing 15 8) Hauling 16 9) Disposal 17 10) Clean-up 18 3. Removal of Guardrail 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Guardrail. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per linear foot for Removal of Guardrail. 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Removal of all post types 27 2) Removal of all guardrail types 28 3) Removal of post foundations 29 4) Removal of concrete mow strip 30 5) Removal of all end terminal types 31 6) Loading 32 7) Unloading 33 8) Storing 34 9) Hauling 35 10) Disposal 36 11) Clean-up 37 4. Removal of Mailbox 38 a. Measurement 39 1) Measured per each Removal of Mailbox. 40 b. Payment 41 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 42 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 43 price bid per each for Removal of Mailbox. 44 c. The price bid shall include: 45 1) Removal of all post types 46 2) Removal of post foundations 47 3) Removal of all mailbox types 48 4) Removal of mailbox bank 49 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 5) Removal of all brick, concrete block, stone façade, or any other decorative 1 and structural material used to construct a mailbox 2 6) Temporary mailbox, mailbox bank, or other form of mail access 3 7) Coordination with USPS and property owner 4 8) Loading 5 9) Unloading 6 10) Storing 7 11) Hauling 8 12) Salvaging or disposal 9 13) Clean-up 10 5. Removal of Riprap 11 a. Measurement 12 1) Measured per square yard of Removal of Riprap 13 b. Payment 14 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16 price bid per square yard for Removal of Riprap. 17 c. The price bid shall include: 18 1) Removal of all rock at all sizes and types 19 2) Removal of concrete at all depths 20 3) Removal of reinforcing 21 4) Removal of grout 22 5) Removal of bedding material and filter fabric 23 6) Loading 24 7) Unloading 25 8) Storing 26 9) Hauling 27 10) Salvaging or disposal 28 11) Clean-up 29 6. Removal of Stormwater Structure 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measured per each Removal of Stormwater Structure 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35 price bid per each for Removal of Stormwater Structure. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Removal of all headwalls, wingwalls, and end treatments at all sizes and 38 types 39 2) Removal of concrete at all depths 40 3) Removal of reinforcing 41 4) Removal of grout 42 5) Removal of bedding material and filter fabric 43 6) Loading 44 7) Unloading 45 8) Storing 46 9) Hauling 47 10) Backfilling 48 11) Salvaging or disposal 49 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 12) Clean-up 1 7. Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet 2 a. Measurement 3 1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet. 4 b. Payment 5 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7 price bid per linear foot for Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet. 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Removal of footings of all types and depths 10 2) Removal of wall 11 3) Removal of reinforcing 12 4) Shoring wall construction and design (if needed) 13 5) Loading 14 6) Unloading 15 7) Storing 16 8) Hauling 17 9) Salvaging or disposal 18 10) Clean-up 19 8. Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 Feet 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per linear foot of Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 22 Feet. 23 b. Payment 24 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26 price bid per linear foot for Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 27 Feet. 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Removal of footings of all types and depths 30 2) Removal of wall 31 3) Removal of reinforcing 32 4) Shoring wall construction and design (if needed) 33 5) Loading 34 6) Unloading 35 7) Storing 36 8) Hauling 37 9) Salvaging or disposal 38 10) Clean-up 39 1.3 REFERENCES 40 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 41 1. MUTCD – Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 42 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 43 A. Sequencing 44 45 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1. Sidewalk Construction 1 a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 2 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 3 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 4 route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 5 engineer to City for review. 6 2) The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 7 Control items included with the project. 8 b. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 9 State, and local guidelines. 10 c. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 11 1.5 SUBMITTALS 12 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 13 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 14 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 15 A. Shop Drawings 16 1. Temporary Shoring Design 17 a. Submit a temporary shoring design for review and approval prior to removal of 18 retaining walls or any other removal activities requiring a shoring wall. 19 b. The design of a shoring wall is considered subsidiary to the appropriate bid 20 item. 21 c. Provide a signed and sealed shoring wall design by an engineer licensed in the 22 state of Texas for all shoring walls unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 23 or directed by City. 24 B. Informational Submittal 25 1. Equipment Information 26 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 27 1) Equipment name 28 2) Size 29 3) Intended use 30 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 31 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 32 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 33 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 34 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 35 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 36 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 37 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 38 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 39 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 1 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 4 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 5 3.3 PREPARATION 6 A. Surface Preparation 7 1. Verify all removal limits prior to construction unless otherwise directed by the City. 8 3.4 SITE DEMOLITION 9 A. Disposal of materials 10 1. Accept ownership and dispose of all materials removed. 11 2. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 12 regulations. 13 3. The disposal of any material removed as part of Selective Site Demolition is 14 considered subsidiary to the applicable items. 15 B. Removal of Stairs 16 1. Sawing 17 a. Perform sawing activities for concrete paving and sidewalk in accordance with 18 Section 02 41 15. 19 2. Minimum Limits of Stair Removal 20 a. If adjacent stairs are to remain, remove stair to the nearest whole stair. Do not 21 saw cut an existing stair. 22 b. If stairs to be removed are adjacent to a sidewalk, remove stairs to the nearest 23 sidewalk joint. 24 C. Removal of Fence 25 1. Remove all fence components above and below ground. 26 2. Backfill holes with acceptable fill material. 27 3. Compact per Drawings. 28 4. Use caution in removing any fence material. 29 5. Coordinate with property owners as needed to maintain a fenced area at all times 30 especially when animals are kept within the fencing. 31 6. Contractor is responsible for maintaining fencing and installing temporary fencing 32 as needed during construction. 33 7. Contractor is responsible for providing fencing at all times. 34 8. Installing and removing temporary fencing when necessary is subsidiary to 35 Removal of Fence. 36 D. Removal of Guardrail 37 1. Remove rail elements in original lengths. 38 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Remove fittings from the posts and the metal rail prior to removing the posts. Once 1 the fittings and metal railing is removed, remove the posts. 2 3. Remove and replace any guardrail to remain that is damaged during construction 3 activities at no cost to the City. 4 4. Completely remove posts and any paving material surrounding the posts. 5 5. Backfill any holes with acceptable fill material. 6 E. Removal of Mailbox 7 1. Advance Coordination: 8 a. Coordinate with property owner prior to removal of mailbox. 9 b. Coordinate with local post office prior to removal. Provide approach and access 10 space in accordance to post office requirements. 11 c. Provide the City and the property owner with a written confirmation of the 12 timeframe. 13 2. For non-custom or decorative postal mailboxes, salvage existing materials for 14 reuse. 15 3. For all custom and/or decorative mailboxes: 16 a. Replace the custom mailbox with a standard post office approved mailbox. No 17 custom mailboxes will be constructed unless specified in the Drawings or 18 directed by the City. 19 b. If property owner wishes to remove or salvage a custom mailbox, determine an 20 agreed upon timeframe with the City, the Contractor, and the property owner 21 for removal. 22 4. The Contractor is responsible for providing a temporary mailbox during 23 construction for any mailbox that is proposed to be removed and relocated, 24 reinstalled, or replaced. 25 5. Maintain mailbox and/or mail delivery for duration of project. No separate pay will 26 be provided. 27 F. Removal of Riprap 28 1. Remove concrete riprap to the nearest joint. 29 2. Conform to concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 30 G. Removal of Stormwater Structure 31 1. Remove entire structure or to the nearest joint as specified in the Drawings. 32 2. Removal includes all components of the stormwater structure including footings, 33 toe walls, and mitered RCP ends. 34 a. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 35 b. In accordance with utility pipe removal requirements in Section 02 41 14. 36 3. Provide temporary erosion control protection for adjacent side slopes, drainage 37 channels, and ditches. Temporary erosion control is considered subsidiary to the 38 Removal of Stormwater Structures. 39 4. Repair any portion of remaining structure that is damaged as a result of removal 40 activities. 41 5. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 42 6. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 43 approved in writing by City. 44 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 7. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 1 limits. 2 8. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the 3 stormwater structure. 4 H. Removal of Retaining Wall Less Than 4 Feet 5 1. Any decorative or landscape retaining wall within the City’s right-of-way will not 6 be replaced unless required for grading purposes. 7 2. A retaining wall is required if the slope to tie back to existing ground within the 8 City’s right-of-way is steeper than 4:1. 9 3. If a retaining wall is required: 10 a. Determine if a retaining wall is required before removing any decorative or 11 landscape retaining walls. 12 b. Request approval from City before removing decorative or landscape retaining 13 wall. 14 4. If a retaining wall is not required: 15 a. Remove any decorative or landscape retaining wall within the City’s right-of-16 way and re-grade to a maximum of 4:1 slope. 17 b. Do not replace the decorative or landscape retaining wall. 18 5. Remove wall to the nearest existing joint where possible. If not possible, obtain 19 approval from the City for removal limits. 20 6. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 21 7. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall. 22 8. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 23 9. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 24 approved in writing. 25 10. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 26 limits. 27 11. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the retaining 28 wall. 29 12. Construct an approved shoring wall when necessary to provide a safe environment 30 for workers and the travelling public. 31 I. Removal of Retaining Wall Greater Than 4 Feet 32 1. Remove wall to the nearest existing joint. 33 2. In accordance with concrete sawing requirements in Section 02 41 15. 34 3. Removal includes all components of the retaining wall including footings. 35 4. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 36 5. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment unless 37 approved in writing. 38 6. Use pneumatic or hydraulic tools for final removal of concrete at the removal 39 limits. 40 7. Use removal equipment that will not damage any remaining portion of the retaining 41 wall. 42 8. Construct an approved shoring wall when necessary to provide a safe environment 43 for workers and the travelling public. 44 02 41 13 SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.5 REPAIR 1 A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to Selective Site 2 Demolition activities: 3 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 4 2. Adjacent sidewalk 5 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 6 4. Remining portions of stormwater structures 7 5. Remaining portions of retaining walls 8 6. Subgrade or base material 9 7. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 10 8. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 11 9. Landscape beds or planters 12 10. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 13 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 18 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 20 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 21 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22 END OF SECTION 23 24 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 25 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 1 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 02 41 14 1 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Removal, abandonment, or salvaging of the following utilities: 6 a. General Utility Items: 7 1) Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill – Water, Sanitary Sewer, 8 Stormwater 9 2) Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench – Water, Sanitary Sewer, 10 Stormwater 11 3) Utility Line Removal, Same Trench – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 12 4) Utility Manhole Abandonment – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 13 5) Utility Manhole Removal – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 14 6) Plugging of Utility Lines – Water, Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 15 7) Utility Junction Structure Removal – Sanitary Sewer, Stormwater 16 b. Water Specific Items: 17 1) Water Valve Removal 18 2) Water Valve Removal and Salvage 19 3) Water Valve Abandonment 20 4) Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 21 5) Water Meter Removal and Salvage 22 6) Concrete Water Vault Removal 23 7) Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 24 c. Stormwater Specific Items: 25 1) Stormwater Inlet Removal 26 2) Headwall/SET Removal 27 3) Trench Drain Removal 28 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 29 1. None. 30 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 31 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 32 Contract. 33 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 34 3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 35 4. Section 33 05 15 – Installation of Carrier Pipe in Casing or Tunnel Liner Plate. 36 5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 37 6. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 38 7. Section 33 14 10 – Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings. 39 8. Section 33 14 12 – Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar-Wrapped Steel Cylinder Type. 40 9. Section 33 14 13 – Buried Steel Pipe 41 42 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 2 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1 A. Measurement and Payment 2 1. General Utility Items 3 a. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill 4 1) Measurement 5 a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line 6 to be abandoned. 7 2) Payment 8 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 9 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 10 at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Grout Fill Utility Line” for: 11 (1) Various Sizes. 12 3) The price bid shall include: 13 a) Dewatering (as required) 14 b) Disposal of sewage (as required) 15 c) Furnishing and installing low density cellular grout or CLSM 16 d) Water 17 e) Pavement Removal 18 f) Excavation 19 g) Hauling 20 h) Disposal of excess materials 21 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 22 j) Clean-up 23 b. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 24 1) Measurement 25 a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing utility line 26 to be removed. 27 2) Payment 28 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 29 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 30 at the unit price bid per linear foot for “Remove Utility Line” for: 31 (1) Various Sizes. 32 3) The price bid shall include: 33 a) Dewatering (as required) 34 b) Disposal of sewage (as required) 35 c) Pavement Removal 36 d) Excavation 37 e) Hauling 38 f) Disposal of excess materials 39 g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40 h) Clean-up 41 c. Utility Line Removal, Same Trench 42 1) Measurement 43 a) This item is considered subsidiary to the proposed utility line being 44 installed. 45 2) Payment 46 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 47 item are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe 48 installed. 49 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 3 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Utility Manhole Abandonment 1 1) Measurement 2 a) Measured per each manhole to be abandoned. 3 2) Payment 4 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 5 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 6 at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Utility Manhole” for: 7 (1) Various diameters. 8 3) The price bid shall include: 9 a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 10 b) Removal and disposal of manhole cone 11 c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover 12 d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 13 e) Concrete 14 f) Sand 15 g) Pavement removal 16 h) Excavation 17 i) Hauling 18 j) Disposal of excess materials 19 k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 20 l) Surface restoration 21 m) Clean-up 22 e. Utility Manhole Removal 23 1) Measurement 24 a) Measured per each manhole to be removed. 25 2) Payment 26 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 27 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 28 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Utility Manhole” for: 29 (1) Various diameters. 30 3) The price bid shall include: 31 a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 32 b) Removal and disposal of manhole 33 c) Removal and disposal of frame and cover 34 d) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 35 e) Pavement removal 36 f) Excavation 37 g) Hauling 38 h) Disposal of excess materials 39 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 40 j) Surface restoration 41 k) Clean-up 42 f. Plugging of Utility Lines 43 1) Measurement 44 a) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 45 2) Payment 46 a) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with 47 this item shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Utility Line 48 Plugging”. 49 50 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 4 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3) The price bid shall include: 1 a) Furnishing and installing all utility line pressure plugs 2 b) Furnishing and installing all utility line abandonment plugs 3 c) Ductile iron fittings (for pressure plugs) 4 d) Gaskets (for pressure plugs) 5 e) Nuts and bolts (for pressure plugs) 6 f) Pavement removal 7 g) Excavation 8 h) Hauling 9 i) Disposal of excess material 10 j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment 11 k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 12 l) Disinfection (for pressure plugs) 13 m) Testing (for pressure plugs) 14 n) CLSM (for abandonment plugs) 15 o) Clean-up 16 g. Utility Junction Structure Removal 17 1) Measurement 18 a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed. 19 2) Payment 20 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 21 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 22 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Utility Junction Structure”. 23 3) The price bid shall include: 24 a) Disposal of sewage (as required) 25 b) Removal and disposal of junction structure 26 c) Removal and disposal of frames and covers 27 d) Removal and disposal of hatches 28 e) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 29 f) Pavement removal 30 g) Excavation 31 h) Hauling 32 i) Disposal of excess materials 33 j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 34 k) Surface restoration 35 l) Clean-up 36 2. Water Specific Items 37 a. Water Valve Removal 38 1) Measurement 39 a) Measured per each water valve to be removed. 40 2) Payment 41 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 42 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 43 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Water Valve” for: 44 (1) Various sizes. 45 3) The price bid shall include: 46 a) Removal and disposal of valve 47 b) Removal and disposal of valve box 48 c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 49 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 5 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings 1 (if required) 2 e) CLSM 3 f) Pavement removal 4 g) Excavation 5 h) Hauling 6 i) Disposal of excess materials 7 j) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 8 k) Clean-up 9 b. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 10 1) Measurement 11 a) Measured per each water valve to be removed and salvaged. 12 2) Payment 13 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 14 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 15 at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Valve” for: 16 (1) Various sizes. 17 3) The price bid shall include: 18 a) Removal and salvage of valve 19 b) Removal and disposal of valve box 20 c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 21 d) Removal and disposal of water manhole, frame, cover, and grade rings 22 (if required) 23 e) CLSM 24 f) Delivery to City 25 g) Pavement removal 26 h) Excavation 27 i) Hauling 28 j) Disposal of excess materials 29 k) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 30 l) Clean-up 31 c. Water Valve Abandonment 32 1) Measurement 33 a) Measured per each water valve to be abandoned. 34 2) Payment 35 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 36 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 37 at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Water Valve” for: 38 (1) Various sizes. 39 3) The price bid shall include: 40 a) Abandonment of valve 41 b) Removal and disposal of valve box 42 c) Removal and disposal of water sampling station (if required) 43 d) CLSM 44 e) Pavement removal 45 f) Excavation 46 g) Hauling 47 h) Disposal of excess materials 48 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 49 j) Clean-up 50 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 6 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 1 1) Measurement 2 a) Measured per each fired hydrant to be removed and salvaged. 3 2) Payment 4 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 5 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 6 at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Fire Hydrant”. 7 3) The price bid shall include: 8 a) Removal of fire hydrant 9 b) Salvage of fire hydrant (if required) 10 c) Delivery to City (if required) 11 d) Disposal of fire hydrant (if required) 12 e) Pavement removal 13 f) Excavation 14 g) Hauling 15 h) Disposal of excess materials 16 i) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 17 j) Clean-up 18 e. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 19 1) Measurement 20 a) Measured per each water meter to be removed and salvaged. 21 2) Payment 22 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 23 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 24 at the unit price bid per each “Salvage Water Meter”. 25 3) The price bid shall include: 26 a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and 27 salvage of water meter 28 b) Removal of existing water meter box 29 c) Salvage of existing water meter lid and delivery to City 30 d) Pavement removal 31 e) Excavation 32 f) Hauling 33 g) Disposal of excess materials 34 h) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 35 i) Clean-up 36 f. Concrete Water Vault Removal 37 1) Measurement 38 a) Measured per each junction structure to be removed. 39 2) Payment 40 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 41 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for 42 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Concrete Water Vault”. 43 3) The price bid shall include: 44 a) Coordination with City for City performed disconnection, removal, and 45 salvage of water meter (if applicable) 46 b) Removal, salvage, and delivery of valves/meters to City (if applicable) 47 c) Removal and disposal of all piping, fittings, and other appurtenances (if 48 applicable) 49 d) Removal and disposal of manhole 50 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 7 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 e) Removal and disposal of vault 1 f) Removal and disposal of hatches 2 g) Cutting and plugging of existing utility lines 3 h) Pavement removal 4 i) Excavation 5 j) Hauling 6 k) Disposal of excess materials 7 l) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 8 m) Surface restoration 9 n) Clean-up 10 g. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 11 1) Measurement 12 a) Measured per each cathodic test station to be abandoned. 13 2) Payment 14 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 15 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 16 at the unit price bid per each “Abandon Cathodic Test Station”. 17 3) The price bid shall include: 18 a) Abandon cathodic test station 19 b) CLSM 20 c) Pavement removal 21 d) Excavation 22 e) Hauling 23 f) Disposal of excess materials 24 g) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 25 h) Clean-up 26 3. Stormwater Specific Items 27 a. Stormwater Inlet Removal 28 1) Measurement 29 a) Measured per each stormwater inlet to be removed. 30 2) Payment 31 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 32 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 33 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Storm Inlet”. 34 3) The price bid shall include: 35 a) Removal and disposal of inlet 36 b) Pavement removal 37 c) Excavation 38 d) Hauling 39 e) Disposal of excess materials 40 f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 41 g) Clean-up 42 b. Headwall/SET Removal 43 1) Measurement 44 a) Measured per each headwall or safety end treatment (SET) to be 45 removed. 46 2) Payment 47 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 48 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 49 at the unit price bid per each “Remove Headwall/SET”. 50 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 8 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3) The price bid shall include: 1 a) Removal and disposal of Headwall/SET 2 b) Pavement removal 3 c) Excavation 4 d) Hauling 5 e) Disposal of excess materials 6 f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 7 g) Clean-up 8 c. Trench Drain Removal 9 1) Measurement 10 a) Measured horizontally along the ground surface of existing trench drain 11 to be removed. 12 2) Payment 13 a) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this 14 item and measured as provided under “Measurement” shall be paid for 15 at the unit price bid per linear foot of “Remove Trench Drain”. 16 3) The price bid shall include: 17 a) Removal and disposal of trench drain 18 b) Pavement removal 19 c) Excavation 20 d) Hauling 21 e) Disposal of excess materials 22 f) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of backfill 23 g) Clean-up 24 1.3 REFERENCES 25 A. Abbreviations 26 1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 27 B. Definitions 28 1. Pressure Plug – Plugging of an existing pressurized pipeline to remain in service 29 with fitting, blind flange, or welded plug, as applicable. 30 2. Abandonment Plug – Plugging of an existing gravity or pressurized pipeline to be 31 abandoned with CLSM. 32 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 33 A. Coordination 34 1. Contact Project Manager and Water Utilities for coordination of salvaged material 35 return. 36 1.5 SUBMITTALS 37 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 38 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 39 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 40 A. Special Procedure Submittals 41 1. Utility Abandonment by Grout Fill Plan: 42 a. Grout fill narrative 43 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 9 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Grout port locations 1 c. Calculations demonstrating proposed volume of grout 2 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 6 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 7 1. Protect and salvage all materials such that no damage occurs during delivery to 8 City. 9 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 10 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 12 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 13 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 14 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 15 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 16 PART 3 - EXECUTION 17 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 18 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 19 3.3 PREPARATION 20 A. Coordinate with Water Utilities prior to abandonment of existing water or sanitary 21 sewer lines to determine whether all existing services have been removed. 22 3.4 REMOVAL, SALVAGE, AND ABANDONMENT 23 A. General Utility Items 24 1. Utility Line Abandonment by Grout Fill 25 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 26 b. Dewater existing line to be grouted. 27 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be grouted for sanitary sewer lines. 28 d. Fill line with Low Density Cellular Grout in accordance with Section 33 05 15 29 or CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 30 e. Dispose of any excess material. 31 2. Utility Line Removal, Separate Trench 32 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 33 b. Dewater existing line to be removed. 34 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 10 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing line to be removed for sanitary sewer 1 lines. 2 d. Cut any service, lateral, or main connections prior to removal. 3 e. Remove existing utility line and properly dispose of as approved by City. 4 3. Utility Manhole Abandonment 5 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 6 b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, grade rings, and manhole cone 7 section. 8 c. Cut and plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with 2000 psi concrete in 9 accordance with Section 03 30 00. 10 d. Backfill manhole with utility sand in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 11 4. Utility Manhole Removal 12 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 13 b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, and grade rings. 14 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes. 15 d. Demolish and remove entire concrete manhole. 16 e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs. 17 5. Plugging of Utility Lines 18 a. Water Line Pressure Plugs 19 1) Ductile Iron and PVC C900 Water Lines 20 a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 21 b) Plug line with MJ Plug with mechanical restraint and blocking in 22 accordance with Section 33 14 10. 23 2) Concrete Pressure Pipe, Bar Wrapped, Steel Cylinder Type Water Lines 24 a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 25 b) Plug line using: 26 (1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 27 33 14 12; or 28 (2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 12. 29 3) Buried Steel Water Lines 30 a) Excavate, embed, and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 31 b) Plug line using: 32 (1) Fabricated plug restrained by welding in accordance with Section 33 33 14 13; or 34 (2) Blind flange in accordance with Section 33 14 13. 35 b. Utility Line Abandonment Plugs 36 1) Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 37 2) Dispose of any sewage for sanitary sewer lines. 38 3) Install bulkhead sufficient to retain CLSM plug before it has cured. 39 4) Backfill trench adjacent to pipe plug with CLSM to top of pipe. 40 5) Plug minimum 2 feet of existing pipe with CLSM in accordance with 41 Section 03 34 14. 42 a) Pressure plugs may be used for water line abandonment plugs as an 43 acceptable alternative. 44 6. Utility Junction Structure Removal 45 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 46 b. Remove and dispose of existing frame, cover, hatch, and grade rings. 47 c. Dispose of any sewage from existing manhole for sanitary sewer manholes. 48 d. Demolish and remove entire concrete structure. 49 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 11 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 e. Plug existing service, lateral, and main lines with abandonment plugs. 1 B. Water Items 2 1. Water Valve Removal 3 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 4 b. Remove and dispose of valve box. 5 c. Remove and dispose of valve bonnet, wedge, and stem. 6 d. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 7 2. Water Valve Removal and Salvage 8 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 9 b. Remove and dispose of valve box. 10 c. Remove valve bonnet, wedge, and stem, and deliver to the City as directed by 11 City Inspector. 12 d. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 13 e. Fill valve body with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 14 3. Water Valve Abandonment 15 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 16 b. Remove the top 2 feet of the valve stack and any valve extensions. 17 c. Fill the remaining valve stack with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 18 4. Fire Hydrant Removal and Salvage 19 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 20 b. Remove fire hydrant. 21 c. Install abandonment plug on fire hydrant lead line. 22 d. Deliver salvaged fire hydrant to the City as directed by City. 23 e. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 24 5. Water Meter Removal and Salvage 25 a. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter. 26 1) Contractor shall not remove water meter. 27 b. Remove and dispose of curb stop, and meter boxes. 28 c. Remove and salvage meter box lid and deliver to City as directed by City 29 Inspector. 30 d. Crimp abandoned service lines. 31 e. Backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 32 6. Concrete Water Vault Removal 33 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 34 b. Coordinate with City to have City remove and salvage water meter if 35 applicable. 36 1) Contractor shall not remove water meter. 37 c. Remove and salvage valve, if applicable. 38 d. Remove and salvage vault lid. 39 e. Remove and salvage test stations. 40 f. Protect salvaged materials from damage. 41 g. Remove and dispose of piping and other appurtenances. 42 h. Deliver salvaged material to City as directed by City Inspector. 43 i. Demolish and remove entire concrete water vault. 44 j. Plug existing service and main lines with abandonment plugs. 45 k. Dispose of excess materials. 46 7. Cathodic Test Station Abandonment 47 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 48 02 41 14 UTILITY REMOVAL AND ABANDONMENT Page 12 of 12 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Remove top 2 feet of the cathodic test station stack and contents. 1 c. Fill any remaining voids with CLSM in accordance with Section 03 34 13. 2 C. Stormwater Items 3 1. Stormwater Inlet Removal 4 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 5 b. Demolish and remove entire concrete inlet. 6 c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs. 7 2. Headwall/SET Removal 8 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 9 b. Demolish and remove concrete headwall/SET. 10 c. Plug existing lateral and main lines with abandonment plugs. 11 3. Trench Drain Removal 12 a. Excavate and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 13 b. Remove and dispose of existing pipe. 14 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 24 END OF SECTION 25 26 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 27 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 1 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 02 41 15 1 PAVING REMOVAL 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Construction methods for 6 a. Remove Concrete Pavement 7 b. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 8 c. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 9 d. Remove Sidewalk 10 e. Remove Curb Ramp 11 f. Remove Asphalt Pavement 12 g. Remove Driveway 13 h. Remove Brick Pavers 14 i. Remove Permeable Pavers 15 j. Wedge Milling 16 k. Surface Milling 17 l. Butt Joint Milling 18 m. Pavement Pulverization 19 n. Obliterate Abandoned Road 20 o. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching 21 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 22 1. None. 23 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 24 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 25 Contract. 26 2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 27 3. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Control. 28 4. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Pavement Repair. 29 5. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 30 6. Section 32 11 33 – Cement Treated Base Courses. 31 7. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control. 32 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 33 A. Measurement and Payment 34 1. Remove Concrete Pavement 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 37 concrete to edge of concrete for existing concrete pavement for all 38 thicknesses. 39 b. Payment 40 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 2 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per square yard for “Remove Concrete Pavement.” 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Sawing and breaking the material 5 2) Removal of monolithic concrete curb and concrete pavement 6 3) Loading 7 4) Unloading 8 5) Storing 9 6) Hauling 10 7) Salvaging or disposing 11 8) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete 12 2. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 13 a. Measurement 14 1) Measured per linear foot of “Remove Curb and Gutter.” 15 b. Payment 16 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18 price bid per linear foot for “Remove Curb and Gutter.” 19 c. The price bid shall include: 20 1) Sawing and breaking the material 21 2) Removal of concrete curb and gutter 22 3) Cleaning 23 4) Loading 24 5) Unloading 25 6) Storing 26 7) Hauling 27 8) Salvaging or disposing 28 9) Repair adjacent pavement and curb and gutter damaged by the removal of 29 curb and gutter 30 3. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 31 a. Measurement 32 1) Measured per square yard of “Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.” 33 b. Payment 34 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36 price bid per square yard for “Remove Concrete Valley Gutter.” 37 c. The price bid shall include: 38 1) Sawing and breaking the material 39 2) Removal of concrete valley gutter 40 3) Cleaning 41 4) Loading 42 5) Unloading 43 6) Storing 44 7) Hauling 45 8) Salvaging or disposing 46 9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of concrete valley 47 gutter 48 49 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 3 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. Remove Sidewalk 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Sidewalk.” 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6 price bid per square foot for “Remove Sidewalk.” 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) The removal of integral sidewalk walls 9 2) The removal of landscape walls adjacent to sidewalk less than 3 feet in 10 height 11 3) Sawing and breaking the material 12 4) Cleaning 13 5) Loading 14 6) Unloading 15 7) Storing 16 8) Hauling 17 9) Salvaging or disposing 18 10) Repair to adjacent curb or curb and gutter damaged by the removal of 19 sidewalk 20 5. Remove Curb Ramp 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measured per each of “Remove Curb Ramp.” 23 b. Payment 24 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26 price bid per each for “Remove Curb Ramp” for: 27 a) Various types. 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Removal of curb ramp, curb ramp curbs, flares, and detectable warning tiles 30 2) Sawing and breaking the material 31 3) Loading 32 4) Unloading 33 5) Storing 34 6) Hauling 35 7) Salvaging or disposing 36 8) Repair to adjacent curb, curb and gutter, or sidewalk damaged by the 37 removal of curb ramp 38 6. Remove Asphalt Pavement 39 a. Measurement 40 1) Measured per square yard from gutter edge to gutter edge or edge to edge 41 of existing asphalt pavement for all thicknesses. 42 b. Payment 43 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 44 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 45 price bid per square yard for “Remove Asphalt Pavement.” 46 c. The price bid shall include: 47 1) Sawing 48 2) Breaking the material 49 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 4 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3) Removal of asphalt pavement 1 4) Loading 2 5) Unloading 3 6) Storing 4 7) Hauling 5 8) Salvaging or disposing 6 9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of asphalt 7 7. Remove Driveway 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Driveway.” 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13 price bid per square foot for “Remove Driveway” for: 14 a) Various pavement types (gravel, concrete, asphalt, pavers). 15 c. The price bid shall include: 16 1) Sawing 17 2) Breaking the material 18 3) Removal of driveway material 19 4) Loading 20 5) Unloading 21 6) Storing 22 7) Hauling 23 8) Salvaging or disposing 24 9) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of the driveway 25 8. Remove Brick Pavers 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Brick Pavers.” 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31 price bid per square foot for “Remove Brick Pavers.” 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Full-depth removal of bricks and any brick base material to existing 34 subgrade. 35 2) Sawing 36 3) Breaking the material 37 4) Removal of brick pavers 38 5) Cleaning 39 6) Loading 40 7) Unloading 41 8) Storing 42 9) Hauling 43 10) Disposal 44 11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required 45 12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of bricks 46 9. Remove Permeable Pavers 47 a. Measurement 48 1) Measured per square foot of “Remove Permeable Pavers.” 49 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 5 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per square foot for “Remove Permeable Pavers.” 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Full-depth removal of any permeable pavers and paver base material to 6 existing subgrade or compacted soil. 7 2) Sawing 8 3) Breaking the material 9 4) Removal of permeable pavers 10 5) Cleaning 11 6) Loading 12 7) Unloading 13 8) Storing 14 9) Hauling 15 10) Disposal 16 11) Salvage and delivery to City, if required 17 12) Repair adjacent pavement damaged by the removal of permeable pavers 18 10. Wedge Milling 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measured per square yard of “Wedge Milling.” 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per square yard for “Wedge Milling.” 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Milling 27 2) Rolling 28 3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 29 4) Cleaning 30 5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 31 6) Loading 32 7) Unloading 33 8) Storing 34 9) Hauling 35 10) Salvaging or disposing 36 11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by wedge milling 37 11. Surface Milling 38 a. Measurement 39 1) Measured square yard of “Surface Milling.” 40 b. Payment 41 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 42 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 43 price bid per square yard for “Surface Milling.” 44 c. The price bid shall include: 45 1) Milling 46 2) Rolling 47 3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 48 4) Cleaning 49 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 6 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 1 6) Loading 2 7) Unloading 3 8) Storing 4 9) Hauling 5 10) Salvaging or disposing 6 11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by surface milling 7 12. Butt Joint Milling 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measured per linear foot of “Butt Milling.” 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13 price bid per linear feet for “Butt Milling.” 14 c. The price bid shall include: 15 1) Milling 16 2) Rolling 17 3) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 18 4) Cleaning 19 5) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 20 6) Loading 21 7) Unloading 22 8) Storing 23 9) Hauling 24 10) Salvaging or disposing 25 11) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by butt milling 26 13. Pavement Pulverization 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measured per square yard of “Pavement Pulverization.” 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid per square yard for “Pavement Pulverization.” 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Pulverization 35 2) Base undercutting 36 3) Mixing and compaction 37 4) Surface treatments as specified in the Drawings 38 5) Sweeping and cleaning remaining pavement 39 6) Temporary removal and stockpiling of pulverized material 40 7) Loading 41 8) Unloading 42 9) Storing 43 10) Hauling 44 11) Salvaging or disposing 45 12) Repair to adjacent pavement damaged by pavement pulverization 46 14. Obliterate Abandoned Road 47 a. Measurement 48 1) Measured per square yard of “Obliterate Abandoned Road.” 49 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 7 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per square yard for “Obliterate Abandoned Road.” 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Salvaging and replacing topsoil 6 2) Furnishing and installing any new topsoil 7 3) Removal of abandoned structures within the roadway 8 4) Scarifying, mixing, and shaping abandoned roadway 9 5) Sodding 10 6) Removal of any material or items specified under Obliterate 11 7) Loading 12 8) Unloading 13 9) Storing 14 10) Hauling 15 11) Salvaging or disposing 16 12) Clean-up 17 15. Pavement Removal for Utility Trenching 18 a. Measurement 19 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the installation of water, wastewater, 20 or stormwater piping. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23 are subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water, wastewater, or 24 stormwater piping installed. 25 1.3 REFERENCES 26 A. Abbreviations 27 1. HMA – Hot-mix Asphalt 28 B. Reference Standards 29 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31 unless a date is specifically cited. 32 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 33 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 34 A. Sequencing 35 1. Sidewalk Construction 36 a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 37 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 38 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 39 route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 40 engineer to the City for review. 41 b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 42 Control items included with the project. 43 c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 44 State, and local guidelines. 45 d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 46 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 8 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Pavement Removal 1 a. Install traffic control devices prior to removal of pavement per the Drawings. 2 b. If no traffic control plan is provided, submit a traffic control plan that has been 3 signed and sealed by a registered professional engineer to the City for review. 4 B. Pre-removal Meeting 5 1. Hold a preinstallation meeting prior to performing any tasks included under Paving 6 Removal. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. The following items will 7 be reviewed and discussed at the meeting: 8 a. All removal limits for any pavement to be removed 9 b. Concrete paving removal method 10 1.5 SUBMITTALS 11 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 12 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 13 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 14 A. Informational Submittal: 15 1. Equipment Information 16 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 17 1) Equipment name 18 2) Size 19 3) Intended use 20 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 24 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 25 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 26 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 28 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 29 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 30 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31 PART 3 - EXECUTION 32 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 33 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 34 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 9 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.3 PREPARATION 1 A. Site Preparation 2 1. Mark all pavement removal limits prior to construction. 3 2. City will review and provide direction to Contractor, regarding proposed limits 4 prior to saw cutting, milling, or any other pavement removal activities. 5 3. For maintenance projects, the City will mark the limits of Paving Removal prior to 6 construction. 7 3.4 PAVEMENT REMOVAL 8 A. Sawing 9 1. Full-depth saw cut all pavement to be removed. 10 2. Make a clean, smooth cut producing a groove 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch wide and full 11 depth. 12 3. Any saw cut wider than 1/4 inch will not be accepted. 13 4. Re-saw pavement edge after pavement is removed as many times as necessary to 14 provide a smooth, neat, straight pavement edge free from chips or gouges. 15 Contractor to re-saw a minimum of one time. 16 5. If a saw cut falls within 5 feet of an existing joint, pavement edge, or edge of gutter, 17 remove paving to the nearest joint, pavement edge, or gutter edge. 18 6. Minimize dust and residue from entering the atmosphere by using water, vacuums, 19 or other approved dust reducing measures. 20 7. Utilize erosion control measures to prevent dust and residue from entering the 21 storm drain system in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 22 8. Use care to prevent fracturing or spalling of adjacent existing pavement. Repair any 23 damage done to the existing pavement due to saw cutting or pavement removal in 24 accordance with Sections 32 01 17 or 32 01 29 at no cost to the City. 25 B. Remove Concrete Paving 26 1. Saw Cut 27 a. In accordance with this Section. 28 2. Minimum Limits of Removal 29 a. Parallel to the Centerline 30 1) Minimum cut along street path is: 31 a) 5 feet in total length 32 b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench 33 b. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Multiple Lanes 34 1) Remove full panel of one lane width if trench or repairs are contained 35 within the lane. 36 2) For locations where two or more lanes are affected, remove the full width 37 of affected lanes. 38 3) Maintain minimum gutter width of 2 feet from back of curb at all times. 39 c. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Single Lane 40 1) General: 41 a) 1 foot from the edge of the trench 42 b) Minimum gutter width is 2 feet from back of curb. 43 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 10 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c) Remove curb if trench edge or repair is closer than 2 feet from back of 1 curb. 2 2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide: 3 a) Remove pavement from centerline to back of curb. Curb will be 4 considered subsidiary to removal of pavement. 5 3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide: 6 a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter to trench edge 7 or repair. 8 b) Remove pavement starting at the centerline if trench edge or repair is 9 less than 10 feet from centerline. 10 c) If the trench edge or repair is within 10 feet of the back of curb, remove 11 pavement from trench edge or repair to back of curb. Curb will be 12 considered subsidiary to removal of pavement. 13 3. Construction 14 a. A drop hammer or guillotine-style concrete breaker is not allowed without prior 15 approval by City. 16 b. Pavement removal method to be discussed and approved by City during the 17 Pre-removal Meeting. 18 c. Preferred method: 19 1) Saw cut sections of the concrete pavement. 20 2) Vertically lift concrete pavement section in whole pieces in a way that does 21 not damage existing features. 22 d. If pavement can’t be removed utilizing the preferred method, utilize a 23 jackhammer to break-up concrete and remove using a front-end loader or 24 backhoe. 25 C. Remove Concrete Curb and Gutter 26 1. Saw Cut 27 a. In accordance with this Section 28 2. Minimum Limits of Removal 29 a. Minimum width of 2 feet from back of curb. 30 b. Minimum length of 30 inches 31 D. Remove Concrete Valley Gutter 32 1. Saw Cut 33 a. In accordance with this Section 34 2. Minimum Limits of Removal 35 a. Minimum width of 5 feet 36 b. Remove from gutter edge to gutter edge or from centerline to gutter edge 37 c. Remove concrete in accordance with Remove Concrete Paving 38 E. Remove Sidewalk and Curb Ramp 39 1. Saw Cut 40 a. In accordance with Sawing 41 2. Minimum Limits of Sidewalk Removal 42 a. Minimum sidewalk removal width and length of 5 feet 43 b. Remove to the nearest sidewalk joint if nearest sidewalk joint is within 3 feet of 44 specified removal limits. 45 c. Remove to the edge of sidewalk if the edge of sidewalk is within 5 feet of 46 specified removal limits. 47 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 11 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Remove curb ramp to the nearest joint. Do not saw cut and leave in place any 1 portion of the existing curb ramp unless specified in the Drawings. 2 F. Remove Asphalt Paving 3 1. Saw Cut 4 a. In accordance with this Section 5 b. Protect asphalt edges to prevent spalling or damage. 6 c. If damage or spalling occurs, obtain direction from the City for repairs, if 7 necessary. 8 2. Minimum Limits of Removal 9 a. Parallel to the Centerline 10 1) Minimum cut along the street path is: 11 a) 5 feet in total length 12 b) 1 foot from the edge of the trench if the trench width is wider than 5 13 feet 14 b. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Multiple Lanes 15 1) If the trench or repairs occur between the center line and the inside lane 16 line, remove the full lane width. 17 2) If the trench or repairs occur between the gutter edge and the outside lane, 18 remove from the lane line to the gutter edge. 19 3) If the trench or repairs occur between two lanes, remove half-lane-width to 20 half-lane-width. 21 c. Perpendicular to the Center Line – Single Lane 22 1) General: 23 a) 2 feet from the edge of the trench 24 b) Minimum width from repair to gutter edge is 10 feet. 25 c) Remove pavement to gutter edge if distance from trench or repair to 26 gutter edge is less than 10 feet 27 2) Concrete alley or residential street less than 30 feet wide: 28 a) Remove pavement from centerline to gutter edge. 29 3) Concrete alley or residential street greater than 30 feet wide: 30 a) Maintain a minimum of 10 feet from center line or gutter edge to trench 31 edge or repair. 32 b) Remove pavement starting at the center line if trench edge or repair is 33 less than 10 feet from centerline. 34 c) Remove pavement from trench edge or repair to gutter if distance from 35 trench edge or repair to the face of curb is less than 10 feet. 36 3. Construction 37 a. Utilize a milling machine to remove pavement where possible in accordance 38 with this Section. 39 b. Obtain approval prior to construction to utilize alternative equipment for 40 asphalt pavement removal. 41 G. Remove Driveway 42 1. Saw Cut 43 a. In accordance with this Section 44 2. Minimum Limits of Removal 45 a. If the driveway is concrete, remove to nearest driveway joint. 46 47 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 12 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 H. Remove Brick Pavers and Permeable Pavers 1 1. Saw Cut 2 a. In accordance with Sawing 3 b. Saw cut 2 feet beyond the limits of the pavers if the adjacent pavement is 4 concrete or asphalt. 5 2. Remove pavers to the limits specified in the Drawings. 6 3. If salvaging pavers for re-use, remove, palletize and either deliver to specified 7 location in Drawings or stockpile for re-use on the Project. 8 I. Milling 9 1. General 10 a. Mill surfaces to the depth specified in the Drawings. 11 b. Milled surface should be rough. If necessary, grind or mill the surface again to 12 make the surface rough. 13 c. If the milled surface is going to be opened to traffic: 14 1) Install a temporary transition section. 15 2) An acceptable transition is 2 inches over 5 feet. 16 3) A different transition may be approved by City prior to opening the milled 17 surface to traffic. 18 d. Remove excess material and clean milled surfaces 19 e. Stockpiling of milled material will not be permitted within the right of way 20 unless otherwise approved by City. 21 2. Milling Equipment 22 a. Provide equipment that meets the following criteria. 23 1) Power operated milling machine capable of removing the specified 24 pavement thickness in maximum of two passes 25 2) Self-propelled with sufficient power, traction, and stability to maintain 26 accurate depth of cut and slope 27 3) Able to immediately remove material cut from the surface of the roadway 28 and discharge the cuttings into a truck utilizing an integral loading and 29 reclaiming system 30 4) Equipped with a dust control system 31 5) Equipped with a manual system that provides uniform varying depths of cut 32 while the machine is in motion. 33 3. Wedge and Surface Milling 34 a. Only used for roadway maintenance. Only utilized with prior approval by City 35 or as specified in Drawings. 36 b. Wedge Mill existing asphalt or concrete from the gutter edge at a minimum 37 depth of 2 inches and transition to match the existing pavement within a 5 foot 38 width. 39 c. Surface Mill existing asphalt to the depth specified on Drawings. 40 d. Provide a uniform milled surface free from gouges, ridges, oil film, and other 41 irregularities. 42 e. Wedge milling includes the portion of HMA pavement that covers the existing 43 concrete curb and gutter. This depth is estimated to vary from 2 inches to the 44 full height of the curb. This additional depth would be milled prior to milling 45 the minimum 2 inches previously specified. 46 f. Perform wedge or surface milling operations in a continuous manner for the 47 length specified in the Drawings. 48 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 13 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. Butt Joint Milling 1 a. Butt joint will be full width of overlay operation 2 b. Typical locations for butt joints are at the beginning and ending of streets where 3 asphalt paving is removed or where a street is being overlaid. Butt joints may 4 be required in other locations as specified in the Drawings. 5 c. Butt joints at a minimum of 20 feet wide (perpendicular to the center line) for 6 the width specified in the Drawings. 7 d. Taper the butt joint from 2 inches to 0 inches adjacent to existing pavement at 8 the start or end of the project limits or as specified in the Drawings. 9 e. Provide a temporary asphalt transition in accordance with this Section. 10 J. Pavement Pulverization 11 1. Pulverization 12 a. Pulverize the existing pavement to a depth of 8 inches. In accordance with 13 Section 32 11 33. 14 b. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material. 15 c. After temporary removal, cut subgrade or base material down 2 inches. 16 2. Cement Application 17 a. Use 3.5 percent Portland cement 18 b. In accordance with Section 32 11 33. 19 3. Mixing 20 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 21 4. Compaction 22 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 23 5. Finishing 24 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 25 6. Curing 26 a. In accordance with Section 32 11 33 27 7. If the existing pavement has a combination of 10 inches of HMA pavement and 28 crushed stone or gravel 29 a. 2 inch cutting is not required 30 b. Pulverize existing pavement 2 inches deep 31 c. Temporarily remove and stockpile pulverized material 32 K. Obliterating Abandoned Roadway 33 1. Strip and windrow existing topsoil before shaping operations 34 2. Remove asphalt or concrete pavement in accordance with this Section. 35 3. Remove any abandoned structures within the roadway unless otherwise specified in 36 the Drawings. 37 4. Scarify and mix the abandoned roadbed with soil and blade to produce a smooth, 38 uniform appearance. 39 5. Fill, cut, and shape the abandoned road to blend into the surrounding terrain. 40 6. Eliminate or re-align existing ditches as appropriate to maintain positive drainage. 41 7. Cover disturbed areas with topsoil after shaping operations. 42 8. Install sod within the limits of disturbance after topsoil is installed. 43 44 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 14 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 L. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling Removed Pavement 1 1. Contractor is responsible for any material removed during Paving Removal 2 activities. 3 2. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 4 regulations. 5 3. The disposal, salvaging, and recycling of any material removed as part of Paving 6 Removal is considered subsidiary to the applicable items. 7 4. Contractor is encouraged, but not required, to salvage and recycle as much material 8 as possible. Any recycled material used on a City project shall be in accordance 9 with the requirements of the appropriate Section based on the intended use. 10 3.5 REPAIR 11 A. Repair the following items to remain if any damage is caused due to pavement removal 12 activities at no cost to the City: 13 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 14 2. Adjacent sidewalk 15 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 16 4. Subgrade or base material 17 5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 18 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe 19 7. Landscape beds or planters 20 8. Sod 21 9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 22 10. Retaining walls 23 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30 31 02 41 15 PAVING REMOVAL Page 15 of 15 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 1 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2 END OF SECTION 3 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 5 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 1 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 03 00 00 1 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Material requirements for concrete and concrete reinforcing. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete 13 4. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 14 5. Section 31 37 00 – Riprap 15 6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements 16 7. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving 17 8. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving 18 9. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 19 10. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls 20 11. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 21 12. Section 33 42 11 – Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 22 13. Section 33 42 23 – Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 23 14. Section 33 42 30 – Stormwater Junction Boxes 24 15. Section 33 42 33 – Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 25 16. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment 26 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 27 A. Measurement and Payment 28 1. Measurement 29 a. Concrete and concrete reinforcing materials, equipment, tools, testing, and 30 incidentals are subsidiary to the installation of various items. 31 2. Payment 32 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 33 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of 34 concrete and concrete reinforcing, and will not be measured or paid for 35 separately. 36 37 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 2 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. Reference Standards 2 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4 unless a date is specifically cited. 5 2. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 6 a. 211, Proportioning of Concrete Mixes 7 b. 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete 8 c. 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 9 3. ASTM International (ASTM): 10 a. A36, Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 11 b. A615, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for 12 Concrete Reinforcement 13 c. A675, Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot-Wrought, Special 14 Quality, Mechanical Properties 15 d. A955, Standard Specification for Deformed and Plan Stainless Steel Bars for 16 Concrete Reinforcement 17 e. A996, Standard Specification for Rail-Steel and Axle-Steel Deformed Bars for 18 Concrete Reinforcement 19 f. A1064, Standard Specification for Carbon-Steel Wire and Welded Wire 20 Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete 21 g. C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates 22 h. C94, Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete 23 i. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement 24 j. C260, Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete 25 k. C494, Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 26 l. C1116, Standard Specification for Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 27 m. C1399, Standard Test Method for Obtaining Average Residual-Strength of 28 Fiber-Reinforced Concrete 29 4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 30 Specifications (DMS) 31 a. DMS-4515, Multiple Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements 32 b. DMS-4550, Fibers for Concrete 33 c. DMS-4600, Hydraulic Cement 34 d. DMS-4610, Fly Ash 35 e. DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 36 f. DMS-4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 37 Retardants 38 g. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 39 5. TxDOT Test Procedures: 40 a. Tex-401-A, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregate 41 b. Tex-409-A, Free Moisture and Water Absorption in Aggregate for Concrete 42 c. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete 43 Mix Designs 44 d. Tex-425-A, Determining Moisture Content in Fine Aggregate by the “Speedy” 45 Moisture Method 46 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 47 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 3 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4 A. Shop Drawing 5 1. Concrete Mix Design – Submit a design of the concrete mix at least 4 weeks prior 6 to the start of construction activities requiring concrete unless approved otherwise 7 by the City. Provide the mix design in accordance with the class of concrete or 8 concrete mix design specified in the Drawings including: 9 a. Concrete Material Source Information 10 1) Concrete supplier name 11 2) Project name and address 12 3) Contractor name 13 4) Mixture Identification Number 14 b. Design Requirements and Design Summary Including: 15 1) The combined aggregate gradation, source, and material testing results in 16 accordance with Section 32 05 16. 17 2) Maximum slump 18 3) Concrete intended use (sidewalk, roadway, etc) and class designation 19 4) Design water to cement (w/c) ratio 20 5) Design Target Strength 21 6) 7-Day and 28-Day compressive strengths in accordance with ACI 301 and 22 318 23 7) Batch weights, specific gravity, and type/class information for: 24 a) Cement 25 b) Supplementary cementing materials (if used) 26 c) Coarse Aggregate 27 d) Fine Aggregate 28 e) Water 29 8) Chemical admixtures – Type and amount used 30 9) Product Data for all chemical admixtures, cement, and fly ash used. 31 c. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and 32 handled in accordance with ASTM C94. 33 2. Product Data 34 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying curing 35 compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used 36 on the project. 37 b. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy to include: 38 1) Manufacturer name 39 2) Date 40 3) Material description 41 4) Point of delivery 42 5) Data and test results as required in this Section 43 6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 44 Compounds) 45 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 46 8) Application Recommendations (if applicable) 47 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 4 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 9) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 1 c. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements: 2 1) Resin or hardener components 3 2) Brand name 4 3) Name of manufacturer 5 4) Lot or batch number 6 5) Temperature range for storage 7 6) Date of manufacture 8 7) Expiration date 9 8) Quantity contained 10 d. Fiber Reinforcing Submittal Requirements 11 1) Product data sheet 12 2) Letter of certification stating compliance with the requirements of this 13 Section and other applicable standards. 14 3) Report that provides test results for Fiber Testing in accordance with DMS-15 4550, Fibers for Concrete 16 4) Delivery, storage, and handling instructions 17 5) Dosage requirements to provide concrete reinforcing in accordance with the 18 requirements of this Section and any other applicable related Sections. 19 6) Installation and mixing instructions 20 7) Provide the City with test results in accordance with this Section and DMS-21 4550, Fibers for Concrete. 22 B. Informational Submittals 23 1. Source Locations 24 a. Provide the location of all material sources 25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31 66 00. 32 B. Storage and Stockpiling 33 1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material (SCM) 34 a. Store all cement and SCM in weatherproof enclosures to protect them from 35 dampness or absorption of moisture. 36 2. Steel Reinforcement 37 a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support. 38 b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration 39 caused by exposure to conditions that could cause rust. 40 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 41 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 42 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 5 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS 3 A. Concrete Production Materials 4 1. Cementitious Material 5 a. Defined as the cement and supplementary cementing materials used in concrete. 6 b. Cement 7 1) Furnish cement Type I, II, or I/II in accordance with ASTM C150 Portland 8 Cement. 9 2) Provide cement from sources that are in accordance with DMS-4600 and 10 listed on TxDOT’s Material Producer List (MPL) entitled “Hydraulic 11 Cement”. 12 c. Supplementary Cementing Materials (SCM) 13 1) Fly Ash 14 a) Refer to DMS – 4610 for types of Fly Ash 15 b) Acceptable Fly Ash includes: 16 (1) Class C and Class F 17 (2) Ultra-Fine (UFFA) 18 (3) Modified Class F (MFFA) 19 c) Provide fly ash in accordance with DMS-4610 and from sources listed 20 on TxDOT’s MPL entitled “Fly Ash”. 21 d) Refer to Table 2 for Concrete Classes and Mix Design Options. 22 2) Other SCMs 23 a) No other SCM will be approved for use. 24 2. Water 25 a. Provide mixing water and curing water free from oils, acids, organic matter, or 26 other deleterious substances. 27 b. Provide water from municipal supplies approved by the Texas Department of 28 Health. 29 c. Obtain approval from the City if using water not approved by the Texas 30 Department of Health prior to construction. 31 1) If approved to use water from a non-pre-approved source, water testing 32 may be required. The City will request tests and provide minimum criteria. 33 3. Aggregate 34 a. General 35 1) Recycled crushed concrete pavement may be used as coarse or fine 36 aggregate in Class A, B, E, and P concrete. 37 2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled 38 crushed concrete pavement. 39 b. Fine aggregate 40 1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16 41 c. Coarse Aggregates 42 1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of clean, tough, durable fragments in 43 accordance with Section 32 05 16. 44 2) Provide coarse aggregates that meet the gradation shown in Table 1 when 45 tested in accordance with Tex-401-A. 46 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 6 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3) Select aggregate gradation based on the allowable grade for the appropriate 1 concrete class shown in shown in Table 1. 2 Table 1 3 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart 4 Aggregate Grade No.1 Maximum Nominal Size Percent Passing on Each Sieve 2– 1/2” 2” 1– 1/2” 1” 3/4” 1/2” 3/8” #4 #8 1 2” 100 80– 100 50– 85 20– 40 0–5 2(467) 1-1/2” 100 95– 100 35– 70 10– 30 0–5 3 1-1/2” 100 95– 100 60– 90 25– 60 0–5 4 (57) 1” 100 95– 100 25– 60 0– 10 0– 5 5 (67) 3/4” 100 90– 100 20– 55 0– 10 0– 5 6 (7) 1/2” 100 90– 100 40– 70 0– 15 0– 5 7 3/8” 100 70– 95 0– 25 8 3/8” 100 95– 100 20– 65 0– 10 1. Corresponding ASTM C33 gradation shown in parentheses 5 4. Chemical Admixtures 6 a. General 7 1) Only water reducing and air-entraining admixtures are allowed. 8 2) Provide admixtures in accordance with DMS-4640, Chemical Admixtures 9 for concrete. 10 3) Do not use Type C, E, F, or G admixtures in Class S bridge deck concrete. 11 4) Do not use chemical admixtures containing calcium chloride in any 12 concrete. 13 b. Water Reducing Admixture 14 1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with ASTM C494. Types 15 A, D, F, and G will be allowed. 16 a) ASTM C494, Types “A” and “F”: 17 (1) Improves quality of concrete at lower cement content 18 (2) Increase slump without increasing water-cement ratio 19 b) ASTM C494, Types “D” and “G”: 20 (1) Maintains workability during hot weather placement 21 c. Air-Entraining Admixture 22 1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with ASTM C260. 23 2) Maintain a total air content between 4 and 6 percent. 24 3) Do not exceed the manufacturer’s recommended dosage. 25 B. Concrete Placement Materials 26 27 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 7 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1. Reinforcing Steel 1 a. Provide type, size, grade, and quantity of steel reinforcement as specified in the 2 Drawings. 3 b. Provide Grade 60 or above steel bar reinforcing unless otherwise indicated in 4 the Drawings. 5 c. Provide reinforcement free from dirt, loose rust, painting, oil, or other foreign 6 material. 7 d. Provide corrosion protection if specified in the Drawings. 8 e. Provide deformed reinforcing steel in accordance with one of the following: 9 1) New Billet Steel in accordance with ASTM A615, Grades 60, 75, or 80 10 2) Axle Steel in accordance with ASTM A996, Type A, Grade 60 11 a) Provide as straight bars only and do not bend them. 12 3) Rail Steel in accordance with ASTM A996 Type R, Grade 60. 13 a) Rail steel only allowed in concrete pavement. Provide as straight bars 14 only and do not bend them. 15 f. Provide bars in accordance with the size and weight requirements for 16 reinforcing in ASTM A615. 17 g. Twisted bars are not considered deformed and will not be accepted by the City. 18 h. Steel Wire Reinforcement will not be accepted by the City. 19 i. Spiral Reinforcement 20 1) Provide smooth or deformed wire conforming to ASTM A1064. 21 2) Provide bars in accordance with ASTM A615, ASTM A996 Type A, or 22 ASTM A675 Grade 80 meeting dimensional requirements of ASTM A615. 23 j. Bending 24 1) Bend all bars cold in a shop true to the shapes specified in the Drawings. 25 2) Bend all bars used for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter at 26 least two times the minimum thickness of the bar. 27 3) Perform all other bends in accordance with the latest code of Standard 28 Practice of Reinforcing Steel Institute. 29 4) Bend stainless reinforcing steel in accordance with ASTM A955. 30 2. Fiber Reinforcing. 31 a. General 32 1) Use fiber reinforcing only when using Class A or B concrete when 33 specified in the Drawings. Do not use for structures or roadway paving. 34 2) Refer to Table 2 for concrete classes. 35 b. Material 36 1) Provide fibers in accordance with ASTM C1116, including alkali-proof, 37 non-absorptive synthetic fibers, resistant to deterioration due to long-term 38 exposure to moisture or substances present in admixtures, and do not 39 contribute to nor interfere with the air entrainment of the concrete. 40 2) Provide macrosynthetic fibers for reinforcing. Do not use natural, steel, 41 glass, or any other type without prior approval by the City. 42 3) Provide fibers that meet a minimum average residual strength of 115 psi 43 when tested in accordance with ASTM C1399 with the following 44 modifications: 45 a) Initial deflection for the initial crack of 0.02000 inches. 46 b) Sample tolerance of average residual strength not below 10 percent of 47 the specified required value. 48 c. Length and Size 49 1) Provide fibers minimum 2 inches in length. 50 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 8 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Testing 1 1) The use of fiber reinforcing does not change the strength or fresh concrete 2 requirements per this specification. 3 e. Rejection 4 1) Any concrete installed with fiber reinforcing that is non-compliant with the 5 requirements of this Section or other applicable related Sections will be 6 removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 7 3. Tie Bars 8 a. Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for specific uses and 9 installation requirements for Multiple Piece Tie Bars and Single Piece Tie Bars. 10 b. Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location specified in the 11 Drawings. 12 c. Provide straight deformed steel tie bars in accordance with ASTM A615. 13 d. Install tie bars per the size and spacing specified in the Drawings. 14 e. Do not bend or use bent tie bars. Tie bars should remain straight. 15 f. Multiple Piece Tie Bars 16 1) Provide multiple piece tie bars in accordance with DMS-4515, Multiple 17 Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavements. 18 4. Dowel Bars 19 a. General 20 1) Install bars in accordance with the size, type, and location shown on the 21 Drawings. 22 2) Refer to pertinent Sections and City standard details for uses and 23 installation requirements. 24 b. Dowel Bars 25 1) Provide smooth, straight dowel bars free of burrs with a yield strength of at 26 least 60 kilo-pound per square inch (ksi) as specified in the Drawings. 27 2) Provide steel in accordance with ASTM A615 or meet the physical 28 requirements of ASTM A36 for smooth bars that are larger than 3/8 inch in 29 diameter. 30 3) Coat dowels with a thin film of grease, wax, silicone, or other approved de-31 bonding material. 32 4) Designate smooth bars by diameter in inches. 33 c. Dowel Caps 34 1) Provide dowel caps on the lubricated end of each dowel bar used in an 35 expansion joint. 36 2) Provide dowel caps filled with a soft compressible material with enough 37 range of movement to allow complete closure of expansion joint. 38 3) Provide dowel caps to the length specified in the Drawings. The cap should 39 have sufficient length to allow at least a 1.25-inch gap between the end of 40 the bar and the edge of the cap. 41 4) Provide caps for dowel bars with an internal diameter sufficient to permit 42 the cap to freely slip over the bar, but do not have an internal diameter that 43 exceeds the bar diameter by more 1/8 inch. 44 5. Reinforcement Supporting Devices 45 a. Use reinforcement supporting devices for construction of sidewalks, driveways, 46 roadways, crosswalks, and any other concrete paving operation. 47 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 9 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Provide positioning and supporting devices (baskets and chairs) capable of 1 securing and holding the reinforcing steel in proper position before and during 2 paving. 3 c. Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars. Replace 4 any broken chairs prior to concrete placement. 5 d. Provide supporting devices (baskets and chairs) made of plastic or non-rusting 6 metal. 7 1) Supporting devices to show no visible indications of deterioration after 8 immersion in a 5-percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120-hours. 9 2) Provide the City with test results or product data sheets proving devices are 10 in accordance with the requirements of this Section if requested. 11 6. Epoxy 12 a. Provide Type 3, Class C epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 13 b. City to approve all epoxy and adhesive products prior to use. Submit a Product 14 Data Sheet in accordance with this Section. 15 c. Do not use damaged or previously opened containers. 16 d. Do not use any material showing evidence of crystallization, lumps, skinning, 17 extreme thickening, or settling of pigments that cannot be readily dispersed 18 with normal agitation. 19 e. Follow sound environmental practices when disposing of epoxy and adhesive 20 wastes. 21 f. Dispose of all empty containers separately. Completely empty and mix the 22 epoxy before disposal. 23 7. Evaporation Retardant 24 a. Provide evaporation retardant in accordance with DMS-4650. 25 8. Curing 26 a. The use of mats, plastic, or film to be approved by the City prior to use. 27 b. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with this specification and 28 DMS-4650. 29 1) Provide curing material in accordance with the requirements of DMS-4650 30 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 31 2) Provide a curing compound that does not react deleteriously with concrete 32 or its compounds. 33 3) Curing compound to produce a firm, continuous uniform moisture-34 impermeable film free from pinholes and adhere to surface of damp 35 concrete. 36 4) The City may reject any concrete not cured properly due to improperly 37 applied curing compound or faulty materials. 38 5) The City may reject the curing compound based on visual or odor defects. 39 6) Curing compound to be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's 40 original containers only, with original label containing the following: 41 a) Manufacturer's name 42 b) Trade name of the material 43 c) Batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated 44 C. Concrete Mix Design 45 1. General 46 a. Furnish mix designs using ACI 211 or Tex-470-A. 47 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 10 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Maintain mix design and maximum water to cement ratio once mix design is 1 approved by City. 2 c. Do not place concrete until the mix design has been approved by the City. The 3 City may require any concrete placed prior to approval to be removed and 4 replaced at no cost to the City. 5 d. Perform mix design proportioning by absolute volume method unless otherwise 6 approved. 7 e. Perform cement replacement using equivalent weight method unless otherwise 8 approved. 9 f. Do not exceed specified water to cement ratios listed in Table 2 for concrete 10 classes when designing the mixture. 11 g. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with 12 the requirements in this Section. 13 2. Cementitious Material 14 a. Do not exceed 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard of concrete 15 unless otherwise specified or approved by the City. 16 b. Use cement of the same type and from the same source for monolithic 17 placements. 18 3. Concrete Classes 19 a. General 20 1) Provide concrete mix designs in accordance with the requirements shown in 21 Table 2 for the class of concrete specified in the Drawings. 22 2) Refer to the Drawings and the General Usage column on Table 2 for 23 concrete class information. 24 b. Class P Concrete 25 1) Use air entraining admixture. 26 2) Class P1 Concrete 27 a) Use Class P1 concrete for machine paved concrete roadways and 28 alleyways unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by 29 City. 30 3) Class P2 Concrete 31 a) Provide Class P2 concrete for hand poured concrete roadways, 32 driveways, alleyways, and all other hand poured, vehicular trafficked 33 concrete pavement unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 34 c. High Early Strength Concrete (HES) 35 1) Use air entraining admixture. 36 2) Provide HES concrete in accordance with the requirements of Table 2. 37 3) Use HES concrete only when specified in the Drawings or when directed 38 by City. 39 4) HES may be approved for use when a roadway or driveway needs to be 40 opened to traffic quickly. 41 5) Perform tests at 24 hours to verify compressive strength of HES concrete is 42 minimum 3,200 psi. 43 6) Maximum coarse aggregate size is 1–1/2 inches. 44 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 11 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Table 2 1 Concrete Classes 2 Class of Concrete Design Strength1, Min f’c (psi) Maximum Water to Cementitious Material Ratio Coarse Aggregate Grades2,3 Cement Types Mix Design Options General Usage4 A 3,000 0.60 1 – 4, 8 Only Cement Types I, II, I/II are allowed 1 and 2 Non-monolithic curb and curb & gutter, sidewalks, sidewalk walls, and driveways. B 2,000 0.60 2 – 7 Traffic signal controller foundations, small roadside signs, and anchors C5 3,600 0.45 1 – 6 1 – 4 Culverts (except top slab of direct traffic culverts) D 750 to 1,200 0.60 1 – 4 1 Concrete base material for trench repair. Only Type II cement is allowed. E 3,000 0.50 2 – 5 1 – 4 Seal concrete F5 Note 6 0.45 2 – 5 Note 6 Drilled shafts, bridge substructure, bridge railing, railroad structures, retaining wall (cast-in-place), and concrete traffic barrier (cast-in-place) H5 Note 6 0.45 3 – 6 1 – 4 Precast concrete S5 4,000 0.45 2 – 5 1 – 4 Riprap, bridge slabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts, approach slabs, headwalls, wingwalls, cast-in-place inlets and manholes P18 4,000 0.50 2 – 3 1 – 4 Machine poured concrete pavement and monolithic curbs P28 4,500 0.45 2 – 3 1 – 4 Hand poured concrete pavement, monolithic curbs, and decorative concrete pavement HES8 4,500 0.45 2 – 3 Note 7 Concrete pavement and concrete pavement repair 1. Design strength must be attained within 56 days. 3 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 12 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Do not use Grade 1 coarse aggregate except in foundations with 4 inch minimum clear spacing between 1 reinforcing steel bars unless otherwise specified on the Drawings or approved by the City. Do not use Grade 1 2 aggregate in drilled shafts. 3 3. Use Grade 8 aggregate in extruded curbs unless otherwise approved by the City or specified on the Drawings. 4 4. For information only. 5 5. Structural concrete classes. 6 6. As shown on the Drawings. 7 7. Mix design options do not apply. 700 pounds of cementitious material per cubic yard limit does not apply. 8 8. For machine poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 517 pounds per cubic yard. For 9 hand poured concrete, use a minimum cementitious material content of 564 pounds per cubic yard. 10 4. Slump 11 a. Provide concrete with a slump in accordance with Table 3 unless otherwise 12 specified in the Drawings. 13 b. Request approval to exceed the slump limits listed in Table 3 with the mix 14 design submittal as part of the Action Submittal. 15 c. Do not exceed maximum slump during production of the mix design or during 16 concrete placement. 17 d. Any concrete placed with a slump exceeding the limits shown in Table 3 will 18 be rejected and removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 19 Table 3 20 Concrete Pavement Slump Requirements 21 Concrete Use1 Slump Range2, Inch Walls (over 9 inches thick), caps, columns, piers, approach slabs 3 – 5 Bridge slabs, top slabs of direct traffic culverts 3 – 5 Inlets, manholes, walls (less than 9 inches thick), bridge railing, culverts, concrete traffic barrier 4 – 6 Precast concrete 4 – 9 Underwater concrete placements 6 – 8 Drilled shafts, slurry displaced and underwater drilled shafts Note 3 Machine Poured Paving (Class P1 Concrete) 1.5 – 3 Hand Poured Paving (Class P2 and HES Concrete) 3 – 4 Curb, gutter, curb and gutter, sidewalk, driveways, riprap, small roadside sign foundations, concrete pavement repair, concrete repair, concrete base material for trench repair. 2 – 4 1. For information only. 22 2. For fiber reinforced concrete, perform slump before addition of fibers. 23 3. As shown on the Drawings. 24 5. Mix Design Options 25 a. Option 1: Replace 20 to 35 percent of the cement with Class F fly ash 26 b. Option 2: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with MFFA. 27 c. Option 3: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with a combination of Class 28 F fly ash, MFFA, or UFFA. No more than 35 percent may be fly ash. 29 d. Option 4: Replace 35 to 50 percent of the cement with a combination of Class 30 C fly ash and at least 6 percent UFFA. No more than 35 percent may be Class C 31 fly ash. 32 33 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 13 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 6. Trial Batch Production and Testing 1 a. Trial Batch 2 1) Produce a trial batch of the mix design in accordance with the requirements 3 of the concrete class specified in the Drawings, using the same materials 4 proposed for the project. 5 2) Perform testing and provide the results verifying the concrete mix design is 6 in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Testing to include: 7 a) Fresh concrete tests for air content and slump 8 b) Strength testing at 7 days and 28 days 9 3) Do not modify the mix design after the City has approved it. 10 4) Submit a new mix design if a change is made to concrete supplier. 11 Table 4 12 Concrete Discharge Times 13 Fresh Concrete Temperature, Degrees Fahrenheit Max Time After Batching for Concrete Not Containing Type B or D Admixtures, Minimum Max Time After Batching for Concrete Containing Type B or D Admixtures2, Minimum 90 and Above 45 75 Between 75 and 90 60 90 Below 75 90 120 1. Admixture Types are defined in DMS-4640 2. Concrete must contain at least the minimum manufacturer’s recommended dosage of Type B or D admixture. 3. Batching can occur at a commercial concrete site or at a batch plant. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 15 A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 16 1. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design is subject to removal 17 and replacement at no cost to the City. 18 B. Concrete Production Acceptance 19 1. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the concrete 20 is in accordance with the requirements in this Section for admixtures, mix design, 21 slump, and compressive strength. 22 C. Concrete Placement Acceptance 23 1. General 24 a. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time 25 and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 26 b. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests. 27 c. 28 2. Placement Sampling 29 a. Perform all fresh and hardened concrete testing at the frequency shown on 30 Table 5. 31 b. If any test comes back as non-conforming, stop production and placement of 32 concrete until the reason has been determined and resolved. 33 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 14 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. Any concrete that was placed is subject to further testing and removal and 1 replacement at no cost to the City. 2 Table 5 3 Testing Frequencies 4 Concrete Placements Frequency Bridge Deck Placements Test the first 3 loads, then every 60 cubic yards or a fraction thereof specified by the City. All Other Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 60 cubic yards or a fraction thereof per class per day as specified by the City Non-Structural Class Concrete Placements One test every 180 cubic yards or a fraction thereof as specified by the City 3. Testing of Fresh Concrete 5 a. Sample and test fresh concrete for properties listed in Table 6. 6 b. Take the sample at the time of discharge from the delivery truck. 7 c. Concrete that is exhibiting segregation, excessive bleeding, or has a slump 8 lower than the minimum slump allowed per concrete type after addition of all 9 water withheld will be rejected. Contractor will remove and replace at no cost 10 to the City. 11 Table 6 12 Fresh Concrete Tests 13 Tests Test Methods Slump Tex-415-A Temperature Tex-422-A Air Content 1 Tex-414-A, Tex-416-A, or ASTM C457 1. Only required when air-entraining admixtures are used. 1. Concrete Strength Test 14 a. General 15 1) Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic 16 yards of concrete. 17 2) Provide trained technicians during concrete paving to cast test cylinders in 18 accordance with ASTM C31. 19 3) Refer to Table 2 for required strength for each concrete class. 20 b. Sampling 21 1) Collect 4 test cylinders from a representative portion of concrete being 22 placed for every 150-cubic yards, with no less than two sets of cylinders 23 taken from any one day’s paving activities. 24 2) After the cylinders have been cast by trained technicians, transport samples 25 to the lab and test in accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. Provide 26 test results to the City. 27 3) Test the 4 cylinders per the following: 28 a) 1 of the cylinders tested at 7 days, 29 b) 2 cylinders tested at 28 days, and 30 c) 1 cylinder held and tested at 56 days, if necessary. 31 32 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 15 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. Acceptance 1 1) If the 28-day test results for the cylinders taken indicate deficient strength, 2 the Contractor may, at their own expense, core the pavement in question 3 and have the cores tested by another approved laboratory, in accordance 4 with ASTM C42 and ACI 318 protocol. 5 2) Average of the 28-day test results of all cores within a designated area must 6 meet 100 percent of the minimum specified strength. 7 3) If any individual cylinder or core results in less than 90 percent of design 8 strength, additional cores will be taken to identify the limits of the non-9 compliant concrete at no cost to the City. 10 4) All concrete considered non-compliant will be removed and replaced at no 11 cost to the City. 12 2. Cracked Concrete Acceptance Policy 13 a. If cracks greater than 0.025-inches exist in concrete pavement upon completion 14 of the project and prior to the termination of the maintenance period, the City 15 may require corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no 16 cost to the City depending on the cause of the cracking. 17 b. Corrective Actions: 18 1) The City will determine whether the following options are viable. The City 19 will evaluate each crack greater than 0.025-inches during the final 20 inspection and prior to the end of the maintenance period. 21 2) Routing and Sealing: 22 a) Perform the routing and sealing work as directed by the Project 23 Inspector, at no cost to the City, regardless of the cause of the cracking. 24 3) If routing and sealing is not a viable solution due to the cause of the 25 cracking, or the size, remove and replace the concrete. 26 4) If the cause of the cracking is determined to be due to deficient subgrade, 27 remove and replace the subgrade with flexible base or another approved 28 subgrade within the limits of the deficient concrete. 29 3. Aggregate Moisture Testing 30 a. Perform testing and provide results in accordance with 32 05 16. 31 b. City may request this test to be performed at any time. 32 D. Non-Conforming Work 33 1. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 34 a. The City may reject the mix design if not in accordance with the requirements 35 of this Section. 36 1) Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject 37 to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 38 b. If the trial batch fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section, the 39 Contractor will produce test results for trial batches until the trial batch meets 40 the requirements specified herein at no cost to the City. 41 c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 42 conformance of the mixture. 43 PART 3 - EXECUTION 44 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 45 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 46 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 16 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 1 3.4 INSTALLATION 2 A. Batching Equipment 3 1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14 4 00. 5 B. Refer to the following Sections for all installation requirements: 6 1. Section 03 30 00 Cast-in-Place Concrete 7 2. Section 03 80 00 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 8 3. Section 31 37 00 for Riprap 9 4. Section 32 13 13 for Concrete Paving 10 5. Section 32 13 16 for Decorative Concrete Paving 11 6. Section 32 16 00 for Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways 12 7. Section 32 32 00 for Retaining Walls 13 8. Section 33 05 61 for Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 14 9. Section 33 42 11 for Stormwater Pipe and Boxes 15 10. Section 33 42 23 for Stormwater Headwalls, Wingwalls, and End Treatments 16 11. Section 33 42 30 for Stormwater Junction Boxes 17 12. Section 33 42 33 for Stormwater Curb Inlets and Area Drains 18 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 19 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 20 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 22 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 23 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 24 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 25 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 26 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 27 28 03 00 00 CONCRETE AND CONCRETE REINFORCING Page 17 of 17 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 1 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 03 30 00 1 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, 6 mixture design, and placement procedures. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14 4. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 15 5. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 16 6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 17 7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Measurement 21 a. Cast-in-place concrete materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are 22 subsidiary to the installation of structures or item being installed. 23 2. Payment 24 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 25 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of cast-26 in-place concrete. 27 1.3 REFERENCES 28 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 29 1. HPC – High Performance Concrete 30 2. PSI – Pounds per square inch 31 B. Definitions 32 1. Substructure 33 a. Structures that are below ground, partially below ground, or retain earth. 34 Substructures could include: footings, columns, caps, abutments, piers, culverts, 35 retaining walls, headwalls, wingwalls, riprap, other bridge substructure 36 elements, and other concrete structures as indicated, or not included as a 37 superstructure. 38 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 2 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Superstructure 1 a. Structures that are elevated above ground. Superstructures could include: bridge 2 slabs, decks, flat slabs, slab and girder units, approach slabs, or other bridge 3 superstructure elements as indicated. 4 C. Reference Standards 5 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 6 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 7 unless a date is specifically cited. 8 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO). 9 3. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 10 a. ACI 207 – Mass Concrete. 11 4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 12 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 13 a. Item 420 – Concrete Substructures. 14 b. Item 422 – Concrete Superstructures. 15 c. Item 426 – Post-Tensioning. 16 d. Item 441 – Steel Structures. 17 e. Item 448 – Structural Field Welding. 18 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 19 Specifications (DMS): 20 a. DMS-4650 – Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 21 Retardants. 22 b. DMS-4675 – Cementitious Grouts and Mortars for Miscellaneous Applications. 23 c. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 24 d. DMS-6160 – Water Stops, Nylon-Reinforced Neoprene Sheet, and Elastometric 25 Pads. 26 e. DMS-6310 – Joint Sealants and Fillers. 27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 28 1.5 SUBMITTALS 29 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 30 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 31 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 32 A. Shop Drawings 33 1. Concrete Mix Design 34 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 35 2. Product Data 36 a. Provide a product data sheet from each manufacturer supplying the following in 37 accordance with Section 03 00 00: 38 1) Curing compounds 39 2) Evaporation retardant 40 3) Joint fillers 41 4) Chemical additives 42 5) Epoxy 43 6) Fiber reinforcing 44 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 3 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 7) Bond breaker material 1 3. Curing Method, Equipment, and Materials 2 a. Provide the method of curing, list of materials, and list of equipment to be used 3 for review. Obtain approval prior to placing concrete. 4 b. If different methods, equipment, or materials will be used in various locations, 5 provide each method, equipment, and material used at each location using cast-6 in-place concrete. 7 4. Heat Control Plan 8 a. Provide a heat control plan for monolithic placements specified as mass 9 concrete in the Drawings. 10 b. Develop using TxDOT’s ConcreteWorks software, or another approved method 11 in accordance with ACI 207. 12 1) Use historical temperature ranges for the anticipated time of the mass 13 placement. 14 2) Re-create plan if the work schedule shifts by more than one month. 15 c. Provide a heat control plan including the following applicable elements: 16 1) Selection of concrete ingredients including aggregates, gradation, and 17 cement types to minimize heat of hydration; 18 2) Use of ice or other concrete cooling ingredients; 19 3) Use of liquid nitrogen dosing systems; 20 4) Controlling rate or time of concrete placement; 21 5) Use of insulation or supplemental external heat to control heat loss; 22 6) Use of supplementary cementing materials; 23 7) Use of a cooling system to control the core temperature; or 24 8) Variation of the duration formwork remains in place. 25 B. Informational Submittals: 26 1. Source Locations 27 a. Location of all material sources 28 1. Testing Laboratory 29 a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 30 laboratory used on the project: 31 1) Testing Laboratory Name 32 2) Location 33 3) Tests performed 34 a) Summary of each test performed at each lab, if multiple labs are used. 35 4) ACI Certification 36 a) All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete testing must be 37 ACI certified. 38 2. Falsework and Forms Drawings 39 a. Submit Drawings for falsework and forms for the following items: 40 1) Vertical forms for piers and single column bents; 41 2) Load supporting forms for caps and tie-beams; 42 3) Form attachments for bridges to be widened; and 43 4) Other items specified in the Drawings or by the city. 44 b. Design and construct falsework to safely carry the maximum anticipated loads 45 and to provide the necessary rigidity. 46 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 4 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. Use AASHTO’s Guide Design Specifications for Bridge Temporary Works and 1 Construction Handbook for Bridge Temporary works for falsework and shoring 2 information. 3 d. Provide design calculations when requested and show all essential details of 4 proposed forms, falsework, and bracing signed and sealed by a licensed 5 professional engineer in the state of Texas. 6 e. The Contractor is responsible for the design and safety of all falsework and 7 forms. 8 f. Account for the weight of materials and live loading when designing forms. 9 3. Equipment Information 10 a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 11 1) Equipment name and description 12 2) Size 13 3) Intended use 14 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 17 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 18 A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 19 00. 20 B. Storage and Stockpiling 21 1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 22 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 23 2. Steel Reinforcement 24 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 25 3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 26 a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 27 temperatures of material. 28 4. Epoxy 29 a. In accordance with Section 32 13 13. 30 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 31 A. Weather Conditions 32 1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 33 2. Do not place concrete in contact with any material coated with frost or with a 34 temperature of 32 degrees Fahrenheit or lower. 35 3. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40 36 degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved. 37 4. Place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is at least 35 degrees 38 Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 39 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 40 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 5 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS 3 A. Concrete Production Materials 4 1. Concrete Class 5 a. As specified in the Drawings or in accordance with the usage stated in Section 6 03 00 00. 7 2. Provide cementitious materials, water, aggregate, chemical admixtures, reinforcing 8 materials, and evaporation retardant in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 9 13 13. 10 B. Concrete in Water 11 1. Design the mix in accordance with Section 03 00 00 with a minimum cement 12 content of 650 pounds per cubic yard for concrete to be placed under water. Include 13 an anti-washout admixture in the mix design as necessary. 14 C. Grout, Mortar, and Epoxy 15 1. Provide grout in accordance with DMS-4675. 16 2. For use with Anchor Bolts or Dowels 17 a. Provide grout, epoxy, or epoxy mortar as the binding agent unless otherwise 18 specified in the Drawings. 19 b. Neat Epoxy 20 1) Provide a Type 3 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 21 c. Epoxy Mortar 22 1) Provide a Type 8 epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100. 23 D. Jointing Materials 24 1. Joint Fillers 25 a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 13 and DMS-6310. 26 b. Superstructures 27 1) Provide joint materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 28 Item 422 29 2. Joint Sealants 30 a. Provide in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 31 E. Waterstops 32 1. Provide rubber or polyvinyl chloride (PVC) waterstops in accordance with DMS-33 6160 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 34 F. Curing 35 1. Provide membrane curing compounds in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 36 DMS-4650. 37 2. Cotton Mats 38 a. Provide cotton mats consisting of a filling material of cotton “bat” or “bats” (at 39 least 12 ounces per square yard) completely covered with unsized cloth (at least 40 6 ounces per square yard) stitched longitudinally with continuous parallel rows 41 of stitching spaced at less than 4 inches or tuft both longitudinally and 42 transversely at intervals less than 3 inches. 43 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 6 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Provide cotton mats free from tears and in good general condition. 1 c. Provide a flap at least 6 inches wide consisting of 2 thicknesses of the covering 2 and extending along 1 side of the mat. 3 d. When using cotton mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 4 cotton mats. 5 3. Burlap Mats 6 a. Provide burlap material which complies with AASHTO M 182, Class 3 (10 7 ounces per square yard) with the following additions: 8 1) Do not use burlap fabricated from bags. 9 2) Do not use burlap containing any water-soluble ingredient. 10 b. Provide burlap only previously used for curing concrete. 11 c. Provide burlap mats free from contamination with any substance foreign to the 12 concrete curing process, such as grease or oil. 13 d. Concrete will be rejected if cured with contaminated burlap mats. 14 e. When using burlap mats, provide a layer of polyethylene sheeting on top of the 15 burlap mats. 16 4. Polyethylene Sheeting 17 a. Provide polyethylene sheeting a minimum of 4 millimeters thick and free from 18 visible defects. 19 b. Provide only clear or opaque white sheeting when the ambient temperature 20 during curing exceeds 90 degrees Fahrenheit, or when applicable to control 21 temperature during mass pours. 22 5. Burlap-Polyethylene Mats 23 a. Provide mats made from burlap impregnated on one side with a film of opaque 24 white pigmented polyethylene. 25 b. Provide laminated mats with a minimum of one layer of an impervious material 26 such as polyethylene, vinyl plastic, or other acceptable material (either as a 27 solid sheet or impregnated into another fabric) 28 c. Provide mats free of visible defects. 29 G. Formwork Materials 30 1. Timber Forms 31 a. Provide properly seasoned, good-quality lumber free from imperfections that 32 compromise the material strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. 33 b. Provide timber or lumber in accordance with the requirements for species and 34 grade in the submitted falsework and form drawings. 35 c. Maintain forms or form lumber to maintain a good, clean condition. 36 d. Do not use any split, warped, bulged, or marred lumber, or any lumber with 37 defects that will produce inferior work. 38 e. Provide form lining for all formed surfaces except: 39 1) The inside of culvert barrels, inlets, manholes, and box girders; 40 2) Surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill materials, or are 41 completely enclosed; and 42 3) Any surface formed by a single finished board or by plywood. 43 f. Provide form lining of an approved type, such as Masonite or plywood. Do not 44 provide thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, for form lining. 45 g. Use plywood a minimum of 3/4 inch thick. Place the grain of the face plies on 46 plywood forms parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists unless 47 otherwise indicated on the submitted falsework and form drawings. 48 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 7 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 h. Use plywood for forming exposed surfaces in accordance with the requirements 1 for B-B Plyform Class 1 or Class 2 Exterior of the US Department of 2 Commerce Voluntary Product Standard PS 1. 3 i. Space studs and joists so the facing form material remains in true alignment 4 under the imposed loads. 5 j. Space wales close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and 6 scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. Place a row 7 of wales near the bottom of each placement. 8 k. Place facing material with parallel and square joints, securely fastened to 9 supporting studs. 10 l. Place forms with the form panels symmetrical (long dimensions set in the same 11 direction) for surfaces exposed to view and receiving only an ordinary surface 12 finish. 13 m. Make molding for chamfer strips or other materials that will not split when 14 nailed and can be maintained to a true line without warping. 15 n. Fill forms at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips 16 measuring 3/4 inches on the sides unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 17 o. Remove metal and wooden spreaders separating the forms as the concrete is 18 being placed. 19 p. Provide adequate clean-out openings for narrow walls and other locations 20 where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily available. 21 2. Metal Forms 22 a. Requirements for timber forms also apply to metal forms. Metal forms do not 23 require lining unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 24 b. Use form metal thick enough to maintain the true shape without warping or 25 bulging. 26 c. Countersink all bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides. 27 d. Design clamps, pins, or other connecting devices to hold the forms rigidly 28 together and to allow removal without damage to the concrete. 29 e. Use metal forms that present a smooth surface and line up properly. 30 H. Repair Materials 31 1. In accordance with Section 32 01 29. 32 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 33 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 34 A. Tests and Inspections 35 1. Material Source Testing and Submittals 36 a. Perform in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 37 PART 3 - EXECUTION 38 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 39 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 40 41 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 8 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.3 PREPARATION 1 A. Hauling 2 1. Deliver concrete to the Site in accordance with Sections 41 14 00 and 03 00 00. 3 2. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in 4 accordance with Section 03 00 00. 5 3. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00 6 will be rejected. 7 4. Protect concrete transported by conveyors from sun and wind to prevent loss of 8 slump and workability. Shade or wrap the pipes the concrete is pumped through, if 9 necessary. 10 a. Wrap pipes in wet burlap. 11 5. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures 12 a. Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the 13 slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not permitted 14 unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted. 15 b. When water or air entraining admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at 16 least 30 additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform 17 mixing of the concrete. 18 c. When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to 19 cementitious material ratio. 20 d. Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been 21 discharged. 22 B. Transport and Discharging 23 1. Arrange discharging equipment, such as chutes, troughs, conveyors, pipes, and 24 vertical downspouts, to prevent segregation of the concrete material. 25 2. Keep all transporting and discharging equipment clean and free from hardened 26 concrete coatings. 27 3. Discharge water used for cleaning clear of the concrete. 28 4. Discharging Time 29 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 30 C. Concrete Temperature 31 1. Place concrete according to the following temperature limits for the classes of 32 concrete defined in Section 03 00 00. 33 a. Class C, F, or H 34 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 95 degrees 35 Fahrenheit. 36 b. Class S Culvert Top Slabs 37 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 85 degrees 38 Fahrenheit. 39 c. Class A and B 40 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is greater than 50 degrees 41 Fahrenheit. 42 d. Mass Concrete 43 1) Concrete temperature at time of placement is between 50 and 75 degrees 44 Fahrenheit. 45 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 9 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 D. Surface Preparation 1 1. Thoroughly wet all forms and adjacent hardened concrete prior to placing concrete. 2 2. Remove any remaining puddles of excess water before placing concrete. 3 3. Provide surfaces in a moist, saturated surface-dry condition when concrete is placed 4 on them. 5 4. Ensure the subgrade or foundation is moist before placing concrete on grade. 6 3.4 INSTALLATION 7 A. Superstructure Construction 8 1. Construct all superstructures in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification 9 Item 422. 10 B. Schedule Restrictions 11 1. Reducing Schedule Restrictions 12 a. The Contractor may request to perform additional testing to reduce the schedule 13 restrictions required. At the time of request, the City will provide additional 14 testing requirements based on the site conditions. 15 b. If the Contractor does not perform additional strength testing, the 7-day lab-16 cured tests will be used for strength determination unless otherwise specified in 17 the Drawings. 18 2. Setting Forms 19 a. Attain at least 3,000 psi compressive strength before erecting forms on concrete 20 footings supported by piling or drilled shafts, or on individual drilled shafts. 21 b. Erect forms on spread footings and culvert footings after the concrete has aged 22 at least 2 curing days. 23 c. Place concrete only after the forms and reinforcing steel have been inspected. 24 d. Support tie beam or cap forms by falsework on previously placed tie beams 25 only if the tie beam concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi 26 and the member is properly supported. 27 e. Maintain curing as required until completion of the curing period. 28 f. Place superstructure forms or falsework on the substructure only if the 29 substructure concrete has attained a minimum compressive strength of 3,000 30 psi. 31 3. Placement of Superstructure Members 32 a. Place superstructure members or precast substructure members only after the 33 substructure concrete has attained a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 34 4. Opening to Traffic 35 a. Direct traffic culverts may be opened to traffic when the design strength 36 specified in the Drawings or in Section 03 00 00 has been reached and after the 37 curing period has ended. 38 b. Obtain approval before opening direct traffic culverts to the traveling public. 39 5. Post-Tensioned Construction 40 a. Ensure strength requirements specified in the Drawings for structural element 41 designed to be post-tensioned are met for stressing and staged loading of 42 structural elements. 43 44 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 10 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 C. Falsework and Forms 1 1. Falsework 2 a. Provide falsework design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 3 Specification Item 420. 4 2. Forms 5 a. Provide formwork design and materials in accordance with TxDOT Standard 6 Specification Item 420. 7 b. Provide bond-breaking layer on timber and metal forms. 8 D. Drains 9 1. Install and construct weep holes and roadway drains as specified in the Drawings. 10 E. Placing Reinforcement and Post-Tensioning 11 1. Place reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 12 2. Do not weld reinforcing steel supports to other reinforcing steel unless specified in 13 the Drawings. 14 3. Place post-tensioning ducts, anchorages, and other hardware in accordance with the 15 approved prestressing details and TxDOT Standard Specification Item 426. Keep 16 ducts free of obstructions until all post-tensioning operations are complete. 17 F. Joints 18 1. Expansion Joints 19 a. Construct joints and devices in accordance with the Drawings. 20 b. Use light wire or nails to anchor any preformed fiber joint material to the 21 concrete on 1 side of the joint. 22 c. Ensure finished joints are in accordance with the Drawings with the concrete 23 sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. 24 d. Remove all concrete within the joint opening immediately after form removal 25 and again where necessary after surface finishing. 26 2. Construction Joints 27 a. Make construction joints of the type and at the locations specified in the 28 Drawings. 29 b. Additional joints in other members are not permitted without approval. 30 c. Place approved additional joints using details specified in the Drawings. 31 d. Make construction joints square and normal to the forms unless otherwise 32 specified in the Drawings or by the City. 33 e. Use bulkheads in the forms for all vertical joints. 34 f. Thoroughly roughen the top surface of a concrete placement terminating at a 35 horizontal construction joint as soon as possible after initial set is attained. 36 g. Thoroughly clean the hardened concrete surface of all loose material, laitance, 37 dirt, and foreign matter, and saturate with water. 38 h. Remove all free water and moisten the surface before concrete or bonding grout 39 is placed against it. 40 i. Ensure the surface of the existing concrete is in a saturated surface-dry 41 condition immediately before placing subsequent concrete. 42 1) A saturated surface-dry condition is achieved when the surface remains 43 damp when exposed to sunlight for 15 minutes. 44 45 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 11 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 j. Wet the existing concrete by ponding water on the surface for 24 hours before 1 placing subsequent concrete. 2 1) Use high-pressure water blasting if ponding is not possible to achieve a 3 saturated surface-dry condition 15 to 30 minutes before placing the 4 concrete. 5 k. Draw forms tight against the existing concrete. 6 l. Bonding agents are not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 7 by the City. 8 m. Coat the joint surface with bonding mortar, grout, epoxy, or other material if a 9 bonding agent is required. 10 n. Provide Type V epoxy in accordance with DMS-6100 for bonding fresh 11 concrete to hardened concrete. 12 o. Place the bonding epoxy on a clean, dry surface, and place the fresh concrete 13 while the epoxy is still tacky. 14 p. Place bonding mortar or grout on a surface in a saturated surface-dry condition, 15 and place the concrete before the bonding mortar or grout dries. 16 q. Place other bonding agents in accordance with the manufacturer’s 17 recommendations. 18 G. Placing Concrete 19 1. General 20 a. Minimize segregation while placing concrete. 21 b. Produce and place a uniform, dense compact mass of concrete. 22 c. Ensure concrete free-falls no more than 5 feet except in the case of drilled 23 shafts, thin walls such as culverts, or as allowed by other items. 24 d. Fill the forms by depositing concrete as close to final position as possible. Do 25 not deposit large quantities of concrete in one location and move the concrete to 26 fill the forms. 27 e. Remove any hardened concrete splatter ahead of the plastic concrete. 28 f. Deposit concrete in layers no more than 36 inches deep unless otherwise 29 permitted. 30 g. Avoid cold joints in monolithic placement. Sequence successive layers or 31 adjacent portions of concrete so they can be vibrated into a homogeneous mass 32 with the previously placed concrete before it sets. 33 h. Re-Vibration 34 1) When re-vibrating between adjacent or successive placements of concrete, 35 verify approved time lapse between adjacent or successive placements with 36 the City. 37 2) The timeframe between adjacent or successive placements will be subject 38 to approval by the City. 39 3) General accepted timeframes include: 40 a) No more than 1 hour to elapse 41 b) If the concrete contains at least the minimum recommended dosage of 42 Type B or D admixture, the City may approve 1.5 hours to elapse. 43 2. In Cold Weather 44 a. Provide and install recording thermometers, maturity meters, or other suitable 45 temperature measuring devices capable of determining the temperature of the 46 concrete to verify all concrete is in accordance with the following temperature 47 limits: 48 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 12 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) Maintain the temperature at all surfaces of concrete in bents, piers, culvert 1 walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, top slabs of non-direct traffic 2 culverts, and other similar formed concrete at or above 40 degrees 3 Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 4 2) Maintain the temperature of all other concrete, including the bottom slabs 5 (footings) of culverts placed on or in the ground above 32 degrees 6 Fahrenheit for 72 hours from the time of placement. 7 b. Use coverings, insulated forms, artificial heating, or other means until all 8 requirements for curing have been satisfied. Do not apply heat directly to 9 concrete surfaces. 10 c. Plan for cold weather and have all necessary heating and covering material 11 ready for use. If any concrete is damaged due to poor planning, remove and 12 replace concrete at no cost to the City. 13 d. In accordance with ambient temperature requirements of this Section and 14 Section 03 00 00. 15 3. In Hot Weather 16 a. Keep the concrete at or below the maximum temperature at the time of 17 placement. 18 b. To control the concrete temperature, use ice, liquid nitrogen, shade, or water on 19 aggregate stockpiles. 20 4. In Water 21 a. Deposit concrete in water only when specified in the Drawings or with 22 approval from the City. 23 b. Make forms or cofferdams tight enough to prevent any water current passing 24 through. 25 c. Do not pump water during or within 36 hours of concrete placement. 26 d. Place the concrete with a tremie, pump, or other approved method. 27 1) Do not allow the concrete to fall freely through the water and do not disturb 28 the concrete after it has been placed. 29 e. Keep the concrete surface level during placement. 30 f. Submerge the lower end of the tremie or pump hose in the concrete at all times. 31 g. Use continuous placing operations until the work is complete. 32 5. Mass Placements 33 a. Develop and obtain approval for a heat control plan for monolithic placements 34 specified in the Drawings as mass concrete. 35 b. Place in accordance with the following temperature limits during the heat 36 dissipation period for mass monolithic placements: 37 1) The temperature differential between the central core of the placement and 38 the exposed concrete surface does not exceed 35 degrees Fahrenheit 39 2) The temperature at the central core of the placement does not exceed 160 40 degrees Fahrenheit 41 3) Revise the heat control plan as necessary to maintain the temperature 42 limitations. 43 4) Repair any resulting cracking if the temperature differential between the 44 central core of the placement and the nearest concrete surface exceeds 35 45 degrees Fahrenheit, at no cost to the City. 46 c. Furnish and install enough temperature recording devices, maturity meters, or 47 other approved equivalent devices to monitor the heat dissipation. 48 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 13 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Maintain temperature control methods for 4 days unless otherwise directed or 1 approved based on the heat control plan. 2 e. Install devices using the following parameters: 3 1) Measuring Surface Temperature 4 a) Install no more than 3 inches from the surface. 5 2) Measuring Core Temperature 6 a) Install mid-way between the point of maximum predicted heat to the 7 nearest surface. 8 f. Do not use maturity meters to predict strength. 9 g. If the core temperature exceeds 160 degrees Fahrenheit, the mass concrete will 10 be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 11 1) Do not move forward with subsequent construction until the City has 12 evaluated the mass concrete. 13 6. In Foundation and Substructure 14 a. Perform any pumping or bailing from a suitable sump located outside the 15 forms. 16 b. Construct or adjust all temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams as the work 17 proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints. 18 c. Footings 19 1) Do not place concrete in footings until the depth and formwork has been 20 inspected. 21 2) Place concrete footings upon seal concrete after the cofferdams are free 22 from water and the seal concrete is cleaned. 23 d. Columns 24 1) Place concrete in columns monolithically between construction joints 25 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 26 2) Place the column concrete to the lower level of the cap or tie beam and 27 delay placing the cap or tie beam on top of the column until the column 28 concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 29 7. In Box Culverts 30 a. For locations where the culvert is more than 4 feet in clear height, delay placing 31 the top slab until the wall concrete has reached a compressive strength of 3,000 32 psi. 33 b. Finishing 34 1) Footing slab 35 a) Provide a smooth, uniform finish. 36 2) Direct traffic top slabs 37 a) Finish in accordance with TxDOT Standard Specification Item 422. 38 3) Other top slabs 39 a) Float finish 40 H. Extending Existing Substructures 41 1. Removal 42 a. Remove portions of the existing structure to the lines and dimensions specified 43 in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 44 b. Repair any minor damage to the existing structure in accordance with Section 45 32 01 29. 46 c. Do not use explosives to remove portions of the existing structure. 47 d. Do not use a demolition ball, other swinging weight, or impact equipment 48 unless directed to or approved by the City. 49 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 14 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 e. Use equipment that will not damage the remaining concrete. 1 2. Splicing Reinforcing Steel 2 a. Splice new reinforcing bars to exposed bars in the existing structure using lap 3 splices in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 4 b. Welded splices are permitted, perform welds in accordance with TxDOT 5 Standard Specification Item 448. 6 3. Concrete Preparation 7 a. Roughen and clean concrete surfaces in contact with new construction before 8 placing forms. 9 b. Prepare joint surfaces in accordance with this Section. 10 I. Consolidation 11 1. Consolidate concrete and flush mortar to the form surfaces with immersion type 12 vibrators. Do not use vibrators that operate by attachment to forms or 13 reinforcement, unless otherwise approved. 14 2. Vibrate the concrete immediately after deposit. Space points of vibration to ensure 15 complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the 16 reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. 17 3. Insert the vibrators vertically where possible. 18 4. Vibrate the entire depth of each lift and penetrate the previous lift 2 to 3 inches 19 where applicable. 20 5. Do not use the vibrator to move the concrete to other locations in the forms. 21 6. Do not drag the vibrator through the concrete. 22 7. Thoroughly consolidate concrete along construction joints by operating the vibrator 23 along and close to the joint surface. Do not vibrate against the joint surface. 24 8. Continue vibration until the concrete surrounding reinforcements and fixtures is 25 completely consolidated. 26 9. Hand-space or rod the concrete if necessary to ensure flushing of mortar to the 27 surface of all forms. 28 J. Dowels and Anchor Bolts 29 1. Install dowels and anchor bolts by casting them in-place or by grouting with grout, 30 epoxy, or epoxy mortar, unless otherwise specified. 31 2. Form or drill holes for grouting. 32 3. Follow the manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures for pre-packaged 33 grout or epoxy anchor systems. 34 4. Test anchors if specified in the Drawings or required within applicable Sections. 35 5. Drill holes for anchor bolts to accommodate the bolt embedment specified in the 36 Drawings. 37 6. Make holes for dowels at least 12 inches deep unless otherwise specified in the 38 Drawings. 39 7. Hole Diameter Size 40 a. A minimum of twice the dowel or bolt diameter 41 b. When using cementitious grout or epoxy mortar, do not exceed the dowel or 42 bolt diameter plus 1.5 inches. 43 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 15 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. When using neat epoxy, make the hole diameter 1/16 to 1/4 inch greater than 1 the dowel or bolt diameter, unless otherwise specified by the epoxy 2 manufacturer. 3 8. Thoroughly clean holes of all loose material, oil, grease, or other bond-breaking 4 substance, and blow them clean with filtered compressed air. 5 9. Use a wire brush followed by oil-free compressed air to remove all loose material 6 from the holes, repeating as necessary until no more material is removed. 7 10. Ensure holes are in a surface-dry condition when epoxy type materials are used and 8 a surface-moist condition when cementitious grout is used. 9 11. Develop and demonstrate for approval a procedure for cleaning and preparing the 10 holes for installation of the dowels and anchor bolts. 11 12. Completely fill the void between the hole and dowel or bolt with grouting material. 12 13. Follow all product recommendations for pre-packaged systems. 13 K. Finishing of Surfaces 14 1. Standard Surfaces 15 a. Provide a consistent and uniform surface for all visible concrete surfaces. 16 b. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish to all concrete surfaces unless a flat, 17 textured, broom, or trowel surface is specified in this Section, the Drawings, or 18 as directed by the City. 19 c. Repair defects and surface irregularities in accordance with this Section. 20 Remove and replace any visible surfaces with defects or irregularities that are 21 unable to be repaired. 22 d. Apply an ordinary smooth surface finish as the final finish to the following 23 exposed concrete surfaces, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the 24 City: 25 1) Inside and top of inlets 26 2) Inside and top of manholes 27 3) Inside of sewer and appurtenances 28 4) Inside of culvert barrels 29 e. Form marks and chamfer edges do not need to be smoothed for the inside of 30 culvert barrels. 31 2. Horizontal Surfaces 32 a. Do not use mortar topping for surfaces, unless otherwise directed by the City. 33 b. Strike off to grade and finish all unformed upper surfaces and float the surface. 34 c. Slope the following to drain water from the surface 35 1) Tops of caps and piers between bearing areas from the center slightly 36 toward the edge 37 2) The tops of abutment and transition bent caps from the backwall to the edge 38 d. Construct bearing areas for steel units in accordance with TxDOT Standard 39 Specification Item 441. 40 e. Finish 41 1) Standard 42 a) Smooth trowel finish 43 2) Bearing area under the expansion ends of concrete slabs and slab and girder 44 spans 45 a) Steel-trowel finish to the grades specified 46 3) Bearing areas under elastomeric bearing pads or nonreinforced bearing seat 47 buildups 48 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 16 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a) Textured, wood float finish 1 4) Do not allow the bearing area to vary from a level plane by more than 1/16 2 inch in all directions. 3 f. Cast bearing seat buildups or pedestals for concrete units integrally with the cap 4 or a construction joint. 5 g. Provide a latex-based mortar, an epoxy mortar, or an approved proprietary 6 bearing mortar for bearing seat buildups cast with a construction joint. 7 h. Construct pedestals of Class C concrete, reinforced as specified in the Drawings 8 or, for pedestals less than 12 inches in height, as indicated in Figure 1 and 2 9 10 Figure 1 11 Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 12 Figure 2 13 Section Through Bearing Seat Buildups 14 15 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 17 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 L. Curing 1 1. General 2 a. Perform curing in accordance with approved methods. 3 b. Curing Day 4 1) Standard 5 a) The temperature, taken in the shade, is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for 6 at least 19 hours. 7 2) Cold Day 8 a) The temperature of all surfaces of the concrete is maintained above 40 9 degrees Fahrenheit for the entire 24 hours. 10 c. The curing period begins when all concrete has attained its initial set in 11 accordance with Tex-440-A, unless otherwise indicated in the Drawings. 12 d. Curing Locations 13 1) For vertical surfaces, use form or membrane curing unless otherwise 14 specified in the Drawings or by the City. 15 2) For horizontal surfaces of HPC or mass concrete, use only water curing. 16 3) For horizontal or unformed surfaces of all other concrete, use water or 17 membrane curing. 18 4) For the top surface of any concrete structure that additional concrete will be 19 placed and bonded onto at a later date, use water curing. Examples include, 20 but are not limited to stub walls, caps with backwalls, and risers. 21 5) Cure all other concrete as specified in other applicable Sections. 22 e. Curing Timeframes: 23 1) Standard 24 a) Cure all concrete for 4 consecutive days 25 2) Vertical Surfaces 26 a) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by 4 days of form 27 curing. 28 b) Form cure for 12 hours after placement followed by membrane cure in 29 accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the 30 Drawings, or as directed by the City. 31 c) HPC concrete 32 (1) Form cure for 48 hours after placement followed by membrane 33 cure in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, as 34 specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City . 35 3) Mass Concrete 36 a) If forms are removed prior to 4 days of curing, form cure as required by 37 the heat control plan and then membrane cure in accordance with 38 manufacturer recommendations, as specified by the Drawings, or as 39 directed by the City. 40 f. If using membrane curing, apply within 2 hours of form removal. 41 2. Form Curing 42 a. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods are not 43 required except for exposed surfaces and for cold weather protection. 44 b. Use other approved curing methods if forms are removed prior to the 4 day 45 curing period. 46 3. Water Curing 47 a. Keep all exposed surfaces of the concrete continuously wet for the required 48 curing timeframe. 49 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 18 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Use water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. Do not use water that stains or 1 leaves a residue. 2 4. Blankets 3 a. Keep the concrete continuously wet by maintaining wet cotton or burlap mats 4 in direct contact with the concrete for the required curing time. 5 b. Cover the cotton or burlap mats with a layer of polyethylene sheeting. 6 c. Weigh the mats adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete. 7 d. Cover surfaces that cannot be cured by direct contact with mats by forming an 8 enclosure well anchored to the forms or ground so outside air cannot enter the 9 enclosure. 10 1) Provide sufficient moisture inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the 11 concrete wet. 12 5. Membrane Curing 13 a. Do not vary the type of curing compound throughout the project. 14 b. Apply membrane curing at a rate of approximately 180 square feet per gallon 15 unless otherwise specified in accordance with manufacturer recommendations, 16 as specified by the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 17 c. Do not spray curing compound on projecting reinforcing steel or concrete that 18 will later form a construction joint. 19 d. Do not apply membrane curing to dry surfaces. Follow the manufacturer’s 20 recommendations for what level of surface moisture to apply curing compound. 21 e. Leave the film unbroken for the minimum curing period specified by the 22 manufacturer. 23 f. Correct damaged membrane immediately by reapplication of membrane. 24 M. Removal of Falsework and Forms 25 1. Follow curing requirements when removing forms. 26 2. For mass placements, keep forms in place for 4 days following concrete placement 27 unless otherwise specified by the heat control plan, in the Drawings, or by the City. 28 3. Do not remove weight-supporting forms and falsework spanning more than 1 foot 29 for all bridge components and culvert slabs until the concrete has attained a 30 compressive strength of 3,000 psi. 31 4. Remove inside forms (walls and top slabs) for box culverts and sewers after 32 concrete has attained 75 percent of the design compressive strength. 33 5. If a form is not providing support, the form may be removed provided the removal 34 does not disturb other forms that are providing support. 35 6. Metal Appliances: 36 a. Remove all metal appliances used inside forms to a depth of at least one-half 37 inch from the concrete surface. 38 b. Remove appliances without chipping or spalling the concrete. 39 c. If the concrete is damaged, the City will decide if the concrete can be repaired, 40 or if it will need to be replaced. 41 d. Replace any concrete that has been damaged due to the removal of metal 42 appliances at no cost to the City. 43 7. Do not leave any forms or falsework in place unless otherwise specified in the 44 Drawings or as directed by the City. 45 3.5 REPAIR 46 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 19 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 A. Repair Surface Defects and Irregularities 1 1. Chip away all loose or broken material to sound concrete where porous, spalled, or 2 honeycombed areas are visible after form removal. 3 2. Repair spalls in accordance with Section 32 01 29. 4 3. Clean and fill holes or spalls caused by the removal of form and falsework with 5 latex grout, cement grout, or epoxy grout. Fill only the holes. Do not blend the 6 patch with the surrounding concrete. 7 4. Remove all fins, rust stains, runs, drips, or mortar from surfaces that will be 8 exposed. Smooth all form marks and chamfer edges by grinding or dry-rubbing. 9 5. Ensure all repairs are dense, well-bonded, and properly cured. Finish exposed large 10 repairs to blend with the surrounding concrete where a higher class of finish is not 11 specified. 12 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 14 A. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 15 1. Perform testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 16 B. Concrete Production and Placement Acceptance 17 1. Perform production and placement testing in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 18 C. Non-Conforming Work 19 1. General 20 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it fails to meet the requirements 21 specified in this Section. 22 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 23 concrete if any material is found to be non-conforming, at no additional cost to 24 the City. 25 c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 26 2. Aggregates 27 a. If the aggregates fail to meet the requirements specified in Section 32 05 16, the 28 City may reject the aggregates. 29 3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 30 a. If the mix design fails to meet the requirements specified in this Section and 31 Section 03 00 00, the City may reject the mix design. 32 b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 33 removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 34 c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials to verify the 35 conformance of the mixture. 36 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 37 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 38 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 39 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 40 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 41 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE Page 20 of 20 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 1 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2 END OF SECTION 3 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 5 03 34 13 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 1 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 03 34 13 1 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Controlled low strength material (CLSM) for use as flowable backfill. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Measurement 16 a. This item is considered subsidiary to utility pipe installed. 17 2. Payment 18 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 19 subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of utility pipe installed. 20 1.3 REFERENCES 21 A. Acronyms 22 1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material. 23 B. Reference Standards 24 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 25 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 26 unless a date is specifically cited. 27 2. American Society of Testing and Materials (ASTM): 28 a. C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 29 Field. 30 b. C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 31 c. C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 32 Specimens. 33 d. C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete. 34 e. C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by 35 the Pressure Method. 36 f. C260 - Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 37 g. C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural 38 Pozzolan for Use in Concrete. 39 03 34 13 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 2 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5 A. Sieve analysis 6 1. Analyses of fine and coarse aggregates proposed to be used. 7 a. Resubmit at any time there is a significant change in grading of materials. 8 2. Mix 9 a. Full details, including mix design calculations for proposed mix. 10 B. Trial batch test data 11 1. Data for each test cylinder. 12 2. Data identifying mix and slump for each test cylinder. 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 17 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 18 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 19 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 20 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 21 2.2 MATERIALS 22 A. Materials 23 1. Portland Cement: 24 a. Type II low alkali Portland cement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 25 2. Fly Ash in accordance with ASTM C618. 26 3. Water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27 4. Admixtures: 28 a. Air entrainer in accordance with ASTM C260. 29 5. Fine Aggregate: 30 a. Concrete sand (not required to be in accordance with ASTM C33). 31 b. No more than 12 percent of fine aggregate shall pass a No. 200 sieve. 32 c. No plastic fines shall be present. 33 6. Coarse Aggregate: 34 a. Pea gravel no larger than 3/8-inch. 35 03 34 13 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 3 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Mixes 1 1. Performance requirements 2 a. Total calculated air content 3 1) Not less than 8.0 percent or greater than 12.0 percent. 4 b. Minimum unconfined compressive strength 5 1) Not less than 50 psi measured at 28 days. 6 c. Maximum unconfined compressive strength 7 1) Not greater than 150 psi measured at 28 days. 8 2) Limit the long-term strength (90 days) to 200 psi such that material could 9 be re-excavated with conventional excavation equipment in the future if 10 necessary. 11 d. Slump 12 1) Greater than 9 inches and sufficient to allow the material to flow freely 13 during placement. 14 e. Wet density 15 1) No greater than 132 pounds per cubic foot. 16 f. Color 17 1) No coloration required unless noted. 18 2) Submit dye or other coloration means for approval. 19 2. Suggested mix design: 20 Material Weight Specific Gravity Absolute Volume Cubic Foot Cement 30 pounds 3.15 0.15 Fly Ash 300 pounds 2.30 2.09 Water 283 pounds 1.00 4.54 Coarse Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76 Fine Aggregate 1,465 pounds 2.68 8.76 Admixture 4-6 ounces - 2.70 TOTAL 3,543 pounds - 27.00 21 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 23 A. Trial Batch 24 1. After mix design has been accepted by City, have trial batch of the accepted mix 25 design prepared by testing laboratory acceptable to City. 26 2. Prepare trial batches using specified cementitious materials and aggregates 27 proposed to be used for the Work. 28 3. Prepare trial batch with sufficient quantity to determine slump, workability, 29 consistency, and to provide sufficient test cylinders. 30 31 03 34 13 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 4 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Test Cylinders 1 1. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following 2 exceptions: 3 a. Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle the 4 mix. 5 b. Do not rod the concrete mix. 6 c. Strike off the excess material. 7 2. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and 8 transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only minimal 9 bumping, banging, or jolting without damage. 10 3. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped and 11 tested. 12 4. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene pads: 13 a. Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures. 14 b. Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick, and 1/2 inch larger in diameter 15 than the test cylinders. 16 c. Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a minimum 17 age of 3 days. 18 C. Compression test 8 test cylinders: Test 4 test cylinders at 3 days and 4 at 28 days in 19 accordance with ASTM C39 with the following exceptions: 20 1. The compression strength of the 4 test cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to 21 or greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed 22 maximum compression strength. 23 D. If the trial batch tests do not meet the requirements for strength or density, revise and 24 resubmit the mix design, and prepare additional trial batch and tests. Repeat until an 25 acceptable trial batch is produced in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 26 1. All the trial batches and acceptability of materials shall be paid by Contractor. 27 2. After acceptance, do not change the mix design without submitting a new mix 28 design, trial batches, and test information. 29 E. Determine slump in accordance with ASTM C143 with the following exceptions: 30 1. Do not rod the concrete material. 31 2. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation, slightly 32 overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump. 33 PART 3 - EXECUTION 34 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 35 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 36 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 37 38 03 34 13 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 5 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.4 INSTALLATION 1 A. Placement 2 1. Place CLSM by any method which preserves the quality of the material in terms of 3 compressive strength and density: 4 a. Limit lift heights of CLSM placed against structures and other facilities that 5 could be damaged due to the pressure from the CLSM to 4 feet or the lift height 6 indicated on the Drawings, whichever is less. 7 1) Do not place another lift of CLSM until the last lift of CLSM has set and 8 gained sufficient strength to prevent lateral load due to the weight of the 9 next lift of CLSM. 10 b. The basic requirement for placement equipment and placement methods is the 11 maintenance of its fluid properties. 12 c. Transport and place material so it flows easily around, beneath, or through 13 walls, pipes, conduits, or other structures. 14 d. Maintain slump developed for trial batch during construction at all times within 15 1-inch +/-. 16 e. Use a slump, consistency, workability, flow characteristics, and pumpability 17 (where required) such that when placed, the material is self-compacting, self 18 densifying, and has sufficient plasticity so compaction or mechanical vibration 19 is not required. 20 f. When using as embedment for pipe take appropriate measures to ensure line 21 and grade of pipe. 22 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 23 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 24 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 25 A. Quality Control Testing 26 1. Perform testing to determine whether the CLSM, as being produced during the 27 process of construction, is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 28 a. Make and deliver test cylinders to testing laboratory at the Contractor’s 29 expense. 30 2. Test cylinders 31 a. Prepare test cylinders in accordance with ASTM C31 with the following 32 exceptions: 33 1) Fill the concrete test cylinders to overflowing and tap sides lightly to settle 34 the mix. 35 2) Do not rod the concrete mix. 36 3) Strike off the excess material. 37 b. Place the cylinders in a safe location away from the construction activities. 38 Keep the cylinders moist by covering with wet burlap, or equivalent. Do not 39 sprinkle water directly on the cylinders. 40 c. After 2 days, place the cylinders in a protective container, such as a Styrofoam 41 or similar lining that will limit the jarring and bumping of the cylinders, for 42 transport to the laboratory for testing. 43 d. Place test cylinders in a moist curing room. Exercise caution in moving and 44 transporting the cylinders since they are fragile and will withstand only 45 minimal bumping, banging, or jolting without damage. 46 03 34 13 CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL (CLSM) Page 6 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 e. Do not remove the test cylinder from mold until the cylinder is to be capped 1 and tested. 2 f. The test cylinders may be capped with standard sulfur compound or neoprene 3 pads: 4 1) Perform the capping carefully to prevent premature fractures. 5 2) Use neoprene pads a minimum of 1/2 inch thick and 1/2 inch larger in 6 diameter than the test cylinders. 7 3) Do not perform initial compression test until the cylinders reach a 8 minimum age of 3 days. 9 3. The number of cylinder specimens taken each day shall be determined by the City. 10 a. Test 1 cylinder at 3 days and 2 at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39 11 except as modified herein. 12 b. The compression strength of the cylinders tested at 28 days shall be equal to or 13 greater than the minimum required compression strength, but not exceed 14 maximum compression strength. 15 4. Test the air content of the CLSM. Test will be made immediately after discharge 16 from the mixer in accordance with ASTM C231. 17 5. Test the slump of CLSM using a slump cone in accordance with ASTM C143 with 18 the following exceptions: 19 a. Do not rod the concrete material. 20 b. Place material in slump cone in 1 semi-continuous filling operation, slightly 21 overfill, tap lightly, strike off, and then measure and record slump. 22 6. If compressive strength of test cylinders does not meet requirements, make 23 corrections to the mix design to be in accordance with the requirements of this 24 Section. 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 31 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 32 END OF SECTION 33 34 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 35 03 80 00 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 03 80 00 1 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Modifications to existing concrete structures, including manholes, junction boxes, 6 vaults, retaining walls, wingwalls, headwalls, and culverts. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 15 5. Section 03 34 13 - Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 16 6. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls. 17 7. Section 33 05 05 - Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Measurement 21 a. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures materials, equipment, tools, 22 testing, and incidentals are subsidiary to the structure or item being installed. 23 2. Payment 24 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 25 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of 26 Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 27 1.3 REFERENCES 28 A. Reference Standards 29 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31 unless a date is specifically cited. 32 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 33 Specifications (DMS): 34 a. DMS-6100, Epoxies and Adhesives. 35 3. TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual. 36 03 80 00 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5 A. Product Data 6 1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying curing 7 compounds, evaporation retardant, joint fillers, or chemical additives to be used on 8 the project. 9 2. Product data sheets for all products other than epoxy including: 10 a. Manufacturer name 11 b. Date 12 c. Material description 13 d. Point of delivery 14 e. Data and test results as required in this Section 15 f. Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 16 Compounds 17 g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 18 h. Application Recommendations, if applicable 19 i. Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 20 3. Epoxy Product Data Sheet Additional Requirements: 21 a. Resin or hardener components 22 b. Brand name 23 c. Name of manufacturer 24 d. Lot or batch number 25 e. Temperature range for storage 26 f. Date of manufacture 27 g. Expiration date 28 h. Quantity contained 29 B. Information Submittals 30 1. Equipment Information 31 a. Submittal for all major equipment including: 32 1) Equipment name and description 33 2) Size 34 3) Intended use 35 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 37 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 38 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 39 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 40 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 41 66 00. 42 03 80 00 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. Cast-in-Place Concrete 6 1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00. 7 B. Controlled Low Strength Material 8 1. In accordance with Section 03 34 13. 9 C. Steel Reinforcement 10 1. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 11 D. Epoxy Bonding Agent 12 1. Provide a two component, solvent-free, asbestos-free, moisture-insensitive epoxy 13 resin material used to bond plastic concrete to hardened concrete in accordance with 14 DMS-6100, Type V. 15 E. Backfill material 16 1. Trenches 17 a. In accordance with Section 33 05 05. 18 2. Retaining walls 19 a. In accordance with Section 32 32 00. 20 F. Repair Mortars 21 1. Provide an asbestos free, moisture insensitive, polymer-modified, Portland cement-22 based cementitious trowel grade mortar for repairs on horizontal or vertical 23 surfaces. 24 G. Pipe Penetration Sealants 25 1. Provide one component polyurethane, bentonite-free, extrudable swelling waterstop 26 that is chemically resistant, not soluble in water, and capable of withstanding 27 wet/dry cycling. 28 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32 33 03 80 00 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.2 EXAMINATION 1 A. Verification of Conditions 2 1. Examine existing structure to be modified for damage or defects that may affect 3 modification. 4 a. Report issue to City for review before beginning modification. 5 3.3 PREPARATION 6 A. Connection Surface Preparation 7 1. Remove all deteriorated materials, dirt, oil, grease, and all other bond inhibiting 8 materials from the surface by dry mechanical means such as sanding or grinding. 9 a. Irregular voids or surface stones do not need to be removed if they are sound, 10 free of laitance, and firmly embedded into parent concrete, subject to the City's 11 final inspection. 12 B. Reinforcing Steel Preparation 13 1. Clean reinforcing steel shown to be incorporated in new concrete of existing 14 demolished concrete by wire brush or other similar means to remove all loose 15 material and products of corrosion before proceeding with the repair. 16 2. If reinforcing steel is exposed, clean by wire brush or other similar means to 17 remove all contaminants. 18 3. If half of the diameter or more of the reinforcing steel is exposed, chip out a 19 minimum of 1 inch behind the steel. 20 4. Cut, bend, or lap to new reinforcing as specified in the Drawings and provide with 21 1-inch minimum cover all around. 22 3.4 INSTALLATION 23 A. General 24 1. When drilling holes for dowels or bolts at new or existing concrete, stop drilling if 25 rebar is encountered and relocate the hole to avoid rebar as approved by the City 26 and Engineer. 27 2. Do not cut rebar without prior approval by the City and Engineer. 28 B. Concrete Removal 29 1. Remove concrete designated to be removed to specific limits as shown on the 30 Drawings by chipping, jack-hammering, or saw-cutting as appropriate in areas 31 where concrete is to be taken out. 32 a. Do not jackhammer sanitary sewer manhole penetrations. 33 2. Remove concrete in such a manner that surrounding concrete or existing reinforcing 34 to be left in place and existing in place equipment is not damaged. 35 3. Where existing reinforcing is exposed due to saw cutting/core drilling and no new 36 material is to be placed on the sawcut surface, apply a coating or surface treatment 37 of epoxy to the entire cut surface to a thickness of 1/4 inch. 38 4. In all cases where the joint between new concrete or grout and existing concrete 39 will be exposed in the finished work, except as otherwise shown or specified, 40 provide a 1-inch deep saw cut on each exposed surface of the existing concrete at 41 the edge of concrete removal. 42 03 80 00 MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURES Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 C. Modification 1 1. When doweling in new concrete to existing structure, drill a hole 1/4 inch larger 2 than the diameter of the dowel. 3 a. Thoroughly clean the hole of all loose particles and dust and blow clean with 4 filtered compressed air prior to installing epoxy. 5 2. Roughen the existing concrete surface by dry mechanical means such as sanding or 6 grinding prior to placing grout, epoxy, or new concrete. 7 3. Place concrete as specified in the Drawings and in accordance with Section 03 30 8 00. 9 3.5 REPAIR 10 A. Repair damaged concrete specified to be left in place in accordance with the TxDOT 11 Concrete Repair Manual. 12 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 17 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 18 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 19 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 20 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 21 END OF SECTION 22 23 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 24 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 31 10 00 1 SITE CLEARING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Site Preparation 6 a. Preparing the right-of-way and designated easements for construction 7 operations by the removal and disposal of obstructions within the project limits. 8 b. Removing trees and shrubs. 9 c. Pruning trees and shrubs. 10 d. Tree protection fence 11 e. Trunk protection 12 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 13 1. None. 14 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 15 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 16 Contract. 17 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 18 3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 19 4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 20 5. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation. 21 6. Section 34 71 13 – Traffic Control 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Site Preparation 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured per lump sum of Site Preparation within the project limits, when 27 specifically required by the Contract Documents. Otherwise this item is 28 considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid for lump sum for “Site Preparation.” 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Full compensation for Site Preparation as specified by the Drawings 35 2) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 36 3) Sawing 37 4) Grading and backfilling of holes 38 5) Excavation 39 6) Topsoil and sod limits of tree removal disturbance unless quantified 40 separately under another bid item 41 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 7) Tree and shrub protection for trees and shrubs to remain 1 8) Replace any tree designated to remain that is damaged during tree removal 2 9) Tree wound treatment material 3 10) Tree and shrub pruning 4 11) Disposal of debris, tree clippings, limbs, leaves, and pine needles removed 5 as part of pruning 6 12) Trunk Protection 7 a) Closed cell foam pad 8 b) Wood planks 9 c) Steel straps 10 13) Tree protection fence 11 a) Woven wire fence 12 b) T-Bar posts 13 c) One strand barbed wire fence 14 d) Tundra weight orange flagging 15 14) Remove, haul-off, and dispose of: 16 a) Trees, shrubbery, grass and all other vegetation not designated to 17 remain 18 b) Stumps, roots, brush, and logs 19 c) Abandoned utility pipes or conduits 20 d) Fence and fence posts if Fence Removal bid item is not used 21 e) Gravel, stone, or boulders, not including removal of gravel or stone 22 driveways, roads, or other driving surfaces. 23 f) Scrap metal 24 g) All rubbish or debris 25 h) All obstructions and objectionable material not specifically included in 26 another bid item 27 1.3 REFERENCES 28 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 29 1. SWPPP – Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 30 2. MUTCD – Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices 31 3. pH – Potential of Hydrogen 32 B. Reference Standards 33 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35 unless a date is specifically cited. 36 2. Tree Care Industry Association (TCIA) / American National Standards Institute 37 (ANSI): 38 a. A300, Tree, Shrub, and Other Woody Plant Management – Standard Practices 39 (Pruning). 40 3. National Arborist Association Pruning Standards 41 4. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 42 5. City of Denton Development Code 43 44 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1 A. Disposal Letter 2 1. Provide the City with a Disposal Letter in accordance with Division 01. 3 B. Permits 4 1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required 5 to be obtained from City. 6 a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 7 construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 8 b. Remove and replace any embanked soils if excavation and/or embankment 9 activities are performed prior to an executed construction contract and an 10 assigned City inspector at no cost to the City. 11 2. Tree Removal Permit in accordance with the City of Denton Development Code is 12 required. 13 3. Tree Inventory Plan prepared in accordance with the City of Denton Development 14 Code or as specified in the Drawings. 15 a. Provide Tree Inventory Plan sufficient for the purposes of obtaining a Tree 16 Removal Permit. 17 1) If insufficient, provide a Tree Inventory Plan that has been prepared by an 18 arborist or a registered landscape architect. 19 b. Provide the City with the correct documents for obtaining the Tree Removal 20 Permit. 21 4. SWPPP – Provide a SWPPP in accordance with Section 01 57 13. 22 C. Sequencing 23 1. Sidewalk Construction 24 a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 25 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 26 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 27 route that has been signed and sealed by a registered professional 28 engineer to the City for review. 29 b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 30 Control items included with the project. 31 c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 32 State, and local guidelines. 33 d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 34 D. Pre-Site Clearing Meeting 35 1. Hold a site clearing meeting prior to performing any tasks included under Site 36 Clearing with City and appropriate representatives. 37 2. Clearly mark all: 38 a. Trees and shrubs to remain 39 b. Trees and shrubs to remove 40 c. Trees and shrubs to be pruned pre and post construction as specified in the 41 Drawings. 42 3. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection prior to Site 43 Clearing activities. 44 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. Review Tree Inventory Plan as prepared for Tree Removal Permit or in the 1 Drawings. 2 5. Confirm approval of the Tree Removal Permit. 3 6. Confirm trees and shrubs to be removed during pre-site clearing meeting 4 7. Confirm limits for Site Preparation during pre-site clearing meeting. 5 1.5 SUBMITTALS 6 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 7 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 8 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 9 A. Product Data: 10 1. Tree wound treatment material product data 11 B. Informational Submittal 12 1. Certificates 13 a. Certified Arborist 14 1) A company with a certified arborist is required when performing Tree and 15 Shrub Pruning. Provide the certificate of the employee(s) from the 16 company performing the pruning. 17 2. Equipment Information 18 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 19 1) Equipment name 20 2) Size 21 3) Intended use 22 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 25 A. Certifications 26 1. Tree and Shrub Pruning 27 a. A company with a certified arborist is required. 28 b. Provide the certificate of the employee(s) from the company performing the 29 proposed pruning. 30 2. Tree Inventory Plan or Tree Removal Permit 31 a. A certified arborist or a registered landscape architect is required. 32 b. Provide the certificate or license information of the employee(s) from the 33 company preparing the plan and/or permit. 34 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 35 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 36 A. An ISA Certified Arborist is required to be on site during all pruning activities. 37 38 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Avoid pruning between February and July. 1 1. When pruning activities need to occur between February and July, use an approved 2 wound treatment material. 3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 5 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6 2.2 PRODUCTS 7 A. Tree Wound Treatment 8 B. Root Barrier 9 1. Century Products, or 10 2. Approved equal. 11 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 13 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 14 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 15 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 16 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 17 3.4 EXECUTION 18 A. General 19 1. Removal 20 a. Notify the City in writing when items required to be removed are: 21 1) Buried and not easily detected from the surface 22 2) Not specified in the Drawings. 23 2. Accept ownership and dispose of all materials removed within project limits. 24 3. Plug remaining ends of abandoned underground utilities over 3 inches in diameter 25 with concrete to form a tight closure. 26 4. Backfill, compact, and restore areas where items have been removed unless 27 otherwise specified in the Drawings. 28 5. Do not remove any trees unless directed by City or as specified in the Drawings. 29 6. Dispose of all trees within 24 hours of removal. 30 7. Dispose of all material in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws and 31 regulations. 32 B. Hazardous Material 33 1. This item does not include the removal and disposal of hazardous material. 34 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Notify the City immediately if any hazardous or questionable materials not shown 1 in the Drawings are encountered. 2 3. Test, remove, and dispose of hazardous material in accordance with Division 01. 3 C. Tree and Shrub Protection 4 1. General 5 a. Perform all excavation and earthwork within the drip line of trees by hand. 6 b. Do not park or service equipment, store materials, or disturb the root area under 7 the branches of trees designated to remain. 8 c. Protect trees designated to remain during construction activity from: 9 1) Compaction of root area by material storage 10 2) Compaction by driving or parking within the drip-line 11 3) Trunk damage by moving equipment, material storage, nailing, or bolting 12 4) Girding by tying constrictive material to trees 13 5) Poisoning by pouring solvents, gas, paint, etc. on or around trees and roots 14 6) Cutting of roots 1.5 inch in diameter or more. 15 7) Changes of soil pH factor by disposal of lime based material such as 16 concrete within the drip line. 17 8) Deformation or permanent damage to the trunk or limbs 18 d. Treatment of Damaged Limbs 19 1) Saw clean all damaged areas and damaged limbs over 1 inch in diameter 20 and treat with an approved wound treatment material. 21 2) Treat with an approved wound treatment within 20 minutes of damaging 22 the tree. 23 2. Tree Protection Fence 24 a. Install tree protection fence at the drip line around trees designated to be 25 protected in Drawings. 26 b. If field conditions do not allow fencing to be installed at the drip line, obtain 27 City approval to install tree protection fencing at a minimum of 8 feet from the 28 trunk. 29 c. Provide “Keep Out. Tree Preservation” signs for protected trees. 30 d. Use the following to construct the Tree Protection Fence unless otherwise 31 specified in Drawings 32 1) Woven wire fence installed with T-Bar posts 33 2) Space T-Bar posts at 10 feet on center 34 3) Place one strand barbed wire along the top of poses. 35 4) Tie tundra weight orange flagging that is 2 feet in length at 3 feet on center 36 along the woven wire. 37 e. Do not install mulch within 12 inches of tree trunk. 38 f. Maintain existing grade within the tree protection fence unless otherwise 39 specified in Drawings. 40 3. Trunk Protection 41 a. Install Trunk Protection as specified in Drawings. 42 b. Use the following to construct the Trunk Protection unless otherwise specified 43 in Drawings 44 1) Closed cell foam pad around trunk 45 a) Extend the foam pad 6 inches above and 6 inches below the wood 46 planks. 47 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) 4-foot-long planks that are 4 inches wide and 2 inches thick. Staple planks 1 together using steel straps on top of the foam pad and around the trunk. 2 c. Mulch: 3 1) Provide a 2-foot-wide mulch barrier around the tree trunk. 4 d. Provide “Caution. Tree Protection Area” orange tape around protected tree 5 trunks. 6 D. Tree and Shrub Removal 7 1. Remove tree stumps: 8 a. To 12 inches or more below the finished grade when tree is outside of the limits 9 of additional construction activities 10 b. To natural ground when area will be covered by 3 feet or more of embankment 11 c. Completely remove all stumps and roots when the area will be used as borrow 12 or embankment within the project limits. 13 2. Backfill holes with acceptable material and compact flush with surrounding area. 14 3. Install top soil and sod within limits of tree and shrub removal unless topsoil and 15 sod will be installed as part of the project. 16 E. Tree and Shrub Pruning 17 1. Equipment: 18 a. Use a Vermeer V-1550 RC root pruner or equal to perform all root pruning 19 operations. 20 2. Use tree wound treatment when pruning trees or shrubs during the months of 21 February to July. 22 3. Perform all tree, shrub, and root pruning under the supervision of a certified 23 arborist. 24 4. Prune lower limbs to prevent breakage and to permit access by construction 25 machinery during grading, field/site preparation, and clearing and grubbing 26 operations. 27 5. Prune limbs in accordance with ANSI A300 and National Arborist Association 28 Pruning Standards. 29 6. Prune shade trees in accordance with Class IV National Arborist Association 30 Pruning Standards 31 7. Make cuts as close as possible to the trunk or parent limb without cutting into the 32 limb collar or leaving a protruding stub. 33 8. Remove suckers to the height of the lowest main branch. 34 9. Disinfect tools with 70 percent methyl alcohol, benzalkonium chloride, cholerine 35 solution, or other approved disinfectant prior to: 36 a. Pruning oak trees 37 b. Cutting any tree of different type than previous tree pruned 38 10. Tree pruning on 2-inch diameter or larger trees: 39 a. Undercut one-third through the limb 8 to 12 inches from the main stem 40 b. Remove limb 4 to 6 inches outside the first cut. 41 c. Remove stub with an even flush cut so that the limb collar protrudes 42 approximately 0.5 inch 43 d. Do not allow limb to fall free if it could damage any other limbs or items 44 e. Treat exposed cuts with wound treatment within 20 minutes of the cut 45 31 10 00 SITE CLEARING Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.5 REPAIR 1 A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damaged due to Site Clearing 2 activities: 3 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 4 2. Adjacent sidewalk 5 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 6 4. Subgrade or base material 7 5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 8 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 9 7. Landscape beds or planters 10 8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 11 9. Retaining walls 12 10. Trees, shrubs, sodding, and topsoil 13 B. Tree Replacement 14 1. Replace any existing tree permanently damaged by construction activities at no cost 15 to the City. Replace tree with an equal or larger caliper tree. 16 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 17 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 19 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 20 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 21 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 22 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 23 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 24 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 25 END OF SECTION 26 27 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 28 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 31 23 16 1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Excavation for general site grading, street grading, and channel excavation. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 13 4. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 14 5. Section 31 00 00 – Site Clearing. 15 6. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments. 16 7. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Controls. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Unclassified Excavation 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per cubic yard in its final position using the average end area 22 method of Excavation performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 23 Drawings. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27 price bid per cubic yard for “Unclassified Excavation.” 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Shrinkage and/or swelling factors. Contractor is responsible for 30 determining factors and will not be compensated separately. 31 2) Excavation of all materials within excavation limits 32 3) Finishing parkways and medians 33 4) Excavation 34 5) Safety 35 6) Dewatering 36 7) Temporary drainage 37 8) Drying 38 9) Dust control 39 10) Reworking or replacing over excavated material in rock cuts 40 11) Placement 41 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 12) Compaction 1 13) Loading, hauling, and unloading 2 14) Disposal of unsuitable and excess materials not used elsewhere on the job 3 site 4 15) Finishing slopes, ditches, and channels 5 16) Maintenance blading or scarifying the ground surface 6 17) Equipment 7 18) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 8 1.3 REFERENCES 9 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 10 1. ROW: Right-of-Way 11 2. SWPPP: Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan 12 B. Classification: 13 1. All authorized excavation is considered unclassified and involves removal of all 14 materials necessary to complete excavation of the site. Any reference to rock, 15 limestone, or other material on the Drawings and/or this specification is solely for 16 the City and the Contractor’s information and is not to be taken as an indication or 17 guarantee of classification of excavation. Payment will not be separated based on 18 classification of excavation unless expressly noted in the Drawings. 19 C. Reference Standards 20 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 21 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 22 unless a date is specifically cited. 23 a. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA): 24 1) Technical Manual Section 5. 25 2) Laws and Regulations Standard 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for 26 Construction. 27 b. City of Denton Development Code 28 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 29 A. Permits 30 1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required. 31 a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 32 construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 33 b. If the City determines or suspects excavation and/or embankment activities 34 have occurred prior to an executed contract and a City inspector assigned, all 35 construction activities could be suspended for at least 30 days pending the 36 results of the Pre-Earthwork meeting. 37 c. Any damages caused by early clearing and grading activities will be repaired at 38 no cost to the City. 39 B. Sequencing 40 1. Sidewalk Construction 41 a. Where existing sidewalks are to be closed during Paving Removal activities: 42 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 43 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 44 route to City for review. 45 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 1 Control items included with the project. 2 c. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 3 State, and local guidelines. 4 d. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 5 C. Pre-Earthwork Meeting 6 1. Hold a Pre-Earthwork meeting at the same time as the Pre-Site Clearing Meeting. 7 Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 8 2. Clearly mark all the following items prior to the meeting: 9 a. All requirements for pre-site clearing meeting in accordance with 31 00 00. 10 b. Excavation limits 11 c. Cut/fill stakes 12 3. Submit means and methods for any rock cutting for review prior to the Pre-13 Earthwork Meeting. 14 4. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection in accordance 15 with Section 01 57 13 prior to excavation activities. 16 5. Determine any site-specific constraints or concerns prior to meeting for review. 17 1.5 SUBMITTALS 18 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 19 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 20 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 21 A. Informational Submittal 22 1. Equipment Information 23 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 24 1) Equipment name 25 2) Size 26 3) Intended use 27 2. Explosives, Blasting, and Rock Ripping 28 a. Submit storage locations and guidelines for using explosives. 29 b. For rock ripping and blasting, submit means and methods prior to Pre-30 Earthwork meeting for review. 31 c. Provide a list of personnel and employer who will be handling and using 32 explosives. Provide reference information including previous projects and 33 certifications proving explosive qualifications. 34 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 35 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 36 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 37 A. Excavation Safety 38 1. Perform all excavations in a safe manner. 39 2. Comply with the requirements of OSHA 29 CFR part 1926 and state requirements 40 when performing excavation, sheeting, and bracing. 41 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 1 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 2 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material prior to any excavation 3 activities beginning in accordance with Section 01 66 00. 4 2. Store excavated material to be used in other areas within the right-of-way (ROW) 5 or easement limits unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 6 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage of excavated materials 7 within ROW or easements, secure and maintain an adequate storage location 8 off-site. 9 3. Store material and equipment in approved areas that are at least 30 feet from edge 10 of road limits. Install erosion control fencing around staging areas. 11 4. For urban areas with limited staging areas, designate offsite location for storing and 12 staging of materials and equipment. If this is not feasible, obtain approval from the 13 City to stage and store materials within project site. 14 5. All offsite staging areas to be in accordance with SWPPP and Watershed Protection 15 requirements. Offsite staging areas are considered part of the project site and will 16 need to be included with the SWPPP and Watershed Protection review. 17 6. If excavated material is stored off-site: 18 a. Provide an authorized letter from property owner approving the storage of 19 excavated materials. 20 b. Contractor is responsible for negotiating and coordinating with the property 21 owner. 22 c. The City is not responsible for establishing an off-site location. 23 d. The City is not liable for any damage resulting in off-site storage of excavated 24 materials. 25 7. Remove any excavated material not used in other areas within 48 hours of 26 excavation activities. 27 8. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways with excavation activities or 28 materials. 29 9. Provide erosion control in accordance with Section 31 25 14. 30 10. Store materials only in areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans or as 31 approved by the City if excavation is performed during active traffic. 32 11. Do not store material within the drip line of any tree or in landscaped areas. 33 12. Install tree protection in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 34 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 35 A. Existing Conditions 36 1. Any data provided regarding subsurface conditions of excavated material is not 37 intended as a representation or warranty of accuracy or continuity of proposed 38 excavated material. 39 2. The City is not responsible for interpretations or conclusions made by the 40 Contractor regarding the existing material to be excavated. 41 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 42 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 1 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS [NOT USED] 3 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8 3.3 PREPARATION 9 A. Surface Preparation 10 1. If needed, provide temporary drainage to maintain positive drainage throughout 11 excavation activities. Any temporary drainage construction will be considered 12 subsidiary to excavation. 13 2. Dewatering and temporary storm drain activities will be considered part of the 14 SWPPP and Watershed Protection review and are required to be in accordance with 15 all requirements listed therein. 16 B. Demolition / Removal 17 1. Remove any existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 and 02 41 13. 18 3.4 EXCAVATION 19 A. General 20 1. Accept ownership of unsuitable or excess material and dispose of material off-site 21 in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. City is not responsible for 22 any disposed material or disposal activities. 23 2. Perform excavations while material to be excavated is dry aside from water applied 24 for dust control. 25 3. Contractor is responsible for the condition of the subgrade until the pavement is in 26 place. 27 4. Over-excavate and replace any portion of subgrade that becomes damaged or 28 unstable due to weather or construction activities prior to stabilizing the subgrade, 29 installing base material, or placing the pavement. This will be at no cost to the City. 30 5. Separate, remove, and dispose of unacceptable fill material as defined in Section 31 31 24 00 in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 32 6. Maintain positive drainage in the excavated area to avoid damage to any existing 33 structures, proposed structures, and the roadway. 34 7. Shape slopes to avoid loosening material below or outside the proposed grade. 35 8. Remove and dispose of slides as directed. 36 37 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Earth Cut 1 1. Excavate to finish grade or subgrade within acceptable subgrade tolerances. 2 2. Use approved embankment material compacted in accordance with 31 24 00 to 3 replace over-excavated material at no cost to City. Anticipated reasons for over 4 excavation can include, but are not limited to: 5 a. Excavation below an acceptable subgrade tolerance 6 b. Soils damaged due to weather or construction activities 7 3. Shape and compact subgrade in accordance with Section 31 24 00. 8 4. Subgrade Tolerances 9 a. Excavate to within 0.1 foot in all directions. 10 b. In areas of over excavation, provide fill material approved by the City at no cost 11 to City. 12 C. Rock Cut 13 1. Do not use dynamite or rock ripping within 500 feet of residences or commercial 14 development. 15 2. Blasting 16 a. Obtain City approval prior to any blasting. 17 b. Send notification at least 15 days in advance to all property owners within 18 1,000 feet of the blasting site. 19 c. Follow all OSHA regulations for explosives and blasting agents, including but 20 not limited to requirements in the OSHA Technical Manual Section 5, and 21 OSHA Laws and Regulations Standard 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for 22 Constructions. 23 d. Use only authorized workers with training, knowledge, or experience in the 24 field of transporting, storing, handling, and use of explosives. 25 1) Authorized workers also need to have working knowledge of State and 26 local laws and regulations pertaining to explosives. 27 e. If there are concerns that seismic vibrations may cause damage to adjacent 28 structures, provide: 29 1) A structural engineer to determine safe limits to prevent any damage. 30 2) All equipment, monitors, tools, and engineering design necessary at no cost 31 to the City. 32 f. Use blasting mats or other approved containment equipment to ensure that no 33 rocks or debris will be thrown into the air. 34 g. Comply with all City of Denton noise ordinances when blasting. 35 3. Excavate to finish grade or subgrade within acceptable subgrade tolerances. 36 4. For small pockets or thin layers, remove rock to at least 12-inches below subgrade. 37 5. Use approved embankment material compacted in accordance with 31 24 00 to 38 replace over excavated material at no cost to City. 39 D. Water for Construction 40 1. Provide water as needed for site preparation, compaction, dust control, and other 41 incidental activities in accordance with local requirements in accordance with 42 Section 01 35 13. 43 44 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 E. Dewatering 1 1. Dewatering is subsidiary to excavation and includes the installation and operation 2 of all pumping, bailing, well-pointing, sumps, and draining necessary to keep the 3 excavation free from groundwater, seepage water, water from storm drains, 4 wastewater collection systems, ditches, creeks, ponds, and other sources. 5 2. Keep channels, trenches, pits, and other low point excavations drained as much as 6 practical during construction at no cost to the City. 7 3. Construction will not be permitted in standing water. 8 4. Conform all discharge from dewatering activities to Federal, State, and local 9 requirements in a manner approved by the City. 10 5. Control outlet velocities from dewatering discharges to prevent erosion. 11 F. Excavated Material 12 1. Maintain safe and convenient access to private and public properties adjacent to 13 excavation activities unless specified in the Drawings. Obtain approval from the 14 City for maintenance of access methods. 15 2. Acceptable fill material may be used for embankment in accordance with 31 24 00. 16 3. Stockpile acceptable excavated materials on-site in accordance with Sections 31 10 17 00 and 31 24 00. Proper erosion control and BMPs to be utilized in accordance with 18 the Drawings, local guidelines, and approved by the City. 19 G. Methods of Excavation 20 1. Submit means and methods for review by the City prior for any method of 21 excavation that is not using traditional excavation methods. 22 2. Comply with all Federal, State, and local regulations when developing and 23 submitting for approval any alternative method. 24 3. If an alternative method is requested and approved after contract execution, perform 25 excavation at no additional cost to the City beyond the stated excavation unit price 26 in the bid form. 27 3.5 REPAIR 28 A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to excavation 29 activities: 30 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 31 2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 32 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 33 4. Adjacent subgrade or base material to remain 34 5. Utility piping, structures, and appurtenances 35 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 36 7. Landscape beds or planters 37 8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 38 9. Retaining walls 39 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 40 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 41 31 23 16 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 6 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 7 END OF SECTION 8 9 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 10 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 31 24 00 1 EMBANKMENT 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Furnishing, placing, and compacting approved soils for construction. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing. 13 4. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sedimentation Controls. 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Embankment 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measured per cubic yard in its final position using the average end area 19 method of Embankment performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 20 Drawings. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 23 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 24 cubic yard for “Embankment.” 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Transporting or hauling material 27 2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 28 3) Construction Water 29 4) Dust Control 30 5) Proof Rolling 31 6) Disposal of excess materials 32 7) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 33 2. Select Fill Embankment 34 a. Measurement 35 1) Measured cubic yard in its final position using the average end area method 36 of Select Fill Embankment performed. Limits of measurement shown in the 37 Drawings. 38 39 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 2 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 3 cubic yard for “Select Fill Embankment”. 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Transporting or hauling material 6 2) Placing, compacting, and finishing Embankment 7 3) Construction Water 8 4) Dust Control 9 5) Clean-up 10 6) Proof Rolling 11 7) Disposal of excess materials 12 8) Reworking or replacement of undercut material 13 1.3 REFERENCES 14 A. Reference Standards 15 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 16 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 17 unless a date is specifically cited. 18 2. ASTM Standards: 19 a. D2487, Standard Practice for Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes 20 (Unified Soil Classification System). 21 b. D4318, Test Procedure for Determining Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and 22 Plasticity Index of Soils. 23 c. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 24 Soil Using Standard Effort. 25 d. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 26 and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28 A. Permits 29 1. For commercial and residential construction, a Clear and Grade Permit is required. 30 a. No excavation or embankment activities will be allowed without an executed 31 construction contract and an assigned City inspector. 32 b. Any excavation or embankment activities performed prior to an executed 33 construction contract and an assigned City inspector is subject to additional 34 testing, compaction, and site requirements at no cost to the City. 35 B. Sequencing 36 1. Install all erosion control measures in accordance with Section 31 25 14 prior to 37 commencing any earthwork activities. 38 2. Complete all site clearing in accordance with Section 31 10 00 prior to commencing 39 any earthwork activities. 40 C. Pre-Earthwork Meeting 41 1. A Pre-Earthwork Meeting is not required for Capital Improvement projects. 42 2. Hold a Pre-Earthwork meeting at the same time as the Pre-Site Clearing Meeting. 43 Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 44 45 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Clearly mark all the following items prior to the meeting: 1 a. All requirements for pre-site clearing meeting in accordance with 31 10 00. 2 b. Excavation limits 3 c. Cut/fill stakes 4 4. Have the SWPPP in place and inspected by Watershed Protection in accordance 5 with Section 01 57 13 prior to Excavation activities. 6 5. Determine any site-specific constraints or concerns prior to meeting for review. 7 1.5 SUBMITTALS 8 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 9 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any lime 10 treating activities. 11 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 12 A. Information Submittal 13 1. Equipment Information 14 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 15 1) Equipment name 16 2) Size 17 3) Intended use 18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 19 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 20 1. All test reports generated during testing. 21 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 23 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 24 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 25 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 26 66 00. 27 2. Within Existing Rights-of-Way (ROW) 28 a. Store soil within existing ROW, easements, or temporary construction 29 easements, unless specifically disallowed in the Contract Documents. 30 b. Do not block drainage ways, inlets, or driveways. 31 c. When the Work is performed in active traffic areas, store materials only in 32 areas barricaded as provided in the traffic control plans. 33 d. In non-paved areas, do not store material on the root zone of any trees or in 34 landscaped areas. 35 3. Designated Storage Areas 36 a. If the Contract Documents do not allow the storage within the ROW, easement 37 or temporary construction easement, secure and maintain an adequate storage 38 location. 39 b. Provide an affidavit verifying rights have been secured to store the materials on 40 private property. 41 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. Do not block drainage ways. 1 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 2 A. Ambient Conditions 3 1. Surface temperature must be at least 40°F and the ambient temperature must be 4 45°F and rising. 5 2. Do not install embankment during or shortly after rain events which prevent proper 6 work placement of the material and compaction. 7 a. Prior to resuming compaction operations: 8 1) Let soil dry to optimal density. 9 2) Remove muddy material off the surface to expose firm and compacted 10 materials. 11 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 12 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 13 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 14 2.2 MATERIALS 15 A. General 16 1. Furnish material capable of forming a stable embankment. 17 2. Furnish material free from trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, or other deleterious 18 materials. 19 B. Acceptable Fill Material 20 1. In-situ or imported soils classified as CL, CH, SC, or GC in accordance with ASTM 21 D2487. 22 2. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics. 23 3. Can be placed free from voids. 24 4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 25 5. Meets the requirements of Table 1. 26 Table 1 – Acceptable Fill Material Requirements 27 Property Test Method Specification Limit Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 50 Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E ≤ 35 Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 3000 ppm Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2 C. Blended Fill Material 28 1. In-situ soils classified as SP, SM, GP, or GM in accordance with ASTM D2487. 29 2. Blended with in-situ or imported Acceptable Fill material in accordance with the 30 requirements of this Section. 31 3. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics. 32 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 1 5. Final blended product meets the requirements of Table 1. 2 D. Unacceptable Fill Material 3 1. In-situ soils classified as ML, MH, PT, OL, or OH in accordance with ASTM 4 D2487 5 E. Select Fill Material 6 1. Classified as SC or CL in accordance with ASTM D2487 7 2. Free from deleterious materials, boulders over 6 inches in size, and organics. 8 3. Can be placed free from voids. 9 4. Has 20 percent passing the number 200 sieve. 10 5. Meets the requirements of Table 2. 11 12 Table 2 – Select Fill Material Requirements 13 Property Test Method Specification Limit Liquid Limit (LL) Tex-104-E ≤ 35 Plasticity Index (PI) Tex-106-E ≤ 20 Sulfate Limit Tex-145-E ≤ 2000 ppm Bar Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E ≥ 2 14 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 15 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 16 A. Borrow material shall be tested prior to delivery to the Site. 17 1. Provide Proctor Test results, Gradation, and Atterberg Limits for Borrow material 18 from each source. 19 a. All testing listed above shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D698, 20 D6913, and D4318 respectively. 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24 3.3 PREPARATION 25 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 26 1. Pavement 27 a. Conduct activities in such a way that does not damage existing pavement 28 designated to remain. 29 b. Repair or replace any pavement damaged due to the negligence of the 30 contractor outside the limits designated for pavement removal at no additional 31 cost. 32 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Trees 1 a. Flag and protect all trees designated to remain in accordance with Section 31 10 2 00. 3 b. Conduct embankments in a manner such that there is no damage to the tree 4 canopy. 5 c. Prune or trim tree limbs as specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 6 1) Pruning or trimming may only be accomplished with equipment 7 specifically designed for tree pruning or trimming. 8 3. Above ground Structures 9 a. Protect all above ground structures adjacent to the construction. 10 B. Surface Preparation 11 1. Backfill stump holes or other small incidental excavations due to site clearing with 12 material of same properties as in-situ material. 13 2. Scarify base soil surface on which the embankment will be constructed to a 14 minimum depth of 6 inches. 15 3. Bench slopes before placing new material. 16 3.4 EMBANKMENT 17 A. General 18 1. Provide material type as specified in the Drawings. 19 2. Begin filling in the lowest section or the toe of the work area. 20 3. When fill is placed directly or upon older fill, remove debris and any loose material 21 and proof roll existing surface. 22 4. After spreading the loose lifts to required thickness and adjusting its moisture 23 content as necessary, simultaneously recompact scarified material with the placed 24 embankment material. 25 5. Compact material in loose lifts no greater than 8 inches. 26 6. Roll with enough passes to achieve the minimum required compaction. 27 7. Provide water sprinkled as necessary to achieve required moisture levels for 28 specified compaction. 29 8. Do not add additional lifts until the entire previous lift is properly compacted. 30 B. Surface Water Control 31 1. Grade surface horizontally but provide with sufficient longitudinal and transverse 32 slope to allow for runoff of surface water from every point. 33 2. Conduct fills so no obstruction to drainage from any other sections of fill is created. 34 3. Install temporary dewatering sumps in low areas during filling where excess 35 amounts of runoff collect. 36 4. Compact uniformly throughout. Keep surfaces of fill reasonably smooth and free 37 from humps and hollows that would prevent proper uniform compaction. 38 C. Earth Embankments 39 1. Construct embankments in successive layers, evenly distributing materials in 40 lengths suited for sprinkling and rolling. 41 2. Move the material dumped in piles or windrows by blading or by similar methods 42 and incorporate it into uniform layers. 43 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Construct embankments in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade of the 1 street. 2 4. Featheredge or mix abutting layers of dissimilar material for at least 100 feet to 3 ensure no abrupt changes in the material. 4 5. Break down clods or lumps of material and mix embankment until a uniform 5 material is attained. 6 6. Establish grade and shape to the typical sections specified in the Drawings. 7 7. Maintain finished sections of embankment to the grade and compaction 8 requirements until the project is accepted. 9 D. Rock Embankments 10 1. Rock Embankments for roadways are only allowed when specified in the Drawings. 11 2. Construct rock embankments in successive layers for the full width of the roadway 12 cross-section with a depth of 18 inches or less. 13 3. The layer depth for large rock sizes shall not exceed a depth of 18 inches in any 14 case. 15 4. Fill voids created by the large stone matrix with smaller stones during the 16 placement and filling operations. 17 5. Ensure the depth of the embankment layer is greater than the maximum dimension 18 of any rock. 19 6. Do not place rock greater than 18 inches in its maximum dimension. 20 7. Do not place rock embankments in any location where future utilities are 21 anticipated. 22 8. Construct the final layer with graded material so the density and uniformity is in 23 accordance with compaction requirements. 24 E. Density Control 25 1. Determine maximum dry density and moisture content using ASTM D698 and 26 submit moisture-density curves to City for review. 27 2. Compact each lift to meet the following requirements: 28 a. For soils with a PI less than 35, compact to 98% of maximum dry density, plus 29 or minus 2%. 30 b. For soils with a PI greater than 35, compact to at least 98% of maximum dry 31 density. 32 F. Maintenance of Moisture and Reworking 33 1. Maintain the density and moisture content once all requirements are met. 34 2. For soils with a PI greater than 15, maintain the moisture content no lower than 4 35 percentage points below optimum. 36 3. Rework the material to obtain specified compaction when the material loses the 37 required stability, density, moisture, or finish. 38 4. Alter the compaction methods and procedures on subsequent work to obtain 39 specified density as directed by City. 40 3.5 REPAIR 41 42 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 A. Repair the following at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due to Embankment 1 activities: 2 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 3 2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 4 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 5 4. Adjacent subgrade or base material to remain 6 5. Utility pipes 7 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 8 7. Landscape beds or planters 9 8. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 10 9. Retaining walls 11 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13 A. Field Tests and Inspections 14 1. Proctors 15 a. Perform Proctor Tests in accordance with ASTM D698. 16 b. Notify the City if the characteristic of the soil changes. 17 c. Perform new Proctors for varying soils: 18 1) When indicated in the geotechnical investigation in the Appendix 19 2) If notified by the Engineer 20 3) At the convenience of the City 21 d. For Embankments where different soil types are present and are blended, the 22 Proctors shall be based on the mixture of those soils. 23 2. Proof Rolling 24 a. City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 25 b. Make at least two passes with the proof roller, offsetting each trip by at most 26 one tire width. 27 c. Correct areas of rutting or pumping and unstable or non-uniform areas in 28 accordance with this Section. 29 3. Density Testing of Embankments 30 a. Density Testing shall be in accordance with ASTM D6938. 31 b. City must be on site during density testing. 32 c. For Embankments under future pavement: 33 1) Perform density testing twice per working day when compaction operations 34 are being conducted. 35 2) Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 36 3) City to determine density testing locations. 37 d. For Embankments not under future pavement or structures: 38 1) The City will perform density testing once per working day when 39 compaction operations are being conducted. 40 2) Measure density every 250’ along embankment. 41 3) City to determine density testing locations. 42 e. Test reports shall include: 43 1) Location of test by station number 44 2) Time and date of test 45 31 24 00 EMBANKMENT Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3) Depth of testing 1 4) Field moisture 2 5) Dry density 3 6) Proctor identifier 4 7) Percent Proctor Density 5 B. Non-Conforming Work 6 1. All non-conforming work shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the 7 City. 8 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 9 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 10 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 11 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 12 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 13 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 14 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 15 END OF SECTION 16 17 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 18 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 1 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 31 25 14 1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Installation and maintenance of temporary control measures necessary to prevent 6 and control soil erosion, sedimentation, and water pollution. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. Subsidiary to Section 01 57 13 - Storm Water Pollution Prevention. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 01 57 13 – Storm Water Pollution Prevention. 14 4. Section 32 05 26 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Silt Fence 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measured per linear foot of Silt Fence installed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per linear foot for “Silt Fence” installed. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Furnishing, installing, maintenance, replacement and removal of Silt Fence 26 as specified by the Drawings 27 2) Posts 28 3) Filter fabric 29 4) Net reinforcement 30 5) Fasteners 31 6) Stone overflows 32 7) Safety caps 33 8) Cleaning 34 9) Disposal of silt 35 10) Repair and/or replacement of damaged Silt Fence 36 2. Check Dam 37 a. Measurement 38 1) Measured per linear foot of Check Dam installed. 39 b. Payment 40 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 2 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per linear foot for “Check Dam” installed. 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Furnishing and installing Check Dam as specified by the Drawings 5 2) Aggregate, wire reinforcement, and filter fabric 6 3) Excavation 7 4) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 8 5) Cleaning 9 6) Disposal of silt 10 7) Repair and/or replacement of damaged Check Dam 11 3. Organic Filter Tube 12 a. Measurement 13 1) Measured per linear foot of Organic Filter Tube installed. 14 b. Payment 15 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 16 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 17 price bid per linear foot for “Organic Filter Tube” installed. 18 c. The price bid shall include: 19 1) Furnishing and installing Organic Filter Tube as specified by the Drawings 20 2) Containment mesh 21 3) Core material 22 4) Posts 23 5) Rock bags 24 6) Cleaning 25 7) Disposal of silt 26 8) Repair and/or replacement of damaged Organic Filter Tube 27 4. Inlet Protection 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measured per each of Inlet Protection installed. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33 price bid per each for “Inlet Protection” installed. 34 c. The price bid shall include: 35 1) Furnishing and installing Inlet Protection as specified by the Drawings 36 2) All items pertaining to Organic Filter Tubes or rock bags for erosion 37 control as needed 38 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 39 4) Cleaning 40 5) Disposal of silt 41 6) Repair and/or replacement of damaged Inlet Protection items 42 5. Erosion Control Blanket 43 a. Measurement 44 1) Measured per square yard of Erosion Control Blanket installed. 45 b. Payment 46 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 47 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 48 price bid per square yard for “Erosion Control Blanket” installed. 49 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 3 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Furnishing and installing Erosion Control Blanket as specified by the 2 Drawings 3 2) Blanket and staples 4 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 5 4) Cleaning 6 5) Disposal of silt 7 6) Repair and/or replacement of damaged Erosion Control Blanket 8 6. Stabilized Construction Exit 9 a. Measurement 10 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 13 item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will 14 be allowed. 15 7. Mulching 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measured square yard of Mulching installed. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21 price bid per square yard for “Mulching” installed. 22 c. The price bid shall include: 23 1) Furnishing and installing Mulching as specified by the Drawings 24 2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 25 8. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measured per each Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap installed. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31 price bid per each for “Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap” installed. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Furnishing and installing Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap as specified by the 34 Drawings 35 2) Filter stone 36 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 37 4) Cleaning 38 5) Disposal of silt 39 6) Repair and/or replacement of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps 40 9. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 41 a. Measurement 42 1) Measured per each Stone Outlet Sediment Trap installed. 43 b. Payment 44 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 45 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 46 price bid per each for “Stone Outlet Sediment Trap” installed. 47 c. The price bid shall include: 48 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 4 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) Furnishing and installing Stone Outlet Sediment Trap as specified by the 1 Drawings 2 2) Filter stone 3 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 4 4) Cleaning 5 5) Disposal of silt 6 6) Repair and/or replacement of damaged Stone Outlet Sediment Traps 7 10. Turf Reinforcement Mat 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measured square yard of Turf Reinforcement Mat installed. 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13 price bid per square yard for “Turf Reinforcement Mat” installed. 14 c. The price bid shall include: 15 1) Furnishing and installing Turf Reinforcement Mat as specified by the 16 Drawings 17 2) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 18 3) Cleaning 19 4) Disposal of silt 20 5) Repair and/or replacement of damaged Pipe Inlet Sediment Traps items 21 11. Dewatering Controls 22 a. Measurement 23 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the various items bid. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and the materials furnished in accordance with this 26 item are subsidiary to the various items bid and no other compensation will 27 be allowed. 28 12. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Device Installation 29 a. Measurement 30 1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 31 b. Payment 32 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 33 shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Storm Water Pollution 34 Prevention Device Installation”. 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Furnishing and installing all items under Storm Water Pollution Prevention 37 Device Installation as specified by the Drawings 38 2) Excavation 39 3) Loading, unloading, hauling, and storing 40 4) Cleaning 41 5) Disposal of silt 42 6) Repair and/or replacement of damaged Storm Water Pollution Prevention 43 Devices 44 13. Remove Storm Water Pollution Prevention Devices 45 a. Measurement 46 1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 47 b. Payment 48 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 5 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 shall be paid for at the lump sum price bid for all “Remove Storm Water 2 Pollution Prevention Devices.” 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Removing all items previously installed as part of the Storm Water 5 Pollution Prevention Plan as specified by the Drawings 6 2) Loading, unloading, and hauling 7 3) Cleaning 8 4) Disposal of silt 9 1.3 REFERENCES 10 A. Reference Standards 11 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 12 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 13 unless a date is specifically cited. 14 2. North Central Texas Council of Governments (NCTCOG) Integrated Stormwater 15 Management (iSWM) Technical Manual. 16 3. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 17 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 18 a. Item 169, Soil Retention Blankets. 19 4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Departmental Material 20 Specifications (DMS): 21 a. DMS-6200, Filter Fabric. 22 b. DMS-6230, Temporary Sediment Control Fence Fabric. 23 c. DMS-6370, Erosion Control Blankets. 24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 25 A. Sequencing 26 1. Ensure erosion control measures are fully installed prior to any earth disturbing 27 activities begin. 28 2. Contact Watershed Protection division for initial inspection prior to any earth 29 disturbing activities. 30 3. On phased projects, final stabilization shall be completed and Erosion and Sediment 31 Control devices removed from each phase as construction is completed. 32 1.5 SUBMITTALS 33 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36 A. Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) submittals in accordance with Section 37 01 57 13. 38 B. Product Data 39 1. Provide product data from each manufacturer supplying Erosion and Sediment 40 Control devices and accessories. 41 2. Product data sheets for all products to include: 42 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 6 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. Manufacturer name 1 b. Date 2 c. Material description 3 d. Point of delivery 4 e. Data and test results as specified in this Section 5 f. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 6 g. Application Recommendations, if applicable 7 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 8 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 9 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 10 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 11 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 12 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 13 66 00. 14 2. Store all storm water pollution prevention materials in accordance with 15 manufacturer’s recommendations. 16 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 20 2.2 MATERIALS 21 A. Silt Fence 22 1. Fabric 23 a. Provide fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 24 25 Property Test Method Specification Limit Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 90-lbs Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 60-lbs Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 280-psi Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 30 to No. 100 Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 70 percent min 26 2. Posts 27 a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot, and 4 feet 28 in length minimum. 29 b. Provide plastic caps on all steel posts in areas exposed to pedestrian traffic. 30 c. Wood posts may be approved by City if project duration is expected to be less 31 than 90 days. 32 3. Net Reinforcement 33 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 7 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. Provide net reinforcement of at least 12 gauge galvanized welded wire mesh, 1 with a maximum opening size of 2x2 inches. 2 4. Stone Overflows 3 a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 4 26. 5 B. Check Dam 6 1. Aggregate 7 a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check 8 dam heights of 24 inches or less. 9 b. Provide 4 to 8 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26 for check 10 dam greater than 24 inches in height. 11 2. Wire 12 a. If required, provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire. 13 3. Fabric 14 a. For check dams greater than 18 inches in height, provide filter fabric in 15 accordance with the following criteria: 16 17 Property Test Method Specification Limit Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min 18 C. Organic Filter Tube 19 1. Containment Mesh 20 a. Provide biodegradable, photodegradable, or recyclable containment mesh with 21 a minimum rated life of one year under normal site conditions, such as burlap, 22 twine, UV photodegradable plastic, or polyester. 23 1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material. 24 b. Provide recyclable containment mesh for temporary organic filter tube 25 installation. 26 c. Provide biodegradable or photodegradable containment mesh when organic 27 filter tube will remain in place as part of vegetative system. 28 2. Core Material 29 a. Provide biodegradable or recyclable core material such as compost, mulch, or 30 coir. 31 1) Obtain approval from the City for use of any other material. 32 3. Posts 33 a. Provide steel T-section or L-section posts, 1.3 pounds per linear foot or 2 34 inches by 2 inches wooden posts. 35 b. Provide posts at least 6 inches longer than the outside diameter of the Organic 36 Filter Tube. 37 D. Inlet Protection 38 1. Provide Inlet Protection comprised of Organic Filter Tubes or rock bags for erosion 39 control in accordance with this Section. 40 41 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 8 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 E. Erosion Control Blanket 1 1. Blanket 2 a. In accordance with DMS 6370. 3 2. Staples 4 a. In accordance with the Erosion Control Blanket manufacturer 5 recommendations. 6 F. Stabilized Construction Exit 7 1. Aggregate 8 a. Provide 3 to 6 inch aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 26. 9 G. Mulching 10 1. Provide type of organic mulching as specified in the Drawings. 11 H. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 12 1. Riprap 13 a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 14 2. Filter Stone 15 a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 16 26. 17 3. Wire 18 a. Provide mesh consisting of minimum 20 gauge galvanized wire with 1/2 inch 19 by 1/2 inch openings. 20 4. Fabric 21 a. Provide Filter Fabric meeting the following criteria: 22 23 Property Test Method Specification Limit Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min 24 5. Concrete Block 25 a. Provide standard 8-inch x 8-inch x 16-inch concrete masonry units in 26 accordance with ASTM C139. 27 I. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 28 1. Riprap 29 a. Provide 6 to 12 inch Dry Stone Riprap in accordance with Section 31 37 00. 30 2. Filter Stone 31 a. Provide 1 1/2 inch washed stone aggregate in accordance with Section 32 05 32 26. 33 34 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 9 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Fabric 1 a. Provide Filter Fabric in accordance with the following criteria: 2 3 Property Test Method Specification Limit Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi Apparent Opening Size ASTM D4751 Sieve No. 20 max Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min 4 J. Turf Reinforcement Mat 5 1. Provide Turf Reinforcement Mats in accordance with TxDOT Item 169 Approved 6 Products List, Erosion Control Approved Products and in accordance with the 7 following criteria: 8 9 Property Test Method Specification Limit Minimum Thickness ASTM D6525 0.25 in Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 80 percent Tensile Strength ASTM D6818 175 lbs/ft 10 K. Dewatering Controls 11 1. Sediment Filter Bag 12 a. Provide sediment filter bags made of non-woven, needle-punched, geotextile 13 that meets the following criteria: 14 15 Property Test Method Specification Limit Tensile Strength ASTM D4632 250-lbs Puncture Rating ASTM D4833 135-lbs Mullen Burst Rating ASTM D3796 420-psi Ultraviolet Resistance ASTM D4355 20 percent min Water Flow Rate ASTM D4491 85 to 110 gpm/ft2 16 2. Temporary Sediment Tank 17 a. Provide compartmented container with a storage volume equal to 1 cubic foot 18 for each gallon per minute of pump discharge capacity. 19 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 20 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 21 PART 3 - EXECUTION 22 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 23 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 24 25 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 10 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.3 PREPARATION 1 A. General 2 1. Remove trees, brush, stumps, and other objectionable material that will interfere 3 with the construction of the erosion control measure. 4 B. Erosion Control Blanket 5 1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent 6 the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil. 7 C. Mulching 8 1. Fertilize and treat soil prior to mulching installation when used with final 9 vegetation. 10 a. Fertilization and soil treatment are not required when using mulching with 11 hydroseeding or when seed is spread during winter months. 12 D. Turf Reinforcement Mat 13 1. Remove rocks, dirt clods, stumps, and other objectionable material that will prevent 14 the mat from lying in direct contact with the soil. 15 3.4 INSTALLATION 16 A. Silt Fence 17 1. Provide silt fence near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to intercept 18 sediment from sheet flow. 19 2. Install posts 18 inches deep, maximum 6 feet on center. 20 3. Dig 6-inch x 6-inch trench on uphill side of fence and embed fabric and wire mesh. 21 Backfill the trench. 22 4. Attach net reinforcement to posts with clips for steel posts or staples for wood posts 23 in at least four equally spaced locations per post. 24 5. Fasten fabric to top of net reinforcement at a maximum spacing of 15 inches. 25 6. Locate splices in fabric at a post and provide a 3-foot overlap ensuring no leakage 26 or bypass. 27 7. Install stone overflow structures at low points or spaced at approximately 300 feet if 28 there is no apparent low point. 29 8. Turn last 10 feet of Silt Fence slightly uphill to prevent bypass. 30 9. Repair or replace any posts, net reinforcement, or fabric that are bent, torn, or 31 otherwise unable to function as intended in accordance with this Section. 32 B. Check Dam 33 1. Place the aggregate to the lines, height, and slopes specified in the Drawings. 34 2. Place Check Dams perpendicular to the direction of flow. 35 C. Organic Filter Tube 36 1. Install Organic Filter Tubes near the downstream perimeter of a disturbed area to 37 intercept sediment from sheet flow. 38 2. When placed on soil, excavate a 1-inch to 2-inch deep bedding trench along the 39 length of the Organic Filter Tubes. 40 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 11 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Secure Organic Filter Tubes using posts to prevent displacement as a result of 1 normal rain events, damage to the logs, and flow from penetrating under the logs. 2 a. Rock bags may be used in place of posts on paved surfaces. 3 4. Overlap ends of Organic Filter Tubes by at least 18 inches and secure ends together 4 preventing gaps from forming. 5 5. Turn last 10 feet of Organic Filter Tubes slightly uphill to prevent bypass. 6 D. Inlet Protection 7 1. Install prefabricated inlet protection systems in accordance with manufacturer’s 8 instructions. 9 2. Install Organic Filter Tubes, rock bags, and filter fabric as specified in the 10 Drawings and in accordance with this Section. 11 3. Install inlet protection systems to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 12 water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 13 device clogs. 14 E. Erosion Control Blanket 15 1. Use an Erosion Control Blanket anywhere seeding is to be used and the slope is 16 steeper than a 6:1 slope. 17 2. Use Turf Reinforcement Mat when stabilizing slopes of 2:1 or steeper. 18 3. Provide blanket on sod locations only when specified in the Drawings. 19 4. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area. 20 5. Lay Erosion Control Blanket into trench and backfill with compacted soil. 21 6. Fasten Erosion Control Blanket in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 22 7. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow. 23 8. Overlap ends of Erosion Control Blanket by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal 24 edges by 6 inches. 25 9. Staple Erosion Control Blanket at all critical channel points and all overlaps. 26 F. Stabilized Construction Exit 27 1. Install stabilized construction exit as specified in the Drawings. 28 2. Install stabilized construction exits at any point where traffic will be leaving a 29 construction site to or from a street, alley, sidewalk, or parking area. 30 3. Slope stabilized construction exit away from offsite paved surfaces or incorporate a 31 drainage swale to prevent runoff from leaving the construction site. 32 4. Do not place stabilized construction exits at the lowest point on the construction site 33 or on top of utility lines. 34 5. Minimum width of 15 feet for one-way and 20 feet for two-way. 35 G. Mulching 36 1. Spread organic mulch by hand or mechanical means providing complete, uniform 37 coverage of the specified area. 38 2. Install mulching to a thickness between 1 to 2 inches. 39 3. Anchor mulching by application of fiber mulch binder, synthetic mulch binder, 40 using a tractor-drawn crimper to punch into the soil, or by placing netting above the 41 mulch and stapled into the ground when placed on slopes of 3:1 or steeper. 42 4. Do not use mulching on slopes of 1.5:1 or steeper. 43 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 12 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 H. Pipe Inlet Sediment Trap 1 1. Install pipe inlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings. 2 2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment 3 trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary 4 control design storm. 5 3. Provide side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter. 6 4. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe 7 diameter. 8 5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 9 water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 10 device clogs. 11 I. Stone Outlet Sediment Trap 12 1. Install stone outlet sediment trap as specified in the Drawings. 13 2. Provide a stormwater and sediment storage area upslope of the pipe inlet sediment 14 trap to a minimum volume equal to the runoff calculated from the temporary 15 control design storm. 16 3. Install the pipe inlet sediment trap to a maximum height of half the inlet pipe 17 diameter. 18 4. Grade side slopes surrounding the storage area at 2:1 or flatter. 19 5. Install pipe inlet sediment trap to provide 2-inch overflow capability to allow storm 20 water overflow during extreme storm events or when filter media on protection 21 device clogs. 22 J. Turf Reinforcement Mat 23 1. Install turf reinforcement mats as specified in the Drawings and manufacturer’s 24 recommendations. 25 2. Install turf reinforcement mats immediately after completing grading of the slope or 26 channel, and at most within 14 days after completing the grading. 27 3. Install turf reinforcement mats vertically down slope on steep cut/fill slopes, 28 embankments, and steep channel slopes above the water surface level. 29 4. Install turf reinforcement mats horizontally (parallel to flow) for channel slopes 30 below the water surface level. 31 5. Dig 6 inch trench along the entire perimeter of the installation area. 32 6. Lay turf reinforcement mat into trench and backfill with compacted soil. 33 7. Fasten turf reinforcement mat in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions. 34 8. Ensure staples are installed parallel to the direction of flow. 35 9. Overlap ends of turf reinforcement mat by a minimum of 3 feet, and longitudinal 36 edges by 6 inches. 37 10. Staple turf reinforcement mat at all critical channel points and all overlaps. 38 3.5 REPAIR/REPLACE 39 1. Repair any controls determined to no longer be functioning as intended in 40 accordance with this Section. Replace any controls that cannot be repaired to 41 function as intended in accordance with this Section. 42 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 13 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Repair devices as soon as exposed ground has dried sufficiently to prevent further 1 damage from equipment operations needed for repairs. Replace any devices that 2 cannot be repaired to function as intended in accordance with this Section. 3 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 4 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 5 A. Field Inspections 6 1. Inspect all storm water pollution prevention controls at least once every 7 calendar 7 days with City Watershed Protection Division. 8 2. Inspect dewatering pumps and sediment controls hourly while pumps are in 9 operation. 10 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 11 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 12 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 13 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 14 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 15 3.13 MAINTENANCE 16 A. General 17 1. If a storm water pollution prevention control ceases to function as intended, repair 18 and replace the device or any portions necessary. Repeated failure indicates a 19 device is insufficient and additional or different Erosion and Sediment Control 20 devices must be selected. 21 2. Remove sediment, debris, and litter from all devices as necessary to maintain 22 intended operation. 23 3. Continue maintenance of all erosion and sediment control devices until vegetative 24 cover reaches 70 percent density, as determined by the City. 25 B. Check Dam 26 1. Remove silt when it reaches a depth equal to one-third the height of the dam or one 27 foot, whichever is less. 28 C. Dewatering Controls 29 1. Repair areas eroded due to dewatering pumping and install erosion control devices 30 to prevent further erosion. 31 2. Clean sediment tanks when they become half full of sediment. 32 33 31 25 14 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL Page 14 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 31 34 19 GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT Page 1 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 31 34 19 1 GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcements. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per the square yard of Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement installed. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per square yard for “Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement” installed. 21 c. The price bid shall include: 22 1) Furnishing and installing Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement 23 2) Loading 24 3) Unloading 25 4) Hauling 26 5) Disposal of excess materials 27 6) Clean-up 28 1.3 REFERENCES 29 A. Reference Standards 30 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 31 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 32 unless a date is specifically cited. 33 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 34 a. D4632, Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles 35 b. D276, Identification of Fibers in Textiles 36 c. D4355, Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles by Exposure to 37 Light, Moisture and Heat in a Xenon Arc-Type Apparatus 38 3. TXDOT Test Procedures: 39 a. Tex-616-J, Construction Fabrics 40 31 34 19 GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT Page 2 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 1 1.5 SUBMITTALS 2 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 3 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 4 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 5 A. Product Data 6 1. Name 7 2. Manufacturer 8 3. Chemical composition 9 4. Material Properties 10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 14 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 15 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 16 66 00. 17 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 18 A. Ambient Conditions 19 1. Install Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement under appropriate ambient and soil 20 conditions in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 21 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24 2.2 MATERIALS 25 A. Manufacturers 26 1. Manufacturer List 27 a. Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement 28 1) TriAx Geogrid by Tensar, or 29 2) Approved equal 30 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 31 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 32 B. Material Requirements 33 34 31 34 19 GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT Page 3 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1. Provide Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement meeting the following requirements: 1 2 Characteristic Test Method Average Roll Minimum Value Grab Strength ASTM D4632 80-lbs @ 12-in per minute Elongation at Break ASTM D4632 50% @ 12-in per minute Asphalt Retention Tex-616-J 0.5-oz per square foot Melting Point ASTM D276 300° F Resistance to UV Light ASTM D4355 70% 3 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 4 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 6 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 7 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 8 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 9 3.4 INSTALLATION 10 A. Install Geosynthetic Soil Reinforcement in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines. 11 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 12 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 13 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 14 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 15 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 16 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 17 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 18 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 19 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 20 21 31 34 19 GEOSYNTHETIC SOIL REINFORCEMENT Page 4 of 4 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 32 01 17 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR Page 1 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 01 17 1 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Flexible Paving Repair including: 6 a. Flexible Paving Repair 7 b. Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving) 8 c. Cleaning and Sealing Cracks 9 d. Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench 10 e. Temporary Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench 11 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 12 1. None. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15 Contract. 16 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement. 18 4. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 19 5. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 20 6. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 21 7. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 22 8. Section 32 12 73 – Asphalt Pavement Crack Sealants. 23 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 24 A. Measurement and Payment 25 1. Flexible Paving Repair 26 a. Measurement 27 1) Measured per square yard of Flexible Paving Repair installed. 28 b. Payment 29 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 30 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 31 price bid per square yard for “Flexible Paving Repair” installed for: 32 a) Various street classifications. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Furnishing and installing Flexible Paving Repair as specified by the 35 Drawings 36 2) Removal of existing asphalt pavement and base material. 37 3) Loading 38 4) Unloading 39 5) Storing 40 6) Hauling 41 32 01 17 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR Page 2 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 7) Handling of materials 1 8) Traffic control for all testing 2 9) Trial batches (as needed) 3 10) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 4 informational submittals 5 11) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 6 12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 7 13) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 8 14) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 9 2. Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving) 10 a. Measurement 11 1) Measured per square yard of Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving) installed. 12 b. Payment 13 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 14 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15 price bid per square yard for “Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving)” installed. 16 c. The price bid shall include: 17 1) Furnishing and installing Pothole Repair (Flexible Paving) as specified by 18 the Drawings 19 2) Loading 20 3) Unloading 21 4) Storing 22 5) Hauling 23 6) Handling of materials 24 7) Traffic control for all testing 25 8) Trial batches (as needed) 26 9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 27 informational submittals 28 10) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 29 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 30 12) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 31 13) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 32 3. Cleaning and Sealing Cracks 33 a. Measurement 34 1) Measured by the pound of “Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks” 35 installed. 36 b. Payment 37 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 38 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 39 price bid per pound for “Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks (Flexible 40 Paving)” installed. 41 c. The price bid shall include: 42 1) Furnishing and installing Cleaning and Sealing Cracks as specified by the 43 Drawings 44 2) Loading 45 3) Unloading 46 4) Storing 47 5) Hauling 48 6) Handling of materials 49 32 01 17 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR Page 3 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 7) Traffic control for all testing 1 8) Trial batches (as needed) 2 9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 3 informational submittals 4 10) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 5 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 6 12) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 7 13) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 8 4. Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench 9 a. Measurement 10 1) Measured per square yard of Flexible Paving Repair for Utility installed. 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14 price bid per square yard for “Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench” 15 installed for: 16 a) Various street classifications. 17 c. The price bid shall include: 18 1) Furnishing and installing Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench as 19 specified by the Drawings 20 2) Removal of temporary material 21 3) Loading 22 4) Unloading 23 5) Storing 24 6) Hauling 25 7) Handling of materials 26 8) Traffic control for all testing 27 9) Trial batches (as needed) 28 10) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 29 informational submittals 30 11) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 31 12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 32 13) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 33 14) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 34 5. Temporary Flexible Paving Repair for Utility Trench 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measured per square yard of Temporary Flexible Paving Repair for Utility 37 Trench installed. 38 b. Payment 39 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 40 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 41 price bid per square yard for “Temporary Flexible Paving Repair for Utility 42 Trench” installed for: 43 a) Various street classifications. 44 c. The price bid shall include: 45 1) Furnishing and installing Temporary Flexible Paving Repair for Utility 46 Trench as specified by the Drawings 47 2) Loading 48 3) Unloading 49 32 01 17 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR Page 4 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4) Storing 1 5) Hauling 2 6) Handling of materials 3 7) Traffic control for all testing 4 8) Trial batches (as needed) 5 9) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 6 informational submittals 7 10) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 8 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 9 12) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 10 13) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 11 1.3 REFERENCES 12 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 13 1. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 14 B. Definitions 15 1. Concrete Base Material – Class D Concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 16 a. Referred to as 2-sack concrete backfill on the City Standard Details. 17 C. Reference Standards 18 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20 unless a date is specifically cited. 21 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 22 a. ASTM C457 – Standard Test Method for Microscopical Determination of 23 Parameters of the Air-Void System in Hardened Concrete 24 3. TxDOT Standards: 25 a. Tex-414-A – Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric 26 Method 27 b. Tex-415-A – Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete 28 c. Tex-416-A – Air Content of Freshly-Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method 29 d. Tex-422-A – Measuring Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement 30 Concrete 31 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 32 1.5 SUBMITTALS 33 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 34 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 35 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 36 A. Shop Drawings 37 1. Product Data 38 a. Submit product data for all products used for Pot Hole Repair and Cleaning and 39 Sealing Joints and Cracks. Provide product data in accordance with Section 32 40 12 73 and this Section. 41 42 32 01 17 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR Page 5 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Asphalt Mix Design 1 a. Provide an asphalt mix design for TY C, TY D, and TY B asphalt in 2 accordance with Section 32 12 16. 3 3. Concrete Mix Design 4 a. Provide a mix design for Class D concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 5 4. Rolling Pattern 6 a. Provide the proposed rolling pattern in accordance with Section 32 12 16. 7 B. Information Submittals 8 1. Equipment Information 9 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 10 1) Equipment name and description 11 2) Size 12 3) Intended use 13 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 14 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 15 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 16 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 17 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 18 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 19 66 00. 20 B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for asphalt and concrete in 21 Sections 32 12 16, 32 13 13, and 03 00 00. 22 C. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling 23 requirements specified in the product data. 24 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 25 A. Follow all field condition requirements for asphalt and concrete in Sections 32 05 16, 26 32 11 23, 32 12 16, 32 13 13, and 03 00 00. 27 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 30 2.2 MATERIALS 31 A. Refer to City Standard Details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation, 32 embedment, and backfill. 33 B. Asphalt Paving: 34 1. Refer to Section 32 12 16 for material requirements. 35 2. Use TY C or TY D for the 2-inch surface course. Refer to street classification in 36 this Section and the City Standard Detail. 37 32 01 17 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR Page 6 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Use TY B for the intermediate and/or base courses. 1 C. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 2 1. Concrete Class: Class D in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 3 2. Production Materials: 4 a. Cement 5 1) Type II in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 6 b. Fly Ash 7 1) Class F Fly Ash F in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 8 c. Water 9 1) In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 10 d. Chemical Admixtures 11 1) Air entraining admixture in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 12 e. Aggregate: 13 1) Provide aggregate in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 05 16. 14 2) Fine Aggregate: 15 a) Provide fine aggregate with maximum of 12 percent of fine aggregate 16 passing the number 200 sieve. 17 3) Coarse Aggregate: 18 a) Use pea gravel that is no larger than 3/8 inch. 19 D. Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks 20 1. Provide sealants in accordance with Section 32 12 73. 21 E. Subgrade or Subbase Course 22 1. Provide a Flexible Base, TY A, GR 1-2 in accordance with Section 32 11 23 for all 23 base course installation and repair unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 24 directed by the City. 25 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 26 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 27 A. Tests and Inspections 28 1. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 29 a. Provide Class D concrete conforming to all the testing requirements specified 30 in Section 03 00 00. 31 B. Perform all tests and inspections required for asphalt, concrete, and flexible base in 32 accordance with Sections 32 13 13, 32 12 16, 03 00 00, and 32 11 23. 33 C. Non-Conforming Work 34 1. If the materials do not meet the requirements of Sections 32 13 13, 32 12 16, 03 00 35 00, and 32 11 23, or the product data sheet, the material will be considered non-36 conforming and will be rejected or removed and replaced at Contractor’s expense. 37 PART 3 - EXECUTION 38 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 39 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 40 32 01 17 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR Page 7 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.3 PREPARATION 1 A. Surface Preparation for Pothole Repair 2 1. Square the edges of the pothole by saw-cutting 1’ from the edge of the pothole to 3 the depth of the pothole around the entire pothole. 4 2. Remove any loose and foreign material. 5 3. Clean and dry the repair area thoroughly. 6 B. Surface Preparation for Asphalt Pavement Repair 7 1. Full-depth sawcut and remove asphalt pavement and base material within the limits 8 shown on the Drawings in accordance with Section 02 41 15. 9 3.4 PAVEMENT REPAIR 10 A. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling Removed Pavement 11 1. In accordance with the requirements in Section 02 41 15. 12 B. Concrete Base for Trench Repair 13 1. Install concrete base material in accordance with the requirements for Class D 14 concrete in Section 03 00 00. 15 2. Install to the depth and width specified in the Drawings and the City Standard 16 Details. 17 C. Asphalt Pavement Repair 18 1. General 19 a. Refer to City Standard Details for flexible pavement sections and subgrade 20 depth based on street classifications. Standard street classifications are: All 21 Residential, Residential Collector, Commercial Collector, and Arterial. 22 2. Pavement Section for Standard Pavement Repair: 23 a. Subgrade: 24 1) After the asphalt and base material is removed, replace the subgrade to the 25 depth specified on the City Standard Detail based on the street 26 classification. 27 2) Install subgrade material Flexible Base TY A, GR 1-2 in accordance with 28 Section 32 11 23. 29 3) Install the full-depth of asphalt courses and subgrade specified on the City 30 Standard Detail. Use flexible base for the subgrade at the depth specified. 31 4) Installation of base and full-depth asphalt material is considered subsidiary 32 to Asphalt Pavement Repair. 33 b. Pavement Section 34 1) Compare the existing flexible pavement section with the City Standard 35 Details for Asphalt Paving based on the street classification specified on the 36 Drawings. 37 a) If the existing flexible pavement section matches the Detail or is 38 thicker, match the existing pavement section. 39 b) If the existing flexible pavement section is thinner than the Detail, 40 install asphalt pavement to the thickness specified on the City Standard 41 Detail. 42 2) Full-depth installation of all courses of asphalt pavement is considered 43 subsidiary to Asphalt Pavement Repair. 44 32 01 17 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR Page 8 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Pavement Section for Utility Trench: 1 a. If a street classification is specified in Drawings: 2 1) Follow the same process for selecting a pavement section as for standard 3 pavement repair. 4 2) Full-depth installation of all courses of asphalt pavement is considered 5 subsidiary to Asphalt Pavement Repair for Utility Service Trench. 6 b. If no street classification is specified in Drawings: 7 1) Pavement Section: 8 a) Surface Course: 3 inches TY C 9 (1) Unless approved by City in writing, surface course shall not be less 10 than 2 inches. 11 b) Base Asphalt Course: 9 inches TY B 12 c) Subgrade Depth: 12 inches of flexible base or Class D Concrete 13 D. Pothole Repair 14 1. After the surface is prepared, apply a tack coat to the exposed asphalt surface. 15 2. Hot-Mix Asphalt 16 a. Use TY D asphalt for hot-mix asphalt. 17 3. Cold-Mix Asphalt 18 a. Provide a high-performance polymer-modified cold asphalt. Submit a product 19 data submittal for material approval. 20 4. After material is placed, finish to grade and compact to conform to the existing 21 roadway surface. Compact with a hand tamp, mechanical tamps, or rollers as 22 directed or approved. Compact until full consolidation is achieved. 23 5. Clean roadway surface after repair operations and remove and dispose of any 24 excess material. 25 6. Maximum pot hole size: 26 a. The maximum allowable size of a pothole is roughly 3 feet by 3 feet or larger 27 and 3 inches deep. 28 b. If the pothole measures larger than 3 feet by 3 feet, or if the depth of the 29 pothole is 3 inches or greater, perform a full depth removal of asphalt and base 30 material. Refer to Section 02 41 15 for paving removal limits. 31 c. Any base repair will be considered subsidiary to the square yards of asphalt for 32 pot hole repair. 33 d. Use a flexible base course in accordance with Section 32 11 23 for repair of any 34 base material. 35 e. If a full depth repair is needed, coordinate with the City prior to performing 36 repair activities on that pot hole. The City may choose to allow a temporary 37 patch of the pothole. Obtain written permission from the City if a temporary 38 patch is allowed and follow all requirements provided by the City. 39 E. Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks 40 1. Prepare the site and install sealants in accordance with Section 32 12 73. 41 F. Temporary Paving Repair for Utility Trenches 42 1. Refer to City Standard Details for additional information. 43 2. Refer to Section 02 41 15 for paving removal. 44 3. Pavement thickness 45 a. Match existing pavement thickness. 46 32 01 17 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR Page 9 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. If street classification is specified in Drawings: 1 1) Provide pavement section as shown on City Standard Details for full depth 2 of asphalt. The depth should include the surface and both base depths. 3 2) Example: Arterial Street – 3 inches of TY C on 9 inches of TY B. 4 c. If no street classification is specified in Drawings: 5 1) Minimum thickness: 2 inches TY C or TY D 6 2) If existing asphalt is rutting: 7 a) Surface Course: 3 inches TY C or TY D 8 b) Base Course: 6 inches TY B 9 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 10 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 11 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 12 A. Crack Sealant, Polymer-Modified Cold Mix Asphalt, and other Products 13 1. Perform placement testing in accordance with this Section. 14 B. Asphalt Paving 15 1. Perform all testing requirements for asphalt pavement in accordance with Section 16 32 12 16. 17 C. Concrete Base Material for Trench Repair 18 1. Testing Frequency: 19 a. Test Class D concrete each day for a concrete mixture of up to 25 cubic yards. 20 For each additional 50 cubic yards, perform an additional test. 21 2. Testing of Fresh Concrete: 22 a. Perform in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 23 3. Concrete Strength Test 24 a. Refer to Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 for required strength for Class D 25 concrete. 26 b. Provide trained technicians during concrete paving to cast and test cylinders in 27 accordance with ASTM C31 and ASTM C39. 28 c. Test cylinders after 7 days to verify the concrete base material is in accordance 29 with the strength requirements for Class D concrete. 30 d. If the concrete does not meet the concrete strength, the Contractor may ask the 31 City for a waiver. 32 1) If the City does not approve, remove and replace all non-conforming Class 33 D concrete at no cost to the City. 34 2) If the City does approve, obtain approval in writing. 35 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 36 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 37 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 38 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 39 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 40 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 41 32 01 17 FLEXIBLE PAVING REPAIR Page 10 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 1 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 01 29 1 CONCRETE REPAIR 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Concrete Repair Including: 6 a. Concrete Paving Repair 7 b. Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 8 c. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 9 d. Concrete Structure Repair, Concrete Crack Repair 10 e. Cleaning and Sealing Joints and Cracks 11 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 12 1. None. 13 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 14 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 15 Contract. 16 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 17 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement. 18 4. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 19 5. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 20 6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 21 7. Section 32 13 73 – Concrete Paving Joint Sealants. 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Concrete Paving Repair 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Paving Repair installed. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per square yard for “Concrete Paving Repair” installed for: 31 a) Various Street Classifications. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Paving Repair as specified by the 34 Drawings 35 2) Subgrade removal and replacement as specified on the Drawings 36 3) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 37 4) Removal of base material as needed 38 5) Water 39 6) Loading 40 7) Unloading 41 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 2 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 8) Storing 1 9) Hauling 2 10) Handling of materials 3 11) Traffic control for all testing 4 12) Trial batches (as needed) 5 13) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 6 14) Concrete 7 15) Aggregate 8 16) Supplementary cementing materials 9 17) Concrete additives 10 18) Mixing 11 19) Placement of concrete 12 20) Finishing of concrete 13 21) Curing and curing compounds 14 22) Joint sealant 15 23) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 16 24) Disposal of excess material 17 25) Clean-up 18 2. Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench 21 installed. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per square yard for “Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench” 26 installed for: 27 a) Various Street Classifications. 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Trench as 30 specified by the Drawings 31 2) Sawing 32 3) Water 33 4) Loading 34 5) Unloading 35 6) Storing 36 7) Hauling 37 8) Handling of materials 38 9) Traffic control for all testing 39 10) Trial batches (as needed) 40 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 41 12) Concrete 42 13) Aggregate 43 14) Supplementary cementing materials 44 15) Concrete additives 45 16) Mixing 46 17) Placement of concrete 47 18) Finishing of concrete 48 19) Curing and curing compounds 49 20) Joint sealant 50 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 3 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 21) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 1 22) Disposal of excess material 2 23) Clean-up 3 3. Concrete Structure Repair 4 a. Measurement 5 1) Measured per square foot of Concrete Structure Repair installed. 6 b. Payment 7 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9 price bid per square foot for “Concrete Structure Repair” installed. 10 c. The price bid shall include: 11 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Structure Repair as specified by the 12 Drawings 13 2) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 14 3) Removal of base material as needed 15 4) Water 16 5) Loading 17 6) Unloading 18 7) Storing 19 8) Hauling 20 9) Handling of materials 21 10) Traffic control for all testing 22 11) Trial batches (as needed) 23 12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 24 13) Concrete 25 14) Aggregate 26 15) Supplementary cementing materials 27 16) Concrete additives 28 17) Mixing 29 18) Placement of concrete 30 19) Finishing of concrete 31 20) Curing and curing compounds 32 21) Joint sealant 33 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 34 23) Disposal of excess material 35 24) Clean-up 36 4. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 37 a. Measurement 38 1) Measured per square foot of Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair installed. 39 b. Payment 40 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 41 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 42 price bid per square foot for Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair installed. 43 c. The price bid shall include: 44 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair as specified 45 by the Drawings 46 2) Sawing and removal of existing pavement 47 3) Removal of base material as needed 48 4) Water 49 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 4 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 5) Loading 1 6) Unloading 2 7) Storing 3 8) Hauling 4 9) Handling of materials 5 10) Traffic control for all testing 6 11) Trial batches (as needed) 7 12) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 8 13) Concrete 9 14) Aggregate 10 15) Supplementary cementing materials 11 16) Concrete additives 12 17) Mixing 13 18) Placement of concrete 14 19) Finishing of concrete 15 20) Curing and curing compounds 16 21) Joint sealant 17 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 18 23) Disposal of excess material 19 24) Clean-up 20 5. Concrete Crack Repair 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Crack Repair installed. 23 b. Payment 24 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 25 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 26 price bid per linear foot for Concrete Crack Repair installed. 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Crack Repair as specified by the 29 Drawings 30 2) Sawing 31 3) Concrete 32 4) Aggregate 33 5) Supplementary cementing materials 34 6) Concrete additives 35 7) Mixing 36 8) Placement of concrete 37 9) Finishing of concrete 38 10) Curing and curing compounds 39 11) Joint sealant 40 12) Loading 41 13) Unloading 42 14) Storing 43 15) Hauling 44 16) Handling of materials 45 17) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 46 informational submittals. 47 18) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 48 19) Tools 49 20) Equipment 50 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 5 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 6. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measured per linear foot of Cleaning and Sealing Joints installed. 3 2) This item is considered subsidiary to other pertinent items when used, 4 which can include, but is not limited to, Concrete Paving and Concrete 5 Paving Repair. 6 b. Payment 7 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9 price bid per linear foot for Cleaning and Sealing Joints installed. 10 c. The price bid shall include: 11 1) Furnishing and installing Cleaning and Sealing Joints as specified by the 12 Drawings 13 2) Cleaning and joint sealant materials 14 3) Loading 15 4) Unloading 16 5) Storing 17 6) Hauling 18 7) Handling of materials 19 8) Traffic control for all testing 20 9) Trial batches (as needed) 21 10) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 22 11) Joint sealant 23 12) Clean-up 24 1.3 REFERENCES 25 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 26 1. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 27 B. Definitions 28 C. Reference Standards 29 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 30 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 31 unless a date is specifically cited. 32 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards: 33 a. ASTM C928 – Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Rapid-Hardening 34 Cementitious Materials for Concrete Repairs. 35 3. TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual. 36 4. TxDOT Standards: 37 a. Tex-418-A – Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 38 b. Tex-448-A – Flexural Strength of Concrete Using Simple Beam Third-Point 39 Loading. 40 c. DMS-4655, Concrete Repair Materials. 41 d. DMS-6100 – Epoxies and Adhesives. 42 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 43 1.5 SUBMITTALS 44 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 45 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 6 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2 A. Shop Drawings 3 1. Product Data 4 a. Submit product data for all products used for Cleaning and Sealing Joints. 5 Provide product data in accordance with Section 32 13 73 and this Section. 6 2. Concrete Mix Design 7 a. Provide a mix design for each class or type of concrete used in accordance with 8 Section 03 00 00 and DMS-4655. 9 3. Structural Repair 10 a. Submit all materials and application methods for approval at least 3 weeks prior 11 to performing any structural repair work. 12 4. Crack Repair 13 a. Submit all materials and application methods for approval prior to performing 14 any crack repair work. 15 B. Information Submittals 16 1. Equipment Information 17 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 18 1) Equipment name and description 19 2) Size 20 3) Intended use 21 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 24 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 26 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 27 66 00. 28 B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for concrete in Section 32 05 29 16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 73, and 03 00 00. 30 C. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling 31 requirements specified in the product data. 32 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 33 A. Follow all field condition requirements in Section 32 05 16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 34 73, and 03 00 00. 35 B. Follow all manufacturer recommendations for field conditions specified in the product 36 data. 37 C. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 38 1. Place concrete if the air temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit and rising. 39 40 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 7 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 1 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 3 2.2 MATERIALS 4 A. Refer to City Standard Details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation, 5 embedment, and backfill. 6 B. Concrete Paving Repair: 7 1. Refer to Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 for material requirements. 8 2. Concrete Class: 9 a. Standard Concrete Pavement: Concrete Class P2 or HES 10 1) Provide HES concrete designed to attain a minimum compressive strength 11 in accordance with Section 03 00 00. Use HES when concrete needs to be 12 open to traffic within 72 hours. 13 2) Provide Class P2 concrete when possible. 14 3) Use standard concrete pavement unless otherwise approved by the City or 15 specified in the Drawings. 16 b. Alternate Concrete Material: Type A or B concrete listed on TxDOT’s DMS-17 4655 Concrete Repair Materials. 18 1) The Contractor may request to use Type A or B concrete. The Contractor 19 must obtain approval in writing unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 20 3. Reinforcing Steel, Dowel Bars, and Tie Bars 21 a. Provide reinforcing steel, dowel bars, and tie bars in accordance with Section 22 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 23 C. Concrete Structure Repair 24 1. Concrete Repair Materials: 25 a. Provide repair materials suitable for the appropriate horizontal, vertical, or 26 overhead application in accordance with the requirements in DMS-4655. 27 b. Trowel-Applied: 28 1) Use Type C in vertical and overhead applications that are less than 3 inches 29 unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 30 c. Horizontal or Form-and-Pour Applications: 31 1) Use neat Type A or Type D materials for applications that are less than 3 32 inches thick. 33 2) Use extended Type A or Type D for repairs exceeding 3 inches in depth. 34 d. Use Type D instead of Type A if rapid strength gain is not necessary. 35 e. Use Type B only if specified in the Drawings or approved by the City. 36 f. The City may reject any product based on structural compatibility. 37 2. Pneumatically Applied Materials: 38 a. Provide concrete conforming to TxDOT Item 431 – Pneumatically Placed 39 Concrete. 40 b. Only use pneumatically applied materials when specified in Drawings or 41 approved by the City. 42 c. Prepare trail batches of any proposed repair material and application method as 43 specified by Item 431, this Section, the Drawings, and/or directed by the City. 44 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 8 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Epoxy Mortars 1 a. Use Type 8 neat epoxy or epoxy mortar per DMS-6100 – Epoxies and 2 Adhesives for repairs less than 1 inch thick unless otherwise noted on the plans. 3 4. Concrete: 4 a. Concrete Class: Class C for substructures, Class S for decks, or concrete 5 designed to the strength specified in the Drawings unless the following 6 conditions apply: 7 1) An option for vertical/overhead repairs greater than 6 inches thick, 8 2) For full or partial depth slab repairs, 9 3) For replacement of entire members or elements, or 10 4) As an option for horizontal repairs greater than 4 inches thick. 11 5) If the previous conditions apply, stop work until the City provides written 12 direction on how to proceed. 13 b. Do not use corrosion-inhibiting admixtures unless specified in the Drawings or 14 approved by the City. 15 5. Steel 16 a. Provide reinforcing in accordance with the Drawings and Section 03 00 00. 17 D. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair: 18 1. Refer to Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 for material requirements. 19 2. Concrete Type: 20 a. Provide Type B concrete in accordance with DMS-4655 unless otherwise 21 specified in the Drawings. 22 b. Use a packed blend of cement, sand, and gravel (maximum size 3/8 inch) which 23 requires the addition of water and has a maximum shrinkage of 0.15 percent in 24 accordance with ASTM C928. 25 3. Do not use chlorides, magnesium, or gypsum to accelerate setting time. 26 4. Demonstrate the mixture meets a minimum compressive strength of 5,100 psi in 7 27 days and 6,300 psi in 28 days before spall repair operations. Test in accordance 28 with Tex-418-A and Tex-448-A. Provide test results as part of concrete submittal. 29 5. Do not use polymeric patching material unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 30 or approved by the City. 31 E. Concrete Crack Repair 32 1. Use epoxy injection, gravity filling, routing and sealing, or surface sealing. 33 2. Provide materials in accordance with TxDOT’s Concrete Repair Manual. Select a 34 pre-approved material meeting the requirements of the applicable DMS when 35 available. 36 3. Provide materials and application methods for approval prior to crack repair. 37 F. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 38 1. Provide joint and crack sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 39 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 40 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 41 PART 3 - EXECUTION 42 43 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 9 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.1 EQUIPMENT 1 A. Provide equipment necessary to complete the specified concrete repair in accordance 2 with Section 32 05 16, 32 11 23, 32 13 13, 32 13 73, and 03 00 00. 3 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 4 3.3 PREPARATION 5 A. Concrete Paving Repair (Non-Structural) 6 1. Remove the existing concrete pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15. 7 B. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 8 1. Prepare the site in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 9 3.4 CONCRETE REPAIR 10 A. Concrete Paving Repair 11 1. General 12 a. Half-depth repairs will not be allowed. Perform only full-depth concrete 13 pavement repairs. 14 b. Refer to City Standard Details for concrete pavement sections and subgrade 15 depth based on street classifications. Standard street classifications are: All 16 Residential, Residential Collector, Commercial Collector, and Arterial. 17 2. Pavement Section for Standard Pavement Repair: 18 a. Subgrade Repairs: 19 1) Once the pavement has been removed, repair any damaged subgrade using 20 Flexible Base, TY A, GR 1-2 in accordance with Section 32 11 23 or as 21 specified in the Drawings. 22 2) Remove and replace subgrade under paving repair section with Flexible 23 Base TY A, GR 1-2 if specified in the Drawings. This will be considered 24 subsidiary to the Concrete Paving Repair item. 25 3) After removing the pavement, if the existing subgrade is found to be 26 deficient by the City, stop work and obtain approval from the City 27 indicating how to proceed. 28 b. Pavement Section 29 1) Compare the existing concrete pavement section with the City Standard 30 Details for Concrete Paving based on the street classification specified on 31 the Drawings. 32 2) If the existing concrete pavement section matches or is thicker than the 33 Standard Detail, match the existing pavement section. 34 3) If the existing concrete pavement section is thinner than the detail, install 35 concrete pavement to the thickness specified on the City Standard Detail. 36 4) Full-depth installation of concrete pavement is considered subsidiary to 37 Concrete Paving Repair. 38 3. Pavement Section for Utility Service Trench 39 a. If a street classification is specified in the Drawings: 40 1) Follow the same process for selecting a pavement section for standard 41 pavement repair. 42 2) Full-depth installation of concrete pavement is considered subsidiary to 43 Concrete Paving Repair for Utility Service Trench. 44 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 10 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. If no street classification is specified in Drawings: 1 1) Match thickness specified on the City Standard Detail for Existing 2 Pavement Trench. 3 4. Concrete Installation: 4 a. Reinforcing: 5 1) Use tie bars and epoxy in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 6 2) Place tie bars as shown on the Drawings or in the City Standard Details. 7 3) Drill holes in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13 into the 8 existing concrete at least 10 inches deep unless otherwise directed. Inject 9 the holes with Type 3, Class C epoxy in accordance with Section 03 00 00 10 before inserting tie bars. 11 4) Place reinforcing steel and dowel bars of the size and spacing shown on the 12 Drawings or in the City Standard Details. Lap all longitudinal steel at least 13 25 inches. Provide and place steel supports in accordance with Section 03 14 00 00 and 32 13 13 as needed. 15 b. Concrete Placement and Joints: 16 1) Mix, place, cure, and test concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 17 32 13 13. 18 2) Install and restore joints in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 13 13. 19 B. Concrete Structure Repair 20 1. Follow procedures outlined in the TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual unless 21 otherwise specified in the Drawings. 22 C. Concrete Pavement Spalling Repair 23 1. General: 24 a. Saw at least 1.5 inches deep around the repair area before concrete removal 25 unless otherwise directed. Provide a vertical face around the perimeter of the 26 repair area. 27 b. Protect and maintain existing reinforcing if encountered, unless it is damaged or 28 otherwise directed by the City. 29 c. If the City determines that the existing reinforcing is damaged, full-depth 30 remove and replace concrete. Perform full-depth paving repair in accordance 31 with this Section. 32 2. Removal of Concrete: 33 a. Remove deteriorated concrete to a depth of at least 1.5 inches or the maximum 34 depth of the deteriorated concrete, whichever is greater. 35 b. If deteriorated concrete is deeper than 1.5 inches in depth, use chipping 36 hammers not heavier than the nominal 15-pound class or hydro-demolition 37 equipment. 38 3. Concrete Placement: 39 a. Clean the surface so it is free of loose particles. 40 b. Mix, place, and cure the concrete in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 41 13 13. 42 c. Screed concrete to the existing roadway surface. 43 4. Texture: Match existing pavement. 44 D. Concrete Crack Repair 45 1. Follow procedures outlined in the TxDOT Concrete Repair Manual unless 46 otherwise specified in the Drawings. 47 32 01 29 CONCRETE REPAIR Page 11 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Submit application methods for review and approval prior to performing any crack 1 repair. 2 E. Cleaning and Sealing Joints 3 1. Install joint sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 4 F. Disposal, Salvaging, and Recycling 5 1. Perform in accordance with Section 02 41 15. 6 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 8 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 9 A. Concrete Testing 10 1. Perform testing in accordance with this specification and Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 11 00, and 32 13 13. 12 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 13 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 14 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 15 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 16 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 17 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 18 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 19 END OF SECTION 20 21 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 22 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 05 16 1 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Coarse and fine aggregate requirements for asphalt and concrete. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Aggregate materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid for 14 separately. All items required for the testing and furnishing of aggregates is subsidiary 15 to other pertinent items. 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 18 1. AQMP – Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality Monitoring 19 Program (Tex-499-A) 20 2. BRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Bituminous Rated Source Quality 21 Catalog 22 3. CRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Concrete Rated Source Quality 23 Catalog 24 4. HMA – Hot-Mix Asphalt 25 5. RAP – Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement 26 6. RAS – Recycled Asphalt Shingles 27 7. SAC – Surface Aggregate Classification 28 8. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 29 9. WWARP – Wet Weather Accident Reduction Program 30 B. Reference Standards 31 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 32 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 33 unless a date is specifically cited. 34 2. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 35 Specifications (DMS) 36 a. DMS-9210, Limestone Rock Asphalt (LRA). 37 3. TxDOT Test Procedures: 38 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. Tex-100-E, Surveying and Sampling Soils for Highways. 1 b. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils. 2 c. Tex-200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 3 d. Tex-203-F, Sand Equivalent Test. 4 e. Tex-217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse 5 Aggregates (Bituminous Mixtures). 6 f. Tex-221-F, Sampling Aggregate for Bituminous Mixtures, Surface Treatments, 7 and Limestone Rock Asphalt. 8 g. Tex-280-F, Determining Flat and Elongated Particles. 9 h. Tex-402-A, Fineness Modulus of Fine Aggregate. 10 i. Tex-406-A, Material finer than No. 200 Sieve in Mineral Aggregates 11 (Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates) 12 j. Tex-408-A, Organic Impurities in Fine Aggregate for Concrete. 13 k. Tex-410-A, Abrasion of Coarse Aggregate Using the Los Angeles Machine. 14 l. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 15 Sulfate. 16 m. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate. 17 n. Tex-460-A, Determining Crushed Face Particle Count. 18 o. Tex-499-A, Aggregate Quality Monitoring Program. 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 20 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 22 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 23 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 24 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 25 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 26 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 27 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 28 66 00. 29 B. Storage and Stockpiling of Aggregates 30 1. General 31 a. Selected stockpiling location should be relatively flat. Clean the area of trash, 32 weeds, and grass. 33 b. Stockpile aggregates for each source and type separately. 34 c. Do not add materials to approved stockpiles. 35 d. Prevent segregation of the aggregates and maintain the stockpiles. 36 2. Coarse Aggregates 37 a. Separate the stockpiles into different gradations. 38 b. The stockpiles should be separated so that the grading requirements of final 39 product are met when the piles are combined. 40 c. No more than 20 percent by weight of material that passes a number 8 sieve 41 will be allowed in the coarse aggregate stockpile unless specified in the 42 Drawings. 43 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Fine Aggregates 1 a. Stockpiles may contain coarse aggregate of up to 20-percent by weight. 2 b. The coarse aggregate included in the fine aggregate stockpile is required to 3 meet the quality tests specified in Table 2. 4 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 5 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 6 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 7 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 8 2.2 MATERIALS 9 A. General 10 1. Provide aggregates free from loam, clay balls, or other injurious foreign matter 11 occurring either free or as a coating. 12 2. Provide aggregates in accordance with the definitions in Tex-100-E. 13 3. Perform, document, and provide all test results for aggregate testing. 14 4. Provide aggregates from sources that stockpile each type of aggregate separately. 15 5. Furnish LRA in accordance with DMS-9210, “Limestone Rock Asphalt (LRA)” 16 when used. 17 6. Provide aggregates for asphalt production from TxDOT’s Bituminous Rated Source 18 Quality Catalog (BRSQC). 19 7. Provide aggregates for concrete production from TxDOT’s Concrete Rated Source 20 Quality Catalog (CRSQC). 21 8. Submit material tests from source locations to verify the aggregates are in 22 accordance with this Section. 23 9. Conform aggregate sampling to Tex-221-F. 24 Table 1 25 Aggregate Types 26 Type Material A Gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA B Crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA C Gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone D Crushed gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone B. Coarse Aggregate 27 1. The portion of the total aggregates retained on the number 10 sieve. 28 2. Provide coarse aggregate of uniform quality throughout. 29 3. Asphalt Requirements 30 a. General 31 1) Provide aggregates from stockpiles that have no more than 20% material 32 passing the number 8 sieve. 33 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) Provide aggregates that meet the definitions of crushed gravel or crushed 1 stone in accordance with Tex-100-E. 2 3) Use only the rated values on the BRSQC for hot-mix. Rated values for 3 surface treatment do not apply to coarse aggregate sources used in hot-mix 4 asphalt. 5 4) Maximum aggregate size should not be over half of the proposed lift depth 6 to prevent particle on particle contact issues. 7 b. RAP 8 1) Aggregate from RAP is not required to meet the requirements of Table 2 9 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by the City. 10 c. SAC Requirements 11 1) Furnish aggregate with a minimum SAC of A for all surface course asphalt 12 lifts used on travel lanes. The BRSQC lists the SAC for sources on the 13 AQMP. 14 2) Do not blend aggregate to meet the SAC unless otherwise approved. 15 3) If blending is approved by the City: 16 a) Class A and Class B aggregates are defined in TxDOT WWARP. 17 b) Class B aggregate meeting all other requirements in Table 2 may be 18 blended with a Class A aggregate to meet requirements for Class A 19 materials. 20 (1) Ensure that at least 50 percent by weight, or volume if required, of 21 the material retained on the Number 4 sieve comes from the Class 22 A aggregate source. 23 c) Blend by volume if the bulk specific gravities of Class A and B 24 aggregates differ by more than 0.300. 25 d) Coarse aggregate from RAP and RAS will be considered as Class B 26 aggregate for blending purposes. 27 4. Concrete Requirements 28 a. General 29 1) Provide coarse aggregate consisting of durable particles of gravel, crushed 30 blast furnace slag in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C989 31 Grade 100 or 120, recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete, crushed 32 stone, or combinations which are free from frozen material and from 33 injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable 34 material. 35 2) Provide coarse aggregate of uniform quality throughout. 36 37 38 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Table 2 1 Coarse Aggregate Requirements 2 Property Test Method Requirement Sampling Tex-221-F – SAC Tex-499-A (AQMP) Note 1 Deleterious material, percent maximum Tex-217-F, Part 1 1.5 Decantation, percent maximum Tex-406-A, Part 2 1.5 Los Angeles Abrasion, percent maximum Tex-410-A 40 Magnesium sulfate soundness,2,3 5 cycles, percent maximum (non-air-entrained concrete and asphalt) Tex-411-A 25 Coarse aggregate angularity, 2 crushed faces, percent minimum Tex-460-A, Part 1 85 Additional Requirements for Asphalt Flat and elongated particles at 5:1, percent maximum Tex-280-F 10 Additional Requirements for Concrete Magnesium sulfate soundness,2,4 5 cycles, percent maximum (air-entrained concrete) Tex-411-A 18 Weight of Clay Lumps, percent maximum Tex-413-A 0.25 Weight of Shale, percent maximum 1.0 Weight of Laminate and Friable Particle, percent maximum 5.0 1. SAC A for All Surface Courses Unless Otherwise Noted on Drawings. 2. Recycled crushed hydraulic cement concrete is not subject to 5-cycle magnesium sulfate soundness requirements. 3. Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans. 4. FOR CONCRETE ONLY: If the material finer than the number 200 sieve is determined to be at least 85% calcium carbonate in accordance with Tex-406-A: • Increase the decantation limit to 3.0 percent for all classes of concrete. • Increase the decantation limit to 5.0 percent for Class A, B, and P concrete. • Provide test results with concrete action submittals. C. Fine Aggregate 3 1. Consists of crushed stone, crushed gravel, sand, and/or limestone or steel slag 4 screenings 5 2. Provide fine aggregate, except for field sand, from coarse aggregate sources that 6 meet the requirements of this specification. 7 3. Asphalt Requirements 8 a. Provide sand, limestone, or steel slag screenings passing the number 40 sieve 9 that conform to the requirements shown in Table 3. 10 b. Provide aggregates free from impurities. 11 c. Use fine aggregate, with the exception of field sand, from coarse aggregate 12 sources that conform to requirements in Table 3. 13 d. Sand 14 1) No more than 15 percent of the total aggregate may be field sand or other 15 uncrushed fine aggregate. 16 2) Gradation – The gradation of the sand is the portion of the total aggregate 17 that passes the No. 10 sieve. Provide sand that is well graded and composed 18 of sound, durable sand particles. 19 20 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. Concrete Requirements 1 a. Provide fine aggregate consisting of natural sand, manufactured sand, or a 2 combination of the two, that is clean, hard, durable, uncoated, and free from 3 clay lumps. 4 b. Provide fine aggregate free from frozen material and injurious amounts of salt, 5 alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material. 6 Table 3 7 Fine Aggregate Requirements 8 Property Test Method Requirement Requirements for Asphalt Linear Shrinkage, Percent, Maximum Tex-107-E 3 Organic Impurities Tex-408-A None allowed Additional Requirements for Concrete Weight of clay lumps, percent maximum Tex-413-A 0.50 Sand Equivalent, percent maximum Tex-203-F 80 Fineness Modulus Tex-402-A 2.3 to 3.1 Organic Impurities* Tex-408-A None allowed * - Only when air-entrained concrete is required by the plans. 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 10 A. Aggregate Quality Requirements 11 1. Submit material tests from source location to verify the aggregates are in 12 accordance with the applicable requirements in Tables 2 and 3. 13 a. Test and Evaluation Reports 14 a) Provide testing and evaluation reports to the City for each material 15 being used to prepare concrete pavement. Test samples or provide 16 product data verifying source material complies with all requirements 17 in this Section. Materials to be tested include, but are not limited to: 18 (1) Coarse and Fine Aggregate Testing 19 (a) Provide verification that the material source location is listed 20 on TxDOT’s CRSQC. If listed, source quality testing may be 21 waived. 22 (b) If the source location is not listed on TxDOT’s CRSQC, 23 provide all testing and evaluation reports to verify the source 24 material complies with all requirements in Section 32 05 16. 25 (2) Cement and Supplementary Cementing materials 26 (3) Manufacturer supplied testing and product data 27 2. Submit new material tests from any new source location. 28 B. Non-Conforming Work 29 1. General 30 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 31 this Section. 32 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 33 Concrete Pavement if any material used is found to be non-conforming at no 34 cost to the City. 35 36 32 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Aggregates 1 a. Test in accordance with specified ASTM and TxDOT Test Methods in this 2 Section. 3 b. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of this Section will be rejected. 4 c. Aggregate source locations may be rejected if supplied aggregates do not meet 5 the requirements of this Section. 6 d. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 7 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 8 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 9 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 10 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 11 3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 12 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 13 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 16 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 17 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 18 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 19 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 20 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 21 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 22 END OF SECTION 23 24 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 25 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 11 23 1 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Foundation course for surface course or other base course composed of flexible 6 base constructed in one or more courses in accordance with the typical section 7 specified in the Drawings. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract. 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 3. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Flexible Base 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measured by the square yard of Flexible Base Course installed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per square yard for Flexible Base Course installed for: 24 a) Various depths. 25 b) Various grades. 26 c) Various types. 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Furnishing and installing Flexible Base Course as specified by the 29 Drawings 30 2) Loading 31 3) Unloading 32 4) Hauling 33 5) Storing 34 6) Disposal of excess materials 35 2. Rework 36 a. Payment 37 1) Material used and work performed for reworking will not be paid for 38 directly but will be subsidiary to original item bid. 39 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. Definitions 2 1. RAP – Recycled Asphalt Pavement. 3 B. Reference Standards 4 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 5 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 6 unless a date is specifically cited. 7 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 8 a. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 9 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)) 10 b. D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 11 and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 12 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedures: 13 a. Tex-104-E, Determining Liquid Limits of Soils 14 b. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils 15 c. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils 16 d. Tex-110-E, Particle Size Analysis of Soils 17 e. Tex-116-E, Ball Mill Method for Determining the Disintegration of Flexible 18 Base Material 19 f. Tex-117-E, Triaxial Compression for Disturbed Soils and Base Materials 20 g. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer 21 h. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 22 Sulfate 23 i. Tex-413-A, Determining Deleterious Material in Mineral Aggregate 24 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 25 1.5 SUBMITTALS 26 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 27 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery of materials. 28 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 29 A. Informational Submittals 30 1. Proposed source and supplier of flexible base material. 31 2. Equipment Information 32 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 33 1) Equipment name and description 34 2) Size 35 3) Intended use 36 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 37 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 38 1. All test reports generated during testing. 39 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 4 1. Deposit material directly on subgrade and spread and shape same day. 5 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 6 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 7 66 00. 8 2. Stockpiling 9 a. When required, stockpile base material at a location approved by City. 10 b. Create stockpiles in layers no greater than 2 feet thick. 11 c. Stockpile must have a total height between 6 feet and 12 feet. 12 d. Do not load material from stockpile until City has approved stockpile 13 construction. 14 e. Load by making successive vertical cuts through the entire depth of the 15 stockpile. 16 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 17 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 18 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 19 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS 20 A. Existing Products 21 1. Recycled Concrete 22 a. Recycled concrete may only be used in Type D Flexible Base when obtained 23 from the City. 24 1) Coordinate with City regarding quantity available for use in the Work. 25 a) Contractor will not be entitled to additional payment or to submit a 26 Contract Claim if recycled concrete is not available for their use. 27 b. City-furnished recycled concrete is not subject to the requirements of Table 1. 28 c. The final blended product will be subject to the requirements of Table 1. 29 2.2 MATERIALS 30 A. General 31 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with this 32 Section and as specified in the Drawings. 33 2. Notify City of changes to material sources. 34 3. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction 35 throughout the duration of the project to assure materials accordance with this 36 Section. 37 38 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Aggregates 1 1. Furnish aggregate of the type and grade specified in the Drawings and in 2 accordance with the requirements of Table 1. 3 2. If blending of sources is approved by the City, ensure each source is in accordance 4 with the requirements of Table 1. 5 3. Do not use additives, such as but not limited to lime, cement, or fly ash to modify 6 aggregates to meet the requirements of Table 1 unless approved by the City. 7 a. Additives may be used during final placing as directed by the geotechnical report. 8 9 Table 1 10 Material Requirements 11 Property Test Method Grade 1 Grade 2 Master gradation sieve size (% retained) Tex-110-E 2-1/2 in. – 0 1-3/4 in. 0 0–10 7/8 in. 10–35 – 3/8 in. 30–50 – No. 4 45–65 45–75 No. 40 70–85 60–85 Liquid limit, % max.1 Tex-104-E 35 40 Plasticity index, max.1 Tex-106-E 10 12 Wet ball mill, % max.2 Tex-116-E 40 45 Wet ball mill, % max. increase passing the No. 40 sieve 20 20 Classification3 Tex-117-E 1.0 1.1–2.3 Min. compressive strength3, psi lateral pressure 0 psi 45 35 lateral pressure 15 psi 175 175 1. Determine plastic index in accordance with Tex 107-E (linear shrinkage) when liquid limit is unattainable as 12 defined in Tex 104-E. 13 2. When a soundness value is required by the Drawings, test material in accordance with Tex 411-A. 14 3. Meet both the classification and the minimum compressive strength, unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 15 C. Flexible Base Types 16 1. Type A 17 a. Flexible Base Course consisting of limestone aggregate obtained from single, 18 naturally occurring source in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 19 b. Do not use gravel or recycled materials in Type A Flexible Base Course. 20 2. Type B 21 a. Flexible Base Course consisting of limestone aggregate obtained from two or 22 more naturally occurring sources in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 23 b. Do not use gravel or recycled materials in Type B Flexible Base Course. 24 3. Type D 25 a. Flexible Base Course consisting of Type A material in addition to up to 30% 26 recycled material. 27 b. Ensure final blended material is in accordance with the requirements of Table 1. 28 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 D. Recycled Materials 1 1. General 2 a. Obtain City approval prior to using any recycled materials. 3 b. Furnish recycled materials free from reinforcing steel and other objectional 4 material. 5 c. Furnish recycled materials with at most 1.5 percent deleterious material when 6 tested in accordance with TEX-413-A. 7 2. Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 8 a. Up to 30% of Flexible Base Course material may be RAP when approved by 9 the City. 10 b. Crush RAP such that 100% passes the 2 inch sieve. 11 E. Water 12 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 13 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18 3.3 PREPARATION 19 A. Surface Preparation 20 1. Shape subgrade or existing base to within 0.2 feet of finished grade according to the 21 typical sections specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 22 2. Proof roll subgrade material and correct soft spots as directed. 23 3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 24 4. When material is imported from a borrow source, manipulate and thoroughly mix 25 new base with existing material to provide uniform mixture before shaping. 26 B. Demolition / Removal 27 1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as specified in the 28 Drawings. 29 3.4 INSTALLATION 30 A. General 31 1. Construct each layer uniformly, free of loose or segregated areas, and with the 32 required density and moisture content. 33 2. Maximum layer depth of flexible base course in single layer not to exceed 6 inches. 34 3. Minimum layer depth of flexible base course is 2 inches. 35 4. Where subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches in thickness, construct in 2 or more 36 courses of equal thickness not exceeding 4 inches. 37 5. Provide a smooth surface in accordance with the typical sections, lines, and grades 38 specified in the Drawings or as directed by City. 39 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Equipment 1 1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 2 work. 3 2. Compaction 4 a. Sheepsfoot roller required for all compaction operations. 5 1) Alternate Equipment 6 a) Contractor may use alternative compaction equipment that produces 7 equivalent results if approved by City prior to use. 8 b) Discontinue use of the alternate equipment and furnish the specified 9 equipment if the desired results are not achieved. 10 2) City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 11 quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 12 C. Placement 13 1. Spread and shape flexible base into a uniform layer by approved means the same 14 day as delivered unless otherwise approved by City. 15 2. Move all material from the location in which it is deposited no more than once. 16 3. Place material such that it is mixed to minimize segregation. 17 4. Construct layers to the thickness specified in the Drawings while maintaining the 18 shape of the course. 19 5. Control dust by sprinkling. 20 6. Correct or replace segregated areas as directed. 21 7. Place successive base courses and finish courses using the same construction 22 methods required for the first course. 23 8. When required to use multiple lifts, ensure successive base courses and finish 24 courses are placed such that section breaks do not align. 25 D. Compaction 26 1. Compact using density control unless otherwise specified in the Contract 27 Documents. 28 2. Bring each layer to the moisture content directed. When necessary, sprinkle the 29 material to the extent necessary to provide not less than the required density as 30 specified in this Section. 31 3. Compact the full depth of the subbase or base to the extent necessary to remain firm 32 and stable under construction equipment. 33 4. Density Control 34 a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density 35 not less than 98 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 36 D698. 37 b. Final moisture content shall be plus or minus 2 percent of optimum. 38 E. Finishing 39 1. After completing compaction, clip, skin, or tight-blade surface with a maintainer or 40 subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 41 2. Remove loosened material and dispose of it at an approved location. 42 3. Seal the clipped surface immediately by rolling with an appropriate size pneumatic 43 tire roller until a smooth surface is attained. 44 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. Add small increments of water as needed during rolling. 1 5. Shape and maintain the course and surface in accordance with the typical sections, 2 lines, and grades as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 3 6. In areas where surfacing is to be placed, correct grade deviations greater than 1/4 4 inch in 16 feet measured longitudinally or greater than 1/4 inch over the entire 5 width of the cross-section. 6 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 7 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 8 A. Reworking a Flexible Base Section 9 1. Rework any constructed course which fails to meet the requirements of this Section. 10 2. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material 11 if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 12 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 13 A. Field Test and Inspections 14 1. Test in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 15 2. Density Test 16 a. City must be on site during density testing 17 b. Measure density of flexible base course in accordance with ASTM D6938. 18 c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor or as directed by City. 19 d. City to determine density testing locations. 20 3. Depth Test 21 a. City must be on site during density testing 22 b. Measure depth of flexible base course in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand 23 excavated holes. 24 c. Measure depth every 300’ along corridor or as directed by City. 25 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 26 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 27 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 28 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 29 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 30 3.13 MAINTENANCE 31 A. Maintain the completed flexible base in good condition, satisfactory to the City as to 32 grade, crown, and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 33 34 32 11 23 FLEXIBLE BASE COURSES Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 11 29 1 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Treating subgrade, subbase, and base courses by pulverization and addition of lime. 6 2. Mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 7 B. Deviations from City of Denton Standards: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 11 2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 12 3. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 13 4. Section 31 23 16 – Unclassified Excavation. 14 5. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments. 15 6. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 16 7. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Commercial Lime Slurry 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured by ton (dry weight) as calculated from minimum percent dry 22 solids content of slurry multiplied by weight of Commercial Lime Slurry 23 installed. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 26 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 27 for “Commercial Lime Slurry.” 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Furnishing Commercial Lime Slurry as specified by the Drawings 30 2) Hauling 31 3) Unloading 32 4) Storing 33 5) Handling 34 2. Quicklime 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measured by ton (dry weight) of Quicklime installed. 37 38 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Payment 1 1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 2 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 3 of “Quicklime” installed. 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Furnishing Quicklime as specified by the Drawings. 6 2) Hauling 7 3) Unloading 8 4) Storing 9 5) Handling 10 3. Lime Treatment 11 a. Measurement 12 1) Measured by square yard of base course treated. 13 b. Payment 14 1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 15 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 16 square yard of “Lime Treatment” for: 17 a) Various depths. 18 c. The price bid shall include: 19 1) Treating base course as specified in the Drawings 20 2) Subgrade preparation 21 3) Excavation 22 4) Loading 23 5) Unloading 24 6) Hauling 25 7) Disposal of excess material 26 8) Compaction 27 9) Clean-up 28 1.3 REFERENCES 29 A. Definitions 30 1. Commercial Lime Slurry: liquid mixture of hydrated lime solids and water 31 delivered to a project in slurry form. 32 2. Quicklime: dry material consisting of calcium oxide furnished in Grade DS – 33 “pebble” quicklime suitable for use in the preparation of slurry for wet placing. 34 B. Reference Standards 35 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 36 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section, 37 unless a date is specifically cited. 38 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 39 a. C977, Standard Specification for Quicklime and Hydrated Lime for Soil 40 Stabilization. 41 b. D698, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of 42 Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3)). 43 c. D6938, Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 44 and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 45 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 46 Specifications (DMS) 47 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. DMS-6350, Lime and Lime Slurry. 1 4. TxDOT Test Procedures: 2 a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. 3 b. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer. 4 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 5 1.5 SUBMITTALS 6 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 7 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any lime 8 treating activities. 9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 10 A. Informational Submittals 11 1. Proposed source and supplier of lime treatment material. 12 2. Equipment Information 13 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 14 1) Equipment name and description 15 2) Size 16 3) Intended use 17 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 18 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 19 1. All test reports generated during testing. 20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 24 1. List the weight of lime measured on certified scales on each truck ticket. 25 2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk 26 delivery of lime to the site. 27 3. When using slurry, spread lime across treatment area when delivered in accordance 28 with this Section. 29 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 30 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31 66 00. 32 2. Store Quicklime pellets in closed, weatherproof containers. 33 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 34 A. Ambient Conditions 35 1. Surface temperature must be at least 60°F and the ambient temperature must be 36 45°F and rising. 37 B. Suspend Lime Treatment if: 38 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1. Ambient Condition requirements are not met 1 2. City determines weather conditions are unsuitable 2 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 4 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.2 MATERIALS 6 A. General 7 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with the 8 Drawings and this Section. 9 2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and changes to material sources. 10 3. Obtain City approval for material sources. 11 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. 12 5. Furnish lime in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C977. 13 6. Furnish lime in slurry or Quicklime pebble form. 14 B. Slurry Grades 15 1. Prior to treating the base select a grade to be used and notify the City. 16 2. Furnish Commercial Lime Slurry in accordance with DMS-6350 and the applicable 17 grade requirements below: 18 19 Minimum Dry Solids Contents by Percentage of the Slurry Grade 2 35 Grade 3 46 20 C. Quicklime 21 1. Furnish Grade DS Quicklime only in accordance with DMS-6350. 22 D. Flexible Base Courses 23 1. Furnish base material in accordance with Section 32 11 23, for the type and grade 24 specified in the Drawings, before the addition of lime. 25 E. Embankment 26 1. Furnish Embankments in accordance with Section 31 24 00 before the addition of 27 lime. 28 F. Water 29 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 30 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 31 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 32 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 2 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 3 3.3 PREPARATION 4 A. Surface Preparation 5 1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to within 0.2 feet of finished grade in 6 accordance with typical sections specified in the Drawings or as directed. 7 2. Proof roll the subgrade and correct any rutting. 8 3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 9 4. When material is imported from a borrow source, manipulate and thoroughly mix 10 new base with existing material to provide uniform mixture before shaping. 11 B. Demolition / Removal 12 1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as shown in the 13 Drawings. 14 2. Remove existing soil in accordance with Section 31 23 16 as shown in the 15 Drawings. 16 3.4 INSTALLATION 17 A. General 18 1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 19 a. Uniform lime mixture, free from loose or segregated areas 20 b. Uniform density and moisture content 21 c. Well bound for full depth 22 d. A smooth surface suitable for placing subsequent courses 23 2. Maximum layer depth of 6 inches of lime treatment in single layer. 24 3. Minimum layer depth of 2 inches of lime treatment. 25 4. For treated subgrades exceeding 6 inches deep, pulverize, apply lime, mix, 26 compact, and finish in equal layers not exceeding 4 inches deep. 27 B. Equipment 28 1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 29 work. 30 2. Pulverization Equipment 31 a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 32 1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters 33 plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut. 34 2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times 35 3) Uniformly mixes the materials. 36 3. Compaction 37 a. Sheepsfoot roller required for all compaction operations. 38 39 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. Proof Rolling 1 a. Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or 2 pump. 3 1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with 4 minimum 1,500-gallon capacity. 5 5. Slurry Equipment 6 a. Provide a distributor truck equipped with an agitator, or 7 b. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry. 8 6. Substitution requests for equipment not indicated above shall be processed in 9 accordance with Section 01 25 00. 10 a. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 11 quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 12 C. Pulverization 13 1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so 100 percent passes a 2 1/2 14 inch sieve. 15 2. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, 16 excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve 17 processing to depth as specified in the Drawings. 18 D. Application of Lime 19 1. General 20 a. Uniformly apply lime in accordance with the Drawings or as directed by the 21 City. 22 b. Add lime in accordance with percentage specified in Geotechnical report or as 23 directed by the City. 24 c. Apply lime slurry only on an area where mixing can be completed during the 25 same working day. 26 d. Apply Quicklime pebbles only on an area where mixing can be completed 27 immediately after placement. 28 2. Slurry Placement 29 a. Apply Commercial Lime Slurry with a percentage not less applicable for grade 30 used. 31 b. Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the proper 32 moisture and lime content have been achieved. 33 3. Quicklime Pebble Placement 34 a. Spread Quicklime pebbles using a rotary vane spreader. 35 E. Mixing 36 1. Begin mixing within 6 hours of application of lime. 37 2. Thoroughly mix the material and lime using approved equipment. 38 3. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and lime is obtained, free 39 from all clods and lumps. 40 4. Do not mix greater than 1 inch deeper than specified stabilization depth. 41 5. Mix materials containing plastic clay or other materials not readily mixed with lime 42 as thoroughly as possible at the time of lime application. Bring mixture to the 43 proper moisture content and seal with a pneumatic roller. 44 6. Allow the mixture to cure for 72 hours. 45 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 7. When Quicklime pebble is used allow the mixture to cure for 2 to 4 days as 1 directed. 2 8. Sprinkle the treated materials during the mixing and curing operation to achieve 3 adequate hydration and proper moisture content. 4 9. After curing, resume mixing until a homogeneous, friable mixture is obtained. 5 10. After mixing, City may sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in 6 accordance with Tex-101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the following 7 gradation requirements: 8 9 Sieve Size Minimum % Passing 1-3/4 in. 100 3/4 in. 85 No. 4 60 10 F. Compaction 11 1. General 12 a. Begin compaction immediately after final mixing. 13 b. Aerate and sprinkle as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. 14 c. When multiple lifts are required bring each layer to moisture content as directed 15 by the City. 16 2. Proof Rolling 17 a. City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 18 b. Minimum of 2 passes made with the proof roller, offsetting each trip by at most 19 one tire width. 20 c. Correct areas of rutting or pumping greater than 3/4 in and unstable or non-21 uniform areas in accordance with this Section. 22 3. Density Control 23 a. Compact until entire depth of mixture has achieved a uniform density of not 24 less than 98 percent of the maximum density in accordance with ASTM D698. 25 b. Final moisture content shall be plus or minus 2 percent of optimum. 26 G. Finishing 27 1. Complete after compaction of the final course. 28 2. Clip, skin, or tight-blade surface of lime-treated material with a maintainer or 29 subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 30 3. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 31 4. Roll the clipped surface immediately with pneumatic tire roller until a smooth 32 surface is attained. 33 5. Maintain density control by adding small amounts of water as needed during 34 rolling. 35 6. Shape and maintain the course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, 36 lines, and grades shown in the Drawings or as directed. 37 H. Curing 38 1. Allow lime treatment to cure in accordance with finished pavement type. 39 a. Concrete pavement 40 1) Sprinkle with water 41 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) Maintain moisture during curing 1 3) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing except as 2 required for sprinkling. 3 b. Asphalt Pavement 4 1) Apply an asphalt material in accordance with 32 12 16 at a rate of 0.05 to 5 0.20 gallon per square yard. 6 2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing. 7 2. Allow lime treatment to cure for minimum number of days in accordance with 8 requirements for PI of untreated material: 9 10 Untreated Material Curing (Days) PI  35 2 PI > 35 5 3. Begin paving operations or add other courses within 14 calendar days of final 11 compaction. 12 4. Keep treated subgrade moist preventing cracking until pavement or other courses 13 are placed. 14 5. If the pavement or other courses are not to be placed within 14 days of final 15 compaction apply a seal coat to the treated subgrade surface in accordance with 16 Section 32 12 16. 17 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 19 A. Reworking 20 1. Reworking includes loosening, adding material, or removing unacceptable material, 21 if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 22 2. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required 23 moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project 24 is accepted. 25 a. Continue until material is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 26 b. Rework in accordance with this Section. 27 3. A minimum of 72 hours of curing time after the initial mixing of the subgrade will 28 be required before remixing is allowed and the placement of base courses or other 29 construction activities are permitted. 30 4. When a section is reworked more than 72 hours after completion of compaction, 31 add additional lime at 25 percent of the percentage specified. 32 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 33 A. Field Test and Inspections 34 1. Perform tests in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 35 2. Density Test 36 a. City must be on site during density testing 37 b. Measure density of lime treated subgrade in accordance with ASTM D6938. 38 c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 39 d. City determines density testing locations. 40 32 11 29 LIME TREATED BASE COURSES Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Depth Test 1 a. City must be on site during density testing. 2 b. Measure depth of lime treated subgrade in accordance with Tex-140-E in hand 3 excavated holes. 4 c. Measure depth every 250’ along corridor. 5 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 6 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 7 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 8 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 9 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 10 3.13 MAINTENANCE 11 A. Maintain the completed soil lime base in good condition and satisfactory to the City as 12 to grade, crown, and cross section until the overlaying or next course is constructed. 13 B. Keep treated subgrade moist preventing cracking until pavement or other courses are 14 placed. 15 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 16 END OF SECTION 17 18 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 19 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 11 33 1 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes 5 1. Treating subgrade, subbase, and base courses by pulverization and addition of 6 cement. 7 2. Mixing and compacting the mix material to the required density. 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 11 1. Division 0 – Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the Contract. 12 2. Division 1 – General Requirements. 13 3. Section 02 41 15 – Paving Removal. 14 4. Section 31 24 00 - Embankment. 15 5. Section 32 11 23 – Flexible Base Courses. 16 6. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Cement 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured by the ton of Cement installed. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The materials furnished in accordance with this item and measured as 24 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per ton 25 of Cement installed. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Furnishing Cement as specified in the Drawings 28 1) Hauling 29 2) Unloading 30 3) Storing 31 4) Handling 32 2. Cement Treatment 33 a. Measurement 34 1) Measured by the square yard of base course treated. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed in accordance with this item and measured as 37 provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit price bid per 38 square yard of “Cement Treatment” for: 39 a) Various depths. 40 41 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Treating base course as specified in the Drawings 2 2) Subgrade preparation 3 3) Excavation 4 4) Loading 5 5) Unloading 6 6) Hauling 7 7) Disposal of excess material 8 8) Compaction 9 9) Clean-up 10 1.3 REFERENCES 11 A. Reference Standards 12 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 13 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 14 unless a date is specifically cited. 15 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 16 a. C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 17 b. D558, Standard Test Methods for Moisture-Density (Unit Weight) Relations of 18 Soil-Cement Mixtures. 19 c. D6938, Standard Test Methods for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil 20 and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 21 3. TxDOT Test Procedures: 22 a. Tex-101-E, Preparing Soil and Flexible Base Materials for Testing. 23 b. Tex-120-E, Soil-Cement Testing 24 c. Tex-140-E, Measuring Thickness of Pavement Layer 25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 26 1.5 SUBMITTALS 27 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 28 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any cement 29 treatment activities. 30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31 A. Informational Submittals 32 1. Proposed source and supplier of cement treatment material. 33 2. Equipment Information 34 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 35 1) Equipment name and description 36 2) Size 37 3) Intended use 38 3. Cement Mix Design 39 a. Submit mix design detailing target cement content and optimum moisture 40 content in accordance with Tex-120-E. 41 42 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 2 1. All test reports generated during testing. 3 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 4 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 5 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 6 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 7 1. List the weight of cement measured on certified scales on each truck ticket. 8 2. Submit delivery tickets, certified by supplier, that include weight with each bulk 9 delivery of cement to the site. 10 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 11 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 12 66 00. 13 2. Store cement in closed, weatherproof containers. 14 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 15 A. Ambient Conditions 16 1. Surface temperature must be at least 60°F and the ambient temperature must be 17 45°F and rising. 18 B. Suspend cement treatment if: 19 1. Ambient Condition requirements are not met 20 2. City determines weather conditions are unsuitable 21 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 22 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 23 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 24 2.2 MATERIALS 25 A. General 26 1. Furnish uncontaminated materials of uniform quality in accordance with the 27 Drawings and this Section. 28 2. Notify the City of the proposed material sources and of changes to material sources. 29 3. Obtain City approval for material sources. 30 4. The City may sample and test project materials at any time before compaction. 31 B. Cement 32 1. Furnish cement in accordance with ASTM C150 Type I, II or IP. 33 34 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 C. Flexible Base Courses 1 1. Furnish base material in accordance with the requirements of Section 32 11 23 for 2 the type and grade specified in the Drawings, before the addition of cement. 3 D. Embankment 4 1. Furnish embankment in accordance with the requirements of Section 31 24 00 5 before the addition of cement. 6 E. Water 7 1. Furnish water free of industrial wastes and other objectionable material. 8 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13 3.3 PREPARATION 14 A. Surface Preparation 15 1. Shape the subgrade or existing base to within 0.2 feet of finished grade in 16 accordance with the typical sections shown in the Drawings or as directed. 17 2. Proof roll roadbed in accordance with Paragraph 3.4 unless specified otherwise. 18 3. Remove unsuitable soil or material and replace with acceptable soil. 19 4. When material is imported from a borrow source manipulate and thoroughly mix 20 new base with existing material to provide a uniform mixture before shaping. 21 B. Demolition / Removal 22 1. Remove existing pavement in accordance with Section 02 41 15 as shown on the 23 Drawings. 24 3.4 INSTALLATION 25 A. General 26 1. Produce a completed course of treated material containing: 27 a. Uniform Portland cement mixture, free from loose or segregated areas 28 b. Uniform density and moisture content 29 c. Well bound for full depth 30 d. With smooth surface and suitable for placing subsequent courses 31 2. Maximum layer depth of 6 inches of cement treatment in single layer. 32 3. Minimum layer depth of 2 inches of cement treatment. 33 4. For treated subgrade exceeding 6 inches deep, pulverize, apply cement, mix, 34 compact, and finish in equal layers not exceeding 4 inches deep. 35 36 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Equipment 1 1. Provide machinery, tools, and equipment necessary for proper execution of the 2 work. 3 2. Pulverization Equipment 4 a. Provide pulverization equipment that: 5 1) Cuts and pulverizes material uniformly to the proper depth with cutters 6 plane to a uniform surface over the entire width of the cut 7 2) Provides a visible indication of the depth of cut at all times 8 3) Uniformly mixes the materials 9 3. Compaction 10 a. Sheepsfoot roller required for all compaction purposes. 11 4. Proof rolling 12 a. Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or 13 pump. 14 1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with 15 minimum 1,500-gallon capacity. 16 5. Slurry Equipment 17 a. Provide a distributor truck equipped with an agitator, or 18 b. Provide a pump for agitating the slurry. 19 6. Substitution requests for equipment not indicated above shall be processed in 20 accordance with Section 01 25 00. 21 a. City may require Contractor to substitute equipment if production rate and 22 quality requirements of the Contract Documents are not met. 23 C. Pulverization 24 1. Pulverize or scarify existing material after shaping so that 100 percent by dry 25 weight passes a 2 1/2 inch sieve, and 80 percent by dry weight passes a No. 4 sieve 26 exclusive of gravel or stone retained in sieves. 27 2. No gravel or stone should be greater than 4 inches in maximum dimension. 28 3. If the material cannot be uniformly processed to the required depth in a single pass, 29 excavate and windrow the material to expose a secondary grade to achieve 30 processing to depth as specified in the Drawings. 31 D. Application of Cement 32 1. General 33 a. Uniformly apply cement as specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 34 b. Spread by an approved dry or slurry method uniformly on the soil at the rate 35 specified in the Drawings. 36 c. All the operations are to be continuous and completed in daylight within 6-37 hours of initial application. 38 d. Do not exceed the quantity of cement that permits uniform and intimate mixture 39 of soil and cement during dry-mixing operations 40 e. No equipment, except that used in the spreading and mixing, allowed to pass 41 over the freshly spread cement until it is mixed with the soil. 42 2. Dry Placement 43 a. Before applying cement, bring the prepared roadbed to approximately 2 44 percentage points above optimum moisture content. 45 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. If a bulk cement spreader is used, position by string lines or other approved 1 method during spreading to insure a uniform distribution of cement. 2 c. Minimize dust and scattering of lime by wind. Do not apply lime when wind 3 conditions, in the opinion of the City, cause blowing lime to become dangerous 4 to traffic or objectionable to adjacent property owners. 5 3. Slurry Placement 6 a. Apply slurry within 2 hours of adding water and when the roadbed is at a 7 moisture content drier than optimum. 8 b. Make successive passes over a measured surface of roadway until the proper 9 moisture and cement content have been achieved. 10 E. Mixing 11 1. Thoroughly mix the material and cement using approved equipment. 12 2. Mix until a homogeneous, friable mixture of material and cement is obtained, free 13 from all clods and lumps. 14 3. Keep mixture within moisture tolerances throughout the operation. 15 4. Spread and shape the completed mixture in a uniform layer. 16 5. After mixing City may sample the mixture at roadway moisture and test in 17 accordance with Tex-101-E, Part III, to determine compliance with the gradation 18 requirements: 19 Sieve Size Minimum % Passing 1-3/4 in. 100 3/4 in. 85 No. 4 60 F. Compaction 20 1. General 21 a. Begin compaction after mixing, and after gradation and moisture requirements 22 have been met. 23 b. Begin compaction at the bottom and continue until the entire depth of the 24 mixture is uniformly compacted. 25 c. At start of compaction, percentage of moisture in the mixture and in un-26 pulverized soil lumps shall be less than the quantity which shall cause the soil-27 cement mixture to become unstable during compaction and finishing. 28 d. Reconstruct entire section in accordance with this Section at the sole expense of 29 the Contractor if average moisture content exceeds the tolerance given at the 30 time of final compaction. 31 e. Uniformly compact the mixture to specified density within 2-hours. 32 f. After the soil and cement mixture is compacted uniformly apply water as 33 needed and thoroughly mix in. 34 g. Reshape the surface to the required lines, grades, and cross sections. 35 h. Lightly scarify surface to loosen any imprint left by the compacting or shaping 36 equipment. 37 2. Rolling 38 a. Begin rolling longitudinally at the sides and proceed toward the center, 39 overlapping on successive trips by at least one-half the width of the roller unit. 40 b. On superelevated curves, begin rolling at the low side and progress toward the 41 high side. 42 c. Offset alternate trips of the roller. 43 d. Operate rollers at a speed between 2 and 6 MPH or as directed. 44 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 e. Proof roll the cement treated base course in accordance with the following: 1 1) Proof Rolling 2 a) City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 3 b) Make at least 2 passes with the proof roller (down and back = 1 pass). 4 c) Offset each trip by at most 1 tire width. 5 f. Correct areas of rutting or pumping greater than 3/4 in and unstable or non-6 uniform areas in accordance with Article 3.6. 7 3. Density Control 8 a. Compact until the entire depth of the mixture has achieved a uniform density of 9 not less than 95 percent of the maximum density as determined by ASTM 10 D558. 11 b. Final moisture content shall be minus 2 percent to plus 4 percent of optimum. 12 G. Finishing 13 1. Complete after compaction of the final course. 14 2. Clip, skin, or tight-blade surface of lime-treated material with a maintainer or 15 subgrade trimmer to a depth of approximately 1/4 inch. 16 3. Remove loosened material and dispose of at an approved location. 17 4. Roll the clipped surface immediately with a pneumatic tire roller adding small 18 increments of moisture as needed and until a smooth surface is attained. 19 5. Add small amounts of water as needed during rolling. Shape and maintain the 20 course and surface in conformity with the typical sections, lines, and grades shown 21 in the Drawings or as directed. 22 6. Surface compaction and finishing shall proceed in such a manner as to produce, in 23 not more than 2-hours, a smooth, closely knit surface, free of cracks, ridges or loose 24 material, conforming to the drawn grade and line shown in the Drawings. 25 7. After the final layer or course of the cement modified soil has been compacted, it 26 shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the typical 27 sections. 28 8. The completed section shall then be finished by rolling with a pneumatic tire or 29 other suitable roller sufficiently to create micro-fractures. 30 H. Micro-fracturing 31 1. Maintain moisture content of the finished cement treated base for a period of 24 to 32 48 hours. 33 2. During this time, but not sooner than 24 hours, roll the finished course with a 34 vibratory roller to induce micro-fracturing. 35 3. Rolling 36 a. Vibratory roller must have a static weight equal to or greater than 12 tons. 37 b. Vibratory roller must be at least 20 inches wide. 38 c. Make 2 to 4 passes vibrating at maximum amplitude traveling at a speed of 2 39 mph. 40 d. Additional passes may be required to achieve the desired cracking pattern, as 41 directed by the City. 42 e. Notify the City 24 hours before the micro-fracturing begins. 43 I. Curing 44 1. General 45 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. Cure for 72 hours after micro-fracturing is complete. 1 b. Maintain the moisture content during curing at no lower than 2 percentage 2 points below optimum. 3 2. Curing method depends on finished pavement type: 4 a. Concrete pavement: 5 1) Sprinkle with water 6 2) Maintain moisture during curing 7 3) Do not allow equipment on finished course during curing except as 8 required for sprinkling, unless otherwise approved. 9 b. Asphalt Pavement: 10 1) Apply an asphalt material in accordance with 32 12 16 at a rate of 0.05 to 11 0.20 gallon per square yard. 12 2) Do not allow equipment on the finished course during curing 13 3. Continue curing until paving operations begin. 14 3.5 RESTORATION [NOT USED] 15 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 16 A. Remedy any low area of treated subgrade by scarifying the surface to a depth of at least 17 2 inches, filling the area with treated material and compacting. 18 B. Remedy any low area of subbase or base by replacing the material for the full depth of 19 subbase or base treatment rather than adding a thin layer of stabilized material to the 20 completed work. 21 C. Reworking a Section 22 1. Reworking includes loosening, adding material or removing unacceptable material 23 if necessary, mixing as directed, compacting, and finishing. 24 2. Rework, recompact, and refinish material that fails to meet or that loses required 25 moisture, density, stability, or finish before the next course is placed or the project 26 is accepted. 27 a. Continue until material is in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 28 b. Rework in accordance with this Section. 29 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 30 A. Field Test and Inspections 31 1. Perform tests in accordance with Section 01 45 23. 32 2. Density Test 33 a. City must be on site during density testing 34 b. Measure density of cement treated subgrade in accordance with ASTM D6938. 35 c. Measure density every 100’ along corridor. 36 d. City determines density testing locations. 37 3. Depth Test 38 a. City must be on site during density testing. 39 b. Measure depth of cement treated subgrade in accordance with Tex-140-E in 40 hand excavated holes. 41 c. Measure depth every 250’ along corridor. 42 32 11 33 CEMENT TREATED BASE COURSES Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 1 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 2 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 3 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 4 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 5 3.13 MAINTENANCE 6 A. Maintenance 7 1. Maintain the soil-cement treatment in good condition from the time it first starts 8 work until all work shall is completed. 9 2. Maintenance includes immediate repairs of any defect that may occur after the 10 cement is applied. 11 3. Maintenance work shall be done by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense and 12 repeated as often as necessary to keep the area continuously intact. 13 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 14 END OF SECTION 15 16 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 17 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 1 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 12 16 1 ASPHALT PAVING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Material requirements and construction methods for: 6 a. Asphalt Pavement 7 b. Asphalt Level-Up 8 c. Temporary Asphalt Pavement 9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract. 14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15 3. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Paving Repair. 16 4. Section 32 11 29 – Lime Treated Base Courses. 17 5. Section 32 12 73 – Asphalt Paving Joint Sealants. 18 6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 19 7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Asphalt Pavement (SY) 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measured per square yard of Asphalt Pavement installed. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28 price bid per square yard for “Asphalt Pavement (SY)” for: 29 a) Various types. 30 b) Various depths. 31 c) Various performance grade binders. 32 d) Various SAC requirements. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Pavement as specified by the Drawings 35 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 36 3) Testing and trial batches 37 4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 38 informational submittals 39 5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 40 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 2 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 1 7) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 2 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 3 2. Asphalt Pavement (TON) 4 a. Measurement 5 1) Measured tons of Asphalt Pavement (TON) installed 6 a) Tonnage is based on the rate of 110 lb/SY/in (pounds/square 7 yard/pavement inch) 8 b. Payment 9 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 10 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 11 price bid per ton for “Asphalt Pavement (TON)” for: 12 a) Various types. 13 b) Various depths. 14 c) Various performance grade binders. 15 d) SAC requirements. 16 c. The price bid shall include: 17 1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Pavement as specified by the Drawings 18 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 19 3) Testing and trial batches 20 4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 21 informational submittals 22 5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 23 6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 24 7) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 25 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 26 27 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 3 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Asphalt Level-Up 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measured ton of Asphalt Level-Up installed 3 a) Tonnage is based on the rate of 110 lb/SY/in (pounds/square 4 yard/pavement inch) 5 b. Payment 6 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 7 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 8 price bid per ton for “Asphalt Level-Up”. 9 c. The price bid shall include: 10 1) Furnishing and installing Asphalt Level-Up as specified by the Drawings 11 2) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed (as needed) 12 3) Testing and trial batches 13 4) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 14 informational submittals 15 5) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 16 6) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 17 7) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 18 8) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 19 4. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per square yard of Temporary Asphalt Pavement installed. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per square yard for Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement for: 26 a) Various depths of TY B asphalt pavement. 27 b) Various types of subgrade. 28 c) Examples: 29 (1) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 4” of TY B on 6” of 30 Flexbase Subgrade 31 (2) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 6” of TY B on 8” of 32 Cement Stabilized Subgrade 33 (3) Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement, 8” of TY B on 10” of Lime 34 Stabilized Subgrade 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Furnishing and installing Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement as 37 specified by the Drawings 38 2) Installation and of temporary asphalt 39 3) Any subgrade required per the drawings or requested by the Contractor due 40 to site conditions. Subgrade could consist of compacted subgrade, treated 41 subgrade, or flexible base. 42 4) Maintaining temporary asphalt for the duration of the traffic control phase 43 it is used for. 44 5) Removal of the temporary asphalt is considered subsidiary to the 45 installation. 46 6) Shaping and fine grading the roadbed (as needed) 47 7) Testing and trial batches (as needed) 48 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 4 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 8) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 1 informational submittals 2 9) Asphalt, aggregate, and additives 3 10) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 4 11) Tack coat, PCE, Fog Seal, Crack sealant 5 12) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 6 1.3 REFERENCES 7 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 8 1. AQMP – Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality Monitoring 9 Program (Tex-499-A) 10 2. BRSQC – Texas Department of Transportation’s Bituminous Rated Source Quality 11 Catalog 12 3. HMA – Hot-Mix Asphalt 13 4. MPL – Texas Department of Transportation’s Material Producer List 14 5. MTD – Material Transfer Device 15 6. PCE – Prime, Cure, and Erosion Control 16 7. RAP – Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement 17 8. RAS – Recycled Asphalt Shingles 18 9. SAC – Surface Aggregate Classification 19 10. TCEQ – Texas Commission on Environmental Quality 20 11. TGC – Texas Gyratory Compactor 21 12. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 22 13. VMA – Voids in Mineral Aggregate 23 B. Reference Standards 24 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 25 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 26 unless a date is specifically cited. 27 2. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) 28 a. Handbook 44 – Specifications, Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements 29 for Weighing and Measuring Devices. 30 3. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 31 Standards: 32 a. M323, Standard Specification for Superpave Volumetric Mix Design 33 b. R35, Standard Practice for Superpave Volumetric Design for Hot Mix Asphalt 34 c. T48, Standard Method of Test for Flash and Fire Points by Cleveland Open 35 Cup 36 d. T201, Kinematic Viscosity of Asphalts (Bitumens) 37 e. T202, Standard Method of Test for Viscosity of Asphalts by Vacuum Capillary 38 Viscometer 39 f. T315, Standard Method of Test for Determining the Rheological Properties of 40 Asphalt Binder Using a Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) 41 g. T316, Standard Method of Test for Viscosity Determination of Asphalt Binder 42 Using Rotational Viscometer 43 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 5 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 h. T313, Test Method for Determining the Flexural Creep Stiffness of Asphalt 1 Binder Using the Bending Beam Rheometer (BBR) 2 4. TxDOT Test Procedures: 3 a. Tex-106-E, Calculating the Plasticity Index of Soils 4 b. Tex-107-E, Determining the Bar Linear Shrinkage of Soils 5 c. Tex-200-F, Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates 6 d. Tex-204-F, Design of Bituminous Mixtures 7 e. Tex-205-F, Laboratory Method of Mixing Bituminous Mixtures 8 f. Tex-206-F, Compacting Specimens Using the Texas Gyratory Compactor 9 (TGC) 10 g. Tex-207-F, Determining Density of Compacted Bituminous Mixtures 11 h. Tex-211-F, Recovery of Asphalt from Bituminous Mixtures by the Abson 12 Process 13 i. Tex-212-F, Determining Moisture Content of Bituminous Materials 14 j. Tex-217-F, Determining Deleterious Material and Decantation Test for Coarse 15 Aggregates 16 k. Tex-222-F, Sampling Bituminous Mixtures 17 l. Tex-226-F, Indirect Tensile Strength Test 18 m. Tex-227-F, Theoretical Maximum Specific Gravity of Bituminous Mixtures 19 n. Tex-236-F, Determining Asphalt Content from Asphalt Paving Mixtures by the 20 Ignition Method 21 o. Tex-242-F, Hamburg Wheel-Tracking Test 22 p. Tex-243-F, Tack Coat Adhesion 23 q. Tex-244-F, Thermal Profile of Hot Mix Asphalt 24 r. Tex-406-A, Material Finer than 75 µm (No. 200) Sieve in Mineral Aggregates 25 (Decantation Test for Concrete Aggregates) 26 s. Tex-499-A, Texas Department of Transportation’s Aggregate Quality 27 Monitoring Program (AQMP) 28 t. Tex-530-C, Effect of Water on Bituminous Paving Mixtures 29 u. Tex-540-C, Measurement of Polymer Separation on Heating in Modified 30 Asphalt Systems 31 v. Tex-541-C, Rolling Thin Film Oven Test for Asphalt Binders 32 w. Tex-923-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Liquid Additive Metering Systems 33 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 34 A. Pre-Paving Meeting 35 1. Hold meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under Asphalt Paving. 36 2. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 37 3. Prior to pre-paving meeting, prepare the following: 38 a. Paving Plan including: 39 1) Paving widths 40 2) Joint offsets 41 3) Lift thicknesses for each paving course 42 b. Paving Process including: 43 1) Process to balance production, delivery, paving, and compaction to achieve 44 continuous placement operations and good ride quality. 45 2) Procedures to construct quality longitudinal and transverse joints 46 3) Proposed rolling pattern in accordance with Asphalt Placement. 47 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 6 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. Action and Information Submittals to be reviewed and approved: 1 1) Product Data 2 2) Hot-Mix Asphalt Mix Design 3 3) Trial Batch Testing 4 4) Certifications 5 5) Testing and Evaluation Reports 6 6) Equipment Submittal 7 7) Location of all Material Sources 8 8) Testing Laboratory 9 1.5 SUBMITTALS 10 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 11 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any Asphalt 12 Paving activities. 13 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 14 A. Shop Drawings 15 1. Product Data 16 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying 17 asphalt binder, tack coat, Fog Seal, PCE, mineral filler, or additives to be used 18 on the project. 19 b. Product data sheets will include: 20 1) Manufacturer name 21 2) Date 22 3) Material description 23 4) Point of delivery 24 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 25 6) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for PCE and all 26 additives) 27 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 28 8) Application Recommendations (if applicable) 29 9) Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data: 30 a) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturer’s recommended 31 addition temperature 32 b) Manufacturer’s recommended dosage range 33 c) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 34 2. Hot-Mix Asphalt Mix Design – Provide the project mix design using the template 35 provided in Tex-204-F. The submittal will include: 36 a. The combined aggregate gradation, source, specific gravity, and percent of each 37 material used. 38 b. Asphalt binder content and aggregate gradation of Reclaimed Asphalt Paving 39 (RAP) and Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) stockpiles. 40 c. The target laboratory-molded density. 41 d. Results of all applicable tests in accordance with Delivery, Storage, and 42 Handling, Materials, and Source Quality Control. 43 e. Additive information including type, quantity, addition rate, and moisture 44 resistance requirements 45 f. The mixing and molding temperatures. 46 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 7 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 g. The signature of the person or persons performing the design. 1 h. The date the mixture design was performed. 2 i. The unique identification number for the mixture design. 3 B. Informational Submittals 4 1. Source Locations 5 a. Provide the location of all material sources 6 2. Equipment Information 7 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 8 1) Equipment name 9 2) Size 10 3) Intended use 11 3. Certificates 12 a. Provide material certifications for all asphalt paving materials certifying the 13 material complies with this Section. 14 b. Additional PCE Certifications 15 1) Provide a certification letter from an approved analytical lab per TxDOT’s 16 MPL with the product data sheet for PCE that has been signed by a lab 17 official indicating the PCE formulation does not: 18 a) Meet any characteristics of a Resource Conservation Recovery Act 19 (RCRA) hazardous waste. 20 b) Contain any or Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) in the product. 21 4. Test and Evaluation Reports 22 a. Provide testing and evaluation reports to the City for each material being used 23 to prepare asphalt pavement. Test samples to verify source material complies 24 with all requirements in this specification. Materials to be tested include, but 25 are not limited to: 26 1) Coarse and Fine Aggregate Testing 27 a) Provide verification material source location is listed on TxDOT’s 28 BRSQC. If it is listed, source quality testing may be waived. 29 b) If the source location is not listed on TxDOT’s BRSQC, provide all 30 testing and evaluation reports to verify the source material complies 31 with all requirements of Section 32 05 16. 32 2) Asphalt Binder 33 a) Manufacturer Supplied Testing Reports for Performance Grade Asphalt 34 Binder 35 b) Daily records of asphalt binder temperatures in accordance with section 36 Placement Operations. 37 b. Gyratory Compactor 38 1) Supply the City with the gyratory compactor correlation factor determined 39 as part of Source Quality Control. 40 c. Trial Batch 41 1) Provide a testing and evaluation report to the City for the trial batch 42 prepared in accordance with Source Quality Control. The trial batch will be 43 a representative sample verifying that the mix design meets the 44 requirements of this specification. 45 2) Provide the mix design that was used to produce the trial batch with the 46 trial batch test and evaluation reports. 47 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 8 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 5. Testing Laboratory 1 a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 2 laboratory used on the project: 3 1) Testing Laboratory Name 4 2) Location 5 3) What tests will be performed at the lab if multiple labs are used. 6 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 7 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 8 1. All test reports generated during testing. 9 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 11 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 12 A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 13 00. 14 B. Storage, Heating, and Application Temperatures of Bituminous Materials 15 1. Store and apply materials at the lowest temperature yielding satisfactory results. 16 2. Use storage and application temperatures in accordance with Table 1. 17 3. No material will be heated above the maximum temperature shown. 18 4. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for agitation requirements in storage. 19 5. Manufacturer’s instructions regarding application and storage temperatures 20 supersede those in Table 1. 21 Table 1 22 Storage and Application Temperatures 23 Type – Grade Application Storage Maximum Degrees Fahrenheit Recommended Range Degrees Fahrenheit Maximum Allowable Degrees Fahrenheit CSS-1h 50 – 130 140 140 PCE 50 – 130 140 140 PG Binders 275 – 350 350 350 C. Storage and Stockpiling of Recycled Materials 24 1. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 25 a. Test any RAP stockpiles (coarse and fine) for decantation in accordance with 26 Tex-406-A, Part 1. 27 b. Determine the plasticity index for RAP stockpiles (coarse and fine) in 28 accordance with Tex-106-E if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent. 29 c. Decantation and plasticity index requirements do not apply to RAP samples 30 with asphalt removed by extraction or ignition. 31 2. Recycled Asphalt Shingles 32 a. Stockpile to contain less than 0.5 percent deleterious materials. 33 b. Test stockpile in accordance with Tex-217-F, Part 3 to determine deleterious 34 material content. 35 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 9 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 D. Storage of Hot-Mix Asphalt 1 1. Do not store mixture long enough to affect the quality of the mixture. 2 2. Do not store mixture at the plant for longer than 12 hours unless otherwise 3 approved by City. 4 3. Provide asphalt storage sufficient to meet the plant requirements. 5 4. Heat asphalt by steam coils. Steam coils to be tight enough to prevent leakage of 6 moisture into the asphalt. 7 5. Store asphalt in accordance to the temperature requirements in Table 1. 8 6. Direct fire heating will not be permitted. 9 7. Agitating asphalt with steam or air will not be permitted. 10 8. Steam heating in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 11 E. Storage of Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 12 1. Store temporary asphalt paving using the same storage requirements as Hot-Mix 13 Asphalt Paving. 14 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 15 A. Weather Conditions 16 1. Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 17 a. Place mixture when the roadway surface temperature is at or above the 18 temperatures listed in Table 2 unless otherwise approved or as specified in the 19 Drawings. 20 b. Measure the roadway surface temperature with a hand-held thermal camera or 21 infrared thermometer. 22 c. If roadway temperatures will reach the required temperature within 2 hours, the 23 City may allow placement before the roadway surface reaches the required 24 temperature. 25 d. Place mixtures only when weather conditions and moisture conditions of the 26 roadway surface are suitable as determined by the City. 27 e. The City may restrict the Contractor from paving if the ambient temperature is 28 likely to drop below 32 degrees Fahrenheit within 12 hours of paving. 29 Table 2 30 Pavement Surface Temperatures 31 High Temperature Binder Grade Minimum Pavement Surface Temperatures (degrees Fahrenheit) Subsurface Layers or Night Paving Operations Surface Layers Placed in Daylight Operations PG 64-22, PG 70-22, And Prime Coat 60 50 1. Temporary Asphalt Paving 32 a. Install temporary asphalt paving using the same temperature requirements as 33 Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving. 34 2. Prime Coat 35 a. Apply the mixture in accordance with Table 2. 36 b. Measure the air temperature in the shade away from artificial heat. 37 c. The City will determine when weather conditions are suitable for application. 38 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 10 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Do not permit traffic, hauling, or placement of subsequent courses over freshly 1 constructed prime coats. 2 e. Maintain the primed surface until placement of subsequent courses or 3 acceptance of the work. 4 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7 2.2 MATERIALS 8 A. Use materials shown in Table 3, unless otherwise approved by City or specified in the 9 Drawings. 10 Table 3 11 Typical Material Use 12 Material Application Allowable Material Hot-Mixed, Hot-Laid Asphalt Mixtures PG 64-221 and PG 70-221 Tack Coat and Fog Seal Type CSS-1h Prime Coat PCE Erosion Control PCE 1. Refer to Asphalt Binder for information on when each performance grade binder is allowed. 13 14 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 11 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Aggregate 1 1. Provide aggregates in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 2 2. Provide aggregates from sources in accordance with this Section and 32 05 16. 3 3. Notify the City of all source locations and any changes to material source or mix 4 design. 5 4. Aggregates for Asphalt Pavement to be approved by the City prior to use in 6 accordance with this Section. 7 5. Determine aggregate gradations for mixture design and production testing based on 8 the washed sieve analysis given in Tex-200-F, Part 2. 9 6. The Surface Aggregate Classification (SAC) will be SAC-A unless otherwise 10 specified in the Drawings for all surface courses. The SAC will only apply to the 11 aggregate used on the travel lanes unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 12 Provide aggregates in accordance with all SAC requirements in Section 32 05 16. 13 7. Coarse Aggregate 14 a. Provide aggregates in accordance with the requirements of Section 32 05 16. 15 8. Fine Aggregate 16 a. Provide fine aggregates that consists of crushed stone, crushed gravel, sand, 17 and/or limestone or steel slag screenings in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 18 b. Provide fine aggregate in accordance with the gradation requirements shown in 19 Table 4. 20 c. No more than 15% of the total aggregate may be field sand or other uncrushed 21 fine aggregate. 22 d. Limestone or Steel Slag Screenings 23 1) Limestone or steel slag screenings may constitute part of or all of the fine 24 aggregate. 25 2) Provide screenings that conform to the requirements for Fine Aggregate in 26 Section 32 05 16. 27 Table 4 28 Gradation Requirements for Fine Aggregate 29 Sieve Size percent Passing by Weight or Volume 3/8-inch 100 No. 8 70–100 No. 200 0–30 C. Mineral Filler 30 1. Mineral filler is allowed unless otherwise specified in the Drawings and should 31 consist finely divided material such as: 32 a. Stone dust 33 b. Crushed fines 34 c. Hydrated lime 35 1) Use no more than 2 percent unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 36 2) Use no more than 1 percent if a substitute binder is used (refer to Table 10) 37 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 38 d. Portland cement 39 1) Use no more than 2 percent unless otherwise specified in the Drawings 40 e. Fly ash 41 2. Provide mineral fillers that: 42 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 12 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. Are sufficiently dry, free flowing, and free from clumps and foreign matter 1 b. Meet the gradation requirements shown in Table 5 when performing Tex-200-F 2 Part 1 (based on weight) or Part 3 (based on volume). 3 c. In accordance with the requirements listed in Source Quality Control. 4 Table 5 5 Gradation Requirements for Mineral Filler 6 Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight No. 8 100 No. 200 55–100 D. Asphalt Binder 7 1. Asphalt binder will be PG64-22 for TY B mix designs unless otherwise approved 8 by the City or specified in the Drawings. 9 2. Asphalt binder will be PG70-22 for TY D and TY C mix designs unless otherwise 10 approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 11 3. Provide material that: 12 a. Is produced from crude petroleum. 13 b. Is homogenous and free from water and residue from distillation of coal, coal 14 tar, or paraffin oil. 15 c. Will not foam when heated to 347 degrees Fahrenheit 16 d. In accordance with the requirements shown in Table 6 for performance grade 17 asphalt binder. 18 e. Shows no separation when tested in accordance with Tex-540-C 19 20 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 13 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Table 6 1 Performance Grade Asphalt Binder 2 Property and Test Method Performance Grade PG 64 PG 70 -22 -22 Average 7-Day Max Pavement Design Temperature, Degrees Celsius 1 < 64 <70 Min Pavement Design Temperature, Degrees Celsius 1 (i.e. design temperature shall be greater than shown) >-22 >-22 Original Binder Flash Point Temperature, AASHTO T48: Minimum, degrees Celsius 230 Viscosity, AASHTO T482,3 or T3162,3 Maximum, 3.0 Pa*s, Test Temperature, Degrees Celsius 135 Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315:4 G*/sin(δ), Minimum, 2.00-kPa7 Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius 64 70 Elastic Recovery, D 6084, 50 Degrees Fahrenheit, percent minimum - 30 Rolling Thin Film Oven (Tex-541-C) Maximum Loss, maximum percent 1.0 Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315: G*/sin(δ), Minimum, 2.20-kPa, Maximum, 5.0-kPa Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius 64 70 Pressure Aging Vessel (PAV) Residue (R28) PAV Aging Temperature, degrees Celsius 100 Dynamic Shear, AASHTO T315: G*/sin(δ), Maximum, 5,000-kPa Test Temperature at 10-rad/s, Degrees Celsius 25 25 Creep Stiffness, AASHTO T313:5,6 S, Maximum, 300-MPa m-value, Minimum 0.300 Text Temperature at 60 s, Degrees Celsius -12 -12 Direct Tension, AASHTO T314:6 Failure Strain, Minimum, 1.0 percent Test Temperature at 1.0-mm/min, Degrees Celsius -12 -12 1. Pavement temperatures are estimated from air temperatures using an algorithm contained in the TxDOT PGEXCEL3.XLS software program, may be provided by the City, or by following the procedures as outlined in AASHTO MP2 and PP28. 2. This requirement may be waived at the discretion of the City if the supplier warrants that the asphalt binder can be adequately pumped, mixed and compacted at temperatures that meet all applicable safety, environmental, and constructability requirements. At test temperatures where the binder is a Newtonian fluid, any suitable standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including capillary (AASHTO T201 or T202) or rotational viscometry (AASHTO T48 or T316). A waiver will need to be submitted to the City for approval prior to asphalt paving. 3. Viscosity at 135 degrees Celsius is an indicator of mixing and compaction temperatures that can be expected in the lab and field. High values may indicate high mixing and compaction temperatures. Additionally, significant variation can occur from batch to batch. Be aware that variation could significantly impact mixing and compaction operations. Contractor is responsible for addressing any constructability issues which may arise. 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 14 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. For quality control of unmodified asphalt binder production, measurement of the viscosity of the original asphalt binder may be substituted for dynamic shear measurements of G*/sin(δ) at test temperatures where the asphalt is a Newtonian fluid. Any suitable standard means of viscosity measurement may be used, including capillary (AASHTO T201 or T202) or rotational viscometry (AASHTO TP48 or T316). 5. Silicone beam molds as described in AASHTO TP 1-93 are acceptable for use. 6. If creep stiffness is below 300 MPa, direct tension test is not required. If creep stiffness is between 300 and 600 MPa, the direct tension failure strain requirement can be used instead of the creep stiffness requirement. The m- value requirement must be satisfied in both cases. E. Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h) 1 1. Use cationic emulsion CSS-1h in accordance with the requirements shown in Table 2 7 unless approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 3 2. The material will be composed of a paving asphalt base uniformly emulsified with 4 water. 5 3. The material will be homogenous throughout and when stored will show no signs of 6 separation within 3-days after delivery. 7 4. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other 8 location before use. 9 5. Temperature 10 a. Never raise the temperature of the emulsion above 160 degrees Fahrenheit after 11 it is loaded for transportation from refinery to the purchaser. 12 b. Tack coat and prime coat may be reheated 13 c. Prevent localized overheating when reheating the material. 14 d. Do not allow the material to cool to a temperature of less than 40 degrees 15 Fahrenheit. 16 e. Apply the material at the manufacturer’s recommended temperature. 17 f. Provide a thermometer capable of testing the temperature of the asphalt binder 18 on site at all times. 19 20 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 15 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Table 7 1 Tests and Properties of Cationic Emulsions 2 Property Test Procedure Slow Setting Type – Grade CSS-1h Min Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, second at 122 degrees Fahrenheit, second T 72 20 – 100 – Sieve Test, percent T 59 – 0.1 Cement Mixing, percent T 59 – 2.0 Coating Ability and Water Resistance: Coating, Dry Aggregate, After Spraying Coating, Wet Aggregate, After Spraying T 59 – – – – Demulsibility, 35 ml 0.8 percent Sodium dioctyl sulfosuccinate, percent T 59 – – Storage Stability, 1 day, percent T 59 – 1 Particle Charge Test T 59 Positive Distillation Test: Residue by Distillation, percent by weight Oil Distillate, percent by volume of Emulsion T 59 60 – – 0.5 Tests on Residue from Distillation: Penetration at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, 100-g, 5- seconds Solubility in Trichloroethylene, percent Ductility at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, 5 cm/min, cm T 49 T 44 T 51 70 97.5 80 110 – – F. Emulsified Asphalt for Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE) 3 1. Use slow setting PCE in accordance with the requirements shown in Table 8 unless 4 approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 5 2. PCE may be used as a prime coat for base materials, curing seal for stabilized base 6 materials, and erosion control applications such as dust control, soil surface 7 stabilization, or mulch binder. 8 3. Do not dilute emulsified asphalts at the terminal, in the field, or at any other 9 location before use. 10 11 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 16 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Table 8 1 Tests and Properties of PCE Emulsions 2 Property Test Procedure Type – Grade Slow Setting PCE1 Min Max Viscosity, Saybolt Furol at 77 degrees Fahrenheit, second at 122 degrees Fahrenheit, second T 72 10 – 100 – Sieve Test, percent T 59 – 0.1 Miscibility T 592 Pass – Demulsibility, 35 mL of 0.10 N CaCl2, percent T 59 – – Storage Stability, 1 day, percent T 59 – – Particle Size5, percent by volume < 2.5 µm Tex-238-F3 90 – Asphalt Emulsion Distillation to 500 degree Fahrenheit Followed by Cutback Asphalt Distillation of Residue to 680 degrees Fahrenheit Residue after both distillations, percent by weight Total oil distillate from both distillations, percent by volume of emulsion T 59 & T 78 – – – – Residue by Distillation, percent by weight T59 – – Residue by Evaporation, percent by weight T 594 60 – Tests on Residue after all Distillation(s): Viscosity, 140 degrees Fahrenheit, poise Kinematic Viscosity5, 140 degrees Fahrenheit, cSt Flash Point C.O.C, degrees Fahrenheit Solubility in Trichloroethylene, percent Float Test, 122 degrees Fahrenheit, seconds T 202 T 201 T 48 T 44 T 50 – 100 400 – – – 350 – – – 1. Each PCE shipment will include the information indicated under Source Quality Control 2. Except the dilution shall use 350-mL distilled or deionized water and a 100-mL beaker. 3. Use Tex-238-F, beginning at “Particle Size Analysis by Laser Diffraction”, with distilled or deionized water as a medium and no dispersant, or use another approved method. 4. Except the sample shall remain in the oven until foaming ceases, then cooled and weighed. 5. PCE must meet either the kinematic viscosity requirement or the particle size requirement G. Additives 3 1. General: 4 a. Only use additives when they are specified in the Drawings unless otherwise 5 approved by the City. 6 b. If additives are used, additive information to be provided as part of the HMA 7 Mix Design Action Submittal. 8 c. Stop production if the production mixture does not meet moisture resistance 9 requirements and correct the problem. 10 d. Verify when antistripping agents are added at the plant (batch or source 11 location) that: 12 1) The measuring device for the addition of the agent is connected into the 13 automatic plant controls to automatically adjust the supply to the plant 14 production and provide consistent percentage in the mixture. 15 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 17 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) Set automatic plant controls so that an interruption of asphalt antistripping 1 agent’s flow causes plant shutdown. 2 2. Lime Antistripping Agent: 3 a. Do not allow lime to be added directly into the mixing drum at any plant where 4 lime is removed through the exhaust stream unless the plant has a baghouse or 5 dust collection system that reintroduces the lime into the drum. 6 b. If lime is used, provide only commercial lime slurry in accordance with Section 7 32 11 29. 8 c. Add between 0.5 and 2.0 percent commercial lime slurry by weight of the 9 individual aggregate treated. 10 d. Mix the lime slurry in a suitable pug mill mixer with the aggregate. 11 e. Mix with aggregate between the plant cold feeds and the dryer or mixing drum 12 during mixture production. 13 3. Liquid Antistripping Agent 14 a. Add to the binder in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. Do not 15 exceed the manufacturer’s maximum recommended dosage rate. 16 b. Provide a liquid antistripping agent uniform and shows no evidence of 17 crystallization, settling, or separation. 18 c. Ensure all liquid antistripping agents arrive in: 19 1) Properly labeled and unopened containers shipped directly from the 20 manufacturer 21 2) Sealed tank trucks with an invoice to show contents and quantities 22 d. Handle in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 23 e. Add at the manufacturer’s recommended addition temperature. 24 f. Add into the asphalt line by means of an in-line-metering device and a blending 25 device to disperse the agent. 26 g. Furnish a meter that reads in increments of 0.1 gallons or less. 27 4. Antistripping Additive Meters 28 a. Provide a means to check the accuracy of meter output for liquid and lime 29 additives. 30 b. For liquid additive meters, verify accuracy of the meter in accordance with Tex-31 923-K. 32 c. Ensure the accuracy of the meter is within 5.0 percent. 33 H. Recycled Materials 34 1. General 35 a. Use of RAP and RAS is permitted unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 36 b. Do not exceed the maximum allowable percentages of RAP and RAS shown in 37 Table 9 unless specified in the Drawings. 38 c. Determine asphalt binder content and gradation of the RAP and RAS stockpiles 39 for mixture design purposes in accordance with Tex-236-F. 40 d. The City may verify the asphalt binder content of the stockpiles at any time 41 during production. 42 e. Perform all tests specified in the Drawings and listed under Source Quality 43 Control. 44 f. Asphalt binder from RAP and RAS is designated as recycled asphalt binder. 45 g. Calculate and ensure that the ratio of the recycled asphalt binder to total binder 46 does not exceed percentages shown in Table 10 during mixture design ad HMA 47 production when RAP or RAS is used. 48 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 18 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 h. Use a separate cold feed bin for each stockpile of RAP and RAS during HMA 1 production. 2 i. Surface, intermediate, and base mixes referenced in Table 9 and 10 are defined 3 as follows: 4 1) Surface –This is the pavement course placed at the top of the pavement 5 structure. RAP or RAS will not be permitted for use in the surface course. 6 2) Intermediate – TY B asphalt courses placed directly under the surface 7 course and above the base course. 8 3) Base – TY B asphalt course placed directly under the intermediate course in 9 the HMA pavement structure. 10 2. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement (RAP) 11 a. Consists of salvaged, milled, pulverized, broken, or crushed asphalt pavement. 12 b. Use of RAP is permitted for TY B asphalt courses unless otherwise specified in 13 the Drawings. 14 c. Crush or break RAP so that 100 percent of the particles pass the No. 2 sieve. 15 d. Fractionated RAP is defined as 2 or more RAP stockpiles that are divided into 16 coarse and fine fractions. 17 e. Ensure that the coarse RAP stockpile contains only material retained on a 3/8 18 inch or 1/2 inch sieve unless otherwise approved. 19 f. Ensure that the fine RAP stockpile contains only material passing the 3/8 inch 20 or 1/2 inch sieve unless otherwise approved. 21 g. The maximum percentages of fractionated RAP may be comprised of coarse or 22 fine fractionated RAP. 23 h. The maximum percentages of fractionated RAP may also be a combination of 24 both coarse and fine fractionated RAP. 25 i. Provide RAP material free from dirt or other objectionable materials. 26 j. Do not use any RAP material if the decantation value exceeds 5 percent and the 27 plasticity index is greater than 8. 28 k. Conform storing and stockpiling RAP to the requirements under Delivery, 29 Storage, and Handling. 30 Table 9 31 Maximum Allowable Amounts of RAP1 32 Maximum Allowable Fractionated RAP2 (percent) Maximum Allowable Unfractionated RAP3, (percent) Surface Intermediate Base Surface Intermediate Base 0.0 25.0 30.0 0.0 10.0 10.0 1. Must also meet the recycled binder to total binder ratio shown in Table 10. 2. Up to 5 percent RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for fractionated RAP 3. Unfractionated RAP may not be combined with fractionated RAP or RAS. 3. Recycled Asphalt Shingles (RAS) 33 a. RAS is processed asphalt shingle material from manufacturing of asphalt 34 roofing shingles or from re-roofing residential structures. 35 b. Post-manufactured RAS is processed manufacturer’s shingle scrap by-product. 36 c. Post-consumer RAS is processed shingle scrap removed from residential 37 structures. 38 d. Comply with all regulatory requirements stipulated for RAS by the TCEQ. 39 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 19 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 e. Use of post-manufactured RAS or post-consumer RAS (tear-offs) is permitted 1 for TY B asphalt courses unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 2 f. RAS may be used separately or in conjunction with RAP. 3 g. Up to 5 percent RAS may be used separately or as a replacement for 4 fractionated RAP in accordance with Table 9 and 10. 5 h. Process RAP by ambient grinding or granulating such that 100 percent of the 6 particles pass the 3/8 inch sieve when tested in accordance with Tex-200-F, 7 Part 1. 8 i. Perform a sieve analysis on processed RAS material before extraction (or 9 ignition) of the asphalt binder. 10 j. Add sand meeting the requirements of fine aggregate in Section 32 05 16 and 11 fine aggregate gradation to RAS stockpiles if needed to keep the processed 12 material workable. 13 k. Fine RAP may also be added to RAS stockpiles if needed to keep the processed 14 material workable. 15 l. Any stockpile that contains RAS will be considered a RAS stockpile. 16 m. RAS is limited to no more than 5.0 percent of the HMA mixture in accordance 17 with Table 9. 18 n. Certify compliance of the RAS with DMS-11000, “Evaluating Using 19 Nonhazardous Recyclable Materials Guidelines.” 20 o. Treat RAS as an established nonhazardous recyclable material if it has not 21 encountered any hazardous materials. 22 p. Use RAS from shingle sources on the TxDOT MPL or approved by City. 23 q. Substantially remove all materials before use that are not part of the shingle 24 such as wood, paper, metal, plastic, and felt paper. 25 r. Do not use RAS if the deleterious materials content is more than 0.5 percent of 26 the stockpiled RAS unless otherwise approved. 27 Table 10 28 Allowable Substitute PG Binders and Maximum Recycled Binder Ratios 29 Originally Specified PG Binder Allowable Substitute PG Binder Maximum Ratio of Recycled Binder to Total Binder1, (percent) Surface Intermediate Base PG 64-222 None 0.0 30.0 30.0 PG 70-222 64-22 0.0 20.0 20.0 1. Combined recycled binder from RAP and RAS 2. Use no more than 20.0 percent recycled binder when using this originally specified PG binder. I. Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving Mix Design 30 1. Prepare a mix design for each asphalt type specified in the Drawings (TY B, C, or 31 D) in accordance with the requirements listed in Table 11. 32 2. Design the mixture using a Texas Gyratory Compactor (TGC). 33 3. Provide a mix design after the trial batch tests are complete in accordance with the 34 requirements in this Section. 35 a. Superpave Mix Design: Prepare in accordance with M323 and R35. 36 37 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 20 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Table 11 1 Dense Graded Hot-Mix Master Gradation Limits (% Passing by Weight of Volume) 2 and VMA Requirements 3 Sieve Size B Fine Base C Coarse Surface D Fine Surface 2 inch – – – 1-1/2 inch 100.01 – – 1 inch 98.0 – 100.0 100.01 – 3/4 inch 84.0 – 98.0 95.0 – 100.0 100.01 1/2 inch – – 98.0 – 100.0 3/8 inch 60.0 – 80.0 70.0 – 85.0 85.0 – 100.0 No. 4 40.0 – 60.0 43.0 – 63.0 50.0 – 70.0 No. 8 29.0 – 43.0 32.0 – 44.0 35.0 – 46.0 No. 30 13.0 – 28.0 14.0 – 28.0 15.0 – 29.0 No. 50 6.0 – 20.0 7.0 – 21.0 7.0 – 20.0 No. 200 2.0 – 7.0 2.0 – 7.0 2.0 – 7.0 Design VMA, Percent Minimum – 13.0 14.0 15.0 Production (Plant-Produced) VMA, Percent Minimum – 12.5 13.5 14.5 Allowable PG Binder - PG64-22 PG 70-22 PG70-22 1. Defined as maximum sieve size. No tolerances allowed. J. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Pavement 4 1. Temporary HMA Pavement in accordance with all the requirements of TY B 5 asphalt. 6 2. Submit a mix design if TY B Asphalt Paving is not being used as a pavement 7 course other than for temporary hot-mix asphalt. 8 3. No trial batches will be required to verify mix design for temporary HMA 9 pavement. 10 K. Trial Batch Production and Testing 11 1. Trial Batch 12 a. Produce a trial batch of the mix design based on the requirements of the 13 specified asphalt mix (TY B, C, or D) in a large enough quantity to ensure the 14 mixture meets the Section requirements. Perform testing on the trial batch to 15 verify the mixture produced using the submitted mix design in accordance with 16 the requirements in Table 11, 12, 13, and 14. 17 b. Provide the necessary quantity of each material to the laboratory for testing and 18 production of the trial batch. 19 c. Perform testing on the trial batch to verify the mix design is in conformance 20 with the requirements of this specification. 21 d. If the trial batch does not meet the requirements of this Section, prepare a 22 revised mix design. Produce and test trial batches until a trial batch is produced 23 that meets all of the requirements in this Section. 24 e. Use only equipment and materials proposed for use on the project to produce 25 the trial batch. 26 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 21 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 f. Use materials to produce the trial batch in accordance with all requirements in 1 this Section. 2 g. Use a TxDOT MPL laboratory to perform the Hamburg Wheel test. Refer to 3 Table 18 for requirements. 4 h. Provide a new trial batch when the plant or plant location is changed. 5 2. Gyratory Compactor 6 a. Use a TGC calibrated in accordance with Tex-914-K, Part 2 when designing 7 the mixture in accordance with Tex-204-F, Part 2 for molding production 8 samples. 9 b. Use the dense-graded design procedure provided in Tex-204-F. 10 c. Use Tex-206-F, Part 2 to perform a gyratory compactor correlation when the 11 City uses a different gyratory compactor during verification testing. Apply the 12 correlation factor to all subsequent production test results when applicable. 13 3. Target laboratory-molded density when the TGC is used 14 a. Design the mixture at a 96.5 percent target laboratory-molded density. Increase 15 the target laboratory-molded density to 97.0 percent or 97.5 percent at the 16 Contractor’s discretion or when specified in the Drawings. 17 b. Use an approved laboratory from the TxDOT MPL to perform the Hamburg 18 Wheel test and provide the results with the mix design. Refer to Table 18 for 19 requirements. 20 c. The mix design in accordance with the requirements under section Materials 21 and Source Quality Control. 22 4. Ignition Oven Correction Factor 23 a. Determine the aggregate and asphalt correction factors from the ignition oven 24 in accordance with Tex-236-F. 25 b. Provide the City with split samples of the mixtures including all additives 26 (except water) and blank samples used to determine the correction factors for 27 the ignition oven used for QA testing during production. 28 5. Boil Test 29 a. Perform Tex-530-C and retain the tested sample until completion of the project 30 or as directed. 31 b. Use this sample for comparison purposes during production. 32 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 22 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Table 12 1 Laboratory Mixture Design Properties 2 Mixture Property Test Method Requirement Target Laboratory-Molded Density (TGC), percent Tex-207-F 96.51 Indirect Tensile Strength (dry), psi Tex-226-F 85-2002 Boil test3 Tex-530-C – 1. Increase to 97.0 percent or 97.5 percent at the Contractor’s discretion or when specified in the Drawings. 2. The City may allow the IDT strength to exceed 200 psi if the corresponding Hamburg Wheel rut depth is greater than 3.0 mm and less than 12.5 mm. 3. Used to establish baseline for comparison to production results. May be waived when approved. Table 13 3 Operational Tolerances for Mix Design and Trial Batch Testing 4 Description Test Method Allowable Difference Between Trial Batch and Mix Design Individual percent retained for No. 8 sieve and larger Tex-200-F Or Tex-236-F Must be Within Master Grading Limits in Table 11 Individual percent retained for sieves smaller than No. 8 and larger than No. 200 Percent passing the No. 200 sieve Asphalt binder content, percent Tex-236-F +/- 0.5 Laboratory-molded density, percent Tex-207-F +/- 1.0 In-place air voids, percent N/A Laboratory-molded bulk specific gravity N/A VMA, percent, minimum Tex-204-F Note 1 Theoretical maximum specific (Rice)gravity Tex-227-F N/A 1. Test and verify Table 11 requirements are met. L. Production Operations 5 1. General 6 a. Take corrective action and receive approval to proceed after any production 7 suspension for noncompliance to the specification. 8 b. Submit a new mix design and perform a new trial batch when the asphalt binder 9 content of: 10 1) Any RAP stockpile used in the mix more than 0.5 percent higher than the 11 value shown on the mixture design report. 12 2) Any RAS stockpile used in the mix more than 2.0 percent higher than the 13 value shown on the mixture design report. 14 2. Mixture and Discharge of Materials 15 a. Notify the City of the target discharge temperature and produce the mixture 16 within 25 degrees Fahrenheit of the target. 17 b. Monitor the temperature of the material in the truck before shipping to ensure 18 temperature does not exceed 350 degrees Fahrenheit and does not fall lower 19 than 215 degree Fahrenheit. 20 c. The City will not pay for or allow placement of any mixture produced above 21 350 degree Fahrenheit. 22 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 23 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Control the mixing time and temperature so that all moisture is substantially 1 removed from the mixture before discharging from the plant. 2 e. Production Testing – Obtain the sample immediately after discharging the 3 mixture into the truck and perform the production testing in accordance with 4 Source Quality Control promptly. 5 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 6 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 7 A. Tests and Inspections 8 1. Verification Testing 9 a. Verification testing will be performed in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 3 10 2. Material Source Testing and Submittals 11 a. Perform testing on all materials that have changed source locations to verify the 12 material conforms to all requirements in this specification. 13 b. Provide new submittals for all materials produced from a new source location. 14 c. Perform all Source Quality Control tests required. Use the test results from the 15 Source Quality Control tests as a comparison during construction. 16 d. Aggregate Quality Requirements 17 1) Perform all aggregate testing in accordance with Section 32 05 16. 18 e. Mineral Filler 19 1) Refer to Table 14 for testing requirements. 20 f. Asphalt Binder Quality Requirements 21 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 22 2) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 23 g. Emulsified Asphalt for Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h) 24 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 25 2) Testing will be done in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 3 26 3) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 27 h. Emulsified Asphalt for Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE) 28 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 29 2) Refer to Table 14 and Materials for testing requirements. 30 Table 14 31 Material Source Quality Testing 32 Material Characteristic Test Method Requirement Aggregate Perform all aggregate testing in accordance with Section 32 05 16 Mineral Filler Linear Shrinkage Tex-107-E 3 percent maximum Asphalt Binder Perform all tests specified under Materials and Source Quality Control. Provide testing and evaluation reports in accordance with Action Submittals Tack Coat and Fog Seal (CSS-1h) Prime Coat, Curing, and Erosion Control (PCE) 3. HMA Mix Design and Trial Batch 33 a. Perform the required tests specified under Materials and provide testing and 34 evaluation reports in accordance with Action Submittals. 35 4. Temporary Asphalt Pavement 36 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 24 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. Source Quality Control testing and inspections is not required for temporary 1 HMA pavement. 2 5. Asphalt Production Acceptance 3 a. General 4 1) Perform Tex-226-F on the first day of production to confirm the indirect 5 tensile strength does not exceed 200 psi. 6 2) Take corrective action to bring the mixture within specification compliance 7 if the indirect tensile strength exceeds 200 psi unless otherwise directed. 8 b. Production Lot 9 1) A production lot consists of 4 equal sublots. 10 2) The default quantity of a lot is: 11 a) 1,000 tons 12 b) 9,000 SY for 2” pavement course thickness 13 c) 4,500 SY for 4” pavement course thickness 14 d) 3,000 SY for 6” pavement course thickness 15 e) 2,500 SY for 8” pavement course thickness 16 f) 1,500 SY for 12” pavement course thickness 17 3) The City may change the standard lot size based on the anticipated daily 18 production to ensure there are 3 or 4 sublots produced each day. 19 c. Production Sampling 20 1) Mixture Sampling 21 a) Obtain hot-mix samples from trucks at the plant in accordance with 22 Tex-222-F. 23 b) Blind Samples 24 (1) The City may select “blind” samples throughout the project for 25 verification testing. 26 (2) Test the blind sample in accordance with asphalt production testing 27 and provide testing and evaluation reports to the City in accordance 28 with Action Submittals. 29 2) Asphalt Binder Sampling 30 a) Obtain a 1 quart sample of the asphalt binder at approximately the same 31 time the mixture sample is obtained for regular samples and blind 32 samples. 33 b) Sample from a port located immediately upstream from the mixing 34 drum or pug mill in accordance with Tex-500-C, Part 2. 35 c) Label the can with the date and sequential testing number that 36 corresponds with the mixture sample obtained at the same time. 37 d. Production Testing 38 1) General 39 a) Control the production process and perform production tests to verify 40 the asphalt produced is within the operational tolerances listed in Table 41 15. 42 b) The City may sample and test at any time during production to verify 43 compliance. 44 c) Take immediate corrective action if the laboratory-molded density on 45 any test is less than 95 percent or greater than 98 percent to bring the 46 mixture within these tolerances. 47 d) The City may suspend work at any time if a sample does not conform 48 to the requirements in this specification. 49 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 25 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 e) The City may suspend operations if the Contractor’s corrective actions 1 do not produce acceptable results. 2 f) The City will allow production to resume when test results or other 3 information indicates that the next mixture produced will be within 4 operational tolerances. 5 e. Operational Tolerances 6 1) Gradation 7 a) Suspend operation and take corrective action if any aggregate is 8 retained on the maximum sieve size shown for Dense Graded Hot-Mix 9 Master Gradation Limits. 10 b) Production will be suspended when test results for gradation exceed the 11 operational tolerances for: 12 (1) 3 consecutive tests on the same sieve 13 (2) 4 consecutive tests on any sieve unless otherwise directed 14 2) Asphalt Binder Content 15 a) Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the test results 16 deviate from the mix design by more than the operational tolerance 17 shown in Table 15 for any asphalt binder content test. 18 3) Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA) 19 a) Take immediate action if the VMA for any test is less than the 20 minimum VMA requirement shown for Dense Graded Hot-Mix Master 21 Gradation Limits. 22 b) Suspend production and shipment of the mixture if the City’s VMA 23 results: 24 (1) On 2 consecutive tests are below the minimum VMA requirement. 25 (2) Is more than 0.5 percent below the minimum VMA requirement 26 c) For asphalt installed with non-conforming VMA, the City may: 27 (1) Require removal and replacement of any asphalt installed 28 (2) Allow the asphalt to remain in place without payment. 29 f. Moisture Content 30 1) Determine the moisture content, if requested, by oven-drying in accordance 31 with Tex-212-F, Part 2 and verify that the mixture conforms to the 32 requirements in Table 15. 33 g. Individual Loads of Hot-Mix 34 1) The City may reject individual truckloads of hot-mix at any time if the City 35 suspects the load does not conform to the requirements of this specification. 36 2) When a load of hot-mix is rejected for reasons other than temperature, 37 contamination, or excessive uncoated particles, the Contractor may request 38 that the rejected load be tested within 4 hours of rejection. 39 3) Sample and test the mixture. If the test results are within the operational 40 tolerances in Table 15, payment will be made for the load. If the test results 41 are not within operational tolerances, no payment will be made. 42 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 26 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Table 15 1 Production Testing 2 Description Test Method Operational Tolerances Contractor Testing Frequency City Verification Testing Frequency Individual percent retained for No. 8 sieve and larger Tex-200-F Or Tex-236-F +/- 5.01 1 per sublot The City may request the Contractor to perform additional verification testing throughout the project. No more than an additional 10 percent of each test performed will be requested The City may perform verification testing utilizing a third party testing laboratory. Individual percent retained for sieves smaller than No. 8 and larger than No. 200 +/- 3.01 Percent passing the No. 200 sieve +/- 2.01 Asphalt binder content, percent Tex-236-F 0.5 1 per sublot VMA, percent, minimum Tex-204-F Note 2 1 per sublot Laboratory-molded density, percent Tex-207-F +/- 1.0 1 per sublot Laboratory-molded bulk specific gravity N/A 1 per sublot Theoretical maximum specific (Rice) gravity Tex-227-F N/A 1 per sublot Recycled asphalt shingles (RAS) Tex-217-F, Part 3 N/A As requested Moisture content, maximum percent Tex-212-F 0.2 Boil test4 Tex-530-C – Hamburg wheel test Tex-242-F See Table 18 1. When within these tolerances, mixture production gradations may fall outside the master grading limits. The percent passing the No. 200 will be considered out of tolerance when outside the mater grading limits. 2. Test and verify that mix design requirements are met. 3. For all tests that have N/A for tolerances, material must conform to requirements provided within this specification. No tolerances are allowed. 4. The City may wave the sampling and testing requirements. B. Non-Conforming Work 3 1. General 4 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 5 this specification. 6 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 7 Asphalt Pavement if any material it was made with is found to be non-8 conforming. This would be at no cost to the City. 9 2. Aggregates 10 a. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of Section 32 05 16 will be 11 rejected by the City. 12 b. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. It is 13 the responsibility of the Contractor to provide materials that comply with the 14 requirements of this specification. 15 3. Asphalt Binder 16 a. Material may be rejected at any time based on the following: 17 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 27 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) If the certified letters provided by the manufacturer indicate the supplied 1 asphalt binder is not in conformance with the Products section of this 2 specification. 3 2) For failure to meet requirements of this specification. 4 3) For any defect causing it to be unsuitable for the intended use. 5 b. If during verification testing, the material does not conform to the requirement 6 of this specification, the City may stop work until the Contractor can determine 7 the source of the problem at no cost to the City. The City may require that the 8 area installed using the non-conforming asphalt binder be removed and 9 replaced at no cost to the City. 10 4. HMA Mix Design and Verification 11 a. The City may reject the mix design if it does not conform to the requirements 12 of this specification. Any asphalt installed using a non-conforming mix design 13 will be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 14 b. If the trial batch does not conform to the requirements specified in this 15 specification, the Contractor will produce trial batches at no cost to the City 16 until the trial batch meets the requirements specified. 17 c. The City may perform verification testing on all trial batches to verify the 18 conformance of the mixture. 19 5. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 20 a. If the temporary HMA pavement fails due to materials non-conforming to the 21 requirements of TY B asphalt, the City may require the Contractor to remove 22 and replace the temporary asphalt pavement. 23 PART 3 - EXECUTION 24 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 25 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 26 3.3 PREPARATION 27 A. Hauling 28 1. Equipment for Lay-Down Operations 29 a. Use belly dumps, live bottom, or end dump trucks to haul and transfer mixture. 30 b. Except for miscellaneous areas, end dump trucks are only allowed when used in 31 conjunction with a Material Transfer Device (MTD) with remixing capability 32 unless otherwise allowed. 33 c. When end dump trucks are used, ensure the bed does not contact the paver 34 when raised. 35 2. Operations 36 a. Clean all truck beds before use to ensure the mixture is not contaminated. 37 b. Provide trucks with enclosed sides to prevent asphalt mixture loss. 38 c. Cover each load of mixture with waterproof tarpaulins. 39 d. Coat the inside truck beds, when necessary, with a City approved release agent. 40 e. Petroleum based products, such as diesel fuel will not be allowed. 41 B. Surface Preparation 42 1. Asphalt Placement 43 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 28 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. Prepare the surface by removing raised pavement markers and objectionable 1 material such as moisture, dirt, sand leaves, and other loose impediments from 2 the surface before placing. 3 b. Remove vegetation from pavement edges. 4 2. Prime Coat 5 a. Prepare the surface by sweeping or other approved methods. 6 b. When directed lightly sprinkle the surface with water before applying prime 7 coat to control dust and ensure application. 8 3.4 INSTALLATION 9 A. Equipment 10 1. General 11 a. Provide equipment that does not damage underlying pavement. 12 b. Comply with laws and regulations concerning overweight vehicles 13 c. Use other equipment that will consistently produce satisfactorily results when 14 approved. 15 2. Batching Equipment 16 a. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 17 14 00. 18 3. Asphalt Paver 19 a. General 20 1) Furnish a paver that will produce a finished surface that meets longitudinal 21 and transverse profile, typical section, and placement requirements 22 2) Ensure the paver does not support the weight of any portion of hauling 23 equipment other than the connection. 24 3) Provide loading equipment that does not transmit vibrations or other 25 motions to the paver that adversely affect the finished pavement quality. 26 4) Equip the paver with an automatic, dual, longitudinal-grade control system 27 and an automatic, transverse-grade control system. 28 b. Tractor Unit 29 1) The tractor unit will be able to push or propel vehicles dumping directly 30 into the finishing machine to obtain the desired lines and grades to 31 eliminate any hand finishing. 32 2) Equip the unit with a hitch that is able to maintain contact between the 33 hauling equipment’s rear wheels and the finishing machine’s pusher rollers 34 while mixture is loaded. 35 c. Screed 36 1) Provide a heated compacting screed that will produce a finished surface 37 that meets the longitudinal and transverse profile, typical section, and 38 placement requirements. 39 2) Screed extensions must provide the same compacting action and heating as 40 the main unit unless otherwise approved. 41 d. Grade Reference 42 1) Provide a grade reference with enough support that the maximum 43 deflection does not exceed 1/16 inch between supports. 44 2) Ensure that the longitudinal controls operate from any longitudinal grade 45 reference including a string line, ski, mobile reference, or joint matching 46 shoes. 47 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 29 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. Material Transfer Devices (MTD) 1 a. Provide the specified type of device if showed on drawings. 2 b. Ensure the devices provide a continuous, uniform mixture flow to the paver. 3 5. Remixing Equipment 4 a. Provide equipment that includes a pug mill, variable pitch augers, or variable 5 diameter augers operating under a storage unit with a minimum capacity of 8 6 tons. 7 6. Motor Grader 8 a. Provide a self-propelled grader with a blade length of at least 12 feet and a 9 wheelbase of at least 16 feet. 10 7. Hand-Held Thermal Camera or Thermal Imaging System 11 a. Provide a hand-held thermal camera or thermal imaging system meeting the 12 requirements of Tex-244-F. 13 b. A thermal imaging system is the preferred method for obtaining temperatures. 14 8. Rollers 15 a. Provide rolling equipment required to achieve adequate compaction based on 16 site conditions. If compaction is not achieved based on Site Quality Testing due 17 to inadequate rollers, provide new rolling equipment. Any rolled utilizing 18 inadequate rollers is subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 19 b. Use a pneumatic-tire roller to seal the surface unless excessive pickup of fines 20 occurs. 21 c. Provide rollers meeting the requirements in Table 16 for each type of roller 22 required for compaction. 23 Table 16 24 Roller Requirements1 25 Roller Type Materials to be Compacted Load (Tons) Contact Pressure Roller Speed (MPH) Steel Wheel Asphalt Greater than or equal to 10 Greater than or equal to 325 pounds per inch of wheel width 2 – 3 Vibratory Asphalt Type A< 6 Type B > 6 Type C as specified in the Drawings Per equipment specification and as approved As approved Light Pneumatic Asphalt, Prime Coat, Tack Coat, Fog Seal 4.5 – 90 Greater than or equal to 45 psi 4 – 12 Medium Pneumatic Asphalt 12 – 25 Greater than or equal to 80 psi, as directed 4 – 12 1. Unless otherwise specified by the City or the drawings. 9. Straightedges and Templates 26 a. Furnish 10 foot straightedges and other templates as required or approved. 27 10. Distributor Vehicles 28 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 30 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. Furnish vehicles that can achieve a uniform placement 1 b. The nozzle patterns, spray bar height, and distribution pressure must work 2 together to produce uniform application. 3 c. The vehicle should be set to provide a “double lap” or “triple lap” coverage. 4 d. Nozzle spray patterns should be identical to one another along the distributor 5 spray bar. 6 e. Spray bar height should remain constant. 7 f. Pressure within the distributor must be able to force the tack coat, fog seal, 8 and/or PCE material out of spray nozzles at a constant rate. 9 B. Coring Equipment 10 1. Provide equipment suitable to obtain a pavement specimen meeting the dimensions 11 for testing when coring is required. 12 C. Ride Quality Equipment 13 1. Surface Test Type A 14 a. Provide a 10-foot straightedge 15 b. A high-speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M 16 Transportation Institute may be used when approved by the City. 17 2. Surface Test Type B 18 a. Provide a high-speed or lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M 19 Transportation Institute. 20 b. Provide equipment certification documentation. 21 c. Display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification expiration 22 date. 23 d. Use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s MPL or as approved by the 24 City. When requested, furnish documentation for the person certified to operate 25 the profiler. 26 3. Diamond Grinding Equipment 27 a. Provide self-propelled powered grinding equipment specifically designed to 28 smooth and texture pavements using circular diamond blades when grinding is 29 required. 30 b. Provide equipment with automatic grade control capable of grinding at least 3 31 feet of width longitudinally in each pass without damaging the pavement. 32 D. Placement Operations 33 1. General 34 a. Collect haul tickets from each load of mixture delivered to the project and 35 provide to the City as directed. 36 b. Measure and record the internal temperature of the asphalt mixture using a 37 hand-held thermal camera or an infrared thermometer when a thermal imaging 38 system is not used. A thermal imaging system is the City’s preferred method for 39 measuring temperatures. 40 c. Measure the temperature as it is discharged from the truck or Material Transfer 41 Device (MTD) to the paver. Do not measure the temperature after the mix has 42 already entered the paver. 43 d. Record an approximate station number or GPS coordinate on each ticket. 44 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 31 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 e. Calculate the daily yield and cumulative yield for the specified lift and provide 1 to the City at the end of paving operations for each day unless otherwise 2 directed. 3 f. The City may suspend production if the Contractor fails to produce and provide 4 haul tickets and yield calculations by the end of paving operations for each day. 5 g. Place the mixture to meet the typical section requirements and produce a 6 smooth finished surface with a uniform appearance and texture. 7 h. Offset longitudinal joints of successive courses of hot-mix asphalt between 3 8 and 5 feet. The City may require any successive course that is not placed with 9 an offset to be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 10 i. Place mixture so that longitudinal joints on the surface course coincide with 11 lane lines or as directed. 12 j. Ensure that all finished surfaces will drain properly. 13 k. Placement can be performed by hand in situations where the paver cannot place 14 it adequately due to space restrictions. 15 l. Receive approval from the City prior to placing any asphalt pavement by hand. 16 m. Hand-placing should be minimized to prevent aggregate segregation and 17 surface texture issues. 18 n. All hand placement will be checked with a straightedge or template before 19 rolling to ensure uniformity. 20 o. Place the mixture at the rate or thickness specified in the Drawings. 21 p. The specified layer thickness is based on the rate of 110 pounds per square yard 22 per inch of pavement unless another rate is specified in the Drawings. 23 q. Install asphalt lifts in accordance with the recommended thicknesses shown on 24 Table 17. 25 Table 17 26 Compacted Lift Thickness and Required Core Height 27 Mixture Type Compacted Lift Thickness Guidelines Minimum Untrimmed Core Height (inch) Eligible for Testing Minimum (inch) Maximum (inch) Recommended (inch) B (Intermediate and Base Course) 2.50 5.0 3.0 1.75 C (Surface Course) 2.0 4.0 3.0 1.50 D (Residential Only Surface Couse) 1.50 3.0 2.0 1.25 1. Testing 28 a. Perform coring and testing in accordance with Site Quality Control. 29 2. Tack Coat 30 a. Tack coat is required when the current lift is not paved the same day as the 31 previous lift, during overlay procedures, or any time an asphalt layer is added 32 on top of cold asphalt. 33 b. Clean the surface before placing the tack coat. 34 c. Tack coat is subsidiary to the appropriate corresponding asphalt bid item when 35 used. 36 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 32 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Distribute the material smoothly at a rate of 0.10 gallons of residual asphalt per 1 square yard of surface area unless otherwise approved by the City or specified 2 in the Drawings. 3 e. Apply a uniform tack coat at the specified rate unless otherwise directed. 4 f. Apply the tack coat in a uniform manner to avoid streaks and other irregular 5 patterns. 6 g. Apply a thin, uniform tack coat to curbs, gutters, vertical faces of existing 7 pavements, and all structures in actual contact with asphaltic mixes. 8 h. Allow adequate time for emulsion to break completely before placing any 9 material. 10 i. Prevent splattering of tack coat onto adjacent features or structures. 11 j. The City may use Tex-243-F to verify that the tack coat has adequate adhesive 12 properties and may suspend paving operations if the tack coat is considered 13 non-conforming. 14 k. Place the tack coat in advance of paving to allow enough time to break or set 15 before applying hot-mix asphalt layers. 16 l. Roll the tack coat with a pneumatic-tire roller to remove streaks and other 17 irregular patterns when directed. 18 m. Do not allow traffic on tack coat unless covered with blotter material. 19 n. Blotter Material 20 1) Blotter material is subsidiary to tack coat when used. 21 2) Provide blotter material consisting of either base course sweepings obtained 22 from cleaning the base or native sand unless otherwise specified in the 23 Drawings or directed by the City. 24 3) A typical application rate for blotter material is 4 to 8 pounds per square 25 yard. 26 3. Prime Coat 27 a. Prime coat is required to be placed on any subgrade that is not paved 28 immediately. 29 b. Prime coat is subsidiary to the appropriate corresponding asphalt bid item when 30 used. 31 c. Apply material within 15 degrees Fahrenheit of the approved temperature in 32 accordance with Deliver, Storage, and Handling. 33 d. Do not exceed maximum temperatures in accordance with Delivery, Storage, 34 and Handling. 35 e. Distribute the material smoothly at a rate of 0.10 gallons per square yard of 36 surface area unless otherwise approved by the City or specified in the 37 Drawings. 38 f. Roll the freshly applied prime coat with a pneumatic-tire roller to ensure 39 penetration when directed. 40 g. Before allowing traffic to use a primed surface, apply asphalt base course or 41 blotter material. 42 h. Provide blotter material in accordance with Tack Coat. 43 4. Lay-Down Operations 44 a. Thermal Profile 45 1) General 46 a) Use a hand-held thermal camera or thermal imaging system to obtain a 47 continuous thermal profile in accordance with Tex-244-F. 48 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 33 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b) Use a thermal imaging system where possible. The use of a hand-held 1 thermal camera is only permitted when it is not feasible to use a 2 thermal imaging system. Receive approval from the City before using a 3 hand-held thermal camera. 4 2) Thermal Segregation 5 a) Moderate 6 (1) Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 25 7 degrees Fahrenheit, but not exceeding 50 degrees Fahrenheit are 8 deemed as having moderate thermal segregation. 9 b) Severe 10 (1) Any areas that have a temperature differential greater than 50 11 degrees Fahrenheit are deemed as having severe thermal 12 segregation. 13 3) Thermal Imaging System 14 a) This is the preferred method by the City to prepare thermal profiles and 15 measure thermal segregation. 16 b) Review the output results when a thermal imaging system is used. 17 c) Provide the automated report described in Tex-244-F to the City daily 18 unless otherwise directed. 19 d) Modify the paving process as necessary to eliminate any recurring 20 (moderate or severe) thermal segregation identified by the thermal 21 imaging system. 22 e) The City may suspend paving operations if the Contractor cannot 23 successfully modify the paving process to eliminate recurring severe 24 thermal segregation. 25 f) Density profiles are not required when using a thermal imaging system. 26 g) Provide the City with electronic copies of all daily data files that can be 27 used with the thermal imaging system software to general temperature 28 profile plots upon completion of the project or as requested. 29 4) Thermal Camera 30 a) Refer to Asphalt Production Acceptance for size of lots and sublots. 31 b) Take immediate corrective action to eliminate recurring moderate 32 thermal segregation when a hand-held thermal camera is used. 33 c) Provide the City with the thermal profile produced in accordance with 34 Tex-244-F of every sublot within one working day of the completion of 35 each lot in accordance with Site Quality Control. 36 d) Suspend operations and take immediate corrective action to eliminate 37 severe thermal segregation unless otherwise directed. 38 e) Resume operations when the City determines that subsequent 39 production will meet the requirements of this specification. 40 f) Evaluate areas with severe thermal segregation by performing density 41 profiles in accordance with Site Quality Control. 42 g) Remove and replace the material in any areas that have both severe 43 thermal segregation and a failing result for Segregation (Density 44 Profile) unless otherwise directed. 45 h) Any asphalt removed and replaced due to non-conformance with the 46 requirements of this specification will be at no cost to the City. 47 b. Screed Heaters 48 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 34 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) Turn off screed heaters to prevent overheating of the mat if the paver stops 1 for more than 5 minutes. 2 2) The City may evaluate the suspect area in accordance with Site Quality 3 Control if the screed heater remains on for more than 5 minutes while the 4 paver is stopped. 5 E. Compaction 6 1. General 7 a. Compact the pavement uniformly to contain between 3.8 percent and 8.5 8 percent in-place air voids. 9 b. Take immediate corrective action to bring the operation within 3.8 percent and 10 8.5 percent when the in-place air voids exceed the range of these tolerances. 11 c. The City will allow paving to resume when the proposed corrective action is 12 likely to yield between 3.8 percent and 8.5 percent in-place air voids. 13 2. Rollers 14 a. Provide rollers that meet the Equipment requirements of this specification. 15 b. Use additional rollers as required to remove any roller marks. 16 c. Use only water or an approved release agent on rollers, tamps, and other 17 compaction equipment unless otherwise directed. 18 d. Use the control strip method shown in Tex-207-F, Part 4 on the first day of 19 production to establish the rolling pattern that will produce the desired in-place 20 air voids unless otherwise directed. 21 e. Use the approved rolling pattern for the remainder of the project unless 22 otherwise directed. 23 3. Tamps 24 a. Use tamps to thoroughly compact the edges of the pavement along curbs, 25 headers, and similar structures. 26 b. Use tamps only in locations that will not allow thorough compaction with 27 rollers. 28 c. The City may require rolling with a trench roller on widened areas, in trenches, 29 and in other limited areas. 30 4. Temperature 31 a. Complete all compaction operations before the pavement temperature drops 32 below 160 degrees Fahrenheit unless otherwise allowed. 33 b. The City may allow compaction with a light finish roller operated in static 34 mode for pavement temperatures below 160 degrees Fahrenheit. 35 c. Allow the compacted pavement to cool to 160 degrees Fahrenheit or lower 36 before opening to traffic unless otherwise directed. 37 d. When directed, sprinkle the finished mat with water or limewater to expedite 38 opening the roadway to traffic. 39 3.5 REPAIR 40 A. Repair flexible pavement in accordance with Section 32 01 17. 41 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 42 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 43 A. Placement Acceptance 44 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 35 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1. General 1 a. Shoulders, Ramps, Etc 2 1) Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and 3 turn lanes are subject to in-place air void determination unless otherwise 4 specified in the Drawings. 5 2) Intersections may be considered miscellaneous areas when determined by 6 the City. 7 3) Production Lot – Refer to Production Acceptance 8 b. Miscellaneous Areas 9 1) Areas that typically involve significant handwork or discontinuous paving 10 operations. These would include: 11 a) Temporary detours 12 b) Driveways 13 c) Mailbox turnouts 14 d) Crossovers 15 e) Gores 16 f) Spot level-up areas 17 g) Other similar areas 18 2) Miscellaneous areas also include level-ups and thin overlays when the layer 19 thickness specified on the plans is less than the minimum untrimmed core 20 height eligible for testing shown in Table 17. 21 3) Miscellaneous areas are not eligible for random placement sampling 22 locations. 23 4) Compact miscellaneous areas in accordance with Compaction. 24 5) Miscellaneous areas are not subject to in-place air void determination, 25 thermal profiles testing, segregation (density profiles), or longitudinal joint 26 density evaluations. 27 2. Placement Sampling 28 a. General 29 1) Provide the equipment and means to obtain and trim roadway cores on-site. 30 2) Obtain the cores within 1 working day of the time the placement area is 31 completed unless otherwise approved. 32 3) Random coring locations may be requested by the City based on visual 33 irregularities in the pavement. 34 4) Shoulders, ramps, intersections, acceleration lanes, deceleration lanes, and 35 turn lanes are always eligible for selection as a random sample location. 36 b. Coring Location, Sizes, and Identification 37 1) Coring Set: 38 a) Is defined as all of the pavement cores across the full width of the 39 roadway for the station location determined at the beginning of each 40 day. 41 b) Provide one core on the inside an outside edge of each travel lane 42 across the full width of the roadway. 43 c) Provide a 2 foot clearance from a longitudinal joint or edge of 44 pavement. 45 2) Location 46 a) Mark station locations where core sampling is to be taken at the 47 beginning of each day. 48 b) For projects placing more than 1,000 tons of asphalt per day: 49 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 36 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 (1) Perform tests in accordance with Table 19 and Site Quality 1 Control. 2 c) For projects placing less than 1,000 tons of asphalt per day: 3 (1) Provide a Coring Set at only one location per day unless additional 4 cores are requested by the City based on irregularities or suspicion 5 that the pavement is non-conforming. 6 (2) Request approval from the City for the core location prior to 7 coring. 8 d) For projects placing less than 100 tons of asphalt per day: 9 (1) City may exempt the Contractor from collecting pavement cores 10 each day. 11 (2) Coordinate with the City to determine how many pavement core 12 sets will be required for testing. 13 (3) The City may request pavement cores at any time for verification 14 testing. 15 3) Sizes 16 a) For TY D pavement, cores will be 4 inch in diameter 17 b) For TY B and TY C pavement, cores will be 6 inch in diameter. 18 4) Identification: 19 a) Identification number 20 b) Station location 21 c) The untrimmed core height 22 c. Pavement Cores 23 1) The City inspector will witness the coring operation and measurement of 24 the core thickness. 25 2) The inspector should visually inspect each core to verify current paving 26 layer is bonded to the underlying layer. 27 3) Take corrective action if an adequate bond does not exist between the 28 current and underlying layer to ensure an adequate bond will be achieved 29 during subsequent placement operations. 30 4) The untrimmed core height must be in accordance with the requirements in 31 Table 17. 32 5) If the cores are an acceptable height, trim the cores immediately after 33 obtaining the cores in accordance with Tex-207-F. 34 6) Any core that does not meet the requirements in Table 17 will be rejected. 35 7) The City may request additional cores to be taken within the area. If more 36 than 2 cores are non-conforming, the pavement area may be subject to 37 removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 38 8) Trim the cores on-site in the presence of the inspector. The cores may be 39 trimmed by the testing lab if approved by the City. 40 9) Blind Coring Locations 41 a) The City may select “blind” coring locations throughout the project for 42 verification testing. 43 b) Test the blind pavement cores in accordance with asphalt placement 44 testing and provide testing and evaluation reports to the City in 45 accordance with Action Submittals. 46 d. Core Hole repair 47 1) Dry the core holes and tack the sides and bottom immediately after 48 obtaining the cores. 49 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 37 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) Fill the hole with the same type of mixture and properly compact the 1 mixture. 2 3) Holes may be repaired with other methods approved by the City. 3 3. Placement Testing 4 a. General 5 1) Perform placement tests in accordance with Table 19 and 20. 6 2) The City may suspend work at any time if any of the test results are non-7 conforming with the requirements of this specification. 8 3) Verification Testing 9 a) The City may request the Contractor to perform additional testing to 10 verify compliance, or the City may perform verification testing 11 utilizing a third-party testing laboratory. 12 b) The City may request verification testing at any time if production is 13 suspected to be non-conforming. 14 b. In-Place Air Voids 15 1) Measure in-place air voids in accordance with Tex-207-F and Tex-227-F. 16 2) Before drying to a constant weight, cores may be pre-dried using a Corelok 17 or similar vacuum device to remove excess moisture. 18 3) Average the values obtained for all cores taken during each production day 19 to determine the theoretical maximum specific gravity. 20 4) Use the average air void content for in-place air voids. 21 5) Use the vacuum method to seal the core if required by Tex-207-F. 22 6) Remove and replace any area with in-place air voids less than 2.8 percent 23 or greater than 9.5 percent. 24 c. Segregation (Density Profile) 25 1) Test for segregation using density profiles in accordance with Tex-207-F, 26 Part 5. Density profiles are not required if a thermal imaging system is 27 used. 28 2) Perform a density profile every time the paver stops for more than 60 29 seconds on areas that are identified by either the Contractor or the City as 30 having thermal segregation. Perform density profiles on any visibly 31 segregated areas unless otherwise approved. 32 3) Perform a minimum of one profile per sublot if the paver does not stop for 33 more than 60 seconds and there are no visibly segregated areas or areas that 34 are identified as having thermal segregation. 35 4) Provide the City with the density profiles of every sublot in the lot within 36 one working day of the completion of each lot. 37 5) The density profile is considered failing if it exceeds the tolerances in Table 38 20. 39 6) The City may require the Contractor to remove and replace the area in 40 question if the area fails the density profile and has surface irregularities as 41 defined in Irregularities. Remove and replace the failing area at no cost to 42 the City. 43 7) Investigate density profile failures and take corrective actions during 44 production and placement to eliminate the segregation. 45 8) Suspend production if 2 consecutive density profiles fail unless otherwise 46 approved. 47 9) Resume production after the City approves changes to production or 48 placement methods. 49 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 38 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Longitudinal Joint Density 1 1) Informational Tests 2 a) Perform joint density evaluations while establishing the rolling pattern 3 and verify that the joint density is no more than 3.0 pounds per cubic 4 foot below the density taken at or near the center of the mat. 5 b) Adjust the rolling pattern, if needed, to achieve the desired joint 6 density. 7 c) Perform additional joint density evaluations as directed by the City. 8 2) Record Tests 9 a) Perform a joint density test 2 to 4 times a day or as directed by the City 10 along all joints that will become a longitudinal joint. 11 b) Joint density evaluations are not applicable in areas described as 12 Miscellaneous Areas. 13 c) Determine the joint density in accordance with Tex-207-F, Part 7. 14 d) Record the joint density information and submit results to the City. 15 e) The evaluation is considered failing if the joint density is more than 3.0 16 pounds per cubic foot below the density taken at the nearest core 17 sample location and the correlated joint density is less than 90 percent. 18 f) Provide the City with the density profile of every test within 1 working 19 day of the completion of each working day. 20 g) Investigate joint density failures and take corrective actions during 21 production and placement to improve joint density. Suspend production 22 if the evaluations on 2 consecutive tests fail unless otherwise approved. 23 h) Resume production after Engineer approves changes to production or 24 placement methods. 25 e. Hamburg Wheel Test 26 1) The City may perform a Hamburg Wheel test at any time during production 27 or placement including when the boil test indicates a change in quality from 28 the materials submitted for the trial batch. 29 2) The City may request additional cores to be taken and the Hamburg Wheel 30 test to be performed where rutting is observed. 31 3) Suspend production until further Hamburg Wheel tests meet the specified 32 values when the production or core samples fail the Hamburg Wheel test 33 criteria in Table 18. 34 4) Obtain core samples from the center of the finished mat or other areas 35 excluding the vehicle when path. 36 5) The City may require up to the entire area of any mixture failing the 37 Hamburg Wheel test to be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s 38 expense. 39 6) If the City determines the material to be removed and replaced, the 40 Contractor may request the City re-test the failing material. 41 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 39 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Table 18 1 Hamburg Wheel Test Requirements 2 High-Temperature Binder Grade Test Method Minimum Number of Passes at 12.5 mm1 Rut Depth, Tested at 50 degrees Celsius PG 64 Tex-242-F 10,0002 PG 70 15,0003 1. When the rut depth at the required minimum number of passes is less than 3 mm, the City may require the Contractor to increase the target laboratory-molded density (TGC) by 0.5 percent to no more than 97.5 percent. 2. May be decreased to no less than 5,000 passes when specified in the Drawings. 3. May be decreased to no less than 10,000 passes when specified in the Drawings f. Recovered Asphalt Dynamic Shear Rheometer (DSR) and Aging Ratio 3 1) The aging ratio is the DSR value of the extracted binder divided by the 4 DSR value of the original unaged binder. 5 2) The City may request an aging ratio test be performed on production 6 samples or cores from suspect areas of the project to determine recovered 7 asphalt properties. 8 3) Asphalt binders with an aging ratio greater than 3.5 do not meet the 9 requirements for recovered asphalt properties and may be deemed 10 defective. 11 4) Obtain DSR values in accordance with AASTO T 315 at the specified high 12 temperature performance grade of the asphalt. 13 5) Recover the asphalt binder for testing from production samples or cores in 14 accordance with Tex-211-F. 15 6) The City may require removal and replacement of the defective material at 16 the Contractor’s expense. 17 g. Irregularities 18 1) Identify and correct irregularities including segregation, rutting, raveling, 19 flushing, fat spots, mat slippage, irregular color, irregular texture, roller 20 marks, tears, gouges, streaks, uncoated aggregate particles, or broken 21 aggregate particles. 22 2) If the City determines that the irregularity will adversely affect pavement 23 performance, the City may require the Contractor remove and replace the 24 non-conforming area at no cost to the City. 25 3) If irregularities are detected, the City may require the Contractor to 26 immediately suspend operations. The City may allow the Contractor to 27 continue operations for more than one day while the Contractor is taking 28 appropriate corrective action. 29 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 40 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Table 19 1 Placement Testing 2 Description Test Method Allowable Tolerances Contractor Testing Frequency1 City Verification Testing Frequency In-place air voids, percent Tex-207-F and Tex- 227-F +/- 1.0 1 per sublot The City may request the Contractor to perform additional verification testing throughout the project. No more than an additional 10 percent of each test performed will be requested The City may perform verification testing utilizing a third party testing laboratory. Segregation (density profile) Tex-207-F, Part 4 N/A 1 per sublot Longitudinal joint density Tex-207-F, Part 7 N/A 1 per sublot Recycled asphalt shingles (RAS) Tex-217-F, Part 3 N/A As requested Thermal profile2 Tex-244-F N/A 1 per sublot Asphalt binder sampling and testing Tex-500-C N/A 1 per sublot Tack coat sampling and testing Tex-500-C, Part 3 N/A As requested Aging ratio, maximum ratio AASHTO T315 3.5 As requested Establish a Rolling Pattern Tex-207-F See Compaction Ride quality Tex-1001-S See Ride Quality 1. For projects placing less than 700 tons of asphalt pavement per day, refer to Placement Sampling. 2. If using a thermal imaging system, provide the automated report daily unless otherwise directed. If using a thermal camera, provide a thermal profile per sublot daily unless otherwise directed. 3. For all tests that have N./A for tolerances, material must conform to requirements provided within this specification. No tolerances are allowed. Table 20 3 Segregation (Density Profile) Acceptance Criteria 4 Mixture Type Maximum Allowable Density Range (Highest to Lowest) Maximum Allowable Density Average (Average to Lowest) Type B 8.0 pounds per cubic foot 5.0 pounds per cubic foot Type C and Type D 6.0 pounds per cubic foot 3.0 pounds per cubic foot B. Ride Quality 5 1. General 6 a. Provide pavement to have a finished grade that is smooth and true to the 7 established line, grade, and cross-section. 8 b. Ride quality will be measured parallel (longitudinal) and perpendicular 9 (transverse) to the centerline of the roadway for pavement surfaces. 10 2. Transverse Profile Measurements 11 a. Use a 10-foot straightedge to perform ride quality tests or a high-speed or 12 lightweight inertial profiler that has been certified at the Texas A&M 13 Transportation Institute. 14 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 41 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) If using an inertial profiler, provide equipment certification documentation, 1 display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification 2 expiration date, and use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s 3 Material Producer List. 4 2) Use an inertial profiler when requested by the City. 5 3) Provide documentation of profiles when requested by the City. 6 b. Perform tests daily throughout the duration of the project. 7 c. Perform tests on the finished surface of the completed project or at the 8 completion of a major stage of construction as approved. 9 d. Perform testing during off-peak traffic flow. Operate the inertial profiler in a 10 manner that does not disrupt traffic flow as directed. 11 e. When measuring the ride quality on a surface open to traffic, use a moving 12 traffic control plan in accordance with Part 6 of the TMUTCD and the 13 drawings. 14 3. Acceptance Plan 15 a. General 16 1) Evaluate longitudinal and transverse profiles to verify there is not more 17 than 1/8-inch variation between any 2 contacts. Perform corrective action 18 on surface areas that have more than 1/8-inch variation between any 2 19 contacts 20 2) Fog seal the aggregate exposed by diamond grinding or other approved 21 work methods. 22 3) When a fog seal is required, use a fog seal that conforms to the 23 requirements for cationic emulsified asphalt, CSS-1h, within this 24 specification. 25 b. Localized Roughness 26 1) Determine areas of localized roughness using the individual profile from 27 each wheel path. 28 2) Use a 10-foot straightedge to locate areas that have more than 1/8-inch 29 variation between any 2 contacts on the straightedge. 30 3) The City may waive localized roughness requirements for deficiencies 31 resulting from manholes or other similar appurtenances near the wheel 32 paths. 33 c. Corrective Action 34 1) Use diamond grinding to correct variations in the pavement surface or 35 localized roughness. 36 2) After making corrections, reprofile the pavement section to verify that 37 corrections have produced the required improvements. 38 3) If corrective action does not produce the required improvement, the City 39 may require: 40 a) Continued corrective action 41 b) Removal and replacement of area at no cost to the City. The City may 42 negotiate a reduced payment amount for the defective area to remain in 43 place. 44 C. Temporary Hot-Mix Asphalt Paving 45 1. Does not require any placement sampling or testing. 46 2. Acceptance Plan 47 a. Acceptable ride quality includes: 48 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING Page 42 of 42 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) A maximum depth of potholes to be 0.25 inches. 1 2) Maintain temporary hot-mix asphalt in accordance with 32 01 17. 2 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 3 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 4 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 5 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 6 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 7 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 8 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 9 END OF SECTION 10 11 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 12 32 12 73 ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 12 73 1 ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Sealant for cracks in asphalt paving. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving 13 4. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Paving Repair 14 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 15 A. Measurement and Payment 16 1. Measurement 17 a. Crack sealant materials, equipment, tools, testing, and incidentals are subsidiary 18 to the installation of asphalt paving and paving repair in accordance with 19 Section 32 12 16 and 32 01 17. 20 2. Payment 21 a. The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item are 22 subsidiary to the unit prices bid for various items which require the use of crack 23 sealant, and will not be measured or paid for separately. 24 1.3 REFERENCES 25 A. Reference Standards 26 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 27 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 28 unless a date is specifically sited. 29 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 30 a. D4-86, Standard Test Method for Bitumen Content. 31 b. D113, Standard Test Method for Ductility of Asphalt Materials. 32 c. D5329, Standard Test Methods for Sealants and Fillers, Hot-Applied, for Joints 33 and Cracks in Asphaltic and Portland Cement Concrete Pavements. 34 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 35 1.5 SUBMITTALS 36 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 37 32 12 73 ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 1 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 2 A. Product Data 3 1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying asphalt crack 4 sealant. 5 2. Product data sheets including: 6 a. Manufacturer name 7 b. Date 8 c. Material description 9 d. Point of delivery 10 e. Provide data and test results in accordance with this Section 11 f. Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for PCE and all additives) 12 g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data (if applicable) 13 h. Application Recommendations (if applicable) 14 i. Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data: 15 1) Specific gravity of the agent at manufacturer’s recommended addition 16 temperature 17 2) Manufacturer’s recommended dosage range 18 3) Manufacturer’s recommended storage and handling instructions 19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 24 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 25 66 00. 26 B. Keep material stored in a clean condition at all times to prevent contamination with 27 foreign matter. 28 C. Follow any manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling. 29 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 30 A. Ambient Conditions 31 1. Ambient temperature must be between 40 degrees Fahrenheit and 105 degrees 32 Fahrenheit. 33 B. Suspend sealing activities if: 34 1. Ambient condition requirements are not met, or 35 2. City determines that weather conditions are unsuitable. 36 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 37 32 12 73 ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS 3 A. Manufacturers 4 1. Manufacturer List 5 a. Rubberized Crack Seal 6 1) Poly Flex 3 made by Crafco, Inc 7 2) Approved equal 8 b. Provide rubber used to make sealant free from fabric, wire, core, or other 9 contaminating material. Recycled rubber is not allowed. 10 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 11 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 12 B. Material Requirements 13 1. Provide rubberized crack seal meeting the following requirements: 14 Table 1 15 Criteria ASTM Specification Softening Point 210°F (99°C) N/A Ductility at 77°F (25°C) 30 cm min. ASTM D113 Cone Penetration 15-45 mm ASTM D5329 Resilience 30% min. ASTM D5329 Bitumen Content 60% min. ASTM D4-86 Tensile Adhesion 400% min. ASTM D5329 16 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION 19 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21 3.3 PREPARATION 22 A. Use crack cleaning equipment to clean and prepare the cracks for sealing. 23 3.4 INSTALLATION 24 25 32 12 73 ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 A. General 1 1. Clean and seal cracks greater than 1/16 inch in width. 2 2. Clean cracks to a minimum depth of at least twice the crack width using an air 3 compressor with an air lance to remove debris and moisture from the crack. 4 3. Cracks must be free of moisture before sealing. 5 4. Apply sealant to cleaned cracks as directed by the manufacturer. 6 5. Level sealant with a squeegee in a narrow band not to exceed 2 inches wide and 1/8 7 inch above the pavement surface. 8 6. Prevent tracking material offsite using an application of fine aggregate as specified 9 in the Drawings and directed by the City. 10 7. Do not apply sealant over existing sealant in good condition. 11 8. Disposal of Materials: 12 a. Dispose of any excess material produced from cleaning of cracks. 13 B. Equipment 14 1. Hot Pour Sealing Equipment 15 a. Heat in a double-jacketed heater using a heat transfer oil so no direct flame 16 meets shell of the vessel containing the sealing compound. 17 b. Provide a heater capable of circulating and agitating the sealant during heating 18 process to achieve a uniform temperature rise and maintain desired temperature. 19 c. Provide gauges to monitor temperature of the vessel contents and avoid 20 overheating the material. 21 d. Provide a heater equipped with a gear-driven asphalt pump with adequate 22 pressure to dispense sealant. 23 2. Crack Cleaning Equipment 24 a. Provide equipment capable of delivering dry compressed air at 185 cubic feet 25 per minute to remove all loose debris from cracks in accordance with depth 26 specified in Article 3.4 of this Section. 27 b. Provide at least one handheld pressure wand per crew to clean cracks. 28 3. Condition of Equipment 29 a. Provide equipment in good repair and operating condition. 30 b. Subject to the approval of City. 31 c. If equipment is found to be insufficient, the Contractor is responsible for 32 replacing non-conforming equipment at no cost to City. 33 d. Any sealant installed using non-conforming equipment is subject to removal 34 and replacement at no cost to City. 35 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 36 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 37 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 38 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 39 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 40 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 41 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 42 32 12 73 ASPHALT PAVING CRACK SEALANTS Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 1 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 2 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 3 END OF SECTION 4 5 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 1 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 13 13 1 CONCRETE PAVING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Material requirements and construction methods for: 6 a. Concrete pavement classes 7 b. Concrete pavement 8 c. Concrete street header 9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract. 14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 16 4. Section 32 01 29 – Concrete Paving Repair. 17 5. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 18 6. Section 32 13 73 – Concrete Paving Joint Sealants. 19 7. Section 41 14 00 – Batching Equipment. 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Concrete Pavement 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 25 concrete to edge of concrete for Concrete Pavement installed. 26 b. Payment 27 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29 price bid per square yard for Concrete Pavement installed for: 30 a) Various depths. 31 c. The price bid shall include: 32 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement as specified by the Drawings 33 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 34 3) Water 35 4) Loading 36 5) Unloading 37 6) Storing 38 7) Hauling 39 8) Handling of materials 40 9) Traffic control for all testing 41 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 2 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 10) Trial batches (as needed) 1 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 2 12) Concrete 3 13) Aggregate 4 14) Supplementary cementing materials 5 15) Concrete additives 6 16) Mixing 7 17) Placement of concrete 8 18) Finishing of concrete 9 19) Curing and curing compounds 10 20) Sawing 11 21) Joint sealant 12 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 13 23) Disposal of excess material 14 24) Clean-up 15 2. Concrete Pavement (HES) 16 a. Measurement 17 1) Measured per square yard from back of curb to back of curb or edge of 18 concrete to edge of concrete for Concrete Pavement (HES) installed. 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22 price bid per square yard for Concrete Pavement (HES) installed for: 23 a) Various depths. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Pavement (HES) as specified by the 26 Drawings 27 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 28 3) Water 29 4) Loading 30 5) Unloading 31 6) Storing 32 7) Hauling 33 8) Handling of materials 34 9) Traffic control for all testing 35 10) Trial batches (as needed) 36 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 37 12) Concrete 38 13) Aggregate 39 14) Supplementary cementing materials 40 15) Concrete additives 41 16) Mixing 42 17) Placement of concrete 43 18) Finishing of concrete 44 19) Curing and curing compounds 45 20) Sawing 46 21) Joint sealant 47 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 48 23) Disposal of excess material 49 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 3 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 24) Clean-up 1 3. Concrete Street Header 2 a. Measurement 3 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Street Header installed. 4 b. Payment 5 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 6 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 7 price bid per linear foot for Concrete Street Header installed. 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Street Header as specified by the 10 Drawings 11 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 12 3) Water 13 4) Loading 14 5) Unloading 15 6) Storing 16 7) Hauling 17 8) Handling of materials 18 9) Traffic control for all testing 19 10) Trial batches (as needed) 20 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 21 12) Concrete 22 13) Aggregate 23 14) Supplementary cementing materials 24 15) Concrete additives 25 16) Mixing 26 17) Placement of concrete 27 18) Finishing of concrete 28 19) Curing and curing compounds 29 20) Sawing 30 21) Joint sealant 31 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 32 23) Disposal of excess material 33 24) Clean-up 34 1.3 REFERENCES 35 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 36 1. ACI – American Concrete Institute 37 2. AASHTO – American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 38 3. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials 39 4. HES – High Early Strength 40 5. TxDOT – Texas Department of Transportation 41 6. W/C – Water to cement ratio 42 7. SCM – Supplementary Cementing Materials 43 8. UFFA – Ultra-Fine Fly Ash 44 9. MFFA – Modified Class F Fly Ash 45 10. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 46 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 4 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 11. KSI – Kilopound per Square Inch 1 B. Reference Standards 2 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 3 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 4 unless a date is specifically cited. 5 2. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) 6 a. AASHTO T26, Standard Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in 7 Concrete 8 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 9 a. C31, Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the 10 Field 11 b. C39, Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete 12 Specimens 13 c. C42, Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed 14 Beams of Concrete 15 d. C1602, Standard Specification for Mixing Water Used in the Production of 16 Hydraulic Cement Concrete 17 4. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 18 a. ACI 305.1-14, Standard Specification for Hot Weathering Concreting 19 b. ACI 306.1-90, Standard Specification for Cold Weathering Concreting 20 c. ACI 301-16, Specifications for Structural Concrete 21 d. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 22 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 23 Specifications (DMS) 24 a. DMS–4515, Multiple-Piece Tie Bars for Concrete Pavement 25 b. DMS–4600, Hydraulic Cement 26 c. DMS–4640, Chemical Admixtures for Concrete 27 d. DMS–4650, Hydraulic Cement Concrete Curing Materials and Evaporation 28 Retardants 29 e. DMS–6100, Epoxies and Adhesives 30 f. DMS-6310, Joint Sealants and Fillers 31 6. TxDOT Test Procedures: 32 a. Tex-422-A, Measuring Temperature of Freshly Mixed Portland Cement 33 b. Tex-423-A, Determining Concrete Thickness by Direct Measurement 34 c. Tex-424-A, Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores of Concrete 35 d. Tex-470-A, Optimized Aggregate Gradation for Hydraulic Cement Concrete 36 Mix Designs 37 e. Tex-472-A, Uniformity of Concrete 38 f. Tex-612-J, Acid Insoluble Residue for Fine Aggregate 39 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 40 A. Pre-Paving Meeting 41 1. Hold meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under Concrete 42 Paving. 43 2. Invite the City and appropriate representatives. 44 3. Prior to pre-paving meeting, prepare the following: 45 46 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 5 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. Paving Plan 1 1) Paving widths 2 2) Jointing plan: 3 a) Locations and labels for all joint types including longitudinal and 4 transverse construction joint locations 5 3) Confirm rebar sizes for pavement reinforcing. 6 4) Confirm hand-pour location and equipment to be used for forming, 7 pouring, compacting, and finishing concrete. 8 5) Texturizing method (broom or tining) and direction (longitudinal or 9 transverse) 10 6) Consolidation methods at joints 11 b. Paving Process 12 1) Process to balance production, delivery, paving, and compaction to achieve 13 continuous placement operations and good ride quality. 14 c. All Action and Information Submittals to be reviewed and approved prior to 15 Pre-Paving Meeting. 16 4. During the Pre-Paving Meeting, determine whether tining or a broom finish is 17 preferred by the City unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 18 B. Night Work and Noise 19 1. Comply with all City Noise Ordinance in accordance with the General Conditions. 20 2. Night work will require prior City approval in accordance with the General 21 Conditions. 22 1.5 SUBMITTALS 23 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 24 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to commencement of any Concrete 25 Paving activities. 26 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 27 A. Shop Drawings: 28 1. Concrete Mix Design 29 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 30 b. Statement from the concrete supplier verifying concrete has been tested and 31 handled in accordance with ASTM C94. 32 2. Jointing Layout 33 a. Provide a jointing layout if one is not provided in the Drawings. 34 3. Product Data 35 a. Provide the following from each manufacturer supplying the following in 36 accordance with Section 03 00 00: 37 1) Curing compounds 38 2) Evaporation retardant 39 3) Joint fillers 40 4) Chemical additives 41 5) Epoxy 42 43 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 6 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Informational Submittals: 1 1. Source Locations 2 a. Location of all material sources 3 2. Testing Laboratory 4 a. Submit for review and approval the following information for each testing 5 laboratory used on the project: 6 1) Testing Laboratory Name 7 2) Location 8 3) What tests will be performed at the lab if multiple labs are used. 9 4) ACI Certification – All labs and Contractor personnel performing concrete 10 testing must be ACI certified. 11 3. Equipment Information 12 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 13 1) Equipment name and description 14 2) Size 15 3) Intended use 16 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 17 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 18 1. All test reports generated during testing. 19 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 21 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 22 A. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 66 23 00. 24 B. Storage and Stockpiling 25 1. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 26 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27 2. Steel Reinforcement 28 a. Store reinforcement above ground surface on skids, platforms, or other support. 29 b. Protect reinforcement from mechanical damage and surface deterioration 30 caused by exposure to conditions that could cause rust. 31 3. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 32 a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 33 temperatures of material. 34 4. Epoxy 35 a. Package components in airtight containers and protect from light and moisture. 36 b. Include detailed instructions for the application of the material and all safety 37 information and warnings regarding contact with the components. 38 c. Store epoxy and adhesive components at temperatures recommended by the 39 manufacturer. 40 41 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 7 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 1 A. Weather Conditions 2 1. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature exceeds 95 degrees 3 Fahrenheit. 4 2. Do not place concrete when the ambient temperature in the shade is below 40 5 degrees Fahrenheit and falling unless approved in writing by the City. 6 3. Concrete may be placed when the ambient temperature in the shade is above 35 7 degrees Fahrenheit and rising or above 40 degrees Fahrenheit. 8 4. Protect the pavement with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the 9 concrete for the specified curing period when temperatures warrant protection 10 against freezing. 11 5. Submit proposed measure to protect the concrete from anticipated freezing weather 12 for the first 72 hours after a concrete pour to the City for review. 13 6. Repair or replace all concrete damaged by freezing at no cost to the City. 14 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 15 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 16 2.1. CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 17 2.2. MATERIALS 18 A. Concrete Production Materials 19 1. Produce Class P1, P2, or HES concrete for concrete paving in accordance with 03 20 00 00. 21 a. Temperature 22 1) Pour concrete that is between 40 degrees and 95 degrees Fahrenheit when 23 measured in accordance with Tex-422-A at the time of discharge. 24 2) Take immediate corrective action or cease concrete placement when the 25 concrete temperature exceeds 95 degrees Fahrenheit. 26 2. Provide Cementitious Material and Water in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27 3. Aggregate 28 a. General 29 1) Recycled crushed concrete may be used as coarse or fine aggregate in Class 30 A, B, E, and P concrete. 31 2) A maximum of 20 percent of the fine aggregate may consist of recycled 32 crushed concrete. 33 b. Coarse Aggregates 34 1) Provide coarse aggregate in accordance with Tex-470-A and Section 03 00 35 00 for P1, P2, or HES concrete based on the concrete classes specified on 36 the Drawings. 37 c. Fine Aggregates 38 1) Fine aggregate will consist of clean, hard, durable fragments in accordance 39 with Section 32 05 16. 40 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 8 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 ≥ 60 percent 2) Use fine aggregate with an acid insoluble residue of at least 60 percent by 1 weight when tested in accordance with Tex-612-J in all concrete subject to 2 direct traffic. 3 3) Use the following equation to determine if aggregate combination meets the 4 acid insoluble residue requirement when blending fine aggregate: 5 6 (A1×P1) + (A2×P2) 7 100 8 Where: 9 A1 = acid insoluble (percent) of fine aggregate 1 10 A2 = acid insoluble (percent) of fine aggregate 2 11 P1 = percent by weight of fine aggregate 1 of the fine aggregate blend 12 P2 = percent by weight of the fine aggregate 2 of the fine aggregate blend 13 14 a) Instead of using the above equation, the following blending may be 15 done. 16 (1) Blend fine aggregate with a micro-deval loss of less than 12 17 percent when tested in accordance with Tex-461-A with at least 40 18 percent of a fine aggregate that has an acid insoluble residue of at 19 least 60 percent. 20 21 4) Provide fine aggregates in accordance with gradation shown in Table 1. 22 Table 1 23 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart 24 Sieve Size Percent Passing by Weight 3/8” 100 #4 95– 100 #8 80– 100 #16 50– 85 #30 25– 65 #50 10– 351 #100 0– 10 #200 0– 32 1. 6 – 35 when sand equivalent value is greater than 85 when tested in accordance with Tex-203-F. 2. 0 – 6 for manufactured sand. 4. Chemical Admixtures 25 a. General 26 1) Provide chemical admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27 b. Water Reducing Admixture 28 1) Provide water-reducing admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29 c. Air-Entraining Admixture 30 1) Provide air-entraining admixtures in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31 B. Concrete Placement Materials 32 1. Reinforcing Steel 33 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 34 2. Tie Bars 35 a. General 36 1) Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 37 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 9 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) Use tie bars in longitudinal contraction and longitudinal construction joints. 1 3) Use support baskets to support the tie bars during concrete placement. Do 2 not use chairs or other support devices without prior approval from the 3 City. 4 4) Refer to this Section for installation requirements. 5 b. Multiple Piece Tie Bars 6 1) Use multiple piece tie bars along all longitudinal construction joints unless 7 otherwise approved by the City. 8 2) Do not use multiple piece tie bars for contraction joints or any transverse 9 joints. 10 3) Provide multiple piece tie-bars conforming to DMS-4515. 11 c. Single Piece Tie Bars 12 1) Use single piece tie bars for contraction joints only. 13 2) Single piece tie bars will only be accepted for longitudinal construction 14 joints when the existing concrete is already hardened in widening projects 15 or when performing maintenance work such as panel replacement or 16 concrete repair. 17 3. Dowel Bars 18 a. General 19 1) Provide dowel bars and dowel caps in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 20 2) Use dowel bars in transverse contraction joints and expansion joints. 21 3) Refer to this Section for installation requirements. 22 4. Reinforcement Supporting Devices 23 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 24 5. Epoxy 25 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 26 6. Evaporation Retardant 27 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 28 7. Curing 29 a. Provide in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 30 8. Joint Fillers (Expansion Joints) 31 a. Provide boards at the size, shape, and type specified in the Drawings. Use 32 redwood if the type of board is not specified in the Drawings. 33 1) Provide redwood timber boards for expansion joints in accordance with 34 DMS-6310. 35 b. Provide wood boards free of deformities and are smooth, flat, straight 36 throughout, and sufficiently rigid to allow for easy installation. 37 9. Joint Sealants 38 a. Provide joint sealants in accordance with Section 32 13 73. 39 2.3. ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 40 2.4. SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 41 A. Tests and Inspections 42 1. Material Source Testing and Submittals 43 a. Resubmit Action Submittals affected if any material source locations or 44 concrete supplier is changed. 45 46 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 10 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Cementitious Materials 1 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with this Section. 2 2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4600 3 3) Furnish in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 4 c. Water 5 1) Perform testing to verify the water is in accordance with the requirements 6 of AASHTO T26. 7 2) Mix water in accordance with ASTM C1602. 8 d. Aggregate Quality Requirements 9 1) Provide aggregates in accordance with all requirements in Section 32 05 16 10 and this Section. 11 e. Chemical Admixtures 12 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports in accordance with this Section. 13 2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4640 14 f. Epoxy, Evaporation Retardants, Curing Compounds, Joint Fillers, and Joint 15 Sealants 16 1) Provide manufacturer testing reports and product data in accordance with 17 this Section. 18 2) Perform testing in accordance with DMS-4650, DMS-6100, and DMS-19 6310. 20 PART 3 - EXECUTION 21 3.1. INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22 3.2. EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23 3.3. PREPARATION 24 A. Class P1, P2, and HES Preparation 25 1. Hauling 26 a. Clean delivery equipment as necessary to prevent accumulation of old concrete 27 before loading fresh concrete. 28 b. Deliver concrete to the site in accordance with Section 41 14 00. 29 c. Maintain concrete delivery and placement rates to prevent cold joints and in 30 accordance with Section 03 00 00. 31 d. Any concrete not placed within the time limits specified under Section 03 00 00 32 will be rejected. 33 e. Adding Water or Chemical Admixtures 34 1) Adding chemical admixtures is not permitted at the jobsite. 35 2) Water may be added to the truck until the slump test is conducted. Once the 36 slump test is conducted, the addition of water or admixtures is not 37 permitted unless the slump is too low or otherwise permitted. 38 3) When water or an admixture is added, turn the drum or blades at least 30 39 additional revolutions at mixing speed to ensure thorough and uniform 40 mixing of the concrete. 41 4) When water is added, do not exceed the approved mix design water to 42 cementitious material ratio. 43 5) Do not add water or chemical admixtures after any concrete has been 44 discharged. 45 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 11 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 f. Provide the delivery ticket for the concrete in accordance with Section 41 14 1 00. 2 2. Subgrade 3 a. Hot-Mix Asphalt Base 4 1) Prepare surface by removing, sweeping, or other approved methods. 5 b. Lime, Cement or Flexible Base Subgrade: 6 1) Correct all irregularities in the subgrade of more than 1/2 inch., as shown 7 by straightedge or template. 8 2) Verify subgrade meets all requirements for the applicable subgrade type. 9 3) Spray prepared subgrade with water, if needed, in advance of placing the 10 pavement to ensure it is in a firm and moist condition. 11 4) Take density tests no more than 72-hours prior to placement of concrete. 12 c. If rain or other conditions may have adversely affected the condition of the 13 subgrade or base, additional tests may be required as directed by the City. 14 3.4. INSTALLATION 15 A. Class P1, P2, and HES Equipment 16 1. General 17 a. Furnish and maintain all equipment necessary for the construction of concrete 18 pavement in good working condition. 19 b. The equipment to include spreading devices (augers), internal vibration, 20 tamping, and surface floating necessary to finish the freshly placed concrete 21 shall provide a dense and homogeneous pavement. 22 2. Forming Equipment 23 a. Pavement Forms 24 1) Pavement forms shall only be used when hand-pouring concrete. Use a 25 slip-form paver for all machine-poured concrete unless otherwise approved 26 by the City. 27 2) Provide metal or wood side forms unless otherwise approved by the City. 28 3) Provide side forms of sufficient cross-section, strength, and rigidity to 29 support paving equipment and resist the impact and vibration of the 30 operation without visible springing, settling, or deflection. 31 4) Use forms that extend the full depth of concrete and shall be: 32 a) a minimum of 1.5 inches in thickness when wooden forms are used 33 b) of a gauge that provides equivalent rigidity and strength when metal 34 forms are used. 35 5) Use forms that are clean, oiled, and free from detrimental kinks, bends, or 36 warps that could affect ride quality or alignment. 37 6) Provide flexible or curved forms made of metal or wood for curves that 38 have a radius of 250 feet or less. 39 7) Secure forms on a base or firm subgrade accurately graded and that 40 provides stable support without deflection and movement. 41 8) Pin every form at a minimum in the middle and near each end. Tightly join 42 and key form sections together to prevent displacement. 43 9) Forms to be reset using heavy stakes or other additional supports if 44 subgrade becomes unstable. 45 10) Obtain approval of formwork from the City prior to placement of concrete. 46 11) Forms are to be placed to provide pavement at final grade as specified in 47 the Drawings. 48 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 12 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 12) Check conformity of the grade, alignment, and stability of forms 1 immediately before pouring concrete and make necessary corrections. 2 13) Use a straight edge or other approved method to test the top of forms to 3 ensure ride quality requirements for the completed pavement will be met. 4 14) Submit a request to the City for any alternative pavement form equipment 5 for review. 6 b. Curb Forms 7 1) Provide curb forms for separately placed curbs not slip-formed in 8 accordance with the requirements of Section 31 16 00. 9 c. Settling 10 1) Stop paving operations if forms settle or deflect more than 1/8 inch under 11 finishing operations. 12 2) Reset the forms and refinish concrete surface to correct grade. 13 3. Paving, Consolidating, and Finishing Equipment 14 a. Do not add water to concrete after discharged from delivery equipment unless 15 approved by the City. 16 b. Misting/fogging only allowed during Finishing. Refer to this Section for 17 additional information. 18 c. Machine-Poured Concrete Pavement 19 1) Use a slip-form paver with a stringline that uniformly distributes the 20 concrete with minimal segregation and provides a smooth finish in 21 accordance with the plan line and grade for machine-poured concrete. 22 2) The Contractor is responsible for establishing the location and elevation of 23 the stringline to ensure pavement will be at the correct final grade specified 24 in the Drawings. 25 3) Provide mechanically-operated finishing floats capable of producing a 26 uniformly smooth pavement surface. 27 4) Provide watering equipment capable of providing a fine, light, water fog 28 mist. 29 5) Provide a stake line for the stringline every 25 feet and at every horizontal 30 and vertical geometry point as specified in the Drawings. 31 d. Hand-Poured Concrete Pavement 32 1) Receive approval of all equipment used for hand-pouring concrete during 33 Pre-Paving Meeting. 34 2) Refer to this Section for additional requirements. 35 e. Consolidating 36 1) Provide mechanically-operated vibratory equipment capable of adequately 37 consolidating the concrete. 38 2) Provide immersion vibrators on paving equipment at sufficiently close 39 intervals to provide uniform vibration and consolidation of the concrete 40 over the entire width and depth of the pavement and in accordance with the 41 manufacturer’s recommendations. 42 3) Provide immersion vibrator units that operate at a frequency in air of at 43 least 8,000 cycles per minute on the paving equipment. 44 4) Provide enough hand-operated immersion vibrators for timely and proper 45 consolidation of the concrete along forms, at all joints, and in areas not 46 covered by other vibratory equipment. 47 5) Surface vibrators may be used to supplement equipment-mounted 48 immersion vibrators. 49 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 13 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 6) Provide tachometers to verify the proper operation of all vibrators. 1 f. Finishing 2 1) Floats 3 a) Use a float attached to the slip-form paver or as a separate machine 4 where possible. 5 b) When using a hand float or trowel, take care to not distort the surface. 6 The City may require any concrete that has a non-uniform surface due 7 to the improper use of a float to be removed and replaced at no cost to 8 the City. 9 2) Straightedge 10 a) Use a 10 or 15 foot long square tube straightedge made of magnesium 11 or steel. 12 b) The City may require any concrete that has a non-uniform surface due 13 to the improper use of a straightedge to be removed and replaced at no 14 cost to the City. 15 4. Texturing Equipment 16 a. A baker broom or tining are the approved methods for texturizing concrete. 17 b. Provide a baker broom of sufficient transverse length to span the full width of 18 pavement being placed. 19 c. Request approval to use an evaporation retardant if there is concern the 20 concrete surface will dry too quickly before texturing and curing can occur. 21 d. Tining Equipment 22 1) Provide a self-propelled metal tine device equipped with steel tines to 23 obtain groves that are 1/12-inch-wide and a depth of 1/8 inch to 3/16 inch. 24 2) Tine Spacing: 25 a) Transverse tining spaced at approximately 1-inch center-to-center. 26 b) Longitudinal tining spaced at approximately 3/4-inch center-to-center. 27 3) Manual methods may be used that produce an equivalent texture when it is 28 impractical to use self-propelled equipment. However, manual methods 29 should be minimized. Obtain approval before using manual tining methods. 30 5. Curing Equipment 31 a. Provide a self-propelled machine for applying membrane curing compound 32 using mechanically-pressurized spraying equipment with atomizing nozzles 33 where possible. 34 b. If manually applying a curing compound, use equipment with a nozzle capable 35 of producing the desired coverage based on the requirements of this 36 specification. 37 c. Provide equipment and controls that maintain the required uniform rate of 38 application over the entire paving area. 39 d. When reinforcing is exposed, provide plastic covers to prevent the bars from 40 being coated in curing compound. Remove any curing compound on exposed 41 reinforcing with a steel brush or by sand blasting. 42 6. Sawing Equipment 43 a. Provide power-driven concrete saws to saw joints specified in the Drawings. 44 7. Grinding Equipment 45 a. Provide grinding equipment specifically designed to smooth and texture 46 concrete pavement using circular diamond blades when required. 47 b. Provide equipment with an automatic grade control capable of grinding at least 48 a 3-foot width longitudinally in each pass without damaging the concrete. 49 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 14 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 8. Coring Equipment 1 a. Provide coring equipment capable of extracting cores in accordance with Tex-2 424-A. 3 9. Miscellaneous Equipment 4 a. Provide both a 5-foot and a 10-foot steel or magnesium long-handled, standard 5 straightedge. 6 b. Provide enough work bridges long enough to span the pavement for finishing 7 and inspection operations. 8 10. The City may reject equipment and stop operation if equipment does not meet 9 requirements. 10 B. Class P1, P2, and HES Concrete Placement 11 1. General 12 a. This section outlines the requirements for the placement of Class P1, P2, and 13 HES concrete. Refer to other specifications for the placement requirement of 14 other concrete items. 15 b. Contractor to notify the City at least two working days in advance of 16 installation of concrete pavement. 17 c. Take care when placing concrete to keep all foreign material out. 18 d. Remove any foreign material from concrete pavement without damaging the 19 concrete. 20 e. Concrete may be poured by hand in situations where a slip-form paver cannot 21 be used due to space restrictions. 22 f. Receive approval from the City prior to hand pouring concrete. Hand pouring 23 should be minimized. 24 g. Do not allow pavement edge to deviate from the established paving line by 25 more than 1/2 inches at any point. 26 h. Place the concrete as near as possible to its final location and minimize 27 segregation and re-handling. 28 i. Distribute concrete using shovels where hand spreading is necessary. Do not 29 use rakes or vibrators to distribute concrete. 30 2. Removing Forms 31 a. Cleaning 32 1) Clean forms thoroughly after each use. 33 b. Removal 34 1) Forms to remain in place until the concrete is set and the removal will not 35 cause damage to the concrete. Leave the forms in place for 12 hours after 36 concrete has been poured unless approved by the City. 37 2) If forms are removed before 72 hours after concrete placement, promptly 38 apply membrane curing compound to the edge of the concrete pavement. 39 3) Avoid damage to the edge of the pavement when removing forms. 40 4) Repair damage resulting from form removal and honeycombed areas with a 41 mortar mix within 24 hours after form removal unless otherwise approved. 42 5) Remove and replace any damaged concrete that was not repaired within 24 43 hours at no cost to the City. 44 3. Reinforcing Steel and Joint Assembles 45 a. General 46 1) Place reinforcing steel, dowels, and tie bars in position specified in the 47 Drawings. 48 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 15 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) Provide reinforcing in accordance with the requirements of this Section. 1 3) Secure reinforcing bars at alternate intersections with wire ties or locking 2 support chairs. 3 4) Tie all splices with wire. 4 5) Install all bars in their required position as specified in the Drawings. 5 b. Splicing 6 1) Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping and tying ends. 7 2) In accordance with ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars where not 8 specified in the Drawings. 9 c. Installing and Supporting Reinforcing Steel 10 1) Layout reinforcing steel in accordance with Drawings. Support reinforcing 11 steel using approved chairs or baskets. 12 2) Do not allow construction personnel to walk on the reinforcement bars. 13 Replace any chair that is broken prior to concrete placement. 14 3) Steel pins may also be used to hold the reinforcement in place. 15 4) If reinforcing steel is found to be at incorrect depth: 16 a) Prior to concrete being poured, Contractor to adjust steel to correct 17 depth as specified in the Drawings. 18 b) If concrete has been poured, Contractor to remove and replace at no 19 cost to the City. 20 4. Joints 21 a. General 22 1) Place joints shown on the Drawings. If jointing layout is not provided on 23 the Drawings, submit a jointing layout for review and approval to the City. 24 2) Maintain a right angle with the surface of the pavement for all joints. 25 3) Maintain an angle of greater than 75 degrees between all joints if 90 26 degrees is not achievable unless otherwise shown on the Drawings. 27 4) If uncontrolled cracking occurs during sawing, the City may require the 28 panel with the crack to be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 29 5) Use dowel baskets to support dowels and tie bars in the location shown on 30 the Drawings. Do not manually or mechanically insert tie bars or dowels 31 into wet or hardened concrete unless otherwise approved by the City. 32 6) Secure the dowel baskets into the subgrade or hot-mix asphalt base so that 33 the baskets to not tip or move during concrete placement. Set up rebar and 34 support baskets at least 12 hours prior to concrete placement for inspection. 35 7) Use the appropriate bar based on the Drawings and the requirements under 36 Materials. 37 8) Clean and seal all joints before opening the pavement to traffic. 38 9) Joint Dimensions and Spacing 39 a) Match width and depth of the joint shown on the Drawings. 40 b) Dimensions of the sealant reservoir to match manufacturer's 41 recommendations. 42 c) Ensure the joint depth after curing is 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch below the 43 pavement surface at the center of the joint. If joint depth exceeds 1/4 44 inch, The City may request corrective action to be taken that may 45 include remove and replace at no cost to the City. 46 d) Maintain a maximum 15 foot longitudinal joint spacing. 47 e) Ensure longitudinal joints follow the proposed lane lines where 48 possible. 49 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 16 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Contraction Joints 1 1) Transverse Contraction Joints 2 a) Only used in plain-jointed concrete pavement. 3 b) Maintain joint spacing as shown on the Drawings. 4 c) Do not install transverse contraction joints in continuously reinforced 5 concrete pavement. 6 d) Use dowel bars that are coated with a thin film of grease or other 7 approved de-bonding material to prevent concrete from bonding to the 8 bar. See Materials. 9 e) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing shown on the 10 Drawings. 11 f) Maintain a sawcut depth of 1/3 of the slab thickness. 12 2) Longitudinal Contraction Joints 13 a) Used in plain-jointed and continuously reinforced concrete. 14 b) Maintain joint spacing as specified in the Drawings. 15 c) Use single piece tie bars. See Materials. 16 d) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing specified in the 17 Drawings. 18 e) Maintain a sawcut depth of 1/3 of the slab thickness. 19 c. Construction Joints 20 1) General 21 a) Use reinforcing support chairs to hold reinforcing bars that extend 22 through the bulkhead in place. 23 b) Splicing is not allowed within 10 feet of a transverse construction joint. 24 c) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing specified in the 25 Drawings. 26 2) Transverse Construction Joints 27 a) A transverse construction joint shall be formed at the close of each 28 day's work or when the placing of concrete has been stopped for 30-29 minutes or longer. 30 b) Provide a bulkhead (header) of sufficient cross-sectional area to prevent 31 deflection and accurately notched to allow longitudinal rebar to 32 continue through the bulkhead. 33 c) Provide bulkheads cut true to the section of the finished pavement and 34 cleaned. 35 d) Plain-Jointed Concrete 36 (1) Select the construction joint location to be either at planned 37 transverse contraction joint or halfway between two planned 38 transverse contraction joints. 39 e) Continuously Reinforced Concrete 40 (1) Additional steel may be required. See Drawings for additional 41 information. 42 (2) Ensure longitudinal steel is supported and protected to prevent 43 damage, vibration, and impact. 44 3) Longitudinal Construction Joints 45 a) Use multiple piece tie bars where possible. See Materials. 46 b) Bent tie bars are not permitted. 47 c) Drill and epoxy single piece tie bars only for widening or maintenance 48 projects where new concrete is being poured adjacent to existing 49 concrete. 50 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 17 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d) Inserting Tie Bars 1 (1) When approved, insert tie bars per this Section. 2 (2) Fresh Concrete Installation: 3 (a) Mechanically insert the tie bars using the paving machine when 4 possible. 5 (b) If the tie bar is inserted manually, check the insertion depth and 6 location to ensure proper placement and evaluate if there has 7 been any surface drop down. 8 (c) If any surface drop down has occurred, repair concrete to the 9 City’s satisfaction. 10 (d) Take care to avoid moving the reinforcing mat or any other 11 reinforcing in the concrete when inserting the tie bar. 12 (3) Hardened Concrete Installation: 13 (a) Mark tie bar location and drill holes into the hardened concrete 14 at least 10-inches deep with a drill bit that is 1/8-inch greater in 15 diameter than the tie bar diameter. 16 (b) Clean the hole with a wire brush and compressed air to remove 17 all the dust and moisture. 18 (c) Follow the epoxy manufacturer’s instruction to apply the 19 epoxy. Fill the entire hole with Type 3, Class C epoxy before 20 inserting the tie bars. 21 (d) When installing tie bars into hardened concrete, perform a 22 pullout test. 23 (4) Pullout Test: 24 (a) Perform pullout tests on tie bars designated by the City. 25 (b) Install the tie bar in accordance with this Section and the 26 Drawings. 27 (c) Perform a pullout test in accordance with ASTM E488 within 28 the epoxy manufacturer’s recommended curing time. 29 (d) Verify the tie bar meets a pullout strength of at least 3/4 of the 30 yield strength of the tie bar. 31 (5) Corrective Measures 32 (a) Perform corrective measures to provide adequate pullout 33 resistance if any of the tests do not meet the required minimum 34 pullout strength. 35 (b) Repair any damage caused by testing at no cost to the City. 36 (c) Acceptable corrective measures include, but are not limited to, 37 installation of additional or longer tie bars. 38 d. Expansion Joints 39 1) Install expansion joints perpendicularly to the surface at the locations 40 shown on the Drawings, or as approved by the City. 41 2) Use dowels for expansion joints with a thin film of grease or other 42 approved de-bonding material with dowel caps on the lubricated end of 43 each dowel bar. 44 3) Use the appropriate bar size, length, and spacing shown on the Drawings. 45 4) When the proposed pavement is adjacent to or around existing structures, 46 install expansion joints along the entire length of an existing structure. 47 5) Joint Filler 48 a) Provide joint fillers that conform to the requirements under Materials 49 and Source Quality Control. 50 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 18 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b) Provide timber boards that are accurately notched to allow rebar to 1 continue through the expansion joint as needed. 2 c) Extend joint filler past or slightly below the bottom of concrete slab. 3 d) Use timber boards that span the length of the pavement width. Take 4 care to ensure the timber board does not break, crack, or shift during 5 concrete placement. 6 e) If the timber boards cracks, breaks, or shifts, remove and replace the 7 adjacent pavement panels and reconstruct the pavement with a 8 compliant timber board at no cost to the City. 9 e. Curb Joints 10 1) Provide joints in the curb of the same type and location as the adjacent 11 pavement. 12 2) Extend expansion joints through the curb. 13 3) Extend sawed joints through the curb. 14 4) Construct curb joints at all transverse pavement joints. 15 5) For non-monolithic curbs, drill and epoxy tie bars as specified in the 16 Drawings. 17 f. Sawing Joints 18 1) Joints to be sawed into concrete as soon as can be accomplished without 19 damage to the pavement within 24 hours of concrete pavement placement 20 as shown on Drawings. 21 2) Saw joints to the depth and spacing shown on the Drawings. 22 3) Use a chalk line, stringline, saw template, or other approved method to 23 provide a true joint alignment. 24 g. Joint Sealing 25 1) See Section 32 13 73. 26 5. Concrete Placement 27 a. General 28 1) Use a slip-form paving machine. Hand paving is only permitted in areas 29 such as intersections or other areas where use of paving machine is not 30 practical. 31 2) If hand-pouring does not produce the required consolidation and finishing 32 results, take immediate action. The City may require corrective action that 33 may include removal and replacement of concrete at no cost to the City. 34 a) Do not use rakes or vibrators to move concrete. Only use shovels or the 35 augers on the spreader and paver to move the concrete. 36 3) Do not allow the pavement edge to deviate from the established paving line 37 by more than 1/2 inch at any point. 38 a) Consistency 39 4) Provide concrete with following consistency qualities: 40 a) Mortar clings to coarse aggregate 41 b) Aggregate does not segregate in concrete when transported to the place 42 of deposit 43 c) Concrete should flatten out at the center of the pile with edges standing 44 and not flowing when dropped directly from the discharge chute of the 45 mixer. 46 d) Concrete and mortar shows no free water when removed from the 47 mixer 48 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 19 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 e) Concrete to slide and not flow into place when transported in metal 1 chutes at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal 2 f) Surface of the finished concrete to be free from a surface film or 3 laitance 4 b. Honeycombing 5 1) Prevent honeycombing by taking special care placing and spading the 6 concrete against forms and joints. 7 2) The City may reject concrete with excessive voids and honeycombing on 8 the edge of the pavement. The City may request corrective action to be 9 taken that may include removal and replacement at no cost to the City 10 6. Consolidation 11 a. Consolidate all concrete by approved mechanical vibrators in accordance with 12 the requirements of this Section. 13 b. Ensure the vibrators don’t dislodge or disturb the reinforcement. 14 c. Use hand-operated vibrators to consolidate concrete along forms, at all joints, 15 and in areas not accessible to the machine-mounted vibrators. 16 d. Do not operate machine-mounted vibrators while the paving equipment is 17 stationary. 18 7. Curb 19 a. Construct concrete curb in accordance with Section 32 16 13. 20 8. Spreading and Finishing 21 a. General 22 1) Finish concrete using approved finishing equipment per this specification. 23 2) If excessive surface slurry or bleeding occurs: 24 a) Do not finish concrete 25 b) Contact concrete supplier and review on-site conditions to verify too 26 much water is not being added to the concrete mix by the Contractor or 27 at the plant. 28 c) A fine mist of water may be used during dry conditions when approved 29 by the City and only when under City supervision. 30 3) Use minimal amount of water to maintain a moist surface. 31 4) Reduce misting if float or straightedge finishing operations result in an 32 excess amount of surface slurry. 33 5) Do not apply water from a nozzle or a garden-type hose. 34 6) Do not finish the concrete if there is free standing water on the surface of 35 the concrete. Wait until the water evaporates before finishing. 36 7) Hand finishing permitted only in intersections and areas inaccessible to a 37 finishing machine. 38 b. Quality Checks 39 1) Perform sufficient checks with a long-handled 10-foot or 15-foot 40 straightedge on fresh concrete to ensure the final surface is within the 41 tolerances specified in Ride Quality. 42 a) Verify there is not more than 1/16-inch variation between the 43 straightedge and the surface of the pavement. 44 b) Rework and refinish any surface not within the tolerance limits. 45 2) Edging 46 a) Tool all edges of slabs and all joints with an edger of the radius 47 specified in the Drawings. 48 b) All concrete work to be left smooth and true to lines. 49 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 20 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 9. Texturing 1 a. Complete final texturing using approved texturing equipment in accordance 2 with this Section. 3 10. Curing 4 a. Surface Moisture 5 1) Prevent surface drying of pavement before application of the curing 6 compound by means that may include water fogging/misting, wind screens, 7 and evaporation retardants. Obtain approval from the City before using any 8 of these methods. 9 2) If an evaporation retardant is approved, reapply as needed to maintain the 10 concrete surface in a moist condition until the curing compound is applied. 11 3) Do not use evaporation retardant as a finishing aid. 12 4) If there is pavement failure due to poor surface moisture, City may require 13 corrective action that could include removal and replacement at no cost to 14 the City. 15 b. A curing day is defined as a 24-hour period when either the temperature taken 16 in the shade away from artificial heat is above 50 degrees Fahrenheit for at least 17 19 hours or the surface temperature of the concrete is maintained above 40 18 degrees Fahrenheit for 24 hours. 19 c. Curing begins when the concrete curing compound or system has been applied. 20 d. Maintain and promptly repair damage to curing materials on exposed surfaces 21 of concrete pavement continuously for at least 3 curing days. 22 e. Ensure curing compound does not disintegrate, peek, or crack. 23 f. The City may reject the curing compound based on visual and odor inspection. 24 g. Application 25 1) Apply the curing compound in accordance with DMS-4650. 26 2) Manage finishing and texturing operations to ensure placement of curing 27 compound on a moist concrete surface relatively free of water. 28 3) Maintain curing compounds in a uniformly agitated condition free of 29 settlement before and during application. 30 4) Do not thin or dilute the curing compound. 31 5) Apply two coats of the curing compound. 32 6) Apply to damp concrete as a fine mist through atomizing nozzles, at a rate 33 of no more than 180 square feet per gallon, that covers entire surfaces 34 thoroughly and completely with a uniform film. 35 7) Coat sides of concrete slab after side forms are removed and earth is 36 banked against them. 37 h. Alternative Curing Methods 38 1) If an alternative curing method is preferred, submit a request to City with 39 all product data needed at least 72 hours prior to a concrete pour. 40 2) If the alternative method for curing does not produce desire results, cease 41 concrete paving activities and implement another method of curing. 42 11. Protection of Pavement and Opening to Traffic 43 a. Protection of Pavement 44 1) Erect and maintain barricades and other standard and approved devices, 45 excluding all vehicles and equipment from the newly placed pavement for 46 the periods specified. 47 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 21 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) Maintain an adequate supply of sheeting or other material to cover and 1 protect fresh concrete surface from weather damage. Apply as needed to 2 protect the pavement surface from weather. 3 b. Opening to Traffic 4 1) All traffic to be excluded from new concrete pavement for a minimum of 5 14 days. 6 2) Early Opening to Traffic 7 a) If traffic needs to be open earlier than 14 days post pavement activities, 8 use HES concrete. 9 b) Perform concrete cylinder breaks at 24 hours. If the compressive 10 strength is 3,200 psi or higher, pavement may be opened to traffic after 11 72 hours. 12 3) Emergency Opening to Traffic 13 a) Open the pavement to traffic under emergency conditions when 14 directed in writing by the City and the pavement is at least 72 hours 15 old. 16 b) Remove all obstructing materials, place stable material against the 17 pavement edges, and perform other work involved in providing for the 18 safety of traffic as required for emergency opening. 19 c. Clean and fill all joints prior to opening pavement to traffic. 20 12. Pavement Leaveouts 21 a. Provide pavement leaveouts as necessary for local traffic at locations specified 22 in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 23 b. Provide a suitable crossover connection for traffic movements based on a 24 location that is determined in the field by the City. 25 C. Batching Equipment 26 1. Batching equipment shall be in accordance with the requirements of Section 41 14 27 00. 28 3.5. REPAIR 29 A. Repair concrete pavement in accordance with 32 01 29. 30 B. Repair the following items to remain at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due 31 to concrete paving activities: 32 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement to remain 33 2. Adjacent sidewalk to remain 34 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter to remain 35 4. Subgrade or base material 36 5. Utility pipe 37 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 38 7. Landscape beds or planters 39 8. Sod 40 9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 41 10. Retaining walls 42 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 22 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.6. RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 1 3.7. SITE QUALITY CONTROL 2 A. Verification Testing 3 1. General: 4 a. At the request of the City, the Contractor is to perform additional testing to 5 verify compliance, or the City may perform verification testing utilizing a third-6 party testing laboratory. 7 b. The City may request verification testing at any time if production is suspected 8 to be non-conforming. 9 c. Verification testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM C42. 10 d. Verification testing will be performed by the Contractor at no cost to the City. 11 2. Concrete Mix Design and Verification 12 a. Perform required tests specified under Section 03 00 00 and provide testing and 13 evaluation reports. 14 b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 15 removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 16 3. Concrete Production Acceptance 17 a. During production and placement of concrete, perform testing to verify the 18 concrete is in conformance with the requirements in Section 03 00 00 for the 19 admixtures, mix design, slump, and compressive strength. 20 b. Aggregate Moisture Testing 21 1) In accordance with Section 32 05 16. 22 4. Concrete Placement Acceptance 23 a. Perform required tests specified under Section 03 00 00 and provide testing and 24 evaluation reports. 25 b. If concrete is suspected of having foreign material, City may reject at any time 26 and the concrete may be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 27 c. Acceptance will be based on attaining the strength and the fresh concrete tests 28 in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29 B. Class P1, P2, and HES Pavement Thickness Test 30 1. Sampling 31 a. Perform strength testing for all projects containing more than 60 cubic yards of 32 concrete. 33 b. Obtain pavement cores in accordance with Tex-424-A. Check the pavement 34 thickness in accordance with Tex-423-A. 35 c. Collect pavement cores every 500 feet at the center of each concrete paving 36 run. If lanes are paved separately, collect a pavement core at the center of each 37 set of paved lanes. 38 d. For hand poured concrete collect pavement cores every 250 feet. 39 e. Fill core holes using an approved concrete mixture and method. 40 2. Acceptance 41 a. The Contractor will not be paid over the contract unit price for any pavement 42 that is thicker than what is specified in the Drawings. 43 b. For pavement thickness deficiencies greater than 0.2 inches but less than 0.5-44 inches less than the thickness designated on the Drawings: 45 1) Obtain additional cores every 150 feet at locations designated by the City. 46 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 23 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) Additional cores may be requested by the City if the pavement is suspected 1 to be deficient. 2 3) Obtain cores until the variation between the thickness designated on the 3 Drawings is less than 0.2-inches. 4 4) For deficit concrete limit: 5 a) Remove limits of deficient concrete and replace at no cost to the City, 6 or 7 b) Concrete to remain and City will pay the Contractor 50 percent of the 8 unit price of concrete specified in the bid documents. 9 c. For pavement thickness deficiencies greater than 0.5 inches less than the 10 thickness designated on the Drawings: 11 1) Remove and replace deficient concrete at no cost to the City. 12 C. Class P1, P2, and HES Concrete Ride Quality 13 1. General 14 a. Provide a pavement to have a finished grade smooth and true to the established 15 line, grade, and cross-section. 16 b. Ride quality will be measured parallel (longitudinal) and perpendicular 17 (transverse) to the centerline of the roadway for pavement surfaces. 18 2. Profile Measurements 19 a. Use a 10-foot straightedge to perform ride quality tests or a high-speed or 20 lightweight inertial profiler certified at the Texas A&M Transportation 21 Institute. 22 1) If using an inertial profiler, provide equipment certification documentation, 23 display a current decal on the equipment indicating the certification 24 expiration date, and use a certified profiler operator from TxDOT’s 25 Material Producer List. 26 2) Use an inertial profiler when requested by the City. 27 3) Provide documentation of the profiles when requested by the City. 28 b. Perform tests daily throughout the duration of the project. 29 c. Perform tests on the finished surface of the completed project or at the 30 completion of a major stage of construction as approved. 31 d. Perform testing during off-peak traffic flow. Operate the inertial profiler in a 32 manner that does not disrupt traffic flow as directed. 33 e. When measuring the ride quality on a surface open to traffic, use a moving 34 traffic control plan in accordance with Part 6 of the TMUTCD and the 35 Drawings. 36 3. Acceptance Plan 37 a. General 38 1) Evaluate longitudinal and transverse profiles to verify not more than 1/8-39 inch variation between any 2 contacts. 40 2) Perform corrective action on surface areas that have more than 1/8-inch 41 variation between any 2 contacts. 42 b. Localized Roughness 43 1) Determine areas of localized roughness using the individual profile from 44 each wheel path. 45 2) Use a 10-foot straightedge to locate areas that have more than 1/8-inch 46 variation between any 2 contacts on the straightedge. 47 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 24 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3) The City may waive localized roughness requirements for deficiencies 1 resulting from manholes or other similar appurtenances near the wheel 2 paths. 3 c. Corrective Action 4 1) Use diamond grinding to correct variations in the pavement surface or 5 localized roughness. 6 2) Reprofile the corrected area and provide results indicating the corrective 7 action was successful. 8 3) After making corrections, reprofile the pavement section to verify 9 corrections have produced the required improvements. 10 4) If corrective action does not produce the required improvement, the City 11 may require: 12 a) Continued corrective action, or 13 b) Removal and replacement of area at no cost to the City. The City may 14 negotiate a reduced payment amount for the defective area to remain in 15 place. 16 D. Non-Conforming Work 17 1. General 18 a. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to be non-conforming to 19 this specification. 20 b. The City may require the Contractor at any time to remove and replace installed 21 Concrete Pavement if any material it was made with is found to be non-22 conforming. This would be at no cost to the City. 23 c. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 24 2. Aggregates 25 a. Aggregates that fail to meet the requirements of Section 32 05 16 will be 26 rejected by the City. 27 3. Concrete Mix Design and Production Materials 28 a. The City may reject the mix design if it does not conform to the requirements 29 of this specification and section 03 00 00. 30 b. Any concrete installed using a non-conforming mix design will be subject to 31 removal and replacement at no cost to the City. 32 c. The City may perform verification testing on all materials verify the 33 conformance of the mixture. 34 3.8. SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 35 3.9. ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 36 3.10. CLEANING [NOT USED] 37 3.11. CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 38 3.12. PROTECTION [NOT USED] 39 3.13. MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 40 41 32 13 13 CONCRETE PAVING Page 25 of 25 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.14. ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 1 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 13 16 1 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Material requirements and construction methods for Decorative Concrete Pavement 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13 4. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 14 5. Section 32 16 00 – Curbs, Gutters, Sidewalks, and Driveways. 15 6. Section 32 84 00 – Irrigation Installation and Repair. 16 7. Section 32 93 00 – Plantings. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Decorative Concrete 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per square yard of Decorative Concrete installed. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per square yard for Decorative Concrete Pavement installed for: 26 a) Various depths 27 c. The price bid shall include: 28 1) Furnishing and installing Decorative Concrete as specified by the Drawings 29 1) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 30 2) Water 31 3) Loading 32 4) Unloading 33 5) Storing 34 6) Hauling 35 7) Disposal of excess materials 36 8) Testing and trial batches 37 9) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 38 10) All costs associated with obtaining and submitting the required action and 39 informational submittals. 40 11) Concrete, aggregate, supplementary cementing materials, and additives 41 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 2 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 12) Stamps and color 1 13) Mixing, placing, and finishing 2 14) Curing and curing compounds 3 15) Reinforcing steel and chairs 4 16) All reinforcing and materials required for joints 5 17) Joint sealant 6 18) Removal and/or sweeping excess material 7 19) Tools, equipment, and labor and incidentals needed to execute work 8 1.3 REFERENCES 9 A. Reference Standards 10 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 11 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 12 unless a date is specifically cited. 13 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 14 a. C309, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for 15 Curing Concrete. 16 b. C979, Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete. 17 c. C1315 Type 1, Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming 18 Compounds Having Special Properties for Curing and Sealing Concrete. 19 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 20 A. Pre-Hardscape and Landscape Meeting 21 1. Prior to installing decorative concrete (hardscape) and landscape, conduct a 22 meeting. Invite the City and their appropriate representatives. Prior to the meeting, 23 the following need to be prepared or approved: 24 a. Product Data and Concrete Mix Design in accordance with this Section 25 b. Mock sample in accordance with this Section 26 c. Paving Plan 27 1) Jointing locations 28 2) Paving Schedule 29 d. All irrigation and planting requirements in accordance with Sections 32 84 00 30 and 32 93 00. 31 1.5 SUBMITTALS 32 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 33 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 34 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 35 A. Shop Drawing 36 1. Concrete Mix Design 37 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00 38 2. Product Data 39 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying stamps, 40 color, antiquing releases, and curing compounds Provide the following data for 41 all product data sheets: 42 1) Manufacturer name 43 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 3 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) Date 1 3) Material description 2 b. Data and test results as specified in this Section 3 1) Material Safety Data Sheets (if applicable, required for Epoxy and Curing 4 Compounds) 5 2) Stamp pattern and size 6 3) Integral color shade name and number 7 4) Dosage recommendations 8 5) Manufacturer recommended storing data (if applicable) 9 6) Application recommendations (if applicable) 10 7) Manufacturer’s recommended storage and handling instructions 11 8) Manufacturer’s curing and sealing recommendations. 12 3. Integral Color Concrete Mix Design 13 a. Provide concrete mix design that in accordance with the requirements of 14 Section 03 00 00. 15 B. Samples 16 1. Provide 3-foot by 3-foot square mock-up 4-inches thick of the integral stamped and 17 stained concrete of selected color and stamp pattern with specified releasing agents 18 at the site for review by City. 19 a. If the sample is not satisfactory, City may request up to 3 additional samples to 20 be prepared. 21 b. Leave sample on-site until decorative concrete has been completed. 22 c. Remove sample within 72 hours after decorative concrete activities have been 23 completed. 24 C. Information Submittals: 25 1. Source Locations 26 a. Location of all material sources 27 2. Testing and Evaluation Reports 28 a. Provide test results required in accordance with this Section and any other 29 related Sections. 30 3. Equipment Submittals 31 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 32 1) Equipment name 33 2) Size 34 3) Intended use 35 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 36 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 37 1. All test reports generated during testing. 38 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 39 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 40 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 41 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 42 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 4 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 1 66 00. 2 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 3 A. Refer to Section 32 13 13 for field condition requirements. 4 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 6 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 7 2.2 MATERIALS 8 A. Concrete Production and Placement Materials 9 1. Refer to the following Sections based on uses: 10 a. Roadway Paving and Crosswalks - Section 32 13 13 11 b. Sidewalks or Driveways – Section 32 16 00 12 c. General Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing – Section 03 00 00 13 B. Integral Color 14 1. Provide integrally colored concrete. Do not use surface stains or dyes to color the 15 concrete unless otherwise approved by the City or specified in the Drawings. 16 2. Use non-fading synthetic iron oxide pigments with resistance to ultraviolet 17 radiation. 18 3. Provide pigments for colored concrete in accordance with ASTM C979. 19 4. Add integral concrete colorant according to manufacturer's instructions. Provide a 20 copy of manufacturer instructions to City in accordance with this Section. 21 5. Provide SCOFIELD Integral Colors SG or approved equal. 22 a. Provide the following approved colors in the designated locations unless 23 otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City: 24 1) Median Areas: 25 a) SCOFIELD Integral Color SG: Red Brick or approved equal 26 b) SCOFIELD LITHOTEX Antiquing Release Pro: A-24, Russet 27 2) Other locations: 28 a) Integral color and antiquing release in accordance with the Drawings 29 C. Curing Compound 30 1. Use SCOFIELD Cureseal-W Concrete Curing Compound and Sealer or approved 31 equal. 32 a. Any approved equal needs to be clear with a low-gloss finish that complies 33 with ASTM C309 and ASTM C1315 Type 1 requirements for liquid membrane 34 forming compounds. 35 b. Provide product data in accordance with this Section. 36 2. No other curing methods will be allowed. 37 D. Admixtures 38 1. Furnish admixtures designed for use with and compatible with colored concrete 39 pigments. 40 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 5 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Do not use calcium chloride or other admixtures containing chlorides. 1 E. Decorative Concrete Mix Design 2 1. Concrete Classes 3 a. Provide concrete in accordance with the requirements of Section 03 00 00 for 4 the designated concrete class specified in the Drawings. 5 b. If no class is specified, provide decorative concrete based on the following 6 uses: 7 1) Roadway Paving and Crosswalks - Class P1, P2, HES, or as specified in the 8 Drawings. 9 2) Sidewalks or Driveways – Use Class A or the concrete specified in the 10 Drawings. 11 c. Mix Design Options: No variations or substitutions will be approved for 12 cementitious material, slump, additives, or mix design options. Conform to all 13 requirements in Section 03 00 00 unless otherwise specified in this Section or 14 in the Drawings. 15 2. Decorative Concrete Mix Design 16 a. Provide the amount of color to be added to the concrete during production with 17 the concrete mix design. Provide a concrete mix design that conforms to the 18 requirements of Section 03 00 00. 19 b. Obtain City approval for colored concrete mixes before placing decorative 20 concrete. 21 c. Maintain mix characteristics for colored concrete requiring a matching finish. 22 d. Use the same source, brand, type, and color of Portland cement, supplementary 23 cementitious materials, aggregates, and admixtures for colored concrete 24 throughout the project. 25 e. Use constant cement content, supplementary cementitious material content, and 26 water/cementitious materials ratio to maintain consistent color. 27 3. Trail Batches 28 a. The contractor may use preliminary laboratory or field trial batching to 29 establish the mix proportions necessary to conform to the contract-required 30 color. 31 b. Provide samples in accordance with Action Submittals and discuss during the 32 Pre-Hardscape and Landscape Meeting 33 1) Produce samples using the same workers and materials designated to 34 perform the contract work. 35 c. Produce at least 2 cubic yards of the colored concrete to make the sample. 36 d. Submit the final mix design including color after the City has approved the 37 decorative concrete sample. 38 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 39 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 40 PART 3 - EXECUTION 41 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 6 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 1 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 2 3 3.3 PREPARATION 4 A. In accordance with preparation requirements in Section 32 13 13. 5 3.4 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PLACEMENT 6 A. Imprinting Tools 7 1. Stamped Concrete 8 a. Use SCOFIELD stamp tools or approved equal to install the stamp pattern 9 designated on the Drawings or by the City. 10 b. Any approved equal tool needs to provide the texture, stamp, and finish that is 11 specified in the Drawings. If the required affect is not produced by the tools 12 provided, as determined by City, stop work immediately, identify the problem, 13 and supply different tools capable of producing the texture, stamp, and finish 14 specified. 15 c. Provide the following approved patterns in the designated locations: 16 1) Median Areas: 17 a) Pattern: New Brick – Running Bond (SCOFIELD LITHOTEX 18 Pavecrafters) 19 2. If specified texture is baker’s broom or tining, provide tools and equipment 20 a. in accordance with requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 32 13 21 13 for any decorative concrete that will be used by vehicular traffic. 22 b. in accordance with requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16 23 00 for any decorative concrete that will be used in medians, sidewalks, or 24 driveways. 25 B. Concrete Placement 26 1. In accordance with the requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 32 13 27 13 for any decorative concrete used by vehicular traffic. 28 2. In accordance with the requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16 29 00 for any decorative concrete used in medians, sidewalks, or driveways. 30 3. The following additions to Section 32 13 13 apply: 31 a. Schedule placement to minimize exposure to rapid drying conditions, wind, and 32 full sun, before applying curing compound. 33 b. Do not place colored concrete if rain, snow, or freezing temperatures are 34 forecast within 24-hours. 35 c. Cover or otherwise protect adjacent concrete work from discoloration and 36 spillage while placing and curing colored concrete. 37 d. Remove and replace discolored concrete as directed by the City. 38 C. Spreading and Finishing 39 1. In accordance with the requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 32 13 40 13 for any decorative concrete that will be used by vehicular traffic. 41 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 7 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. In accordance with the requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16 1 00 for any decorative concrete that will be used in medians, sidewalks, or 2 driveways. 3 3. The following additions to Section 32 13 13 apply: 4 a. Perform finishing operations consistently to avoid color variation. 5 b. Do not begin finishing while bleed water is present. 6 c. City will order removal and replacement of colored concrete if the contractor 7 adds water to the surface to aid in finishing. 8 d. Apply strokes in the same direction during final finishing and texturing. 9 D. Texturing 10 1. Reference Drawings for location of texturing and stamping used for decorative 11 concrete. 12 2. If the decorative concrete requires a baker’s broom or tining: 13 a. In accordance with the requirements for P1, P2, and HES concrete in Section 14 32 13 13 for any decorative concrete that will be used by vehicular traffic. 15 b. In accordance with the requirements for sidewalks and driveways in Section 32 16 16 00 for any decorative concrete that will be used in medians, sidewalks, or 17 driveways. 18 3. If the decorative concrete requires a stamp pattern: 19 a. Apply the stamp pattern using approved tools that produce the texture, stamp, 20 and finish specified in the Drawings. 21 b. If the required affect is not produced by the tools provided, stop work 22 immediately, identify the problem, and supply different tools capable of 23 producing the texture, stamp, and finish specified. 24 c. Use the manufacturer’s recommendation for: 25 1) Using release agents 26 a) Approved release agents include: 27 (1) Designated antiquing release: Follow the manufacturer’s 28 instructions when using an antiquing release and stamping. 29 (2) LITHOTEX Liquid Release 30 (3) SCOFIELD Liquid Release SG 31 (4) Or approved equal 32 2) Antiquing agents 33 3) Aligning, placing, and removing the tools 34 4) Any other manufacturer requirements or recommendations not listed. 35 E. Curing 36 1. Apply approved curing compound in accordance with manufacturer’s 37 recommendations. 38 2. Protect colored concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot 39 temperatures by promptly applying curing compound. 40 a. Do not allow plastic sheeting to come in contact with colored concrete. 41 F. Protection of Pavement and Opening to Traffic 42 1. In accordance with the requirements in Section 32 13 13. 43 2. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for allowing traffic onto decorative 44 concrete. 45 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 8 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. If traffic is allowed onto decorative concrete prior to sealing, patch and touch-up 1 any chips in the decorative concrete. 2 4. Where possible, finish placing, stamping, and sealing large sections of decorative 3 concrete before opening to traffic. 4 3.5 REPAIR 5 A. In accordance with Section 32 01 29. 6 B. Repair the following items to remain at no cost to the City if any damage is caused due 7 to decorative concrete paving activities: 8 1. Adjacent concrete or asphalt pavement 9 2. Adjacent sidewalk 10 3. Adjacent curb or curb and gutter 11 4. Subgrade or base material 12 5. Utility pipe 13 6. Irrigation systems including but not limited to sprinkler heads, conduit, and pipe. 14 7. Landscape beds or planters 15 8. Sod 16 9. Decorative hardscape or landscape features 17 10. Retaining walls 18 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 19 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 20 A. Tests and Inspections 21 1. Perform all testing in accordance with Sections 01 45 23, 03 00 00, and 32 13 13. 22 B. Non-Conforming Work 23 1. Decorative Concrete Production Acceptance 24 a. Produce consistently colored concrete. 25 b. Any concrete that has visible variations in color, texture, or stamp pattern will 26 be subject to removal and replacement at no cost to the City 27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33 34 32 13 16 DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING Page 9 of 9 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 1 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 13 73 1 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Sealants for Concrete Joints. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Joint sealant materials, equipment, tools, and incidentals will not be measured or paid 14 for directly. All items included with the testing and furnishing of joint sealants are 15 subsidiary to other pertinent items. 16 1.3 REFERENCES 17 A. Reference Standards 18 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20 unless a date is specifically cited. 21 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 22 a. ASTM D5249 – Standard Specification for Backer Material for Use with Cold 23 and Hot Applied Joint Sealants in Portland-Cement Concrete and Asphalt 24 Joints. 25 3. TxDOT Standards: 26 a. DMS-6310 – Joint Sealants and Seals. 27 1.4 SUBMITTALS 28 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 29 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 30 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31 A. Product Data 32 1. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer that is supplying concrete 33 joint sealants to be used on the project. 34 2. Product data sheets will include: 35 a. Manufacturer name 36 b. Date 37 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 2 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. Material description 1 d. Point of delivery 2 e. Produce data and test results in accordance with this Section 3 f. Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable, required for PCE and all additives 4 g. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 5 h. Application Recommendations, if applicable 6 i. Liquid Antistripping Agent Specific Data: 7 1) Specific gravity of the agent at the manufacturer’s recommended addition 8 temperature 9 2) Manufacturer’s recommended dosage range 10 3) Manufacturer’s Recommended Storage and Handling instructions 11 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 13 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 14 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 15 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 16 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 17 66 00. 18 B. Keep the material stored in a clean condition at all times to prevent contamination with 19 foreign matter. 20 C. Follow any manufacturer recommendations for delivery, storage, and handling. 21 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS 22 A. Ambient Conditions 23 1. In accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 24 1.11 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 2.2 MATERIALS 28 A. Joint Sealant 29 1. Provide joint sealants in accordance with DMS-6310 types 4, 5, 7, or 8 unless 30 otherwise specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 31 B. Backer Rod 32 1. Provide heat resistant backer rods conforming to ASTM D5249. The preferred 33 product is CERA-ROD by W.R. Meadows or approved equal. 34 2. The Contractor may request to use an alternative backer rod product in writing. If 35 requesting an alternative material, the alternative backer rod must comply with the 36 following: 37 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 3 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. The backer rod must not react with or bond to the sealant and must meet the 1 requirements of the sealant manufacturer. 2 b. Provide a backer rod with a diameter of at least 25 percent larger than the joint 3 reservoir width. 4 c. Backer rod materials must include closed-cell resilient foam; sponge rubber 5 stock of vinyl, butyl, or neoprene; and polyethylene or polyurethane. Backer 6 rods must also be flexible, lightweight, non-staining, heat-resistant, chemical-7 resistant, ultraviolet-stable, non-absorbent, low density, and compressible foam. 8 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 9 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 EQUIPMENT 12 A. Condition of Equipment 13 1. Provide equipment in good repair and operating condition. 14 2. The condition is subject to the approval of the City. 15 3. If the equipment is found to be insufficient, the Contractor is responsible for 16 replacing the non-conforming equipment with conforming equipment at no cost to 17 the City. 18 4. Any sealant installed using non-conforming equipment is subject to removal and 19 replacement at no cost to the City. 20 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 21 3.3 PREPARATION 22 A. Make a groove along the cracks to be sealed and rout the groove approximately 1/2-23 inch-deep and 5/8-inch-wide, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or directed by 24 the City. 25 B. Remove all foreign material from the joint or groove reservoir. 26 C. Clean the joint by sandblasting or other approved methods. If directed, saw joint sides 27 to remove embedded foreign material in the concrete not removed by sandblasting. 28 D. Do not place sealant in a wet or damp joint or groove. Use approved drying method if 29 joints or grooves are sealed within 24 hours of rain. 30 E. Apply primer when required by the sealant manufacturer. Blow out joint or groove with 31 high pressure air or other approved methods before placing sealant. 32 3.4 INSTALLATION 33 A. After the joint is prepped, install sealant material. See Table 1 for different types of 34 joints and sealants to be used. 35 B. Install joint sealant per manufacturer’s recommendations. If backer rods are required, 36 install backer rods and sealant in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations 37 and this Section. 38 39 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 4 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 C. Backer Rods: 1 1. Install backer rod with a single-wheeled or three-wheeled roller, depending on 2 application. 3 2. Avoid stretching or puncturing the material. 4 3. Hold the backer rod in compression. 5 4. Provide a backer rod with a diameter 1/8 inch larger than the width of the joint for 6 joint widths up to 3/4 inch. For joints 3/4 inch and larger, add 1/4 inch to diameter 7 rod selection. 8 5. After backer rods are installed, apply sealants as necessary. 9 D. Remove and replace sealant when placed flush with or above the pavement surface. 10 Table 1 11 Types of Joints Requirements 12 Joint Type Requirement Transverse Contraction Joints Backer Rods and Sealant Longitudinal Contraction Joint Sealant Longitudinal Construction Joints Sealant Expansion Joints Backer Rods and Sealant E. Disposal of Materials: 13 1. Dispose of any excess material produced from cleaning of cracks. 14 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 23 24 32 13 73 CONCRETE PAVING JOINT SEALANTS Page 5 of 5 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 1 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 16 00 1 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Curbs 6 2. Gutters 7 3. Sidewalks/Mixed-Use Paths 8 4. Curb Ramps 9 5. Driveways 10 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 11 1. None. 12 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 13 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 14 Contract. 15 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 16 3. Section 03 00 00 - Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 17 4. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 18 5. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 19 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 20 A. Measurement and Payment 21 1. Concrete Curb 22 a. Measurement 23 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Curb installed. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27 price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Curb” installed. 28 c. The price bid shall include: 29 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Curb as specified by the Drawings 30 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 31 3) Water 32 4) Loading 33 5) Unloading 34 6) Storing 35 7) Hauling 36 8) Handling of materials 37 9) Traffic control for all testing 38 10) Trial batches (as needed) 39 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 40 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 2 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 12) Concrete 1 13) Aggregate 2 14) Supplementary cementing materials 3 15) Concrete additives 4 16) Mixing 5 17) Placement of concrete 6 18) Finishing of concrete 7 19) Curing and curing compounds 8 20) Sawing 9 21) Joint sealant 10 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 11 23) Disposal of excess material 12 24) Clean-up 13 2. Concrete Curb and Gutter 14 a. Measurement 15 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Curb and Gutter installed. 16 b. Payment 17 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 18 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 19 price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Curb and Gutter” installed. 20 c. The price bid shall include: 21 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Curb and Gutter as specified by the 22 Drawings 23 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 24 3) Water 25 4) Loading 26 5) Unloading 27 6) Storing 28 7) Hauling 29 8) Handling of materials 30 9) Traffic control for all testing 31 10) Trial batches (as needed) 32 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 33 12) Concrete 34 13) Aggregate 35 14) Supplementary cementing materials 36 15) Concrete additives 37 16) Mixing 38 17) Placement of concrete 39 18) Finishing of concrete 40 19) Curing and curing compounds 41 20) Sawing 42 21) Joint sealant 43 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 44 23) Disposal of excess material 45 24) Clean-up 46 3. Concrete Valley Gutter 47 a. Measurement 48 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Valley Gutter installed. 49 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 3 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Valley Gutter” installed. 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Valley Gutter as specified by the 6 Drawings 7 2) Excavation 8 3) Loading 9 4) Unloading 10 5) Hauling 11 6) Disposal of excess material 12 7) Furnishing, placement and compaction of backfill 13 8) Clean-up 14 4. Concrete Ribbon Curb 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per linear foot of Concrete Ribbon Curb installed. 17 b. Payment 18 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 19 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 20 price bid per linear foot for “Concrete Ribbon Curb” installed. 21 c. The price bid shall include: 22 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Ribbon Curb as specified by the 23 Drawings 24 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 25 3) Water 26 4) Loading 27 5) Unloading 28 6) Storing 29 7) Hauling 30 8) Handling of materials 31 9) Traffic control for all testing 32 10) Trial batches (as needed) 33 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 34 12) Concrete 35 13) Aggregate 36 14) Supplementary cementing materials 37 15) Concrete additives 38 16) Mixing 39 17) Placement of concrete 40 18) Finishing of concrete 41 19) Curing and curing compounds 42 20) Sawing 43 21) Joint sealant 44 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 45 23) Disposal of excess material 46 24) Clean-up 47 5. Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path 48 49 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 4 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a. Measurement 1 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path installed. 2 b. Payment 3 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 4 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 5 price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path” 6 installed for: 7 a) Various depths. 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path as specified 10 by the Drawings 11 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 12 3) Water 13 4) Loading 14 5) Unloading 15 6) Storing 16 7) Hauling 17 8) Handling of materials 18 9) Traffic control for all testing 19 10) Trial batches (as needed) 20 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 21 12) Concrete 22 13) Aggregate 23 14) Supplementary cementing materials 24 15) Concrete additives 25 16) Mixing 26 17) Placement of concrete 27 18) Finishing of concrete 28 19) Curing and curing compounds 29 20) Sawing 30 21) Joint sealant 31 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 32 23) Disposal of excess material 33 24) Clean-up 34 6. Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path with Curb 35 a. Measurement 36 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path with Curb 37 installed to the back of curb. 38 b. Payment 39 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 40 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 41 price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path with 42 Curb” installed for: 43 a) Various depths. 44 c. The price bid shall include: 45 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path with Curb as 46 specified by the Drawings 47 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 48 3) Water 49 4) Loading 50 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 5 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 5) Unloading 1 6) Storing 2 7) Hauling 3 8) Handling of materials 4 9) Traffic control for all testing 5 10) Trial batches (as needed) 6 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 7 12) Concrete 8 13) Aggregate 9 14) Supplementary cementing materials 10 15) Concrete additives 11 16) Mixing 12 17) Placement of concrete 13 18) Finishing of concrete 14 19) Curing and curing compounds 15 20) Sawing 16 21) Joint sealant 17 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 18 23) Disposal of excess material 19 24) Clean-up 20 7. Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path with Retaining Wall 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measured per square yard of Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path installed 23 to the face of Retaining Wall. 24 2) Retaining Wall portion will be measured and paid for under Section 32 32 25 13. 26 b. Payment 27 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29 price bid per square yard for “Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path” 30 installed for: 31 a) Various depths. 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Furnishing and installing Concrete Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path with 34 Retaining Wall as specified by the Drawings 35 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 36 3) Water 37 4) Loading 38 5) Unloading 39 6) Storing 40 7) Hauling 41 8) Handling of materials 42 9) Traffic control for all testing 43 10) Trial batches (as needed) 44 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 45 12) Concrete 46 13) Aggregate 47 14) Supplementary cementing materials 48 15) Concrete additives 49 16) Mixing 50 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 6 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 17) Placement of concrete 1 18) Finishing of concrete 2 19) Curing and curing compounds 3 20) Sawing 4 21) Joint sealant 5 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 6 23) Disposal of excess material 7 24) Clean-up 8 8. Curb Ramp 9 a. Measurement 10 1) Measured by Each of Curb Ramp installed. 11 b. Payment 12 1) The work performed, and materials furnished in accordance with this item 13 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 14 price bid per each for “Curb Ramp” installed for: 15 a) Type specified. 16 c. The price bid shall include: 17 1) Furnishing and installing Curb Ramp as specified by the Drawings 18 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 19 3) Water 20 4) Loading 21 5) Unloading 22 6) Storing 23 7) Hauling 24 8) Handling of materials 25 9) Traffic control for all testing 26 10) Trial batches (as needed) 27 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 28 12) Concrete 29 13) Aggregate 30 14) Supplementary cementing materials 31 15) Concrete additives 32 16) Mixing 33 17) Placement of concrete 34 18) Finishing of concrete 35 19) Curing and curing compounds 36 20) Sawing 37 21) Joint sealant 38 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 39 23) Disposal of excess material 40 24) Clean-up 41 25) Landing and detectable warning surface as shown on the Drawings 42 26) Adjacent flares or side curb 43 9. Driveway Approach 44 a. Measurement 45 1) Measured per square yard of Driveway Approach installed. 46 b. Payment 47 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 7 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per square yard for “Driveway Approach” installed for: 3 a) Various types. 4 b) Various depths. 5 c. The price bid shall include: 6 1) Furnishing and installing Driveway Approach as specified by the Drawings 7 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 8 3) Water 9 4) Loading 10 5) Unloading 11 6) Storing 12 7) Hauling 13 8) Handling of materials 14 9) Traffic control for all testing 15 10) Trial batches (as needed) 16 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 17 12) Concrete 18 13) Aggregate 19 14) Supplementary cementing materials 20 15) Concrete additives 21 16) Mixing 22 17) Placement of concrete 23 18) Finishing of concrete 24 19) Curing and curing compounds 25 20) Sawing 26 21) Joint sealant 27 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 28 23) Disposal of excess material 29 24) Clean-up 30 10. Driveway 31 a. Measurement 32 1) Measured per square yard of Driveway installed. 33 b. Payment 34 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 35 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 36 price bid per square yard for “Driveway” installed for: 37 a) Various types. 38 b) Various depths. 39 c. The price bid shall include: 40 1) Furnishing and installing Driveway as specified by the Drawings 41 2) Shaping and fine grading the placement area 42 3) Water 43 4) Loading 44 5) Unloading 45 6) Storing 46 7) Hauling 47 8) Handling of materials 48 9) Traffic control for all testing 49 10) Trial batches (as needed) 50 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 8 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 11) Materials and work needed for any corrective action 1 12) Concrete 2 13) Aggregate 3 14) Supplementary cementing materials 4 15) Concrete additives 5 16) Mixing 6 17) Placement of concrete 7 18) Finishing of concrete 8 19) Curing and curing compounds 9 20) Sawing 10 21) Joint sealant 11 22) Reinforcing steel and reinforcement chairs 12 23) Disposal of excess material 13 24) Clean-up 14 1.3 REFERENCES 15 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 16 1. TAS – Texas Accessibility Standards 17 2. TDLR – Texas Department of Licensing and Regulation 18 B. Definitions 19 1. Curb: concrete edging or barrier measuring 18” or less in maximum height. 20 C. Reference Standards 21 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 22 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 23 unless a date is specifically cited. 24 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 25 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 26 A. Pre-Paving Meeting 27 a. Hold a pre-paving meeting in accordance with Sections 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 28 B. Sequencing 29 1. Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path Construction 30 a. Where existing sidewalks/mixed-use paths are to be closed during Curb, Gutter, 31 Sidewalk, and Driveway activities: 32 1) Utilize pedestrian/sidewalk detour route specified in the Drawings 33 a) If no detour route is provided, submit a pedestrian/sidewalk detour 34 route to City for review. 35 2) The pedestrian/sidewalk detour route will be subsidiary to pertinent Traffic 36 Control items included with the project. 37 b. Install all sidewalk detours and closures in accordance with the TMUTCD, 38 State, and local guidelines. 39 c. Provide any traffic control devices in accordance with Section 34 71 13. 40 1.5 SUBMITTALS 41 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 42 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 43 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 9 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 1 A. Concrete Mix Design in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 2 B. Asphalt Mix Design in accordance with Section 32 12 16. 3 C. Product Data 4 1. Provide the following from each manufacturer supplying the following in 5 accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12 16: 6 a. Curing compounds 7 b. Evaporation retardant 8 c. Joint fillers 9 d. Chemical additives 10 e. Epoxy 11 f. Fiber reinforcing 12 D. Equipment Submittals 13 1. Submit an equipment list of all major equipment in accordance with Sections 32 12 14 16 and 32 13 13. 15 E. Test and Evaluation Reports 16 1. Provide testing and evaluation reports in accordance with Sections 01 45 23, 03 00 17 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 18 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 19 A. Test and Evaluation Reports 20 1. All test reports generated during testing. 21 B. TDLR Inspection 22 1. Submit TDLR Proof of Inspection. Remove and replace any portions found to be 23 failing in accordance with Article 3.7. 24 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 25 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 26 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 27 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 28 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 29 66 00. 30 B. Follow all delivery, storage, and handling requirements for asphalt and concrete in 31 Sections 03 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 32 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 33 A. Follow all field condition requirements for asphalt and concrete in accordance with 34 Sections 03 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 35 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 36 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 10 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS 3 A. Refer to City standard details and Section 33 05 05 for requirements for excavation and 4 backfill. 5 B. Concrete 6 1. Provide Class A in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 7 2. Production Materials 8 a. Provide cementitious materials, admixtures, water, forms, joint filler, joint 9 sealant, and reinforcing chairs in accordance with Section 32 13 13. 10 3. Aggregate: 11 a. Provide aggregate in accordance with Section 03 00 00 and 32 05 16. 12 b. Use coarse aggregate that is no larger than 1-1/2 inch. 13 4. Reinforcement: 14 a. Curb 15 1) When constructing Concrete Curb, Concrete Curb and Gutter, Concrete 16 Valley Gutter, or Concrete Ribbon Curb use fiber reinforcing in accordance 17 with Section 03 00 00. 18 2) When constructing Concrete Curb (Monolithic) use reinforcing steel in 19 accordance with Section 03 00 00. 20 b. Sidewalk and Curb Ramps 21 1) When constructing sidewalk less than 6” in thickness use fiber 22 reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 23 2) When constructing sidewalk 6” in thickness or greater use steel 24 reinforcement in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 25 c. Driveway and Driveway Approaches 26 1) Provide reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 27 C. Asphalt 28 1. Refer to Section 32 12 16 for material requirements. 29 2. Use Type D for Asphalt Driveway surface courses. 30 3. Use Type B for Asphalt Driveway intermediate and/or base courses. 31 D. Curb Ramps 32 1. Provide detectable warning surface in accordance with TAS. 33 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 34 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 35 A. Follow all source quality control requirements for asphalt and concrete in Sections 03 36 00 00, 32 12 16, and 32 13 13. 37 PART 3 - EXECUTION 38 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 39 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 11 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 1 3.3 PREPARATION 2 A. Surface Preparation 3 1. Excavate and remove materials as required for the construction of curbs, 4 sidewalks/mixed-use paths, and driveways in accordance with Sections 02 41 15, 5 31 10 00, and 31 23 16. 6 2. Shape and compact subgrade or foundation surface to the line, grade, and cross-7 section specified in the Drawings. 8 3. If required, treat subgrade in accordance with Sections 32 11 29 and 32 11 33. 9 4. Lightly sprinkle subgrade or foundation surface immediately before final concrete 10 or asphalt placement. 11 3.4 INSTALLATION 12 A. General 13 1. Provide finished work with a well-compacted mass and a surface free from voids 14 meeting the required shape, line, and grade as specified in the Drawings. 15 2. Place concrete and asphalt in accordance with Sections 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 16 3. All pedestrian facilities shall comply with provisions of TAS including location, 17 slope, width, shapes, texture and coloring. Pedestrian facilities installed by the 18 Contractor and not meeting TAS must be removed and replaced to meet TAS at no 19 cost to the City. 20 B. Equipment 21 1. Use equipment in accordance with Section 32 12 16 and 32 13 13. 22 2. Smart level: 23 a. Use approved Smart Level to verify all sidewalk, curb ramp, and driveway 24 grades. 25 b. Calibrate Smart Level with City inspector prior to performing tests. 26 C. Curbs 27 1. Integral 28 a. Place integral curb while the pavement is still plastic. 29 b. Spade and consolidate concrete material with pavement in order to obtain a 30 thorough bond. 31 2. Formed 32 a. Extend forms to full depth of concrete. 33 b. Pour concrete into forms and strike off with a template 1/4 to 3/8 in. less than 34 the dimensions of the finished curb. 35 c. When removing forms, take caution to prevent marring or spalling or concrete. 36 d. After initial set, plaster surface with mortar consisting of 1 part hydraulic 37 cement and 2 parts fine aggregate. 38 e. Brush exposed surfaces to a uniform texture. 39 3. Slip-formed 40 a. Hand-tamp and sprinkle subgrade material before concrete placement. 41 b. Provide clean surfaces for concrete placement. 42 c. Place the concrete with approved self-propelled equipment. 43 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 12 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) The forming tube of the extrusion machine or the form of the slip form 1 machine must easily be adjustable vertically during the forward motion of 2 the machine to provide variable heights required to maintain established 3 grade line. 4 d. Attach a pointer or gauge to the machine so a continual comparison can be 5 made between the extruded or slip form work and grade guideline. 6 e. Brush finish surfaces immediately after extrusion or slip forming. 7 4. Joints 8 a. Place expansion joints in the curb and gutter at 200-foot intervals and at 9 intersection returns and other rigid structures. 10 b. Place tooled joints at 15-foot intervals or matching abutting sidewalk joints and 11 pavement joints to a depth of 1-1/2 inches. 12 c. Place expansion joints at all intersections with concrete driveways, curbs, 13 buildings, and other curb and gutters. 14 d. Make expansion joints no less than 1/2 inch in thickness, extending the full 15 depth of the concrete. 16 e. Make expansion joints perpendicular and at right angles to the face of the curb. 17 f. Neatly trim any expansion material extending above the finished work down to 18 finished grade. 19 g. Make expansion joints in the curb and gutter coincide with concrete expansion 20 joints. 21 h. Longitudinal dowels across the expansion joints in the curb and gutter are 22 required. 23 i. Install 3 No. 4 round, smooth bars, 24 inches in length, for dowels at each 24 expansion joint. 25 j. Coat 1/2 of the dowel with a bond breaker and terminate with dowel cap. 26 1) Dowel cap required to provide a minimum of 1 inch free expansion. 27 k. Support dowels by an approved method. 28 D. Sidewalk/Mixed-Use Path 29 1. Sidewalks/mixed-use paths constructed in driveway approach sections shall have a 30 minimum thickness equal to that of driveway approach or as specified in the 31 Drawings. 32 2. Terminate workday production at an expansion joint. 33 3. Formed 34 a. Provide pre-molded or board expansion joints of the thickness specified in the 35 Drawings for sidewalk/mixed-use path section lengths greater than 8 feet but 36 less than 40 feet. 37 4. Slip-formed 38 a. Provide any additional surface finishing immediately after extrusion of slip-39 forming. 40 b. Construct joints at locations as specified in the Drawings. 41 5. Joints 42 a. Place expansion joints at 40 foot intervals. 43 b. Place expansion joints at sidewalks/mixed-use paths with concrete driveways, 44 intersections with other sidewalks, and at other adjacent old concrete work. 45 c. All expansion joints shall be 1/2 inch in thickness. 46 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 13 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Edges of all construction and expansion joints and outer edges of all 1 sidewalks/mixed-use paths shall be finished to approximately a 1/2 inch radius 2 with a suitable finishing tool. 3 e. Sidewalks/mixed-use paths shall be marked at intervals equal to the width of 4 the walk with a marking tool. 5 f. When sidewalk/mixed-use path is against the curb, expansion joints shall match 6 those in the curb. 7 E. Curb Ramps 8 1. Install detectable warning surface according to manufacturer’s instructions. 9 F. Driveways 10 1. Provide concrete driveways and driveway approaches unless specified otherwise. 11 2. Provide uninterrupted access to adjacent property unless otherwise directed. 12 3. When curb is required, construct monolithically with the driveway pavement. 13 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 14 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 15 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 16 A. Concrete Placement Acceptance 17 1. Follow all acceptance requirements in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 13 18 13. 19 B. Asphalt Placement Acceptance 20 1. Follow all acceptance requirements in accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 32 12 21 16. 22 C. Non-conforming work 23 1. Any work found to be non-conforming to the Contract Documents will be removed 24 and replaced at Contractor’s expense. 25 2. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to 26 determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33 34 32 16 00 CURBS, GUTTERS, SIDEWALKS, AND DRIVEWAYS Page 14 of 14 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 1 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 17 23 1 PAVEMENT MARKINGS 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Pavement Markings: 6 a. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, spray (HAS) pavement markings 7 b. Thermoplastic, hot-applied, extruded (HAE) pavement markings 8 c. Preformed retroreflective polymer pavement markings tape 9 d. Reflectorized multipolymer, spray pavement markings 10 e. Preformed heat-activated thermoplastic tape 11 f. Pavement markings, paint 12 2. Pavement Marking Legends. 13 3. Raised Pavement Markers. 14 4. Work Zone Markings. 15 5. Removal of Pavement Markings and Markers. 16 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 17 1. None. 18 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 19 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 20 Contract. 21 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 22 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 23 A. Measurement and Payment 24 1. Pavement Markings 25 a. Measurement 26 1) Measured per linear foot of pavement markings installed. 27 b. Payment 28 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 29 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 30 price bid per linear foot of pavement markings installed for: 31 a) Various Widths. 32 b) Various Types. 33 c) Various Materials. 34 d) Various Colors. 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Furnishing and installing pavement markings as specified by the Drawings 37 2) Glass beads, if required 38 3) Surface preparation 39 4) Clean-up 40 5) Testing, if required 41 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 2 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Pavement Marking Legends 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measured per each pavement marking legend installed. 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6 price bid per each pavement marking legend installed for: 7 a) Various Types. 8 b) Various Materials. 9 c) Various Applications. 10 c. The price bid shall include: 11 1) Furnishing and installing pavement marking legend as specified by the 12 Drawings 13 2) Glass beads, if required 14 3) Surface preparation 15 4) Clean-up 16 5) Testing, if required) 17 3. Raised Pavement Markers 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measured per each raised pavement marker installed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per each raised pavement marker installed for: 24 a) Various Types. 25 c. The price bid shall include: 26 1) Furnishing and installing raised pavement markers as specified by the 27 Drawings 28 2) Surface preparation 29 3) Clean-up 30 4) Testing, if required 31 4. Work Zone Tab Markers 32 a. Measurement 33 1) Measured per each tab marker installed. 34 b. Payment 35 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37 price bid per each tab marker installed. 38 c. The price bid shall include: 39 1) Furnishing and installing tab markers as specified by the Drawings 40 2) Surface preparation 41 3) Clean-up 42 5. Pavement Marking Removal 43 a. Measurement 44 1) Measured per linear foot of pavement markings removed. 45 b. Payment 46 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 47 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 48 price bid per linear foot of pavement markings removed for: 49 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 3 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 a) Various Widths. 1 b) Various Types. 2 c) Various Materials. 3 d) Various Colors. 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Removing pavement markings as specified by the Drawings 6 2) Hauling 7 3) Disposal of excess materials 8 4) Clean-up 9 6. Pavement Marking Legend Removal 10 a. Measurement 11 1) Measured per each pavement marking legend removed. 12 b. Payment 13 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 14 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 15 price bid per each pavement marking legend removed for: 16 a) Various Types. 17 c. The price bid shall include: 18 1) Removing pavement marking legend as specified by the Drawings 19 2) Hauling 20 3) Disposal of excess materials 21 4) Clean-up 22 7. Raised Pavement Markers Removal 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measured per each raised pavement marker removed. 25 b. Payment 26 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 27 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 28 price bid per each raised pavement markers removed for: 29 a) Various Widths. 30 b) Various Types. 31 c) Various Materials. 32 d) Various Colors. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Removing and disposing raised pavement markers as specified by the 35 Drawings 36 2) Hauling 37 3) Disposal of excess materials 38 4) Clean-up 39 8. Pavement Marking, Legend, and Raised Pavement Markers Removal for Utility 40 Trenching 41 a. Measurement 42 1) This item is considered subsidiary to the installation of water, wastewater, 43 or stormwater piping. 44 b. Payment 45 1) The work performed and materials in accordance with this item are 46 subsidiary to the unit price bid per linear foot of water, wastewater, or 47 stormwater piping installed. 48 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 4 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 9. Pavement Marking, Legend, and Raised Pavement Markers Replacement for Utility 1 Trenching 2 a. Measurement 3 1) Measurement for this item shall be by lump sum. 4 b. Payment 5 1) The work performed and materials in accordance with this item shall be 6 paid for at the lump sum price bid for “Pavement Marking, Legend, and 7 Raised Pavement Markers Replacement for Utility Trenching”. 8 c. The price bid shall include: 9 1) Furnishing and installing pavement markings, legends, and raised pavement 10 markers to match pre-construction conditions 11 2) Hauling 12 3) Disposal of excess materials 13 4) Clean-up 14 15 1.3 REFERENCES 16 A. Reference Standards 17 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 18 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 19 unless a date is specifically cited. 20 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD), 2011 Edition: 21 a. Part 3, Markings. 22 3. Federal Highway Administration (FHWA): 23 a. 23 CFR Part 655, FHWA Docket No. FHWA-2009-0139. 24 4. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Departmental Material 25 Specifications (DMS): 26 a. 4200, Pavement Markers (Reflectorized). 27 b. 4300, Traffic Buttons. 28 c. 8200, Traffic Paint. 29 d. 8220, Hot Applied Thermoplastic. 30 e. 8240, Permanent Prefabricated Pavement Markings. 31 f. 8241, Removable Prefabricated Pavement Markings. 32 g. 8242, Temporary Flexible-Reflective Road Marker Tabs. 33 h. 8290, Glass Traffic Beads. 34 5. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Pavement Marking Handbook: 35 a. Special Specification 1513 – Reflectorized Multipolymer Pavement Markings- 36 Houston District. 37 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 38 1.5 SUBMITTALS 39 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 40 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery and /or fabrication for 41 special. 42 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 43 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 44 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 5 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 1 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 2 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 3 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 4 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 5 66 00. 6 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 7 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 9 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 10 2.2 MATERIALS 11 A. Manufacturers 12 1. Pavement Markings 13 a. Preformed Retroreflective Polymer Pavement Markings Tape 14 1) SWARCO Director 60 15 2) 3M Stamark High Performance Tape Series 3801 ES 16 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models not indicated above shall be 17 processed in accordance with Section 01 25 00. 18 B. Materials 19 1. Pavement Markings 20 a. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 21 1) Width of longitudinal lines as specified in Drawings. 22 2) Supply products especially compounded for traffic markings. 23 3) When placed on driving surfaces, markings shall not be slippery when wet, 24 lift from pavement under normal weather conditions, nor exhibit a tacky 25 exposed surface. 26 4) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 27 and contraction without chipping or cracking. 28 5) Retain original color, dimensions, and placement under normal traffic 29 conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees Fahrenheit and 30 below. 31 6) Uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends, and no evidence of 32 tracking. 33 7) Density, quality, and thickness of the material shall be uniform throughout 34 the length and width of the markings. 35 8) 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of blisters for a minimum of 60 36 days after application. 37 9) Material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 38 chloride or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice, because of the oil 39 content of pavement markings, from oil droppings, or other effects of 40 traffic. 41 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 6 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 10) Material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, at 1 some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. 2 a) New material shall bond itself to the old marking in such a manner that 3 no splitting or separation takes place. 4 11) Markings placed on driving surfaces shall be completely retroreflective 5 both internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform 6 retro-directive reflectance. 7 b. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 8 1) Supply products especially compounded for traffic markings 9 2) When placed on driving surfaces, markings shall not be slippery when wet, 10 lift from pavement under normal weather conditions nor exhibit a tacky 11 exposed surface. 12 3) Cold ductility of the material shall permit normal road surface expansion 13 and contraction without chipping or cracking. 14 4) Markings shall retain their original color, dimensions, and placement under 15 normal traffic conditions at road surface temperatures of 158 degrees 16 Fahrenheit and below. 17 5) Markings shall have uniform cross-section, clean edges, square ends, and 18 no evidence of tracking. 19 6) Density, quality, and thickness of the material shall be uniform throughout 20 the length and width of the markings. 21 7) 95 percent free of holes and voids, and free of blisters for a minimum of 60 22 days after application 23 8) Minimum thickness of the marking, as measured above the plane formed 24 by the pavement surface, shall not be less than 1/8 inch in the center of the 25 marking and 3/32 inch at a distance of 1/2 inch from the edge. 26 9) Maximum thickness shall be 3/16 inch. 27 10) Material shall not deteriorate by contact with sodium chloride, calcium 28 chloride, or other chemicals used to prevent roadway ice or because of the 29 oil content of pavement markings or from oil droppings or other effects of 30 traffic. 31 11) Material shall not prohibit adhesion of other thermoplastic markings if, at 32 some future time, new markings are placed over existing material. 33 a) New material shall bond itself to the old marking in such a manner that 34 no splitting or separation takes place. 35 12) Markings placed on the roadway shall be completely retroreflective both 36 internally and externally with traffic beads and shall exhibit uniform retro-37 directive reflectance. 38 c. Glass traffic beads 39 1) Manufactured from glass 40 2) Spherical in shape 41 3) Essentially free of sharp angular particles 42 4) Essentially free of particles showing cloudiness, surface scoring or surface 43 scratching 44 5) Water white in color 45 6) Applied at a uniform rate 46 7) In accordance with requirements of DMS-8290 47 d. Reflectorized Multipolymer, spray Pavement Markings Tape 48 1) Material in accordance with TxDOT Special Specification 1513. 49 50 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 7 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 e. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape 1 1) HotTape preformed thermoplastic 2 a) 0.125 mil thickness 3 f. Pavement Markings, Paint 4 1) In accordance with DMS-8200. 5 2. Raised Pavement Markers 6 a. In accordance with the requirements of the TMUTCD. 7 b. Non-reflective markers: 8 1) Round Ceramic Marker Types 9 a) Type Y (yellow body) 10 b) Type W (white body) 11 2) In accordance with DMS-4300 12 c. Reflective markers: 13 1) Manufactured of plastic 14 2) In accordance with DMS-4200 15 3) Marker Types: 16 a) Type I-C, white body, 1 face reflects white 17 b) Type II-A-A, yellow body, 2 faces reflect amber 18 c) Type II-C-R, white body, 1 face reflects white, the other red 19 3. Work Zone Markings 20 a. Temporary Flexible-Reflective Roadway Marker Tabs 21 1) In accordance with DMS-8242 22 2) Do not use to simulate edge lines. 23 3) No segment of roadway open to traffic shall remain without permanent 24 pavement markings for a period greater than 14 calendar days. 25 b. Raised Pavement Markers 26 1) In accordance with DMS-4200 27 c. Striping 28 1) In accordance with DMS-8200 29 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 30 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 31 A. Performance 32 1. Maintain minimum retroreflectivity level for longitudinal markings as detailed 33 below for a minimum of 30 calendar days. 34 35 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 8 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1 2 Posted Speed (mph) ≤ 30 35 – 50 ≥ 55 2-lane roads with centerline markings only (1) n/a 100 250 All other roads (2) n/a 50 100 (1) Measured at standard 30-m geometry in units of mcd/m2/lux. 3 (2) Exceptions: 4 A. When raised reflective pavement markings (RRPMs) supplement or substitute for a 5 longitudinal line, minimum pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable as 6 long as the RRPMs are maintained so that at least 3 are visible from any position along that 7 line during nighttime conditions. 8 B. When continuous roadway lighting assures that the markings are visible, minimum 9 pavement marking retroreflectivity levels are not applicable. 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 12 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 13 3.3 PREPARATION 14 A. Surface Preparation 15 1. Remove dirt, grease, loose and/or flaking existing markings, and other forms of 16 contamination from existing roadway surface. 17 2. Remove curing membrane from new concrete surfaces. 18 3. Apply material after pavement surface is completely dry. 19 a. The pavement is considered dry if there is no condensation after 15 minutes of 20 observation on the underside of 1 square foot piece of clear plastic placed on 21 pavement surface and weighted on the edges on a sunny day. 22 4. Equipment and methods used for surface preparation shall not damage existing 23 pavement or create a hazard to motorists or pedestrians. 24 3.4 INSTALLATION 25 A. General 26 1. Apply materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. 27 2. Apply markings and markers on clean, dry pavement with a surface temperature 28 above 50 degrees Fahrenheit and/or within temperature limits recommended by the 29 material manufacturer. 30 3. Ensure proper safety precautions and traffic control when markings are applied on 31 roadways open to traffic. Provide traffic control in accordance with TMUTCD. 32 4. Protect freshly applied markings from traffic damage and disfigurement. 33 5. Temperature of the material must be equal to the temperature of the road surface 34 prior to restoring traffic. 35 36 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 9 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Pavement Markings 1 1. Thermoplastic, hot applied, spray 2 a. For installation and replacement of long lines – centerlines, lane lines, edge 3 lines, turn lanes, and dots. 4 b. Application Thickness: 5 1) 100 mils 6 a) For applications over existing markings, install 90 mils. 7 c. Use sealer on concrete or asphalt pavement older than three (3) years. 8 d. Provide a typical setting time between 4 minutes and 10 minutes depending 9 upon the roadway surface temperature and the humidity factor. 10 e. Supplement roadway centerlines, lane lines, and turn lanes with retroreflective 11 raised pavement markers. Place markers as specified in the Drawings. 12 2. Thermoplastic, hot applied, extruded 13 a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks and stop-lines. 14 b. Apply markings at a 125 mil thickness. 15 3. Preformed Polymer Tape 16 a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks, stop-lines, and legends. 17 b. Apply markings to adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or lifting 18 and have square ends, straight lines, and clean edges. 19 4. Preformed Heat-Activated Thermoplastic Tape 20 a. For installation and replacement of crosswalks, stop-lines, and legends. 21 b. Apply marking to adhere to the pavement surface with no slippage or lifting 22 and have square ends, straight lines, and clean edges. 23 C. Raised Pavement Markers 24 1. Install on concrete roadways with epoxy adhesive. 25 a. Bituminous adhesive is not permitted. 26 2. Install on new asphalt roadways with epoxy or bituminous adhesive. 27 3. Ensure proper alignment of individual marker using a chalk line, chain, or 28 equivalent. Place markers uniformly along the line to achieve a smooth continuous 29 appearance. 30 D. Work Zone Markings 31 1. Minimize disruption to traffic. 32 2. Install longitudinal markings on pavement surfaces before opening to traffic. 33 3. Maintain lane alignment traffic control devices and operations until markings are 34 installed. 35 4. Install markings in proper alignment in accordance with the TMUTCD and as 36 specified in the Drawings. 37 5. Place standard longitudinal lines no sooner than 3 calendar days after the placement 38 of a surface treatment, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 39 6. Place in proper alignment with the location of the final pavement markings. 40 7. Do not use raised pavement markers for words, symbols, shapes, or diagonal or 41 transverse lines. 42 8. Marking visibility is required for at least a distance of 300 feet in daylight 43 conditions and 160 feet in nighttime conditions on a low-beam automobile 44 headlight illumination. 45 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 10 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 9. The daytime and nighttime reflected color of the markings must be distinctly white 1 or yellow. 2 10. The markings must exhibit uniform retroreflective characteristics. 3 11. Epoxy adhesives are not permitted for work zone markings 4 E. Removals 5 1. Pavement Marking and Pavement Marker Removal 6 a. Use best practices to remove existing pavement markings and markers. 7 b. If the roadway is damaged during marker removal, coordinate with the City 8 prior to continuing removal operations. 9 c. Minimize color and texture contrast of the pavement surface as a result of 10 removals. 11 d. Repair damages greater than ¼ inch in depth resulting from the removal of 12 pavement markings and markers from asphaltic surfaces. 13 1) Driveway patch asphalt emulsion may be broom applied to reseal damage 14 to asphaltic surfaces. 15 e. Dispose of markers in accordance with Federal, State, and local regulations. 16 f. Use any of the following methods unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 17 1) Surface Treatment Method 18 a) Apply surface treatment at rates specified in the Drawings. 19 b) Place a surface treatment a minimum of 2 feet wide to cover the 20 existing marking. 21 c) Place a surface treatment, thin overlay, or microsurfacing a minimum 22 of 1 lane in width in areas where directional changes of traffic are 23 involved or in other areas as directed by the City. 24 2) Burn Method 25 a) Use burning method approved by City. 26 b) For thermoplastic pavement markings or prefabricated pavement 27 markings, heat may be applied to remove the bulk of the marking 28 material prior to blast cleaning. 29 c) When using heat, avoid spalling pavement surfaces. 30 d) Sweeping or light blast cleaning may be used to remove minor residue. 31 3) Blasting Method 32 a) Use a blasting method such as water blasting, abrasive blasting, water 33 abrasive blasting, shot blasting, slurry blasting, water-injected abrasive 34 blasting, or brush blasting as approved by City. 35 b) Remove pavement markings on concrete surfaces by blasting method 36 only. 37 4) Mechanical Method 38 a) Use any mechanical method except grinding. 39 b) Flail milling is acceptable in the removal of markings on asphalt and 40 concrete surfaces. 41 2. No additional compensation will be allowed for removing markings and markers at 42 the location to be paved over or where pavement is to be removed. 43 44 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 45 46 32 17 23 PAVEMENT MARKINGS Page 11 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION 1 A. Remove and replace markings placed by faulty application methods or in the wrong 2 position or alignment by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. 3 B. Replace or remedy faulty markings on the same day of notification if markings create 4 motorist confusion or hazard, as determined by City. Replace and remedy all other 5 faulty markings within 5 days of notification. 6 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 7 A. Maintain uniform cross-section with clean edge and square ends for all markings. 8 B. Maintain uniform density and quality of markings throughout its thickness. 9 C. More than 5 percent, by area, of holes or voids on the applied markings is not 10 acceptable. Applied markings shall be free of blisters. 11 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 12 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 13 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 14 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 15 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 16 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 17 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 18 END OF SECTION 19 20 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 21 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 31 00 1 FENCES AND GATES 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Furnishing and installing, removing, or replacing wooden, metal, chain link, or wire 6 fences and gates. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 02 41 13 – Selective Site Demolition. 14 4. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Fence 18 a. Measurement 19 1) Measured per linear foot of Fence installed. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per linear foot for “Fence” installed for: 24 a) Various Types. 25 b) Various Heights. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Furnishing and installing Fence as specified by the Drawings 28 2) Posts, fencing material, and all accessories 29 3) Excavation and embankment 30 4) Loading 31 5) Unloading 32 6) Hauling 33 7) Storing 34 8) Mow strip, if required 35 2. Gate 36 a. Measurement 37 1) Measured per each Gate installed. 38 39 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per each “Gate” installed for: 4 a) Various Types. 5 b) Various Heights. 6 c) Various Widths. 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) Furnishing and installing Gates as specified by the Drawings 9 2) Posts, fencing material, and all accessories 10 3) Excavation and embankment 11 4) Loading 12 5) Unloading 13 6) Hauling 14 7) Storing 15 8) Mow strip, if required. 16 3. Cattle Guard 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measured per each Cattle Guard installed. 19 b. Payment 20 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 21 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 22 price bid per each “Cattle Guard” installed for: 23 a) Various Widths. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Furnishing and installing Cattle Guards as specified by the Drawings 26 2) Excavation and embankment 27 3) Loading 28 4) Unloading 29 5) Hauling 30 6) Storing 31 1.3 REFERENCES 32 A. Reference Standards 33 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 34 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 35 unless a date is specifically cited. 36 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 37 a. A116, Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated, Steel-Woven Wire Fence 38 Fabric 39 b. A121, Standard Specification for Metallic-Coated Carbon Steel Barbed Wire 40 c. A392, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence Fabric 41 d. A491, Standard Specification for Aluminum-Coated Steel Chain-Link Fence 42 Fabric 43 e. A702, Standard Specification for Steel Fence Posts, Hot Wrought 44 f. F626, Standard Specification for Fence Fittings 45 g. F668, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Polyolefin and 46 Other Polymer-Coated Steel Chain Link Fence Fabric 47 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 h. F934, Standard Specification for Standard Colors for Polymer-Coated Chain 1 Link Fence Materials 2 i. F1083, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Hot-Dipped Zinc-Coated 3 (Galvanized) Welded, for Fence Structures 4 3. American Wood-Preservers’ Association (APWA). 5 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 6 1.5 SUBMITTALS 7 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 8 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS 10 A. Product Data 11 1. Provide product data from each manufacturer that is supplying fence, gate, or cattle 12 guard materials and accessories. 13 2. Product data sheets for all products to include: 14 a. Manufacturer name 15 b. Date 16 c. Material description 17 d. Data and test results as required in this Section 18 e. Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 19 f. Installation Recommendations, if applicable 20 B. Shop Drawings 21 1. Provide shop drawings for all fence, gates, and cattle guards showing: 22 a. Installation layout with details and dimensions 23 b. Material type 24 c. Material finish 25 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 26 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 27 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 28 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 29 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 30 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 31 66 00. 32 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 1 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 2 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 3 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 4 2.2 MATERIALS 5 A. General 6 1. Provide only new materials of the size, weight, and material specified in the 7 Drawings. 8 2. Provide materials of good commercial quality and design. 9 B. Posts 10 1. Metal 11 a. Do not use rerolled or open-seam material. 12 b. Provide steel pipe in accordance with ASTM F1083. 13 c. Provide T-posts in accordance with ASTM A702. 14 d. Paint all non-galvanized posts with an anti-corrosive paint approved by the 15 City. 16 2. Wood 17 a. Provide posts free of all decay, shakes, splits, or other defects that would 18 weaken or otherwise make the posts unsuitable for the purposes intended. 19 b. Ensure all knots are sound, tight, trimmed flush, and not exceeding 1/3 the 20 small dimension of the post. 21 c. Ensure posts are straight, such that a line drawn between the center of each end 22 does not fall outside the center of the post at any point by more than 2 inches. 23 d. For untreated posts use cedar, redwood, cypress, or live oak. 24 e. For treated posts use pine, spruce, or fir preservative treated in accordance with 25 all applicable AWPA standards. 26 3. Concrete 27 a. Provide concrete with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 3,000 psi in 28 accordance with Section 03 00 00. 29 b. Bagged concrete is allowed. 30 C. Chain Link Fabric 31 1. Provide chain link fabric made of at least 9 gauge steel wire in accordance with 32 ASTM A392 or ASTM A491. 33 2. Provide knuckled selvages at the top and bottom edge of fabric. 34 3. Provide 7 gauge steel tension wire with a minimum breaking strength of 1,950 35 pounds for the bottom edge, and top edge when railing is not used, of all chain link 36 fence. 37 4. When directed provide PVC vinyl coated fabric in accordance with ASTM F668 38 and colored in accordance with ASTM F934. 39 40 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 D. Wire Mesh Fabric 1 1. Provide wire mesh fabric made of at least 10 gauge wire for the top and bottom 2 wires and at least 12-1/2 gauge wire for the intermediate wire and vertical stays in 3 accordance with ASTM A116. 4 E. Barbed Wire 5 1. Provide barbed wire made of 2 strands 12-1/2 gauge wire, twisted with 2-point 14 6 gauge barbs spaced no more than 5 inches apart in accordance with ASTM A121, 7 Class 1. 8 F. Wood Slats 9 1. Provide redwood or cedar slats free from all decay, shakes, splits, or other defects 10 that would weaken or otherwise make the slats unsuitable for the purposes intended. 11 G. Gates 12 1. Provide gates of the same material used in the adjacent fence, unless otherwise 13 specified in the Drawings. 14 2. Provide all gate materials in accordance with the Section. 15 H. Cattle Guards 16 1. Provide cattle guards of the dimensions and materials specified in the Drawings. 17 2.3 ACCESSORIES 18 A. Miscellaneous 19 1. Provide galvanized bolts, nuts, washers, staples, screws, braces, straps, and other 20 suitable devices needed to erect fence. 21 2. For metal posts, provide fittings from pressed or rolled steel, forged steel, malleable 22 iron, or wrought iron. 23 3. Paint all non-galvanized metal accessories with anti-corrosive paint approved by 24 the City. 25 B. Post Caps 26 1. Provide malleable iron post caps designed to exclude all moisture. 27 C. Chain Link Accessories 28 1. Provide fittings and other appurtenances in accordance with ASTM F626. 29 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33 34 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.3 PREPARATION 1 A. Clearing 2 1. Remove all stumps, brush, rocks, trees, or other obstructions that would interfere 3 with construction of the fence to a minimum width of 2 feet on each side of the 4 centerline of the fence. 5 2. Grub or excavate any stumps in fence clearing area. 6 3. Remove any existing fence in a position to interfere with the new fence location in 7 accordance with Section 02 41 13. 8 4. Backfill and compact all holes remaining after post and stump removal with 9 suitable soil. 10 3.4 INSTALLATION 11 A. General 12 1. Stake the locations for corner, pull, gate, and end posts as specified in the 13 Drawings, for City approval. 14 2. Follow the finished ground elevations for fencing panels between corner, pull, gate, 15 and end posts. 16 3. Level off minor ground elevation irregularities in the path of the fencing. 17 B. Post Installation 18 1. Space fence posts as specified in the Drawings, to match existing, or to meet the 19 minimum requirements below. 20 21 Post Type Required Spacing or Placement Line posts Max 8 feet on centers Pull posts Max 500 feet on centers; Each horizontal change between 15° and 30°; Each vertical change greater than 20° Corner posts Each horizontal change greater than 30° 22 2. Post Holes 23 a. T-posts for wire fence may be hand driven. For all other posts, drill holes for 24 concrete footings. 25 b. Set posts at a minimum depth of 2 feet for line posts, and 4 feet or 1/3 the 26 length of the post, whichever is greater, for corner and pull posts under tension. 27 c. Drill holes to provide a minimum 3 inches of space between the post and drilled 28 hole on all sides, including the bottom. 29 d. Place concrete to fill all voids around post in a continuous pour. Maintain 30 plumbness and post position as concrete is poured. 31 e. Trowel finish around post sloping to direct water away from post. 32 f. Allow concrete footing to cure for 3 days prior to hanging gates or tensioning 33 cables. 34 g. If bagged concrete is used pull emptied bags from post holes before curing. 35 3. Plumb and permanently position posts with anchorages firmly set. 36 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. Brace corner and pull posts in two directions. 1 5. Brace end and gate posts in one direction. 2 6. Set end, corner, pull, and gate posts prior to stretching wire or wire mesh fabric 3 between posts. 4 7. Gate Posts 5 a. Set gate posts such that the line between both tops is level, regardless of the 6 grade at the groundline. 7 b. When the grade at the groundline is not level, set posts such that the minimum 8 height requirement is met for the downgrade post. 9 C. Chain Link Fence 10 1. Fasten fabric to corner, pull, end, and gate posts using steel stretcher bars. 11 2. Fasten one end of fabric and apply tension to the other end to remove all slack 12 before making attachments. 13 3. Place bottom of fabric approximately 2 inches above the finished grade. 14 4. Grade uneven areas so the maximum distance between the bottom of the fabric and 15 ground is 6 inches. 16 5. Fasten fabric to the tension wires, top rail, and intermediate line posts at 16-inch 17 intervals using 9 gauge galvanized steel ties. 18 6. Connect existing fence to new fence at existing or newly installed corner post. 19 D. Wire Mesh Fabric and Wire Fence 20 1. Fasten wire mesh fabric or wire fence to posts using galvanized ties or staples while 21 drawing the fencing taut. 22 2. Guy Wire 23 a. Secure fencing with guy wire at the critical point of grade depressions where 24 tension tends to pull posts out of the ground with a double 9 gauge galvanized 25 wire. 26 b. Connect the guy wire to the top and bottom wire of wire mesh fabric or each 27 strand of wire fence and to a deadman weighing at least 100 pounds, buried in 28 the ground. 29 c. Stretch the wire fence prior to guying. 30 3. Connect existing cross fences to new fences and corner posts at junction with 31 existing fences. 32 E. Wood Fence 33 1. Place wood fence slats approximately 2 inch above the finished grade and on a 34 straight grade between posts. 35 2. Grade uneven areas so the maximum distance between the bottom of the slats and 36 ground is 6 inches. 37 3. Attach slats to rails using galvanized screws. 38 F. Gates 39 1. Install horizontal stiffeners on gates 7 feet or taller, and vertical stiffeners on 40 maximum 8-foot centers. 41 2. Install swing gates to open 180 degrees from the closed position. 42 32 31 00 FENCES AND GATES Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 1 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 2 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 3 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 4 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 5 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 6 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 32 32 00 RETAINING WALLS Page 1 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 32 00 1 RETAINING WALLS 2 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Installation and construction of retaining walls. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 14 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 15 5. Section 31 24 00 – Embankments. 16 6. Section 33 46 00 – Subdrainage. 17 7. Section 34 41 24 – Drilled Shaft Foundations. 18 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 19 A. Measurement and Payment 20 1. Retaining Wall 21 a. Measurement 22 1) Measured per [each, square foot of wall face, or cubic yard] of Retaining 23 Wall installed. 24 b. Payment 25 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 26 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 27 price bid per [each, square foot of wall face, or cubic yard] for Retaining 28 Wall installed for: 29 a) Various Types. 30 c. The price bid shall include: 31 1) Furnishing and installing Retaining Wall as specified by the Drawings 32 2) Excavation for Retaining Wall footings 33 3) Backfill 34 4) Cement stabilization 35 5) Proof rolling 36 6) Waterproofing material 37 7) Filter fabric 38 8) Loading 39 9) Unloading 40 10) Storing 41 32 32 00 RETAINING WALLS Page 2 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 11) Hauling 1 12) Handling of Materials 2 13) Clean up 3 d. The price bid shall not include the following: 4 1) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill in embankment areas 5 2) Drilled shaft foundations 6 2. Temporary Retaining Wall 7 a. Measurement 8 1) Measured per [each, square foot of retaining wall face, or cubic yard] of 9 Temporary Retaining Wall installed. 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13 price bid per [each, square foot of retaining wall face, or cubic yard] for 14 Temporary Retaining Wall installed for: 15 a) Various Types. 16 c. The price bid shall include: 17 1) Furnishing and installing Retaining Wall as specified by the Drawings 18 2) Excavation for Retaining Wall footings 19 3) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill in excavation areas 20 4) Leveling pads 21 5) Copings 22 6) Traffic rail foundations 23 7) Fabricating wall blocks or panels 24 8) Anchorage systems 25 9) Loading 26 10) Unloading 27 11) Storing 28 12) Hauling 29 13) Handling of Materials 30 14) Clean up 31 d. The price bid shall not include the following: 32 1) Furnishing, placing, and compacting backfill in embankment areas 33 2) Drilled shaft foundations 34 1.3 REFERENCES 35 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 36 1. MSE – Mechanically Stabilized Earth 37 2. CIP – Cast-in-Place 38 3. RAP – Recycled Asphalt Pavement 39 4. LRA – Limestone Rock Asphalt 40 B. Definitions 41 1. Permanent Wall 42 a. A retaining wall with a design service life of 75 years. All walls are presumed 43 to be permanent walls unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 44 2. Temporary Wall 45 a. A retaining wall with a design service life of 3 years or less. 46 32 32 00 RETAINING WALLS Page 3 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. MSE Wall 1 a. A wall consisting of a volume of select backfill with tensile earth reinforcement 2 elements distributed throughout. 3 4. Concrete Block Wall 4 a. A retaining wall that uses machine-made, precast concrete block units as facing 5 elements. 6 C. Reference Standards 7 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 8 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 9 unless a date is specifically cited. 10 2. ASTM International (ASTM): 11 a. C90, Standard Specification for Loadbearing Concrete Masonry Units. 12 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedures: 13 a. Tex-128-E, Determining Soil pH. 14 b. Tex-129-E, Measuring the Resistivity of Soil Materials. 15 c. Tex-411-A, Soundness of Aggregate Using Sodium Sulfate or Magnesium 16 Sulfate. 17 d. Tex-460-A, Determining Crushed Face Particle Count. 18 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 19 1.5 SUBMITTALS 20 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 21 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 22 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 23 A. Working Drawings 24 1. When proprietary wall systems are used submit casting drawings, construction 25 drawings, and design calculations signed and sealed by a professional engineer 26 licensed in the State of Texas. 27 2. For any retaining wall with a maximum height of 4 feet or greater provide casting 28 drawings, construction drawings, and design calculations signed and sealed by a 29 professional engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 30 B. Casting Drawings 31 1. Provide all information necessary for casting wall elements, including: 32 a. Railing and coping when prefabricated 33 b. Shape and dimensions of panels 34 c. Size, quantity, and details of the reinforcing steel 35 d. Size, quantity, type, and details of connection and lifting hardware 36 C. Construction Drawings 37 1. Provide a numbered panel layout showing horizontal and vertical alignment of the 38 walls as well as the existing and proposed groundlines. 39 2. Provide all information necessary to erect walls including: 40 a. Proposed leveling pad elevations 41 b. The type and details of the soil reinforcing system 42 c. The details and manufacturer of all pads, fillers, and filter fabric 43 32 32 00 RETAINING WALLS Page 4 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Limits, dimensions, and type of structural backfill 1 e. Details necessary to incorporate coping, railing, inlets, drainage, and electrical 2 conduit 3 D. Design Calculations 4 1. Provide calculations covering the range of heights and loading conditions on the 5 project. 6 2. Provide calculations for both internal and external stability as described on the 7 plans. 8 3. Provide summary of all design parameters used, including: 9 a. Material types, strength values, and assumptions 10 b. Loads and loading combinations 11 c. Factor of safety parameters 12 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 13 A. Record Documentation 14 1. Upon completion of construction, submit a set of reproducible as-built drawings. 15 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 16 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 17 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 18 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 19 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 20 66 00. 21 2. Cement and Supplementary Cementitious Material 22 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 23 3. Steel Reinforcement 24 a. In accordance with Section 03 00 00. 25 4. Chemical Admixture, Epoxy, Curing Compound, and Other Materials 26 a. Follow manufacturer’s instructions regarding storage and application at 27 temperatures of material. 28 5. Epoxy 29 a. In accordance with Section 32 13 13. 30 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 31 A. Ambient Conditions 32 1. Surface temperature must be at least 40° F and the ambient temperature must be 45° 33 F and rising. 34 2. Do not install retaining walls during or shortly after rain events which prevent 35 proper placement of wall elements, backfill, or embankments. 36 a. Do not resume retaining wall construction until area within wall limits dries to 37 optimal density. 38 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 39 32 32 00 RETAINING WALLS Page 5 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 2 2.2 MATERIALS 3 A. Concrete 4 1. Provide concrete for retaining walls in accordance with Section 03 00 00, Section 5 03 30 00, and in accordance with the criteria below: 6 7 Application Concrete Cast-in-place Class F, 4,000 psi Precast Class H, 4,000 psi B. Reinforcing Steel 8 1. Provide reinforcing steel in accordance with Section 03 00 00. 9 2. Epoxy coat all steel used in concrete panels and coping including connectors, 10 dowels, stirrups, and reinforcing steel when the Drawings specify epoxy coating of 11 steel earth reinforcements. 12 C. Concrete Blocks 13 1. Provide machine-made concrete block units in accordance with ASTM C90, Class 14 1, Type II, with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 psi and a 15 maximum moisture absorption of 7 percent. 16 2. Provide units with molded dimensions within 1/8 inch of specified dimension 17 horizontally and 1/16 inch vertically. 18 3. Provide sample block units displaying the color, texture, and finish prior to 19 delivery. 20 D. Backfill 21 1. General 22 a. Provide backfill free from organic or otherwise deleterious materials. 23 b. Provide backfill free from shale, caliche, or other soft, poor-durability coarse 24 aggregate particles. 25 c. RAP is not allowed. 26 d. Crushed concrete is not allowed. 27 e. Manufactured sand is allowed for temporary walls only. 28 2. Non-Select 29 a. Furnish non-select backfill in accordance with Section 31 24 00. 30 b. Use non-select backfill for walls other than temporary and permanent MSE and 31 concrete block walls as specified in the Drawings. 32 3. Select 33 a. Use select backfill for permanent and temporary MSE and concrete block walls 34 as specified in the Drawings. 35 36 32 32 00 RETAINING WALLS Page 6 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Provide backfill in accordance with the gradation requirements of the table 1 below for the type specified in the Drawings. 2 3 Type Material Recommended Use Sieve Size Percent Retained AS Gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA As directed in Drawings 3” 0 1/2” 50-100 #4 See Note* #200 95-100 BS Crushed gravel, crushed slag, crushed stone, or LRA Permanent Walls 3” 0 #4 See Note* #40 40-100 #200 85-100 CS Gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone Temporary Walls 3” 0 #4 See Note* #200 75-100 DS Crushed gravel, crushed slag, or crushed stone Walls subject to inundation; wall below the 100-year flood elevation 3” 0 3/8” 85-100 #200 95-100 * - When the backfill gradation results in 85 percent or more material retained 4 on the #4 sieve, the backfill will be considered rock backfill. 5 6 c. Furnish gravel with a minimum 95 percent of aggregates with two or more 7 mechanically induced crushed faces in accordance with Tex-460-A. 8 d. All select backfill particles larger than 1/4 inch must be angular or completely 9 crushed. 10 e. Rounded rock or rounded gravel is not allowed. 11 f. Natural sand in accordance with the requirements of this Section is allowed. 12 g. When nonmetallic or epoxy coated earth reinforcements are used furnish rock 13 backfill with a maximum backfill particle size of 3/4 inch. 14 4. Drainage Aggregate 15 a. When specified in the Drawings provide drainage aggregate in accordance with 16 the gradation limits below. 17 18 Sieve Size Percent Retained 1” 0 3/4" 25-50 1/2" 50-100 #4 75-100 19 5. Cement Stabilized Backfill 20 a. Stabilize Type CS backfill with 5% hydraulic cement by dry weight of the 21 backfill material when specified in the Drawings. 22 6. Electrochemical Requirements 23 a. When using permanent retaining wall systems with galvanized metallic earth 24 reinforcements provide backfill with the following additional criteria: 25 1) The pH is between 5.5 and 10.0 in accordance with Tex-128-E. 26 2) Resistivity is more than 3,000 ohm-cm in accordance with Tex-129-E. 27 32 32 00 RETAINING WALLS Page 7 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 E. Filter Fabric 1 1. Provide Type 1 filter fabric in accordance with DMS-6200. 2 2. Provide UV-resistant filter fabric when used as part of the exposed facing for a 3 temporary wall. 4 F. Earth Reinforcements 5 1. Furnish earth reinforcements as specified in the Drawings. 6 2. Galvanize or epoxy coat all steel elements for permanent walls in contact with soil. 7 3. Furnish nonmetallic, galvanized, or epoxy coated connection hardware to match the 8 earth reinforcement. 9 G. Subdrainage 10 1. In accordance with to Section 33 46 00. 11 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 12 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 13 A. Backfill Material Quality 14 1. Submit material tests from each backfill source location to verify they are in 15 accordance with this Section. 16 a. Test each source of backfill for durability and soundness in accordance with 17 Tex-411-A. 18 b. Backfill material with a maximum 5-cycle soundness loss exceeding 25 percent 19 will be rejected. 20 PART 3 - EXECUTION 21 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 22 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 23 3.3 PREPARATION 24 A. General 25 1. Grade the foundation for the wall to a width equal or exceeding the length of the 26 reinforcing system. 27 2. Proof rolling 28 a. Use equipment that will apply sufficient load to identify soft spots that rut or 29 pump. 30 1) Acceptable equipment includes fully loaded single-axle water truck with 31 minimum 1,500-gallon capacity. 32 b. City must be on-site during proof rolling operations. 33 c. Make at least two passes with the proof roller, offsetting each trip by at most 34 one tire width. 35 d. Correct areas of rutting or pumping greater than 3/4 inch and unstable or non-36 uniform areas in accordance with this Section. 37 3. Place drilled shaft foundations in accordance with Section 34 41 24. 38 4. Place subdrainage in accordance with Section 33 46 00. 39 32 32 00 RETAINING WALLS Page 8 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.4 INSTALLATION 1 A. General 2 1. Construct walls to a horizontal tolerance of 3/4 inch when measured along a 10-foot 3 straightedge. 4 2. Construct walls to an overall vertical tolerance of 1/2 inch per 10 feet of wall 5 height. 6 3. Prevent surface water from damaging the retaining wall during construction. 7 a. Shape the backfill form to prevent water from ponding or flowing on the 8 backfill or against the wall face. 9 b. Remove and replace all portions of the retaining wall damaged or moved out of 10 tolerance. 11 B. Cast-in-Place Concrete Walls 12 1. Construct cast-in-place concrete walls in accordance with Section 03 30 00. 13 C. Permanent MSE Walls 14 1. Concrete Leveling Pad 15 a. Place concrete leveling pad as specified in the Drawings. 16 b. Wait a minimum of 24 hours before beginning panel erection. 17 c. Shim the first row of panels as necessary to achieve correct alignment. 18 1) Use plastic shims or other material that will not deteriorate. 19 2) If the required shim height exceeds 1 inch remove and replace the leveling 20 pad or provide grout level-up as directed. 21 2. Place filter fabric behind the wall along the joint between the leveling pad and the 22 panels. Grout areas where filter fabric spans more than 6 inches at leveling pad 23 steps. 24 3. Place and compact fill material over the leveling pad to an elevation even with or 25 above the surrounding ground after backfilling the first row of panels. Do not allow 26 water to accumulate and stand at the base of the wall. 27 4. Place filter fabric behind all wall joints and at the intersection of retaining walls 28 with other structures. Cover joints at least 6 inches on each side and use adhesive 29 to hold the fabric in place. 30 5. Place panels with care to prevent damage. 31 a. Stop any operation that results in chipping, spalling, or cracking of panels. 32 b. Remove and replace damaged panels. 33 6. Provide external bracing for the initial row of panels. 34 a. Use wooden wedges, clamps, or other means necessary to maintain position 35 and stability of panels during placement and compaction of backfill. 36 b. Remove wooden wedges as soon as the panel or coping above the wedged 37 element is erected and backfilled. 38 c. Remove all wedges after completing the wall. 39 7. Construct walls so the maximum offset at any panel joint is 3/4 inch and no joint is 40 open to the extent the filter fabric is visible from the front of the wall. 41 8. Check each row of panels for plumbness and position before placing the subsequent 42 row. Remove and rebuild any portion of the wall out of tolerance. 43 44 32 32 00 RETAINING WALLS Page 9 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 9. Place backfill and embankment material in accordance with Section 31 24 00. 1 a. Place backfill to closely follow the erection of each row of panels. 2 b. Place the select and embankment backfill to the same elevation where possible 3 and operate the compaction equipment over the interface. 4 c. Do not create a continuous, distinct, vertical joint between the select and 5 embankment backfill. 6 d. When using cement stabilized backfill place and compact the backfill within 2 7 hours of mixing. 8 e. Replace any panels or earth reinforcements damaged or displaced during 9 backfill and embankment placement or compaction. 10 10. Maintain the stability of the interface area between the existing ground and the 11 select fill when building a wall against existing ground. Remove and recompact 12 any material that loosens, caves, or falls. 13 11. Earth Reinforcements 14 a. Place and compact backfill to each reinforcement level prior to placing 15 reinforcement. 16 b. Place earth reinforcements perpendicular to the face of the wall. 17 c. Remove slack in connections prior to placing backfill. 18 d. Pre-tension each layer of reinforcement to remove slack prior to placing 19 backfill for systems using nonmetallic earth reinforcements. 20 e. Do not operate tracked equipment directly on any reinforcement. 21 12. Place filter fabric over rock backfill any time backfill type transitions to finer 22 gradation within the wall volume. 23 a. Overlap fabric at least 18 inches at splices, and extend it past the edge of the 24 rock backfill at least 18 inches. 25 13. Complete embankment and compaction after wall is fully constructed. 26 D. Temporary MSE Walls 27 1. Provide a facing system rigid enough to maintain a smooth and straight wall face 28 both during and after construction. 29 2. Place facing elements and filter fabric with no gaps in the facing or fabric. 30 3. Place earth reinforcements and compact backfill in accordance with this Section. 31 E. Concrete Block Walls 32 1. Place concrete block facing units in accordance with the approved working 33 drawings. 34 2. Fill voids within the units and fill the 1-foot zone immediately behind the facing 35 with drainage aggregate as specified in the Drawings. 36 3. Place facing elements with maximum 1/4 inch gaps between block units. 37 4. Place earth reinforcements and compact backfill in accordance with this Section. 38 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 39 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 40 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 41 A. Field Tests and Inspections 42 1. Perform testing in accordance with Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, and 31 24 00. 43 32 32 00 RETAINING WALLS Page 10 of 10 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Non-Conforming Work 1 1. The City may at any time reject a material if it is found to not be in accordance with 2 this Section. 3 2. Any rejection of materials or source locations will be at no cost to the City. 4 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 5 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 6 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 7 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 8 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 9 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 10 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 11 END OF SECTION 12 13 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 14 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 1 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 84 00 1 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Product and installation requirements for: 6 a. Irrigation System Installation 7 b. Irrigation System Restoration 8 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 9 1. None. 10 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 11 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 12 Contract. 13 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 14 3. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 15 4. Section 33 05 97 – Utility Markers – Locators. 16 5. Section 33 14 11 – Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe. 17 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 18 A. Measurement and Payment 19 1. Irrigation System Installation 20 a. Measurement 21 1) Measured per lump sum of Irrigation System Installation. 22 b. Payment 23 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 24 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 25 price bid per lump sum for Irrigation System Installation installed. 26 c. The price bid shall include: 27 1) Furnishing and installing Irrigation System Installation as specified by the 28 Drawings 29 2) Trench excavation and backfill 30 3) All products required to install irrigation system 31 4) Product and installation testing 32 5) Licensed irrigator 33 6) Equipment 34 7) Tools 35 8) Equipment 36 9) Labor and incidentals needed to execute work 37 2. Irrigation System Restoration 38 a. Measurement 39 1) Measured per lump sum of Irrigation System Restoration. 40 41 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 2 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per lump sum for Irrigation System Restoration. 4 c. The price bid shall include: 5 1) Furnishing and installing Irrigation System Restoration as specified by the 6 Drawings 7 2) Trench excavation and backfill 8 3) All products required to install irrigation system 9 4) Product and installation testing 10 5) Licensed irrigator 11 6) Equipment 12 7) Tools 13 8) Equipment 14 9) Labor and incidentals needed to execute work 15 1.3 REFERENCES 16 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 17 1. CWP – Cold Working Pressure 18 2. GPM – Gallons per Minute 19 3. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 20 4. PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride 21 B. Reference Standards 22 1. ASTM International (ASTM): 23 a. D1784, Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) 24 Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 25 b. D2241, Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated 26 Pipe (SDR Series). 27 2. NSF International (NSF): 28 a. 61, Drinking Water System Components – Health Effects. 29 3. Uniform Plumbing Code 30 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 31 A. Preinstallation Meetings 32 1. Coordinate with the current owners of any existing irrigation system 1 week prior to 33 holding the preinstallation meeting. 34 2. Hold a preinstallation meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under 35 Irrigation Installation and Repair. Invite the City and the current owner (if other 36 than the City) of any existing irrigation system along with any appropriate 37 representatives. Prior to the preinstallation meeting, the following needs to be 38 prepared or conducted: 39 a. Irrigation Plan: 40 1) Provide an irrigation plan prepared, signed, and sealed by a licensed 41 irrigator. 42 2) Test the existing system prior to meeting in accordance with Quality 43 Assurance. 44 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 3 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.5 SUBMITTALS 1 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 3 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 4 A. Shop Drawings 5 1. Product Data 6 a. Provide electronic product data from each manufacturer supplying irrigation 7 products to be used on the project. 8 b. Product data sheets will include: 9 1) Manufacturer name 10 2) Date 11 3) Product description 12 4) Verification that the product meets the required standards stated in this 13 specification. 14 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 15 6) Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable 16 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 17 8) Usage and Installation Recommendations 18 B. Information Submittals 19 1. Trench Safety Plan 20 a. Provide a trench safety plan if required in accordance with Occupational Safety 21 and Health Administration CFR 29, Part 1926-Safety regulations, Subpart P-22 Excavations. If required provide shop drawings in accordance with Section 33 23 05 05. 24 2. Backflow Prevention Testing 25 a. Provide backflow prevention test results performed by a Certified Backflow 26 Tester. 27 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 28 A. Operation and Maintenance Data 29 1. Provide any manufacturer recommended operation and maintenance information to 30 the City and irrigation system owner (if other than the City) once the irrigation 31 system is installed. 32 B. Warranty Documentation 33 1. Provide any manufacturer warranty information to the City and irrigation system 34 owner (if other than the City) once the irrigation system is installed. 35 2. Transfer any manufacturer irrigation warranties to the City or irrigation owner 36 following irrigation installation if applicable. 37 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 38 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 39 A. Qualifications 40 41 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 4 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1. Licensed Professionals 1 a. Provide an irrigator licensed in the State of Texas to oversee the construction of 2 all Irrigation Installation and Restoration work performed. 3 B. Preconstruction Testing 4 1. Coordinate with the owners of any existing irrigation systems to schedule a 5 preconstruction test. Invite the irrigation system owners and the City along with 6 their appropriate representatives to witness the preconstruction test. 7 2. Perform a preconstruction test of any existing irrigation systems and provide 8 documentation of the working condition of any existing irrigation system. Include 9 the following documentation: 10 a. Photos, videos, and site notes that adequately document the existing condition 11 of each zone, controller equipment, sprinkler heads, and drip lines. 12 b. Provide any additional documentation that is available such as record drawings. 13 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 14 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 15 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 16 66 00. 17 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 18 A. Ambient Conditions 19 1. In accordance with applicable specifications and manufacturer recommendations 20 for all water products. Applicable specifications include, but are not limited to 21 Section 33 14 11. 22 B. Existing Conditions 23 1. Prior to performing work: 24 a. Locate all existing utility lines in accordance with State and local requirements 25 b. Verify power source for existing and proposed irrigation systems 26 c. Document existing irrigation system in accordance with Administrative 27 Requirements, if applicable 28 d. Locate all existing irrigation structures which may include, but are not limited 29 to water lines, controllers, sprinkler heads, and drip lines 30 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 31 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 32 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 33 2.2 PRODUCTS 34 A. General 35 1. Provide products specified in the Drawings or approved equal. 36 2. Substitution requests for manufacturers or models shall be processed in accordance 37 with Section 01 25 00. 38 B. Manufacturers 39 40 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 5 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1. Control Valves 1 a. Drip Zones 2 1) Rain Bird, XCZ-100-PRB-COM 3 b. Master Valve, 1” 4 1) Rain Bird, 100-PEB 5 c. Master Valve, 1.5” 6 1) Rain Bird, 150-PEB 7 d. Master Valve, 2” 8 1) Rain Bird, 200-PEB 9 e. Flow Meter, 1” 10 1) Netafilm, 1" Water Meter Cast Iron 11 f. Flow Meter, 2” 12 1) Netafilm, 2" Water Meter Cast Iron 13 g. Isolation Valve 14 1) Spears HD, CWV 15 h. Quick Coupler 16 1) Rain Bird, 33-DRC 17 2. Drip Tubing and Fitting 18 a. Standard Drip 19 1) Rain Bird, XFS-09-12 20 b. Check Valve Drip 21 1) Rain Bird, XFCV-09-12 22 c. Drip Tube Fittings 23 1) Rain Bird, XF™ Series 17mm Insert Fittings 24 d. Tree Bubbler 25 1) Hunter, PCN-50 26 e. Tree Bubbler Head, 4” 27 1) Hunter, 1804-SAM-PRS 28 f. Operation Indicator 29 1) Rain Bird, XFS OPERIND X17500 30 3. Controllers 31 a. Motorola, IRRInet AC/DC 32 b. Rain Bird, WR2-RFC Rain/Freeze Combo 33 c. Others as specified by the City 34 4. Backflows 35 a. Wilkins, RPZ 375XL 115 Lead Free 36 b. Wilkins, RPZ 375XL 020 Lead Free 37 5. Backflow Enclosures 38 a. Dekorra, 302-BG-C3 39 b. Dekorra, 603GN 40 6. Valve Boxes 41 a. Large Rectangle Box (21”x15”x13”) 42 1) NDS, 117BC 43 b. Standard Rectangle Box (17”x12”x12”) 44 1) NDS, 113BC 45 c. 6” Round Box 46 1) NDS, 107BC 47 d. 10” Round Box 48 1) NDS, 111BC 49 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 6 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 7. Flow Sensor 1 a. Arad, AC Flow Meter 2 b. Others as specified by the City 3 C. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe 4 1. Provide PVC pipe in accordance with: 5 a. ASTM D1784 6 b. ASTM D2241 7 c. NSF 61 8 d. Uniform Plumbing Code 9 2. Provide PVC Class 200 SDR 21 for irrigation mainline. 10 3. Provide PVC Class 200 SDR 21 for irrigation lateral line. 11 4. Provide PVC Schedule 40 for pipe sleeves. 12 5. Provide Detectable Warning Tape in accordance with Section 33 05 97. 13 D. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings 14 1. Provide PVC fittings in accordance with: 15 a. ASTM D1784 16 b. ASTM D2241 17 c. NSF 61 18 d. Uniform Plumbing Code 19 2. Provide fittings that are solvent weld type, schedule 40, and of the type 20 recommended by the pipe manufacturer for the size and intended use. 21 3. If connecting to a metal pipe or metal accessory, use a PVC adapter with female 22 thread. Any PVC pipe that is connected by any other means may be considered 23 non-conforming. Obtain written approval from the City if another connection 24 method has been approved. 25 E. Irrigation Heads or Bubblers 26 1. Refer to the Drawings for the nozzle sets, circle angles, and product series. 27 2. Provide irrigation heads or bubblers that conform to the requirements of the 28 manufacturer designated on the Drawings or approved equal. 29 F. Wire and Wire Connectors 30 1. Provide copper wiring UL approved, Type UF, PVC insulated, 14 gage, suitable for 31 direct burial, and in accordance with the requirements for a NEC Class 2 circuit (30 32 volts AC or less). 33 2. Provide direct burial wire connectors that have a one-piece PVC housing that when 34 filled with silicone forms a reusable, one-piece, moisture-proof wire splice 35 connector. 36 3. Provide wire connectors that are U.L. listed, rated 60C, 500 volts, for PVC 37 insulated wire. 38 4. Do not use epoxy type wire connectors. 39 G. Gate Valves 40 1. Provide a gate valve rated for a minimum 150 PSI working pressure. 41 2. Provide a gate valve in accordance with the size specified in the Drawings. 42 3. For any gate valve 2 inches in size or smaller, use Ohio bras or approved equal. 43 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 7 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. Install the gate valve per City Standard Details or Drawings. 1 H. Valve Boxes 2 1. For any electric valves, provide a plastic valve box rated for use with electric 3 control valves. 4 I. Electric Section Control Valves 5 1. Provide the size specified in the Drawings. 6 2. Only one electric section should operate at one time on any one controller. 7 3. Electric sectional control valves 8 a. Globe-type diaphragm valves of normally open design 9 b. 24 VAC electric solenoid control operated, 10 c. Equipped with flow adjustment stems, 11 d. Cold working pressure (CWP) of 150 PSI 12 e. Plastic bodies and covers. 13 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 14 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 15 PART 3 - EXECUTION 16 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 17 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 18 3.3 PREPARATION 19 A. Demolition / Removal 20 1. Prior to removal or shut-off of any existing irrigation systems, notify the owner 21 within 48 hours. 22 3.4 INSTALLATION 23 A. Trench Excavation and Backfill 24 1. Trenching and backfilling are considered subsidiary to the irrigation installation bid 25 items. 26 2. Perform trench excavation and backfill in accordance with Section 33 05 05 unless 27 otherwise specified in the Drawings or this Section. 28 3. Trench Excavation 29 a. Maintain a minimum distance of 6 inches between parallel lines. 30 b. Excavate to a depth that provides the following cover from finished grade: 31 1) 30 inches minimum under vehicle traffic area 32 2) Non-vehicle traffic areas: 33 a) 18 inches minimum for lateral lines 34 b) 24 inches minimum for main lines 35 4. Backfill 36 a. Backfill the trench after the irrigation system is operational and required testing 37 and inspection has been performed by the City and a licensed irrigator. 38 b. Embedment material is not required unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 39 40 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 8 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. Backfill Material: 1 1) Initial Backfill 2 a) Remove any rocks or stones larger than 1 inch from the backfill 3 material for 6 inches above the top of pipe. 4 b) Place marker tape on top of the initial trench backfill in accordance 5 with Section 33 05 97. 6 2) Final Backfill 7 a) Remove any rocks or stones larger than 3 inches in diameter. 8 3) All in-situ materials are considered acceptable unless otherwise specified in 9 the Drawings. 10 d. Compact in accordance with Section 33 05 05. 11 e. For trenches that will have plantings installed at finished grade, flood the 12 backfill prior to installing plantings using a jetting process. 13 B. Pipe Laying 14 1. Lay pipe at a minimum 1 foot from the back of curb, sidewalks, buildings, walls, 15 and other objects, or as directed by the City. 16 2. Install all PVC pipe connections and fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s 17 recommendations and Section 33 14 11. 18 C. Pipe Joints 19 1. Install joints in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and Section 20 33 14 11. 21 2. Allow adequate time for joint solvent to form a chemical bond before disturbing the 22 joint. Refer to manufacturer’s recommendations. If no recommendation is given, do 23 not disturb the joint for 15 minutes after joint is installed on pipe. 24 D. Closing and Flushing of PVC Pipe 25 1. Cap or plug pipes after installation to prevent entry of foreign materials that would 26 obstruct the flow of water. 27 2. Leave caps or plugs in place until it is time for final completion. 28 3. At final completion, remove the caps, thoroughly flush all water lines, and perform 29 any final testing necessary for final completion. 30 E. Sprinkler Heads and Drip Tubing 31 1. Install sprinkler heads and drip tubing in accordance with the manufacturer’s 32 recommendations at locations specified in the Drawings or as directed by the City. 33 F. Wiring 34 1. Install wire in trenches below the pipe or in a minimum 1-inch PVC pipe with at 35 least 12 inches of cover of its entire run. 36 2. Install wire in continuous lengths. 37 3. Splice wire, if required, in valve boxes using waterproof materials. 38 G. Valve and Valve Box Placement 39 1. Install valves and valve boxes at a minimum 2 foot from the back of curb, 40 sidewalks, buildings, walls, and other objects, or as directed by the City. 41 2. Place valves and valve boxes in accordance with City Standard Details, applicable 42 specifications, and the Drawings. 43 44 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 9 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Valves 1 a. Install all gate, check, and control valves with a valve box to the same depth as 2 the irrigation pipe. 3 b. Provide a minimum of 12 inches of clearance from the top of the valve to the 4 surface of the valve box. 5 c. After valves are installed, fully open and fully close valves to ensure that all 6 parts are in working condition. 7 4. Valve Boxes 8 a. Set valve boxes plumb vertically and concentric with the valve stem. 9 b. If a valve box is relocated due to incorrect installation location, relocate at no 10 cost to the City. 11 c. Coil any excess wires inside the valve box. 12 d. When valve is located in pavement, install concrete collar around valve box in 13 accordance with City Standard Details. 14 e. Adjust valve box height to be flush with finished grade. 15 H. Controller 16 1. Install controllers in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations at locations 17 shown on the Drawings. 18 I. Backflow Prevention 19 1. Install backflow prevention in accordance with the manufacturer’s 20 recommendations at locations shown on the Drawings or as directed. 21 2. Install the double check valve in a concrete meter box per City Standard Details or 22 the Drawings. 23 J. Sleeves & Encasement 24 1. Coordinate with the paving contractor to install sleeves as shown on the Drawings. 25 2. Install wiring and irrigation piping in separate encasements when under pavement. 26 3. For encasement pipes, provide a minimum of 12 inches of cover over the pipe. 27 a. For areas with surface improvements, cover is measured from the top of the 28 pipe to the bottom of subgrade or to the bottom of the sidewalk slab. 29 K. Boring 30 1. Boring is only allowed when specified in the Drawings. Coordinate with the City 31 for approval of boring locations and requirements. 32 3.5 REPAIR AND RESTORATION 33 A. Restore all existing surfaces and repair any existing structures or pipes that have been 34 damaged due to irrigation installation at no cost to the City. 35 B. If any existing irrigation systems have been damaged as a result of any construction 36 activities, repair and restore the existing irrigation system to the original condition. 37 1. Obtain approval from the irrigation system owner and provide approval to the City. 38 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 39 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL 40 A. General 41 1. Provide a licensed irrigator to perform all required Site Quality Control testing. 42 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 10 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Perform inspections throughout the duration of installation. 1 B. Sprinkler/Dripline Layout and Spacing Inspection 2 1. Verify the irrigation design is accurately installed in the field. 3 2. If spacing is not within 5 percent of the design spacing, adjust the layout at no cost 4 to the City. 5 3. If design cannot be met due to site constraints, obtain written approval from the 6 City and the licensed irrigator before modifying the layout. 7 C. Pipe Installation Depth Inspection 8 1. Verify the irrigation pipes were installed to the minimum depths in accordance with 9 this Section. 10 2. Verify all joints were installed correctly and there are no loose or non-compliant 11 joints. 12 D. Hydrostatic Tests 13 1. Provide a licensed irrigator during hydrostatic testing and notify the City in writing 14 48 hours in advance of testing. 15 2. Center load piping with initial backfill to prevent arching or slipping under 16 pressure. 17 3. After all welded joints have cured for at least 24 hours, test the mainlines from the 18 meter to the valves, with all valves closed, for at least 2 consecutive hours by 19 applying a continuous and static minimum 80 PSI water pressure. Repair leaks if 20 necessary and retest. 21 4. Maintain all mainline and lateral lines under static pressure for 24 hours without 22 leaks before final approval. 23 5. If the Hydrostatic Test indicates any leaks, repair at no cost to the City. 24 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES 28 A. Demonstration 29 1. After installation is complete, hold a demonstration meeting and invite the licensed 30 irrigator who prepared the irrigation plans, the City, and the current owner (if other 31 than the City) of any existing irrigation systems along with any appropriate 32 representatives. At this meeting, perform the following tasks: 33 a. If there is an existing system: 34 1) Test the irrigation system and compare the functionality with the 35 documented conditions of any existing irrigation system. 36 b. If there is not an existing system: 37 1) Test the irrigation system to verify all zones, controllers, sprinkler heads, 38 and drip lines function as designed. 39 c. Obtain in writing the City and the irrigation owner (if other than the City) have 40 agreed the irrigation system functions as designed after the demonstration 41 meeting is held. 42 d. The meeting is required to be performed prior to final acceptance. 43 32 84 00 IRRIGATION INSTALLATION AND RESTORATION Page 11 of 11 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Record of Installation 1 1. Provide a Record of Installation set of Drawings to any existing irrigation system 2 owners with any warranties and product information at the completion of irrigation 3 system installation. 4 2. If the City is the owner of the irrigation system, provide the record drawings to the 5 prime contractor to be included with the overall record drawing set at the end of the 6 project. 7 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 8 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 9 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 10 END OF SECTION 11 12 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 13 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 1 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 32 93 00 1 PLANTINGS 2 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 4 1.1 SUMMARY 5 A. Section Includes: 6 1. Material, installation, and maintenance requirements for: 7 a. Plantings (Tree, Shrub, Ground Cover, and Miscellaneous Plantings) 8 b. Topsoil, Seeding, and Sodding (Grass and Wildflowers) 9 c. Landscape Edging 10 d. Landscape Restoration 11 e. General Site Landscaping 12 f. Subsidiary Planting Items (Fertilizer, Mulch, Plant Supports, Mulch Tacking, 13 and Water) 14 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 15 1. None. 16 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 17 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 18 Contract. 19 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 20 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcement. 21 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 22 5. Section 31 25 14 – Erosion and Sediment Control. 23 6. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 24 7. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving. 25 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 26 A. Measurement and Payment 27 1. Tree 28 a. Measurement 29 1) Measured per each Tree planted. 30 b. Payment 31 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 32 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 33 price bid per each for Tree planted for: 34 2) Various caliper inches. 35 c. The price bid shall include: 36 1) Furnishing and installing Tree as specified by the Drawings 37 2) Preparing excavation pit 38 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 39 4) Plant supports 40 5) Loading 41 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 2 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 6) Unloading 1 7) Storing 2 8) Hauling 3 9) Handling all materials 4 10) Placing 5 11) All maintenance activities 6 2. Shrub 7 a. Measurement 8 1) Measured per each Shrub planted. 9 b. Payment 10 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 11 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 12 price bid per each of Shrub planted for: 13 a) Various sizes. 14 c. The price bid shall include: 15 1) Furnishing and installing Shrub as specified by the Drawings 16 2) Preparing excavation pit 17 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 18 4) Plant supports 19 5) Loading 20 6) Unloading 21 7) Storing 22 8) Hauling 23 9) Handling all materials 24 10) Placing 25 11) All maintenance activities 26 3. Ground Cover 27 a. Measurement 28 1) Measured per square foot of Ground Cover planted. 29 b. Payment 30 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 31 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 32 price bid per square foot for Ground Cover planted. 33 c. The price bid shall include: 34 1) Furnishing and installing Ground Cover as specified by the Drawings 35 2) Preparing excavation pit 36 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 37 4) Plant supports 38 5) Loading 39 6) Unloading 40 7) Storing 41 8) Hauling 42 9) Handling all materials 43 10) Placing 44 11) All maintenance activities 45 4. Miscellaneous Planting 46 a. Measurement 47 1) Measured per [each or square foot] of Miscellaneous Planting planted. 48 b. Payment 49 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 3 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 1 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 2 price bid per [each or square foot] for Miscellaneous Planting installed. 3 c. The price bid shall include: 4 1) Furnishing and installing Miscellaneous Planting as specified by the 5 Drawings 6 2) Preparing excavation pit 7 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 8 4) Plant supports 9 5) Loading 10 6) Unloading 11 7) Storing 12 8) Hauling 13 9) Handling all materials 14 10) Placing 15 11) Tools 16 12) Equipment 17 13) All maintenance activities 18 5. Landscape Edging 19 a. Measurement 20 1) Measured per linear foot of Landscape Edging installed. 21 b. Payment 22 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 23 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 24 price bid per linear foot for Landscape Edging installed for: 25 a) Concrete Landscape Edging, various widths and depths 26 (1) 6” wide, 12” depth, 6”x12” 27 (2) 12” wide, 12” depth, 12”x12” 28 (3) 12” wide, 24” depth, 12”x24” 29 b) Decorative Concrete Landscape Edging, 12”x12” 30 c) Plastic Landscape Edging 31 d) Metal Landscape Edging 32 c. The price bid shall include: 33 1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Edging as specified by the Drawings 34 2) Loading 35 3) Unloading 36 4) Storing 37 5) Hauling 38 6) Handling all materials 39 7) Placing 40 8) All maintenance activities 41 6. Topsoil 42 a. Measurement 43 1) Measured per cubic yards of Topsoil installed. 44 b. Payment 45 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 46 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 47 price bid per cubic yard for Topsoil installed. 48 49 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 4 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Furnishing and installing Topsoil as specified by the Drawings 2 2) Salvaging existing topsoil 3 3) Loading 4 4) Unloading 5 5) Storing 6 6) Hauling 7 7) Handling all materials 8 8) Placing 9 9) All maintenance activities 10 7. Seeding 11 a. Measurement 12 1) Measured per square yard of Seed installed. 13 b. Payment 14 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 15 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 16 price bid per square yard of Seeding installed for: 17 a) Grass Seeding. 18 b) Wildflower Seeding. 19 c. The price bid shall include: 20 1) Furnishing and installing Seeding as specified by the Drawings 21 2) Rolling and tamping 22 3) Loading 23 4) Unloading 24 5) Storing 25 6) Hauling 26 7) Handling all materials 27 8) Placing 28 9) Mulching and tacking, if required 29 10) Fertilizer, if required 30 11) Watering, until established 31 12) All maintenance activities 32 8. Sodding 33 a. Measurement 34 1) Measured per square yard of Sodding installed. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38 price bid per square yard of Sodding installed. 39 c. The price bid shall include: 40 1) Furnishing and installing Sodding as specified by the Drawings 41 2) Rolling and tamping 42 3) Loading 43 4) Unloading 44 5) Storing 45 6) Hauling 46 7) Handling all materials 47 8) Placing 48 9) Mulching and tacking, if required 49 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 5 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 10) Fertilizer, if required 1 11) Watering, until established 2 12) All maintenance activities 3 9. Landscape Restoration [Used when existing landscaping will be removed or 4 damaged due to proposed construction activities. Where possible, provide a 5 planting schedule to Contractor during bidding. If a planting schedule cannot be 6 provided, provide noting on Drawings that Contractor is responsible for 7 coordination and restoring landscape area to existing conditions.] 8 a. Measurement 9 1) Measured lump sum of Landscape Restoration installed 10 b. Payment 11 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 12 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 13 price bid per lump sum for Landscape Restoration. 14 c. The price bid shall include: 15 1) Furnishing and installing Landscape Restoration as specified by the 16 Drawings 17 2) Preparing excavation pit 18 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 19 4) Plant supports 20 5) Loading 21 6) Unloading 22 7) Storing 23 8) Hauling 24 9) Handling all materials 25 10) Placing 26 11) All maintenance activities 27 10. General Site Landscaping [Only use if less than 100 plants are to be used within the 28 entire project limits. A detailed schedule of plantings must be provided in the 29 Drawings.] 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measured lump sum of General Site Landscaping installed 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35 price bid per lump sum for General Site Landscaping installed. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Furnishing and installing General Site Landscaping as specified by the 38 Drawings 39 2) Preparing excavation pit 40 3) Topsoil, fertilizer, mulch, and planting mix 41 4) Plant supports 42 5) Loading 43 6) Unloading 44 7) Storing 45 8) Hauling 46 9) Handling all materials 47 10) Placing 48 11) All maintenance activities 49 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 6 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.3 REFERENCES 1 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 2 1. PSF – Pounds per Square Foot 3 2. PSI – Pounds per Square Inch 4 3. B&B – Balled and Burlapped 5 B. Definitions 6 Figure 1 7 Limits of excavation, embankment, salvaged topsoil and replaced topsoil 8 9 10 C. Reference Standards 11 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 12 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 13 unless a date is specifically cited. 14 2. American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature 15 a. Standardized Plant Names 16 3. American National Standard Institute ANSI: 17 a. ANSI Z60.1 – American Standard for Nursery Stock 18 19 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 7 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4. Texas Department of Agriculture Standards: 1 a. Texas Seed Law 2 b. Texas Fertilizer Law 3 5. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 4 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 5 a. Item 7, Article 7, “Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the 6 Environment” 7 6. TxDOT Test Procedures: 8 a. Tex-128-E, Determining Soil pH. 9 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 10 A. Coordination 11 1. Coordinate with irrigation installation to ensure plantings receive required amount 12 of water. The Contractor is responsible for all watering required in accordance with 13 this Section. 14 B. Pre-Planting Meetings 15 1. Coordinate with the current owners of any existing landscape areas 1 week prior to 16 holding the pre-planting meeting. 17 2. Hold a pre-planting meeting 1 week prior to performing any tasks included under 18 Plantings. A second pre-planting meeting may be required if seeding/sodding 19 activities are performed more than 3 weeks apart from planting activities. Invite the 20 City and the current owner (if other than the City) of any existing landscape areas 21 along with any appropriate representatives. Prior to the pre-planting meeting, the 22 following needs to be prepared or conducted: 23 a. Landscape Plan: 24 1) Provide a landscape plan prepared, signed, and sealed by a licensed 25 landscape architect. 26 2) Document existing landscape areas during the growing and blooming 27 season. Documentation to include at a minimum quantity, location, and 28 condition of all existing landscape areas. 29 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 30 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 31 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 32 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 33 C. Shop Drawings 34 1. Product Data 35 a. Provide product data for the following products to be used during Planting 36 activities. 37 1) Tacking Agents 38 2) Fertilizer 39 3) Tree Trunk Protection 40 4) Landscape Edging 41 5) Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment 42 a. Product data sheets will include: 43 1) Manufacturer name or source location 44 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 8 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) Date 1 3) Product description 2 4) Verification that the product meets the required standards stated in this 3 specification. 4 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 5 6) Material Safety Data Sheets, if applicable 6 7) Manufacturer Recommended Storing Data, if applicable 7 8) Usage and Installation Recommendations 8 9) Maintenance recommendations, if applicable 9 2. Plantings 10 a. Provide the following information for any plantings: 11 1) Nursery Name and Location 12 2) Date 13 3) Plant description 14 4) Certification that the plants meet the specification requirements 15 5) Produce data and test results as required in this specification 16 6) Planting recommendations 17 7) Maintenance recommendations 18 3. Plastic and Metal Landscape Edging 19 a. Provide a shop drawing of the product data for the plastic and/or metal 20 landscape edging material being used. . 21 4. Topsoil 22 a. Provide any offsite source location for topsoil and soil testing results. 23 5. Sod 24 a. Provide source location and proposed grass type for all sod used on project site. 25 6. Seed 26 a. Provide source location for seeding and seed type for all grass and wildflower 27 seeding. 28 7. Mulch 29 a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal for use in landscape areas. 30 b. For all other types of mulch, provide source location, type of mulch, and 31 composition for all mulch used on site. 32 8. Concrete 33 a. Provide concrete mix design, integral color, stamp pattern, and sealant for all 34 concrete and decorative concrete landscape edging in accordance with Sections 35 03 00 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16. 36 D. Informational Submittals 37 1. Licensed Landscaper 38 a. Provide information and applicable certifications for the licensed landscape 39 architect or a landscaper of sufficient experience in project specific plantings. 40 2. Equipment Submittals: 41 a. Submittal for all major equipment to include: 42 1) Equipment name and description 43 2) Size 44 3) Intended use 45 46 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 9 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS 1 A. Maintenance Recommendations 2 1. Provide any nursery or supplier recommendations for care and maintenance of 3 plants and plant materials to the City. 4 B. Warranty Documentation 5 1. Provide any nursery or supplier warranty information to the City. 6 2. Transfer any nursery or supplier warranties to the City if applicable. 7 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 8 A. Maintain all plantings for 1 year. No separate pay will be provided for maintenance 9 period. 10 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 11 A. Qualifications 12 1. Licensed Professionals 13 a. Provide a landscape architect or qualified landscaper during planting. 14 2. Planting Substitutions 15 a. No substitutions will be allowed without written approval by the City. The 16 following is required when requesting a plant substitution: 17 1) Submit proof of non-availability together with proposal for use of 18 equivalent material. 19 2) Substitutions of larger size or better grade than specified will be allowed 20 upon approval by the City. No additional payment or increase in unit price 21 will be given. 22 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 23 A. Delivery and Acceptance Requirements 24 1. Plants 25 a. General: 26 1) Notify City at least 48 hours prior to delivering plants to the site. 27 2) Coordinate with the City for inspection and approval of materials upon 28 delivery. 29 3) Remove rejected plants from the workplace and replace as directed. 30 b. When planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery 31 1) Set plants in the shade 32 2) Protect from weather and mechanical damage 33 3) Keep roots moist by covering with mulch, burlap, or other acceptable 34 means of retaining moisture. Water as needed. 35 2. Trees 36 a. Ship trees with Certificates of Inspection as required by governing authorities. 37 b. Label each tree and shrub with securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible 38 designation of botanical and common name. 39 c. Use protective covering during delivery. 40 d. Deliver packaged materials in fully labeled original containers showing weight, 41 analysis, and name of nursery. 42 43 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 10 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 B. Storage and Handling Requirements 1 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 2 66 00. 3 2. Trees 4 a. Protect trees from deterioration during delivery and while being stored on-site. 5 b. Do not prune prior to planting. 6 c. Do not bend or bind-tie trees or shrubs in a way that will damage the bark, 7 break branches, or alter the natural shape. 8 C. Stockpiling 9 1. Topsoil 10 a. Stockpile topsoil, when necessary, in a windrow in approved locations within 11 the right of way or easements. 12 b. Keep source and stockpile areas drained. 13 c. Once topsoil has been removed from stockpiled location, restore stockpile site 14 to existing conditions or better. 15 2. Seed 16 a. If using native grass or wildflower seed, provide seed harvested within 100 17 miles of the site. 18 b. Provide each seed species in separate containers labeled with seed variety. 19 3. Sod 20 a. Protect sod from exposure to wind, sun, and freezing. 21 b. Keep stacked sod moist. 22 4. Fertilizer 23 a. Provide fertilizer in acceptable distribution condition and in containers labeled 24 with the analysis. 25 1.11 SITE CONDITIONS 26 A. Ambient Conditions 27 1. Follow all nursery and/or supplier recommendations for optimal weather conditions 28 for installation. 29 2. Comply with all requirements of this specification for planting, seeding, and 30 sodding timeframes. 31 B. Existing Conditions 32 1. Prior to performing work: 33 a. Locate all existing utility lines in accordance with Federal, State, and local 34 requirements. 35 b. Verify power source for existing and proposed irrigation systems. 36 c. Document existing irrigation system in accordance with Administrative 37 Requirements, if applicable. 38 d. Locate all existing irrigation structures which may include, but are not limited 39 to water lines, controllers, sprinkler heads, and drip lines. 40 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 41 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 42 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 43 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 11 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2.2 MATERIALS 1 A. Plants 2 1. General: 3 a. Planting bid items are generic based on plant types. Refer to Drawings for 4 planting schedule and locations. 5 b. Provide nursery-grown plants unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 6 c. Provide plants with the following characteristics: 7 1) vigorous, healthy, well-rooted plants 8 2) with well-formed crowns 9 3) true to sizes and of typical shape and characteristic of the species 10 d. Refer to Source Quality Control for non-conforming plants. 11 2. Plant Supports: 12 a. Provide a minimum 8-foot long steel T-stakes and 1-inch wide plastic tree 13 chains with protecting chain cover to interface with tree trunk or ArborTie or 14 similar product. 15 b. Deadman Anchoring System: 16 1) Where applicable for anchoring trees, obtain written approval for products 17 and installation method prior to planting trees. 18 c. Provide an ArborGard tree truck protector or similar product. 19 3. Trees 20 a. Tree characteristics: 21 1) True to species and variety specified 22 2) Straight and symmetrical 23 3) Grown under climatic conditions similar to those in the locality of the 24 project for at least 2 years 25 4) Freshly dug during the most recent favorable harvest season 26 5) Grown and harvested in accordance with the American Standard for 27 Nursery Stock 28 6) From a nursery within 200 miles of the project unless otherwise approved 29 7) Compatible with the cold hardiness zone of the project location 30 b. Mark the tree’s north orientation in the nursery for all deciduous trees grown in 31 the field with a 1-inch diameter spot of white paint on the tree trunk within the 32 bottom twelve inches of the trunk. 33 c. Provide a tree with a crown in good overall proportion to entire height of the 34 tree with branching configuration as recommended by ANSI Z60.1 for the tree 35 specified. 36 d. Balled and Burlapped Trees 37 1) Provide trees balled and burlapped or in the container that the tree was 38 grown in. 39 2) Dig a size and shape conforming to the American Standard for Nursery 40 Stock. 41 3) Ensure the balls contain soil with as many fibrous roots as possible. 42 4) Wrap balls firmly with non-synthetic, rottable burlap and secure the burlap 43 using nails and heavy non-synthetic rottable twine. 44 5) Ensure the root collar is apparent (first lateral root visible) at the surface of 45 the ball after wrapping. 46 6) Trees with loose, broken, processed, or manufactured root balls will not be 47 accepted. 48 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 12 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 e. Caliper Measuring: 1 1) For trunks up to 4 inches or less in diameter: Measure the caliper 6 inches 2 above the top of root ball. 3 2) For trunks that are more than 4 inches in diameter: Measure the caliper 12 4 inches above the top of root ball. 5 3) Caliper Measurements: 6 a) By diameter tape measure 7 b) Indicated calipers on Drawings are minimum 8 c) Averaging of plant caliper is not permitted. 9 4. Backfill and Plant Soil Mix: 10 a. Use soil excavated from the plant pits or beds or provide a loose, friable soil 11 mix as specified in the Drawings. 12 b. Provide a mix free of: 13 1) reproductive parts of weeds and grasses 14 2) harmful substances and detrimental amounts of foreign matter 15 c. Use fertilizer when specified in the Drawings. 16 B. Landscape Edging 17 1. Concrete 18 a. Concrete Class: Class A 19 2. Decorative Concrete 20 a. Concrete Class: Class A 21 b. Provide the amount of color to be added to the concrete during production with 22 the concrete mix design. 23 c. Provide color in accordance with the requirements of the Drawings and Section 24 32 13 16. 25 3. Plastic and Metal 26 a. Plastic and metal landscape edging are not permitted unless otherwise specified 27 in the Drawings or approved in writing by the City. 28 b. Plastic and metal landscape edging will be permitted only in locations where 29 the proposed landscape edging is matching existing. 30 c. Provide the City with a shop drawing to review prior to purchasing the 31 landscape edging. 32 C. Topsoil 33 1. Approved Topsoil Sources: 34 a. Within the Right of Way: 35 1) Obtain topsoil from the right of way at sites of proposed excavation or 36 embankment when specified in the Drawings, or as directed by the City. 37 b. Outside the Right of Way: 38 1) Obtain topsoil from approved sources in accordance with Article 7.7 39 “Preservation of Cultural and Natural Resources and the Environment”. 40 2. Topsoil characteristics: 41 a. Easily cultivated and fertile 42 b. Free of objectionable material including subsoil, weeds, clay lumps, non-soil 43 materials, roots, stumps, or stones larger than 1 inch in diameter 44 c. Resists erosion 45 d. Able to support plant growth 46 e. When tested: 47 1) pH: 5.5 to 8.5 per Tex-128-E 48 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 13 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2) Liquid Limit: 50 or less 1 3) Plasticity Index: 20 or less 2 4) Gradation: Maximum of 10 percent passing the No. 200 sieve 3 D. Seeding 4 1. General 5 a. Provide seed from the previous season’s crop in accordance with Texas Seed 6 Law including the testing and labeling for pure live seed (PLS=Purity x 7 Germination). 8 b. Furnish Seed of the designated species in unopened and labeled bags or 9 containers. 10 c. Use within 12 months from the date of the analysis. 11 d. When Buffalograss is specified, use seed treated with potassium nitrate 12 (KNO3). 13 2. Availability of Seed 14 a. The City may permit the use of an alternative seed variety if the specified seed 15 is not available. 16 b. Receive approval in writing before using an alternative seed variety. 17 3. Unacceptable Seed Varieties 18 a. Johnson Grass 19 b. Nut Grass 20 c. Use a seed product that does not contain more than 10 percent by weight of the 21 total of pure live seed of weed seed. 22 4. Approved Seed Varieties 23 a. Do not plant wildflower seed mixes: 24 1) within 10 feet of a road or parking lot 25 2) within 3 feet of a sidewalk, trail, or other walkway 26 b. Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seeding: 27 1) Plant between February 1 and May 15 28 29 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 14 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 Table 1 1 Ditch, Channel, and Rural Area Seed Mix 2 Clay Soils Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) Sandy Soils Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) Green Sprangletop (Van Horn) Sideoats Grama (Haskell) Texas Grama (Atascosa) Hairy Grama (Chaparral) Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder) Little Bluestem (OK Select) 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.4 0.2 0.8 Green Sprangletop (Van Horn) Hooded Windmillgrass (Mariah) Shortspike Windmillgrass (Welder) Hairy Grama (Chaparral) Slender Grama (Dilley) Sand Lovegrass (Mason) Sand Dropseed (Borden County) Little Bluestem (OK Select) 1.0 0.2 0.2 0.4 1.0 0.2 0.2 0.8 Wildflower Seed Mixes Purple Prairie Clover (Cuero) Englemann Daisy (Eldorado) Illinois Bundleflower Awnless Bushsunflower (Plateau) 0.6 0.75 1.3 0.2 Partridge Pea (Comanche) Englemann Daisy (Eldorado) Purple Prairie Clover 0.6 0.75 0.3 c. Urban Area Seeding 3 1) Plant between February 1 and May 15 4 Table 2 5 Urban Area Seed Mix 6 Clay Soils Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) Sandy Soils Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) Green Sprangletop Sideoats Grama (El Reno) Buffalograss (Texoka) Bermudagrass 0.3 3.6 1.6 2.4 Green Sprangletop (Van Horn) Buffalograss (Texoka) Bermudagrass Sand Dropseed (Borden County) 0.3 1.6 3.6 0.4 d. Cool Weather Seeding 7 1) Plant between September 1 and November 30 8 Table 3 9 Cool Weather Seed Mix 10 Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) Tall Fescue Western Wheatgrass Wheat (Red, Winter) 4.5 5.6 34 e. Warm Weather Seeding 11 1) Plant between May 1 and August 31 12 Table 4 13 Warm Weather Seed Mix 14 Species and Rates (pound PLS per acre) Foxtail Millet 34 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 15 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 E. Sodding 1 1. Do not use sod from areas where the grass is thinned out. 2 2. Approved Sod Varieties 3 a. St. Augustine grass 4 b. Common Bermudagrass 5 c. Buffalograss 6 d. Approved varieties of Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass 7 e. Match existing grass varieties where possible. 8 3. Acceptable Growing Bed Properties: 9 a. St. Augustine: 10 1) Clay or Clay Loam topsoil 11 b. Bermudagrass and Zoysia Grass: 12 1) Sandy or Sandy Loam soils 13 4. Sod characteristics: 14 a. Block, rolled, or solid 15 b. Free from insects, noxious weeds, Johnson grass, other grasses, stones, or any 16 matter deleterious to the growth and subsistence of the sod 17 c. Alive and growing grass and is of the type specified in the Drawings 18 d. Contains stolons, leaf blades, rhizomes, and dense matted roots throughout the 19 soil of the sod for a minimum of 1 inch 20 5. Acceptable Sod Dimensions 21 a. Machine cut to uniform soil thickness. 22 b. Has a uniform width and can be easily lifted, handled, and rolled without 23 breaking. 24 c. Minimum Sod Thickness: 3/4 inch 25 d. Maximum Grass Height: 2 inches 26 6. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until it is planted. Grass sod with 27 dried roots will be considered non-conforming. Any grass installed with dried roots 28 will be removed and replaced at no cost to the City. 29 7. Mulch sod is not approved for use. 30 8. Any broken or torn sod or sod with uneven ends will be considered non-conforming 31 and will be rejected. Remove any non-conforming sod at no cost to the City. 32 F. Landscape Restoration 33 1. Inventory all existing plantings prior to any construction activity. 34 2. Contractor to replace any existing plantings that have been damaged due to 35 construction activities and restore the landscape site to the existing condition or 36 better. 37 G. Water 38 1. Provide clean water free of industrial wastes and other substances harmful to the 39 growth of vegetation. 40 H. Fertilizer 41 1. Provide fertilizer in accordance with the requirements of the Texas Fertilizer Law 42 and passes testing by the Texas A&M Feed and Fertilizer Control Service. 43 2. Acceptable Nitrogen, Phosphorus, and Potassium Composition 44 a. 16 percent Nitrogen, 20 percent Phosphorus, and 0 percent Potassium 45 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 16 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. 16 percent Nitrogen, 8 percent Phosphorus, and 8 percent Potassium 1 c. Ensure that 50 percent of the nitrogen component is a slow-release sulfur-2 coated urea. 3 I. Mulch 4 1. For Use on Seeding: 5 a. Straw Mulch: 6 1) Oat, wheat, or rice straw 7 b. Hay Mulch: 8 1) Hay mulch of either Bermudagrass or prairie grasses. 9 c. Characteristics: 10 1) Free of Johnson grass and other noxious and foreign materials. 11 2) Dry and free from molded or rotted material. 12 2. For Use on Landscape Areas: 13 a. Provide no float cypress mulch or approved equal. 14 b. Mulch characteristics: 15 1) is free from growth or germination inhibiting qualities; and 16 2) contains no more than 10 percent moisture. 17 J. Tacking Materials 18 1. Use a tacking agent applied in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations or 19 a crimping method on all straw or hay mulch operations. 20 2. Use tacking agents as approved or as specified in the Drawings. 21 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 22 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL 23 A. Tests and Inspections 24 B. Non-Conforming Work 25 1. Rejection of Plants 26 a. Plants with any of the following characteristics are subject to rejection: 27 1) Disease or insect infestation, including eggs and larvae 28 2) Dried or damaged root system or crown 29 3) Excessive abrasion of the bark 30 4) Prematurely opened or damaged buds 31 5) Disfiguring knots 32 6) Evidence of heat, freeze, windburn, mold, sub scale, or similar conditions 33 7) Damaged, pruned, crooked, or multiple leaders, unless multiple leaders are 34 specified or are normal for the species 35 8) Cut limbs over 3/4 inch in diameter that have not completely callused 36 9) Dry, soggy, loose, cracked, broken, misshapen, or undersized root balls 37 10) Processed balled roots (bench balled) 38 11) Root balls encased in impervious material 39 12) Overgrown or root-bound plants 40 13) Undersized or unsound containers 41 14) Containers with less than ¾ planting medium depth 42 15) An abnormal balance between height and spread for the species 43 16) Missing or broken serialized locking tags, when specified 44 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 17 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 17) Any condition not in accordance with the Drawings or nursery stock 1 standards 2 18) Conditions that would prevent thriving growth or cause an unacceptable 3 appearance 4 C. Manufacturer Services 5 D. Coordination of Other Tests and Inspections 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 7 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 8 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 9 3.3 PREPARATION 10 A. Surface Preparation 11 1. Plants 12 a. Mark Plant Locations and Bed Outlines 13 1) Provide and install markings such as wooden stakes to mark the locations, 14 types of plants, and the outline of planting beds. 15 2) Obtain approval from the City and any applicable landscape bed owners of 16 the plant and bed locations before any planting activities begin. 17 2. Plant Bed Preparation 18 a. Prepare the bed and install the planting soil mix, vegetation barrier, and other 19 materials as specified in the Drawings. 20 3. Plant Soil Preparation 21 a. Clean topsoil of roots, plants, sod, stones, clay lumps, and other foreign 22 materials. 23 b. Mix fertilizer in with topsoil within 48 hours of planting. 24 4. Erosion Control Blanket 25 a. Prepare the site in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations and 26 Section 31 25 14. 27 3.4 INSTALLATION 28 A. Finishing of Parkways 29 1. Finishing of parkways is considered subsidiary to pertinent items and will not be 30 paid for separately. 31 2. Smoothly shape parkways, shoulders, slopes, and ditches. 32 3. Grade parkways to finished slopes and elevations prior to the placement of any 33 Plantings within the site. 34 4. Standard Parkway Slopes 35 a. Minimum: 1 percent 36 b. Maximum: 4:1 37 c. Use standard parkway slopes unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or 38 directed by the City. 39 40 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 18 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 d. Where sidewalk is present, maintain the minimum parkway slope in accordance 1 with the following criteria before transitioning to a steeper slope: 2 1) from the back of curb to the face of sidewalk edge 3 2) 2 feet from the back of sidewalk 4 e. If no sidewalk is present, maintain minimum parkway slope 2 feet from the 5 back of curb before transitioning to a steeper slope. 6 B. Plants 7 1. Plant Pit Excavation 8 a. Excavate the receiving pits for mechanically transplanted plants with the same 9 type and size equipment used to dig the plants. 10 b. Depth: 11 1) Excavate pits for container and balled and burlapped stock to the depth 12 specified in the Drawings or at least the depth of the root ball. 13 2) Excavate pits for bare root plants to the depth of the root system. 14 3) Excavate pits on slopes using measurements specified in the Drawings or at 15 least the depth of the root ball based on the uphill side of the pit. 16 c. Horizontal Dimensions: 17 1) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 12 inches between the root 18 ball and pit walls for the following, unless otherwise specified in the 19 Drawings: 20 a) 15 gallon or larger pots 21 b) 14 inch or larger boxes 22 c) Larger than 14-inch root balls of balled and burlapped plants 23 2) Provide a minimum horizontal dimension of 2 times the root ball diameter 24 across the pit for the following, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings: 25 a) Less than 15-gallon pots 26 b) 14 inch or smaller root balls of balled and burlapped plants. 27 3) Provide a minimum pit diameter for bare root plants in accordance with the 28 supplier’s recommendations and allows the roots to spread without 29 crowding or curving around the walls of the pit. 30 2. Plant Installation 31 a. General Plant Installation: 32 1) Install plants within 24 hours of excavating plant pits. Cover or barricade 33 any planting pit to remain open overnight. 34 2) Scarify the walls of pits as plant installation begins. 35 3) Lift plants only from the bottom of the root balls or with belts or lifting 36 harnesses that are wide enough to not damage the root balls. 37 4) Center all plants in a pit, except those mechanically collected, and back fill 38 in lifts using topsoil, fertilized topsoil, or planting mix as directed. 39 5) Backfill in lifts where each lift is 1/3 of the depth of the root ball. 40 6) Fill the pit with water after each lift to remove air pockets. 41 b. Containerized Plants: 42 1) Remove plastic, paper, or fibrous pots from the containerized plant material 43 before planting. 44 2) Pull roots out of the root mat and cut circling roots with a knife. 45 3) Loosen the potting soil and shake away from the root mat. 46 4) Install the plant immediately after removing the container, install the plant. 47 48 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 19 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. Balled and Burlapped (B&B) Plants 1 1) Cut and remove ropes or strings from the top of root balls and trees after 2 plant has been set. 3 2) Remove burlap or cloth wrapping and any wire baskets. 4 a) If site conditions do not allow complete removal, remove a minimum 5 of the top two-thirds of balls. 6 3) Do not turn under and bury portions of burlap at top of ball. 7 d. For mechanically collected plants: 8 1) Prune protruding roots from the root ball to a point even with the cutting 9 blades. 10 2) Place the plant in the pit and work sand between the pit walls and the root 11 ball with water until the sand fills all the cavities. 12 e. Apply fertilizer where specified in the Drawings. 13 f. Ensure top of the root ball remains at the grade specified in the Drawings after 14 settlement. 15 3. Pruning: 16 a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals 17 and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 18 b. Limit pruning to removal of dead and broken branches and as needed to 19 improve the appearance and health of the plants. 20 c. Remove and dispose of pruning debris. 21 4. Plant Supports: 22 a. Install plant supports such as staking, guying, anchoring, and bracing as 23 specified in the Drawings. 24 b. Support and keep plants in a vertical position or as directed. 25 5. Trunk Protection: 26 a. Perform in accordance with Section 31 10 00. Provide all required submittals 27 and testing required in accordance with Section 31 10 00. 28 6. Landscape Edging Installation 29 a. Concrete Landscape Edging (Concrete Mow Strips) 30 1) Concrete Class: Class A, 12 inches wide, 6 inches thick 31 2) Finish: Trowel 32 3) Sawing: 1.5” deep sawcut spaced at 6’ on center 33 4) Jointing: If mow strip is adjacent to the back of curb or other pavement 34 structure, provide a doweled expansion joint between mow strip and 35 pavement. 36 b. Plastic or Metal Edging 37 1) Install landscape edging in accordance with the Drawings and 38 manufacturer’s recommendations. 39 7. Mulching 40 a. Mulch plant beds to a depth of 2 inches unless otherwise specified in the 41 Drawings. 42 C. Landscape Edging 43 1. Concrete and Decorative Concrete 44 a. Install in accordance with Sections 03 30 00, 32 13 13, and 32 13 16. 45 2. Plastic and Metal 46 a. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 47 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 20 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 D. Topsoil 1 1. Remove and dispose of objectionable material from the topsoil source before 2 starting work. 3 2. Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing topsoil unless sodding is 4 installed. Refer to this Section for topsoil depth requirements. 5 3. Spread 4 inches of topsoil to a uniform loose cover unless another depth is specified 6 in the Drawings. 7 4. Place and shape the topsoil as directed. 8 5. Water and roll the topsoil with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 9 E. Seeding 10 1. General: 11 a. In Areas Without Existing Grass: 12 1) Cultivate the area to a depth of 4 inches before placing the seed. 13 2) Smoothly distribute topsoil to a depth of 4 inches. 14 b. In Areas with Existing Grass: 15 1) Mow the area before placement of the permanent seed. 16 2. Broadcast Seeding: 17 a. Broadcast seed in 2 directions at right angles to each other. 18 b. After placing seeds, perform the following: 19 1) In large seeding areas along ditches, channels, or rural areas: 20 a) Roll the planted area with a light roller or other suitable equipment. 21 2) In urban seeding areas: 22 a) Harrow or lightly rake the area to cover the seed. 23 3) Avoid covering the seed with more soil than twice the seed’s diameter. 24 c. Wildflower Seeding: 25 1) Scalp any existing grass to 1 inch and remove all grass clippings before 26 spreading wildflower seeds. 27 3. Mechanically Seeding (Drilling): 28 a. Uniformly distribute seed over the areas specified in the Drawings. 29 b. All varieties of seed and fertilizer may be distributed at the same time provided 30 that each component is uniformly applied at the specified rate. 31 c. Drill seed at a depth of 1/4 inch to 1/3 inch utilizing a pasture or rangeland type 32 drill. 33 d. Plant seeds along the contour of slopes. 34 e. After planting: 35 1) Roll with a roller that is integral to the seed drill, or use a corrugated roller 36 referred to as a “Cultipacker.” 37 2) Roll sloped areas on the contour. 38 4. Hydromulching is not allowed. 39 5. Fertilize uniformly at the required rate over seeded area. 40 6. Watering and Finishing 41 a. Water soil to a minimum depth of 4 inches within 48 hours of seeding. 42 b. Water twice daily for 14 days after seeding. Take care to prevent washing of the 43 slopes or dislodgement of the seed. 44 1) If seed is washed away due to watering or rainfall, re-seed bare areas until 45 grass meets the required length for final acceptance at no cost to the City. 46 c. Continue watering until after final acceptance. 47 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 21 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 7. Final Turf Requirements 1 a. Continue seeding activities until seeded areas are free of bare areas. 2 b. Established Turf: 3 1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches. 4 2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed. 5 c. Final acceptance won’t be given until turf has been established. 6 F. Sodding 7 1. General: 8 a. Plant the sod specified and mulch, if required, after the area has been completed 9 to lines and grades as specified in the Drawings. 10 b. Use grass sod of the same grass type as the adjacent grass or existing lawn 11 unless otherwise specified in the Drawings or by the City. 12 c. Plant between the average date of the last freeze in the Spring and 6 weeks 13 before the average date for the first freeze in the Fall according to the Texas 14 Almanac for the project area. 15 d. Use care to retain native soil on the roots of the sod during the process of 16 excavating, hauling, and planting. 17 e. Keep sod material moist from the time it is dug until planted. 18 2. Installation: 19 a. Cultivate the area to a depth of 6 inches before placing the sod. 20 b. Place 4 inches of topsoil in accordance with the type of sod grass being 21 installed. 22 c. Apply fertilizer uniformly over the entire area and water, if required in 23 accordance with the Drawings. 24 d. Place sod so the entire area designated for sodding is covered. 25 e. Fill voids left in the sodding with additional sod and tamp. 26 f. Roll and tamp sod so sod is in complete contact with topsoil at a uniform slope. 27 g. Peg sod with either wooden pegs or wire staples driven through the sod block to 28 the firm earth in areas that may slide. 29 h. Remove portions of dead sod as necessary to provide a uniform established turf 30 before final acceptance. Removal and replacement of dead sod will be done at 31 no cost to the City. 32 i. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or 33 any other adjacent structure. 34 3. Watering and Finishing 35 a. Coordinate irrigation installation with planting to ensure plants and grass are 36 receiving adequate water. Contractor is responsible for watering all plantings 37 during construction until final acceptance. 38 b. Thoroughly water sod immediately after planting. 39 c. Continue watering until after final acceptance. 40 d. Established Turf: 41 1) 100 percent growth to a height of 3 inches. 42 2) A minimum of 1 mow cycle has been completed. 43 3) Roots have started to peg down 44 4) There are no dead blocks of sod. 45 e. Final acceptance won’t be given until turf has been established. 46 47 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 22 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 G. Erosion Control Blanket 1 1. Install erosion control blanket in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations 2 and Section 31 25 14. 3 2. Install the erosion control blanket within 24 hours after seeding or sodding has 4 occurred unless otherwise directed. 5 H. Mulching 6 a. Ensure top of sod is 1-inch below the top of curb, sidewalk, concrete edging, or 7 any other adjacent structure. 8 2. For Use on Grass Sod: 9 a. Apply straw or hay mulch uniformly in areas as specified in the Drawings. 10 b. Use an approved tacking method over the mulched area. 11 c. Application Rate: 12 1) Straw Mulch: 13 a) Apply at 2 to 2.5 tons per acre 14 2) Hay Mulch: 15 a) Apply at 1.5 to 2 tons per acre 16 I. Fertilizer 17 1. Apply uniformly at the specified rate over required areas. 18 2. Apply fertilizer as a dry material and do not mix with water to form a slurry. 19 3. Fertilizer Rate: 20 a. Seeding: 21 1) Incorporate during seedbed preparation. 22 2) Not required for wildflower seeding. 23 3) Grass Seeding: 24 a) Newly Established – 100 pounds of nitrogen per acre 25 b) Established Seeding Areas – 150 pounds of nitrogen per acre 26 b. Sod: 27 1) Only required when directed by the City or specified in the Drawings. 28 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 29 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 30 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 31 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 32 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 33 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 34 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 35 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 36 3.13 MAINTENANCE 37 A. Maintenance 38 1. Perform maintenance on all plantings until final acceptance of the project. 39 32 93 00 PLANTINGS Page 23 of 23 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Maintenance is considered subsidiary to applicable planting items and will not be 1 paid for separately. 2 3. Mowing, Trimming, and Edging 3 a. Mow, trim, and edge all planting areas within the project limits. 4 b. Mow, trim, and edge at a minimum every 15 days during the growing season 5 unless otherwise directed. 6 c. Mow to a height of 3 to 4 inches in height. 7 d. Keep cord trimmers at least 1 foot from plants to prevent damage. 8 e. Remove and replace all plants damaged during maintenance work. 9 4. Plant Bed and Site Maintenance 10 a. Chemically control weeds and unwanted grasses in plant beds, along structures, 11 and around existing plants within the project side every 15 days unless 12 otherwise directed. 13 b. Reshape plant beds every 30 days as necessary. 14 c. Maintain mulch in plant beds as needed. 15 d. Ensure that herbicides and pesticides do not damage any proposed or existing 16 desirable plants. 17 e. Follow the manufacturer’s recommendations for herbicides and pesticides. 18 5. Plant Supports 19 a. Replace, repair, and adjust supports as needed to meet the requirements of the 20 Drawings. 21 b. Adjust staking and guying to prevent girdling of plant trunks. 22 c. Remove or dispose of support material as directed. 23 6. Insect, Disease, and Animal Treatment 24 a. Inspect plants and planting areas every 15 days. 25 b. Notify the City of concerns, problems, and recommended corrective measures 26 in writing for approval. 27 c. Treat the plants and planting areas in accordance with TDA or TSPCB laws and 28 regulations. 29 d. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for handling and applying pesticides. 30 7. Plant Replacement 31 a. Remove and dispose of dead and damaged plants from the site as directed. 32 b. Replace plants as originally specified within 10 days of notification. 33 c. Plant replacement must be completed and approved prior to final acceptance. 34 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 35 END OF SECTION 36 37 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 38 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 1 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 33 01 50 1 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO 2 GRADE 3 [Text in Blue is for information or guidance. Remove all blue text in the final project document.] 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 5 1.1 SUMMARY 6 A. Section Includes: 7 1. Vertical adjustments to manholes, inlets, valve boxes, cathodic protection test 8 stations, and other miscellaneous structures to a new grade. 9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract. 14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing 16 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete. 17 5. Section 03 34 13 – Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM). 18 6. Section 03 80 00 – Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures. 19 7. Section 32 01 17 – Flexible Paving Repair. 20 8. Section 32 01 29 – Rigid Paving Repair. 21 9. Section 33 05 81 – Frame, Cover and Grade Rings. 22 10. Section 33 05 05 – Utility Trench Excavation, Embedment, and Backfill. 23 11. Section 33 14 20 – Resilient Seated Gate Valve. 24 12. Section 33 14 40 – Fire Hydrants. 25 13. Section 33 05 61 – Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes. 26 14. Section 33 05 62 – Precast Concrete Manholes. 27 15. Section 33 05 76 – Fiberglass Manholes. 28 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 29 A. Measurement and Payment 30 1. Manhole – Minor Adjustment 31 a. Measurement 32 1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted less than 6 inches to the grade 33 specified in the Drawings. 34 b. Payment 35 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 36 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 37 price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Minor” completed. 38 39 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 2 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. The price bid shall include: 1 1) Pavement removal 2 2) Excavation 3 3) Hauling 4 4) Disposal of excess material 5 5) Grade rings 6 6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 7 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 8 8) Concrete base material 9 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 10 10) Clean-up 11 2. Manhole – Major Adjustment 12 a. Measurement 13 1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches and 14 requiring structural modification to the grade specified in the Drawings. 15 b. Payment 16 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 17 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 18 price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Major” completed. 19 c. The price bid shall include: 20 1) Pavement removal 21 2) Excavation 22 3) Hauling 23 4) Disposal of excess material 24 5) Structural modifications and grade rings 25 6) Reuse of the existing manhole frame and cover 26 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 27 8) Concrete base material 28 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 29 10) Clean-up 30 3. Manhole – Major Adjustment with Frame and Cover 31 a. Measurement 32 1) Measured per each manhole to be adjusted greater than 6 inches, requiring 33 structural modification, and a new frame and cover to the grade specified in 34 the Drawings. 35 b. Payment 36 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 37 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 38 price bid per each “Manhole Adjustment, Major with Frame and Cover” 39 completed. 40 c. The price bid shall include: 41 1) Pavement removal 42 2) Excavation 43 3) Hauling 44 4) Disposal of excess material 45 5) Structural modifications and grade rings 46 6) Frame and cover 47 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 48 8) Concrete base material 49 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 3 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 9) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 1 10) Clean-up 2 4. Inlet Adjustment 3 a. Measurement 4 1) Measured per each adjustment of an inlet requiring structural modifications 5 to the grade specified in the Drawings. 6 b. Payment 7 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 8 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 9 price bid per each “Inlet Adjustment” completed. 10 c. The price bid shall include: 11 1) Pavement removal 12 2) Excavation 13 3) Hauling 14 4) Disposal of excess material 15 5) Structural modifications 16 6) Reuse of frame and covers (if applicable) 17 7) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 18 8) Concrete base material, as required 19 9) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 20 required 21 10) Clean-up 22 5. Valve Box Adjustment 23 a. Measurement 24 1) Measured per each valve box adjustment to the grade specified in the 25 Drawings. 26 b. Payment 27 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 28 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 29 price bid per each “Valve Box Adjustment” completed. 30 c. The price bid shall include: 31 1) Pavement removal 32 2) Excavation 33 3) Hauling 34 4) Disposal of excess material 35 5) Adjustment device 36 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 37 7) Concrete base material, as required 38 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 39 required 40 9) Clean-up 41 6. Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment 42 a. Measurement 43 1) Measured per each adjustment of a cathodic protection test station to the 44 grade specified in the Drawings. 45 46 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 4 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Payment 1 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 2 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 3 price bid per each “Cathodic Protection Test Station Adjustment” 4 completed. 5 c. The price bid shall include: 6 1) Pavement removal 7 2) Excavation 8 3) Hauling 9 4) Disposal of excess material 10 5) Adjustment device 11 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 12 7) Concrete base material, as required 13 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 14 required 15 9) Clean-up 16 7. Fire Hydrant Adjustment 17 a. Measurement 18 1) Measured per each fire hydrant adjustment, requiring stem extensions, to 19 the grade specified in the Drawings. 20 b. Payment 21 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 22 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 23 price bid per each “Fire Hydrant Stem Extension” completed. 24 c. The price bid shall include: 25 1) Pavement removal 26 2) Excavation 27 3) Hauling 28 4) Disposal of excess material 29 5) Adjustment materials 30 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 31 7) Concrete base material, as required 32 8) Surface restoration, permanent asphalt patch, or concrete paving repair, as 33 required 34 9) Clean-up 35 8. Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment This Item is intended for a unique structure. 36 Bid Item should include details to identify the specific structure (i.e. Miscellaneous 37 Structure Adjustment, Sta. 1+00) 38 a. Measurement 39 1) Measured per each structure adjustment requiring structural modifications 40 to the grade specified in the Drawings. 41 b. Payment 42 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 43 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 44 price bid per each “Miscellaneous Structure Adjustment” completed. 45 c. The price bid shall include: 46 1) Pavement removal 47 2) Excavation 48 3) Hauling 49 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 5 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 4) Disposal of excess material 1 5) Structural Modifications 2 6) Furnishing, placement, and compaction of embedment and backfill 3 7) Concrete base material 4 8) Permanent asphalt patch or concrete paving repair, as required 5 9) Clean-up 6 1.3 REFERENCES 7 A. Abbreviations 8 1. CLSM – Controlled Low Strength Material 9 B. Definitions 10 1. Minor Adjustment 11 a. Refers to a small elevation change, less than 6 inches, performed on an existing 12 manhole which does not require structural modifications. 13 2. Major Adjustment 14 a. Refers to a significant elevation change, greater than 6 inches, performed on an 15 existing manhole which requires structural modification. 16 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED] 17 1.5 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 18 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 19 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 20 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 21 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 22 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 23 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 24 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 2.2 MATERIALS 28 A. Cast-in-Place Concrete 29 1. In accordance with Sections 03 00 00 and 03 30 00 30 B. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM) 31 1. In accordance with Section 03 34 13 32 C. Modifications to Existing Concrete Structures 33 1. In accordance with Section 03 80 00 34 35 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 6 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 D. Grade Rings 1 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 2 E. Frame and Cover 3 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 81 4 F. Backfill material 5 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 05 6 G. Water valve box extension 7 1. In accordance with Section 33 14 20 8 H. Fire Hydrant Adjustment 9 1. In accordance with Section 33 14 40 10 I. Cast-in-Place Concrete Manholes 11 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 61 12 J. Precast Concrete Manholes 13 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 62 14 K. Fiberglass Manholes 15 1. In accordance with Section 33 05 76 16 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 17 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 18 PART 3 - EXECUTION 19 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 20 3.2 EXAMINATION 21 A. Verification of Conditions 22 1. Examine existing structure to be adjusted for damage or defects that may affect 23 grade adjustment. 24 a. Report issue to City for consideration before beginning adjustment. 25 3.3 PREPARATION 26 A. Grade Verification 27 1. For major adjustments, confirm the grade change noted on Drawings is consistent 28 with field measurements. 29 a. If not consistent, coordinate with City to verify final grade before beginning 30 adjustment. 31 3.4 ADJUSTMENT 32 A. Manholes, Inlets, and Miscellaneous Structures 33 1. For sanitary sewer adjustments, replace all 24-inch frame and cover assemblies 34 with 30-inch frame and cover assemblies. 35 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 7 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 2. Protect the bottom of structures using wood forms shaped to fit the structure to 1 prevent debris falling into the invert, inlet, or outlet piping during adjustments. 2 a. Do not use any more than a 2-piece bottom. 3 3. Use the least number of grade rings necessary to meet required grade. 4 a. The maximum height of proposed and existing grade rings shall be no more 5 than 12-inches for any combination of grade rings. 6 b. Use least amount of grade rings necessary. 7 1) For example, use 3, 4-inch rings in lieu of 6, 2-inch rings. 8 c. Adjustments which result in 12-inches or more of grade rings will be 9 considered major adjustments and will require structural modifications to 10 existing structure to accommodate this requirement. 11 B. Valve Boxes 12 1. Utilize standard 3-piece adjustable valve box for adjusting to final grade as shown 13 on the Drawings. 14 C. Fire Hydrants 15 1. Limit vertical adjustments to an increase of 2 vertical feet. 16 2. Decreasing grade for fire hydrants is not permitted and requires a complete 17 replacement of fire hydrant assembly in accordance with Section 33 14 40. 18 D. Backfill and Grading 19 1. Backfill area of excavation surrounding each adjustment in accordance with Section 20 33 05 05. 21 E. Pavement Repair 22 1. If required, perform pavement repair in accordance with Section 32 01 17 or 23 Section 32 01 29. 24 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 25 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 26 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 27 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 28 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 29 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 30 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 31 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 32 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 33 34 33 01 50 ADJUSTING MANHOLES, INLETS, VALVE BOXES, AND OTHER STRUCTURES TO GRADE Page 8 of 8 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 3 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 1 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 34 71 13 1 TRAFFIC CONTROL 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section includes: 5 1. Installation of traffic control devices and preparation of traffic control plans 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 13 A. Measurement and Payment 14 1. Installation of Traffic Control Devices 15 a. Measurement 16 1) Measured per month of traffic control installed. 17 a) A month is defined as 30 calendar days. 18 b. Payment 19 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 20 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 21 price bid per month for “Installation of Traffic Control Devices” installed. 22 c. The price bid shall include: 23 1) Traffic control implementation 24 2) Maintenance 25 3) Adjustments 26 4) Replacements 27 5) Removal 28 6) Police assistance during peak hours, when required by City 29 2. Portable Message Signs 30 a. Measurement 31 1) Measured per week for the duration of use. 32 b. Payment 33 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 34 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 35 price bid per week for “Portable Message Sign” rental. 36 c. The price bid shall include: 37 1) Delivery of portable message sign to Site 38 2) Message updating 39 3) Sign movement throughout construction 40 4) Return of the Portable Message Sign post-construction 41 42 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 2 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Preparation of Traffic Control Plan Details 1 a. Measurement 2 1) Measured per each Traffic Control Detail prepared. 3 b. Payment 4 1) The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this item 5 and measured as provided under “Measurement” will be paid for at the unit 6 price bid per each “Traffic Control Detail” prepared. 7 c. The price bid shall include: 8 1) Preparing the Traffic Control Plan Details for closures of 24 hours or 9 longer. 10 2) Adherence to City and TMUTCD. 11 3) Obtaining the signature and seal of a licensed Texas Professional Engineer. 12 4) Incorporation of City comments. 13 14 1.3 REFERENCES 15 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 16 1. TMUTCD – Texas Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices 17 B. Reference Standards 18 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 19 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 20 unless a date is specifically cited. 21 2. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (TMUTCD). 22 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT), Standard Specifications for 23 Construction and Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges: 24 a. Item 502, Barricades, Signs, and Traffic Handling of the Texas Department of 25 Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and Maintenance of 26 Highways, Streets, and Bridges. 27 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 28 A. Coordination 29 1. Contact City Traffic Control Operations (940-349-8462) a minimum of 48 hours 30 prior to implementing Traffic Control within 500 feet of a traffic signal. 31 B. Sequencing 32 1. Any deviations to the Traffic Control Plan specified in the Drawings must first be 33 approved by the City and design Engineer before implementation. 34 1.5 SUBMITTALS 35 A. Provide the City with a current list of qualified flaggers before beginning flagging 36 activities. Use only flaggers on the qualified list. 37 B. Obtain a Street Use Permit from the Streets Division, 901 Texas St., Denton, TX 76209. 38 1. The Traffic Control Plan (TCP) for the Project shall be as detailed on the Traffic 39 Control Plan Detail sheets of the Drawing set. 40 2. A copy of this Traffic Control Plan shall be submitted with the Street Use Permit. 41 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 3 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 C. Traffic Control Plans shall be signed and sealed by a licensed Texas Professional 1 Engineer. 2 D. Contractor shall prepare Traffic Control Plans if required by the Contract Documents. 3 1. The Contractor will be responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional 4 Engineer sign and seal the Traffic Control Plan sheets. 5 E. Lane closures 24 hours or longer shall require a site-specific traffic control plan. 6 F. Contractor is responsible for having a licensed Texas Professional Engineer sign and 7 seal changes to the Traffic Control Plan(s) developed by the Design Engineer. 8 G. Design Engineer will furnish standard details for Traffic Control. 9 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 12 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE [NOT USED] 13 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING [NOT USED] 14 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS [NOT USED] 15 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 16 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 17 2.1 CITY-FURNISHED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 18 2.2 MATERIALS 19 A. Description 20 1. Regulatory Requirements 21 a. Provide Traffic Control Devices in accordance with the details specified in the 22 Drawings, TMUTCD, and TxDOT’s Compliant Work Zone Traffic Control 23 Device List (CWZTCDL). 24 2. Materials 25 a. Traffic Control Devices in accordance with all reflectivity requirements 26 included in the TMUTCD and TxDOT Item 502 at all times during 27 construction. 28 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 29 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 30 PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 32 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 33 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 4 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.3 PREPARATION 1 A. Protection of In-Place Conditions 2 1. Protect existing traffic signal equipment. 3 3.4 INSTALLATION 4 A. Follow the Traffic Control Plan and install Traffic Control Devices as specified in the 5 Drawings and as directed by the City. 6 B. Install Traffic Control Devices straight and plumb. 7 C. Do not make changes to the location of any device or implement any other changes to 8 the Traffic Control Plan without the approval of the Engineer. 9 1. Minor adjustments to meet field constructability and visibility are allowed. 10 D. Maintain Traffic Control Devices by taking corrective action as soon as possible. 11 1. Corrective action includes but is not limited to cleaning, replacing, straightening, 12 covering, or removing devices. 13 2. Maintain the devices such that they are properly positioned, spaced, and legible, 14 and that retroreflective characteristics are in accordance with TMUTCD 15 requirements after dark and during rain events. 16 E. If the City discovers the Contractor has failed to comply with applicable Federal, State, 17 and local requirements, the City may order additional precautionary measures be taken 18 to protect persons and property. 19 F. Subject to the approval of the City, portions of this Project not affected by or in conflict 20 with the proposed method of handling traffic or utility adjustments can be constructed 21 during any phase. 22 G. Barricades and signs shall be placed in such a manner as to not interfere with the sight 23 distance of drivers entering the highway from driveways or side streets. 24 H. To facilitate shifting, barricades and signs used in lane closures or traffic staging may 25 be erected and mounted on portable supports. 26 1. The support design is subject to the approval of the Engineer. 27 I. Lane closures shall be in accordance with the approved Traffic Control Plans. 28 J. If at any time the existing traffic signals become inoperable as a result of construction 29 operations, provide portable stop signs with 2 orange flags, as approved by the 30 Engineer, to be used for Traffic Control. 31 K. Contractor shall make arrangements for police assistance to direct traffic if traffic signal 32 turn-ons, street light pole installation, or other construction will be done during peak 33 traffic times. 34 1. AM peak traffic time: 7 AM – 9 AM 35 2. PM peak traffic time: 4 PM - 6 PM 36 37 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 5 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 L. Flaggers 1 1. Provide a Contractor representative who has been certified as a flagging instructor 2 through courses offered by the Texas Engineering Extension Service, the American 3 Traffic Safety Services Association, the National Safety Council, or other approved 4 organizations. 5 a. Provide the certificate indicating course completion when requested. 6 b. The certified representative is responsible for verifying all flaggers are qualified 7 to perform flagging duties. 8 2. A qualified flagger must be independently certified by one of the organizations 9 listed above or trained by the Contractor’s certified flagging instructor. 10 3. Flaggers must be courteous and able to effectively communicate with the public. 11 4. When directing traffic, flaggers must use standard attire, flags, signs, signals, and 12 flagging procedures in accordance with the TMUTCD. 13 5. Provide and maintain flaggers at such points and for such periods of time to provide 14 for the safety and convenience of public travel and Contractor’s personnel, and as 15 specified in the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 16 a. These flaggers shall be located at each end of the lane closure. 17 M. Removal 18 1. Upon completion of Work, remove from the Site all barricades, signs, cones, lights, 19 and other Traffic Control Devices used for work-zone traffic handling in a timely 20 manner, unless otherwise specified in the Drawings. 21 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 22 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 23 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 24 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 25 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 26 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 27 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 28 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 29 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 30 31 34 71 13 TRAFFIC CONTROL Page 6 of 6 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 1 END OF SECTION 2 3 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 4 41 14 00 BATCHING EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 SECTION 41 14 00 1 BATCHING EQUIPMENT 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes 5 1. Batching equipment and plant requirements. 6 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification 7 1. None. 8 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not necessarily limited to 9 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 10 Contract. 11 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 12 3. Section 03 00 00 – Concrete and Concrete Reinforcing. 13 4. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete. 14 5. Section 31 37 00 – Rip Rap. 15 6. Section 32 05 16 – Aggregates for Exterior Improvements. 16 7. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving. 17 8. Section 32 13 13 – Concrete Paving. 18 9. Section 32 13 16 – Decorative Concrete Paving. 19 10. Section 32 32 00 – Retaining Walls. 20 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 21 A. Measurement and Payment 22 1. Batching equipment and/or plants, tools, testing, and incidentals are subsidiary to 23 the various items bid. 24 2. Batch plants are not permitted for use in the production of concrete or asphalt 25 without approval by the City. 26 1.3 REFERENCES 27 A. Abbreviations and Acronyms 28 1. NRMCA – National Ready Mixed Concrete Association 29 B. Reference Standards 30 1. Reference standards cited in this Section refer to the current reference standard 31 published at the time of the latest revision date logged at the end of this Section 32 unless a date is specifically cited. 33 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 34 a. ASTM C94/C94M – Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete. 35 b. ASTM C685 – Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric 36 Batching and Continuous Mixing. 37 41 14 00 BATCHING EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3. Texas Department of Transportation (TxDOT) Test Procedures: 1 a. Tex-920-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Drum Mix Plant Belt Scales 2 b. Tex-921-K, Verifying the Accuracy of Hot Mix Asphalt Meters 3 4. Texas Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction and 4 Maintenance of Highways, Streets, and Bridges (TxDOT): 5 a. Item 320, Equipment for Asphalt Concrete Pavement. 6 b. Item 520, Weighing and Measuring Equipment. 7 1.4 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 8 A. Batching Meeting 9 1. On-Site Batch Plant 10 a. Considered on-site if the plant is within 500 feet of the site and was erected 11 specifically for the project. 12 b. Conduct a walkthrough with the City prior to producing concrete or asphalt. 13 2. Off-Site Batch Plant 14 a. No walkthrough is required for an off-site batch plant. 15 b. The City may request a walkthrough at any time. 16 1.5 SUBMITTALS 17 A. Submittals shall be in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 18 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 19 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS/INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS 20 A. Shop Drawings 21 1. Batch Plants 22 a. Provide mix designs produced and tested using the proposed batch-plant. 23 b. If a batch-plant is erected after the start of construction, provide revised mix 24 designs. 25 c. Provide test results verifying the batch plant can produce concrete in accordance 26 with the mix design requirements of the concrete class specified in the 27 Drawings. 28 2. Volumetric Mixers 29 a. Provide test results verifying the concrete produced is in accordance with ASTM 30 C685. 31 3. Agitators and Truck and Stationary Mixers 32 a. Provide test results verifying the concrete produced is in accordance with ASTM 33 C94. 34 B. Samples 35 1. Produce all concrete or asphalt samples using the batch plant. 36 C. Certificates 37 1. Batch Plant and Truck Mixer Certifications 38 a. Obtain recertification every year, when the plant is relocated, and when the plant 39 is erected. 40 b. Provide certifications dated within a year of construction notice to proceed or 41 when the plant was erected, whichever is the most recent. 42 43 41 14 00 BATCHING EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. Volumetric Mixed Concrete 1 1) Provide information verifying the capacity and performance are in 2 accordance with the Volumetric Mixer Manufacturers Bureau or 3 equivalent. 4 2) Provide information verifying the mixer and the concrete produced are in 5 accordance with ASTM C685. 6 d. Ready Mixed Concrete 7 1) Provide a current Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production 8 Facilities from the NRMCA, or equivalent. 9 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 10 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS [NOT USED] 11 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE 12 A. Concrete Plants and Mixing Equipment 13 1. General 14 a. Produce concrete in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94/C94M, 15 NRMCA, Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 31 37 00, 32 05 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, 16 32 32 00, and this Section. 17 b. Utilize a commercial concrete plant to produce all structural concrete unless 18 otherwise approved by the City. 19 c. Comply with all TCEQ permit requirements for portable facilities. 20 2. Commercial Concrete Plants 21 a. Ensure the concrete being transported from a commercial concrete plant is in 22 accordance with the requirements of Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 31 37 00, 32 23 05 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, 32 32 00, and this Section. 24 3. Batch Plant 25 a. Provide a batch plant in accordance with the requirements of the NRMCA and is 26 certified through NRMCA or an equivalent organization. 27 b. Provide a batch plant that accurately measures volume and weight of water and 28 admixtures. 29 c. Scales 30 1) Check all scales before beginning operations, after each move, and a 31 minimum of once every 6 months. 32 2) Immediately correct deficiencies and recalibrate. 33 3) Provide a record of calibration showing scales in compliance with ASTM 34 C94 requirements. 35 4) Check batching accuracy of volumetric water batching devices a minimum 36 of every 90 days. 37 5) Check batching accuracy of chemical admixture dispensing devices a 38 minimum of every 6 months. 39 6) Perform daily checks as necessary to ensure measuring accuracy. 40 7) Verify the accuracy of drum mix plant belt scales in accordance with Tex-41 920-K. 42 4. Volumetric Mixers 43 a. Provide volumetric mixers with rating plates defining the capacity and the 44 performance of the mixer in accordance with the Volumetric Mixer 45 Manufacturers Bureau or equivalent. 46 41 14 00 BATCHING EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 b. Provide volumetric mixers in accordance with ASTM C685. 1 5. Agitators, Truck Mixers, and Stationary Mixers (Ready Mixed Concrete) 2 a. Provide stationary and truck mixers capable of combining the ingredients of the 3 concrete into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass in accordance with ASTM 4 C94. 5 b. Provide a measuring gauge capable of determining how much water or air 6 entraining admixture is added to the mixer. 7 1) Provide documentation to the City specifying the weight or volume of 8 water or admixture added. 9 c. Provide mixing trucks with back-up alarms. 10 d. Sample concrete per ASTM C94 Alternate Procedure 2. 11 e. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for adding water, air entraining 12 admixtures, rotation speed, and number of drum revolutions before discharge. 13 f. Admixtures: 14 1) Air Entraining 15 a) Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for adding admixture. 16 2) All of Admixtures 17 a) All other admixtures must be added either at a batch plant or a 18 commercial plant. No other admixtures can be added directly to the 19 mixer. 20 g. Inspect and maintain mixers and agitators. Keep them free of concrete buildup, 21 and repair or replace worn or damaged blades or fins. 22 h. Provide trucks that are equipped with actuated counters that measure the number 23 of drum revolutions. Start counting revolutions at the time of mixing starting at 24 mixing speeds. 25 6. Hauling Equipment 26 a. Provide equipment capable of maintaining the mixed concrete in a thoroughly 27 mixed and uniform mass, and discharging the concrete uniformly. 28 b. Provide equipment with smooth, mortar-tight metal containers equipped with 29 gates that prevent accidental discharge of the concrete when using non-agitating 30 equipment for transporting concrete. 31 c. Provide equipment with back-up alarms. 32 d. Perform uniformity testing in accordance with Tex-472-A at the request of the 33 City. 34 e. Deliver concrete in accordance with supplier recommendations. 35 f. Provide clean equipment, free of built-up concrete. 36 7. Delivery Tickets: 37 a. Tickets from the haul truck and the batch or commercial plant are required for 38 all concrete being delivered. 39 1) The City will verify that the haul ticket and the plant ticket match and that 40 no additional water or admixtures have been added to the haul truck. 41 b. Provide delivery ticket from the batch or commercial plant containing the 42 following information: 43 1) Water added by receiver of concrete 44 2) Water withheld 45 3) Weight of cementitious material 46 4) Type and amount of admixtures 47 5) Maximum size of aggregate 48 6) Weight of aggregate 49 41 14 00 BATCHING EQUIPMENT Page 5 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 c. Provide delivery ticket for the batch of concrete containing the following 1 information: 2 1) Name of concrete supplier 3 2) Serial number of ticket 4 3) Date 5 4) Truck number 6 5) Name of purchaser 7 6) Specific designation of job (name and location) 8 7) Specific class, design identification, and designation of the concrete 9 8) Amount of concrete in cubic yards 10 9) Time loaded or of first mixing of cement and aggregates 11 10) Water added by receiver of concrete 12 11) Water withheld 13 12) Weight of cementitious material 14 13) Type and amount of admixtures 15 14) Maximum size of aggregate 16 15) Weight of aggregate 17 8. Testing Equipment 18 a. Furnish and maintain equipment capable of performing all testing required in 19 accordance with ASTM C94/C94M, NRMCA, Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 31 20 37 00, 32 05 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, 32 32 00, and this Section. 21 B. Asphalt Production Equipment 22 1. Provide asphalt production equipment in accordance with the requirements of 23 TxDOT Item 320 and TxDOT Item 520. 24 2. Equipment Requirements: 25 a. Drum-mix type, weigh-batch, or modified weigh-batch mixing plants that ensure 26 a uniform, continuous production 27 b. Automatic proportioning and measuring devices with interlock cut-off circuits 28 that stop operations if the control system malfunctions 29 c. Visible readouts indicating the weight or volume of asphalt and aggregate 30 proportions 31 d. Safe and accurate means to take required samples by inspection forces 32 e. Permanent means to check the output of metering devices and to perform 33 calibration and weight checks 34 f. Additive-feed systems to ensure a uniform, continuous material flow in the 35 desired proportion 36 3. Verify the accuracy of hot mix asphalt meters in accordance with Tex-921-K. 37 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 38 A. Storage and Handling Requirements 39 1. Secure and maintain a location to store the material in accordance with Section 01 40 66 00. 41 B. In accordance with the requirements of Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 32 05 16, 31 37 00, 42 32 12 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, and 32 32 00. 43 41 14 00 BATCHING EQUIPMENT Page 6 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS 1 A. In accordance with the requirements of Sections 03 00 00, 03 30 00, 32 05 16, 31 37 00, 2 32 12 16, 32 13 13, 32 13 16, and 32 32 00. 3 1.12 WARRANTY [NOT USED] 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 5 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 6 2.2 EQUIPMENT [NOT USED] 7 2.3 ACCESSORIES [NOT USED] 8 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION [NOT USED] 10 3.1 INSTALLERS [NOT USED] 11 3.2 EXAMINATION [NOT USED] 12 3.3 PREPARATION [NOT USED] 13 3.4 INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 14 3.5 REPAIR [NOT USED] 15 3.6 RE-INSTALLATION [NOT USED] 16 3.7 SITE QUALITY CONTROL [NOT USED] 17 3.8 SYSTEM STARTUP [NOT USED] 18 3.9 ADJUSTING [NOT USED] 19 3.10 CLEANING [NOT USED] 20 3.11 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES [NOT USED] 21 3.12 PROTECTION [NOT USED] 22 23 41 14 00 BATCHING EQUIPMENT Page 7 of 7 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised July 28, 2020 3.13 MAINTENANCE [NOT USED] 1 3.14 ATTACHMENTS [NOT USED] 2 END OF SECTION 3 4 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 5 NON-STANDARD ITEM Corrugated Drainage Pipe Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] ITEM 15 1 CORRUGATED DRAINAGE PIPE 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Installation of a corrugated drainage pipe and the associated embedment and 6 inlet/outlet features as shown on the detail provided in the construction plans. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Measurement 16 a. Measured per each drainage crossing installed. 17 2. Payment 18 a. Payment shall be for each drainage crossing installed complete per detail on 19 plans including embedment, backfill and materials. 20 1.3 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Submittals shall be for the proposed pipe material. 22 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25 2.2 MATERIALS 26 A. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) 27 1. Pipe shall meet applicable AASHTO M252 standards, Type C or CP corrugation 28 B. Metal 29 1. Pipe shall be galvanized steel meeting AASHTO M36 standards. 30 NON-STANDARD ITEM Corrugated Drainage Pipe Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] 2.3 INSTALLATION 1 A. Drainage pipe shall be installed per the detail provided in the plans. Aggregate 2 embedment shall be distributed equally around the pipe so as to provide a barrier 3 between the pipe and the surrounding soil. Pipe ends shall be cut to extend a maximum 4 of 6 inches beyond the embankment face. 5 END OF SECTION 6 7 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 8 NON-STANDARD ITEM Slope Protection Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] ITEM 16 1 SLOPE PROTECTION 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Installation of slope protection where the natural ground is cut to construct the 6 mixed use path per the detail provided in the construction plans. Cut shall be paid 7 for under the Cut line item. This item shall cover installation of the filter fabric, 8 moss rock and crushed sandstone. 9 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 10 1. None. 11 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 12 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 13 Contract. 14 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 15 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 16 A. Measurement and Payment 17 1. Measurement 18 a. Measured per linear foot of slope protection installed. 19 2. Payment 20 a. Payment shall be by linear foot of slope protection installed complete per detail 21 on plans. 22 1.3 SUBMITTALS 23 A. Submittals shall be for moss rock, crushed sandstone and geotextile filter fabric. 24 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 25 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 26 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 27 2.2 MATERIALS 28 A. Moss Rock 29 1. Moss Rock shall be Texas or Oklahoma moss rock. Individual rocks shall have the 30 dimensions shown on the detail. Rock is not to be rounded boulders but cut flat into 31 3”-5” slabs. 32 B. Crushed Sandstone 33 1. Crushed sandstone shall be of similar color to the moss rock installed. Gradation of 34 the stone shall be between ¼” and 1”. 35 NON-STANDARD ITEM Slope Protection Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] C. Geotextile Filter Fabric 1 1. Geotextile filter fabric shall be a woven or nonwoven non-biodegradable material 2 resistant to UV degradation and naturally occurring basic or acidic soils. Minimum 3 thickness of 30 mils and minimum permittivity of 1.50 sec-1. 4 5 2.3 INSTALLATION 6 A. Slope protection shall be installed per the detail provided in the plans. 7 B. Filter fabric shall be placed and tacked down onto the side slopes of the cut next to the 8 mixed use path. 9 C. Moss rock shall be placed in alternating sequences on the filter fabric so as to prevent a 10 continuous seam running from top to bottom of the slope protection area. Rocks shall 11 be placed as close as possible to each other to reduce the gap spacing. 12 D. Crushed sandstone shall be placed in between rocks to fill gaps. Metal or plastic inserts 13 shall be utilized to prevent loose stone from sliding down vertical seams where such 14 sliding occurs. Gap areas shall be filled to within 1”-2” below face of moss rock. 15 END OF SECTION 16 17 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 18 NON-STANDARD ITEM Soil Treatment Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] ITEM 34 1 SOIL TREATMENT 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Placement of an organic soil conditioning compost or soil-compost blend on top of 6 bare soil prior to seeding or turfing. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Measurement 16 a. Measured per cubic yard of organic soil treatment placed. 17 2. Payment 18 a. Payment shall be by cubic yard of organic soil treatment placed including 19 hauling and delivery to the site. 20 1.3 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Submittal shall be for the organic soil conditioning compost or soil-compost blend. 22 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 25 2.2 MATERIALS 26 A. Soil Conditioning Compost 27 1. Soil conditioning compost shall be Dyno Lite as produced by the City of Denton 28 Solid Waste Department. Pricing and pickup of Dyno Lite can be obtained by 29 contacting the Solid Waste Department at 940-349-8290. No substitutions are 30 allowed for this product. 31 32 2.3 INSTALLATION 33 A. Soil conditioning compost shall be evenly placed to a depth of 1” over entire surface of 34 bare soil. No bare patches are to remain. 35 NON-STANDARD ITEM Soil Treatment Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] B. Compost clods in excess of 3” shall be removed from the placed material. 1 C. Seeding or turfing shall be placed on top of soil conditioning compost and not on bare, 2 unconditioned soil. 3 END OF SECTION 4 5 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 6 NON-STANDARD ITEM Permeable Pavement Page 1 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] ITEM 35 1 PERMEABLE PAVEMENT 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 3 1.1 SUMMARY 4 A. Section Includes: 5 1. Installation of permeable pavement and pavement markings as indicated on the plan 6 drawings. 7 B. Deviations from this City of Denton Standard Specification: 8 1. None. 9 C. Related Specification Sections include but are not limited to: 10 1. Division 0 - Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Conditions of the 11 Contract. 12 2. Division 1 - General Requirements. 13 1.2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 14 A. Measurement and Payment 15 1. Measurement 16 a. Measured per square yard of permeable pavement installed. 17 2. Payment 18 a. Payment shall be by square yard of permeable pavement installed complete and 19 in place. Pavement markings shall be included in the unit price. 20 1.3 SUBMITTALS 21 A. Submittal shall be for permeable paver grid, permeable pavement marking buttons, rock 22 aggregate and permeable liner. 23 B. All submittals shall be approved by the City prior to delivery. 24 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 25 2.1 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS [NOT USED] 26 2.2 MATERIALS 27 A. Permeable Paver Grid 28 1. Paver grid shall be made of high density polyethylene (HDPE) or polypropylene. 29 Paver grid shall be rated to handle H-20 loading. Paver grid shall be colored black 30 and be UV resistant. 31 2. Acceptable Products: TRUEGRID, GRAVALOCK, NDS EZ-Roll 32 B. Permeable Pavement Marking Buttons 33 NON-STANDARD ITEM Permeable Pavement Page 2 of 2 CITY OF DENTON IFB 7493 STANDARD CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Revised [Insert Revision Date] 1. Permeable pavement marking buttons shall be reflective, colorized plastic buttons 1 which match the colors for the pavement markings as indicated on the plans. 2 Buttons must be manufactured by the same manufacturer that is supplying the paver 3 grid. 4 2. Acceptable Products: TRUEGRID, GRAVALOCK, NDS EZ-Roll 5 C. Rock Aggregate 6 1. Rock aggregate for the permeable pavement sub-base and surface course shall 7 match the description provided in the permeable pavement detail on the plans. 8 2. Refer to NCTCOG Specification 4th Edition for description of the aggregate 9 gradation. 10 D. Permeable Liner 11 1. Permeable liner shall be a non-biodegradable, non-woven, UV resistant soil 12 geotextile filter fabric. Liner shall have minimum permeability of 1 in/hour and a 13 maximum AOS < 30 mm. Minimum thickness shall be 30 mils. 14 15 2.3 INSTALLATION 16 A. Permeable pavement shall be installed in adherence with the manufacturer’s 17 recommendations and installation guidance. 18 B. Installation shall be in accordance with the permeable pavement detail provided on the 19 plans. 20 C. Pavement marking buttons shall be installed at the locations indicated on the plans and 21 in adherence to the manufacturer’s recommendations. 22 END OF SECTION 23 24 Revision Log DATE NAME SUMMARY OF CHANGE 25